|Revised and Enlarged Edition |

Revised and Enlarged Edition

A TEXTBOOK OF
MATHEMATICS
FOR CLASS X

slAadic.

Lilibrary
Tih Seheal Li
4 Z
Bancalore ~ 90 C42.
C956 oe
Shantha Aswathanarayana

T LTD
VIKAS PUBLISHING HOUSE PV
 VIKAS PUBLISHING HOUSE PVT LTD
4315313
576, Masjid Road, Jangpura, New Delhi-110 014 Ph. 4314605,
Email: chawlap@[Link] Fax: 91-11-3276593
[Link]
First Floor, N.S. Bhawan, 4th Cross 4th Main
Gandhi Nagar, Bangalore-560 009 Ph. 2204639
Distributors:

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS LTD

e 5, Ansari Road, New Delhi-110002 Ph. 3273601, 3266646
¢ Apeejay Chambers, 5 Wallace St., Mumbai-400001 Ph. 2070827, 2076971
e 10, First Main Road, Gandhi Nagar, Bangalore-560009 Ph. 2263901
e 6, Sivaganga Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai-600034 Ph. 8276355
e 8/1-B, Chowringhee Lane, Calcutta-700016 Ph. 2441821, 2442910
e 5-A, Rajendra Nagar, Patna-800016 Ph. 652856, 656169
¢ 80, Noronha Road, Cantonment, Kanpur-208004 Ph. 369124, 362665

Copyright © Shantha Aswathanarayana, 1996

First Published, 1996

Revised and Enlarged Edition, 1998

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced

in any form without the prior written permission of the publishers.

| Type Setting at Magnum Graphics.

Printed at Hindustan Offset Printers, Delhi-1 10032.
 [Link].M's (Bifurcated)
High School Library
Bangalore ~ 560 04.
“ SY
Preface

This textbook has been written in accordance with the new syllabus for
Mathematics prescribed by the Council for Indian School Certificate
Examinations, New Delhi, for the ICSE Examination of March 1995 and
examinations of subsequent years.
While writing this book, the classroom experience of the author has been
fully utilised to provide maximum assistance to both students and teachers.
The special features of this book are:
1. Presentation of the topics is systematic, clear and easy to learn sequence.
2. Each formula/principle/rule has been presented step by step in simple
language with necessary diagrams and illustrative examples to help
the students grasp the concepts clearly.
3. Suggested questions in ample numbers have been meticulously set and
solved to help the students get familiar with the type of questions set in
Board Examinations and to enable them to gain confidence to face the
examination boldly and to secure very high marks.
4. The exercises under each topic are well graded to test the grasp and
application of the topic studied.
5. The book serves as an excellent reference book for classroom teaching.
Iamsure that both students and teachers will find the book an indispensable
aid both inside and outside the classroom.

Suggestions towards removing any shortcomings would be received with

gratitude.

Bangalore Shantha Aswathanarayana

~

&

a
Jag a
—
ae
i
oe
“7
co
oe
a
 Contents

Unit 1 : Commercial Arithmetic

Chapter 1 Profit, Loss and Discount
Profit and Loss
Illustrative Examples RBA. re - Lar
Suggested Questions Bish on

Illustrative Examples Rand?

Suggested Questions
Exercises
Answers
Chapter 2 Compound Interest
Formula
Compound Interest
The Compound Interest Formula
Illustrative Examples
Suggested Questions
Exercises
Answers
Chapter 3 Compound Interest
Illustrative Examples
Suggested Questions
Exercises
Answers

Unit 2 : Algebra
Chapter 4 Relations
Ordered Pair
Definition
Equality of Ordered Pairs
Cartesian Product of two sets
Pictorial Representation of A x B
Graphical Representation of A x B
Illustrative Examples
Relation
Representation of a relation
Domain and Range of a relation
Properties of Relations
Illustrative Examples
 Contents
vi

92
Suggested Questions 99
Exercises
101
Answers
103
Chapter 5 Functions
104
Independent and dependent variable
104
Essential Requirements for the definition of a function
105
Representation of a function
105
Testing for function
Types of functions
107
Illustrative Examples 108
Suggested Questions 113
Exercises 124
Answers 127

Chapter 6 Linear Inequalities in One Unknown 130

Graphical Representation 131
Illustrative Examples 131
Suggested Questions 134
Exercises 142
Answers 143
Chapter 7 Graphs 144
Illustrative Examples 144
Simultaneous Equations 145
Illustrative Examples 146
Suggested Questions 151
Exercises 159
Answers 160
Chapter 8 Problems Based on Quadratic Equations 161
Illustrative Examples 161
Suggested Questions 166
Exercises 177
Answers 179
Chapter 9 Logarithms 180
What is Logarithm 180
Common Logarithms 180
Logarithms to base 10
180
Working Rule
182
Characteristic and Mantissa
182
Finding ‘n’ when /og n is given
183
Illustrative Examples
185
Suggested Questions
188
Exercises
195
Answers
195
Contents
vii

Chapter 10 Matrices
196
What is matrix 196
Definition
196
Order of a matrix 196
Types of a matrix 197
Subtraction of a matrices 199
Multiplication of a matrix by a scalan, sot
\):» 199
Properties of matrix addition wy
we

199
Solving matrix equation 3 201
Illustrative Examples ae 202
Suggested Questions 205
Multiplication of matrices 209
Properties of matrix multiplication 210
Illustrative Examples 211
Suggesied Questions 214
Exercises Zee
Answers 225

Unit 3 : Geometry 226

Chapter 11 Symmetry 226
Line Symmetry 226
Point Symmetry 229
Suggested Questions 230
Exercises 235
Chapter 12 Similarity 237
Similarity of Figures 237
Similarity as a size transformation 237
Properties of size transformation 237
Similarity of triangles 239
Three tests for similarity of triangles 239
Basic Proportionality theorem 240
Applications of Similarity 240
Suggested Questions 243
Exercises 255
Answers 258
Chapter 13 Loci 259
Meaning of Locus 259
To determine the locus of a point 260
Theorem 1 260
Converse 260
Theorem 2 261
Converse 261
261
Some important examples on loci
 Contents
vill

263 -
Applications 268
Suggested Questions 274
Exercises 275
Answers
276
Chapter 14 Area 276
Base and Height of a Triangle
276
Base and Height of a Parallelogram
277
Difference between congruent and equal Figures
277
Between the same parallels
277
Theorems on Area
279
Applications
287
Suggested Questions
293
Exercises
Answers 296

Chapter 15 Circles 297

Circle 297
Definition 297
Chord of a circle 297
Diameter of a circle 297
Secant of a circle 297
Tangent to a circle 298
Arc of a circle 298
Angle subtended by an arc 298
Sector of a circle 298
Segment of a circle 298
Concyclic points 299
Concentric circles 299
Chord properties of Circles 299
Arc properties of Circles 301
Angle properties of Circles 303
Definition of cyclic quadrilateral 305
Tangent properties of circles 306
Illustrative Examples 308
Suggested Questions 316
Exercises 343
Answers 348
Chapter 16 Constructions 349
Constructions of tangents 349
Construction of Regular Figures in or about a given circle
351
Construction of circle satisfying specific conditions
353
Suggested Questions
356
Exercises
369
Answers
370
Contents

Unit 4 : Trigonometry
Chapter 17 Trigonometrical Ratios
Concept of opposite or perpendicular,
Adjacent or Base and Hypotenuse in a Right Angled Triangle
Notation for Angles
Trigonometrical Ratios oe
Reciprocal relations RB. ALN. gS (Bi 0 reate dl)
Quotient relations Hi i Backs aki aieas -
Square relations + lat AiUPary
Illustrative Examples Bangalore ~ bU (42.
Suggested Questions
Exercises
Answers
Chapter 18 Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
Trigonometrical ratios of 45°
Trigonometrical ratios of 30° and 60°
Trigonometrical ratios of 0°
Trigonometrical ratios of 90°
Evaluation of t-Ratios of the standard angles Illustrative Examples
Suggested Questions
Trigonometric Equations
Illustrative Examples
Suggested Questions
Exercises
Answers
Trigonometrical Ratios of any Angle
Use of Sine Tables
Cosine Tables
Tangent Tables
Illustrative Examples
Suggested Questions
Exercises
Answers

Chapter 19 Solution of Right—Angled Triangles

Illustrated Examples
Suggested Questions
Exercises
Answers
Chapter 20 Heights and Distances
Angle of Elevation
Angle of Depression
lilustrativeExamples
 Contents

430
Suggested Questions 445
Exercises 448
Answers

Unit 5 : Co-ordinate Geometry 449

Chapter 21 Distance and Section Formula sit

Introduction 449
Definition of Coordinate Geometry
Directed Line or Axis 449
Number Scale 449
Coordinate Axes 450
Quadrants 450
Coordinate of a Point 450
Signs of Coordinate 451
Plotting of Points 451
Distance Formula | 452
Illustrative Examples 453
Section Formula 457
Formula for Internal Division 457
Corollary : Mid-Point Formula 458
Centroid of a Triangle 458
Illustrative Examples 459
Suggested Questions 462
Exercises 469
Answers 471
Chapter 22 Equation of a Straight Line 472
Slope or Gradient of a Straight Line 472
Lines Parallel and Perpendicular to the x-axis 473
Slope of a Line Joining two Points 473
Parallel and Perpendicular Straight Lines 473
Illustrative Examples 474
Straight Lines 478
Definition of Intercepts 479
Illustrative Examples 480
Suggested Questions 484
Exercises 494
Answers
497
Chapter 23 Reflection
499
Reflection of a Point in a Line
499
Reflection in x-axis
499
Reflection in x-axis
500
Reflection in the origin 500
Invariant Point 500
Contents
xi

Illustrative Examples
501
Suggested Questions 505
Exercises
510
Answers 511

Unit 6 : Mensuration 512

Chapter 24 Circumference and Area of a Circle 512
Area S12
Illustrative Examples 514
Suggested Questions 520
Exercises 533
Answers 535
Chapter 25 Cylinder 536
Hollow Cylinder 536
Illustrative Examples 537
Suggested Questions 543
Exercises 553
Answers 555
Chapter 26 Cone 556
Frustum of a Cone 557
Illustrative Examples 558
Suggested Questions 563
Exercises 573
Answers 574

Chapter 27 Sphere 576

Hemi-sphere 576
Spherical Shell 576
Hemispherical Shell 577
Illustrated Examples 577
Suggested Questions 582
Exercises 593
Answers 595

Unit 7 : Statistics 596

Chapter 28 Graphical Representation of Data 596

Histogram 596
Illustrative Examples 596
Cumulative Frequency Curve or an Ogive Curve 598
Suggested Questions 599
603
Chapter 28 Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
603
Mean (Arithmetic Mean)
603
Illustrative Examples
xii Contents

Median 608
Quartiles 610
Mode 611
Suggested Questions 612
Exercises 646
Answers 647
Tables :
Logarithms
Anti-Logarithms
Natural Sines
Natural Cosines
Natural Tangents
 ‘ RS
\ Commercial ‘Arithmetic:2
RBANM's Giturcatec
High School Library
Chapter 1
Bancalore ~ dul (42.

Profit, Loss and Discount

Profit and loss

Cost Price : The price at which an article is purchased is called its cost price.
Selling Price : The price at which an article is sold is called its selling price. Cost price [Link]
price are usually abbreviated as C.P. and S.P. respectively.
Profit : If the selling-price of an article is more than its cost price, then there is a profit.
Profit = Selling Price — Cost Price.
Loss : If the Selling price of an article is less than its cost price, then there is a loss.
Loss = Cost Price — Selling Price.
In solving problems remember the following:
i) Profit = S.P. — C.P.
it) Loss = C.P — S.P.
Profit
iii) Profit % = x 100%
rcPt
: _ Loss .
iv) Loss= CP x 100%

important
1. Profit percent and loss percent are alwavs calculated on the cost price.
2. Overhead expenses are always added to the cost price to get the total cost price and then profit
percent or loss percent is calculated on this total cost price.
3. If C.P and S.P are given for different number of articles, first find C.P and S.P of equal number
of articles and then calculate profit and loss percent.

illustrative Examples
percent.
Example 1. An article is purchased for Rs.500 and sold for Rs.525. Find the profit and profit
Solution. Given C.P = Rs. 500
S.P =Rs. 525
Profit = S.P — C.P
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Profit = Rs.525 — Rs.500

Profit = Rs.25

Profit % = ron x 100

Rs.25
Profit %% = Rs 500 x 100 = 5%,0

selling price?
Example 2. A machine costs Rs.475. It is sold at a profit of 20%. What is the
Solution. Given C.P = Rs.475
Profit = 20%

Actual Profit = a x Rs.475 = Rs.95

S.P = C.P + Profit
S.P = Rs.475 + Rs.95 = Rs.570

Examples 3. If an article which costs Rs.510 is sold at a loss of 8%. What is the selling price?

Solution. Given C.P = Rs.510

Loss = 83%
17
Actual Loss = x Rs.510 = Rs. 43.35
2 x 100

S.P = C.P — Loss

S.P = Rs.510 — Rs.43.35 = Rs.466.65

Example 4. A Pressure Cooker is sold for Rs.250. Sales tax accounts for : of ihis and profit one
fourth of the remainder. Find the cost price of the cooker.
Solution. Given S.P of Cooker = Rs.250

Sales tax = :x Rs.250 = Rs. 50

Profit = i of remainder

Remainder = Rs.250 — Rs.50 = Rs.200

Profit = Fx Rs.200 = Rs.50

[Link] + Profit = Rs.50 + Rs.50 = Rs.100
C.P = Rs.250 — Rs. 100 = Rs.150
C.P of Cooker = Rs.150.
Example 5. A man sells 5 articles for Rs.14 and makes a profit of 12%. Find his gain
or loss percent if
he sells 9 such articles for Rs.24.
Solution. Given S.P of 5 articles = Rs.14
Profit = 12%
In the second case S.P of 9 articles = Rs.24.
Profit, Loss and Discount
3

In the 15! case :

Let the C.P of 5 articles = Rs.100
12
P rofirit = 100
5S * Rs-100 = Rs.12

S.P = C.P + Profit

S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.12 = Rs.112
If the S.P is Rs.112, then the C.P = Rs.100

If the S.P is Rs.14, then the C.P = Rs. wee = Rs.12.50

C.P of 5 articles = Rs.12.50
9 x Rs.12.50
C.P of9 articles = =Rs.22 50
5
But S.P of 9 articles (given) = Rs.24
Profit = S.P —- C.P
Profit = Rs.24 — Rs.22.50 = Rs.1.50

Profit % = Front x 100

- eX 100 =6.67%.
Example 6. If A sells a watch to B at a gain of 20% and B sells it to C at a loss of 10% and C pays
Rs.432, how much did A pay for it?
Solution. Given C.P of C = Rs.432
S.P of B = Rs.432
Loss = 10%
Let the C.P ofB be Rs.160.

Loss
= 20 x Rs.100=Rs.10
100
S.P = C.P — Loss
S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.10 = Rs.90
If the S.P is Rs.90, then the C.P = Rs.100

If the S.P is Rs.432, then the C.P = RS B77 Bs.100 = Rs.480

A C.P of B= Rs.480
But [Link]=[Link]
S.P ofA = Rs.480©
Let the C.P ofA = Rs.100
20
Profit = 100 * Rs-100
: = s Rs.20

S.P = C.P + Profit

S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.20 = Rs.120
If the S.P is Rs.120, then the C.P = Rs.100
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Rs.480x100
Rs.480x 100 _ R, 400
If the S.P is Rs.480, then the C.P "ee pT aia
Cost price of A = Rs.400
If the chair costs 10% more than the stool,
Example 7. The cost price of a chair and a stool is Rs.210.
find the cost price of each.
Solution. Let C.P of chair = Rs.x
and C.P of Stool = Rs.y
According to the equation,
x+y=210 — (i)

and =
2 aglie
y a 100 y

110
_7 1007 = )
Substituting (ii) in (i), a y+y=210
1]
> | Lane 210

= = 100
oe 100 = 110
cn Cost ofa chair = Rs.110
and Cost of a stool = Rs.100
Example 8. A man sells two tables at the same price. On one he makes a profit of 5% and on the other
he suffers a loss of 5%. Find his loss or gain percent on the whole transaction.
Solution. Let S.P of each table = Rs.x
S.P of 2 tables = Rs.2x
There is a profit of 5% on one and a loss 5% on the other.
Let the C.P of a table = Rs.100 /

P rofit => ms
= 100 * Rs:100 = Rs.5

S.P= Rs.105
If the S.P is Rs.105, then
the C.P = Rs.100

If the S.P is Rs.x, then the C.P Rs. a =

“ Rs.29 x
Similarly, if the loss is 5%, then the C.P = Rs. 2

Total C.P=wai
Rs.
“i: 9
20x40 . oie 800 |
21x19” 399~
And Total S.P = Rs.2x
Loss = C.P —S.P
Profit, Loss and Discount
§

Loss 800 2
= Rs 399 *
— wea —
2x =Rs.505 x
=_ —__—

Loss 2x 399
Loss % % =— OSS
; x 100 i= 309
doh. * B00x * 100 b.= 0.25%

Example 9. A dishonest dealer claims that he sells his goods at the cost price but uses a false weight
of
850 gm instead of 1Kg. Find his gain percent.
Solution. LetC.P 1Kg = 1000 Paise
= 1000 gm = 1000 Paise
Be C.P of 850 gm = 850 Paise
Since the dealer weighs 850 gm instead of 1Kg,
S.P of 850 gm = C.P of IKg
S.P of 850 gm = 1000 Paise
Profit = 1000 Paise — 850 Paise = 150 Paise

Profit % = Front x 100

— 150 Paise me
Raspaise oe Mane
Examples 10. If the cost price of 10 articles equals selling price of 8 articles, find the gain percent.
Solution. Let the C.P of one article = Re.1
C.P of 10 articles = Rs.10
and C.P of 8 articles = Rs.8
But given S.P of 8 articles = C.P of 10 articles
S.P of 8 articles = Rs.10
Gain = Rs.10 — Rs.8 = Rs.2

Gain % = oat 100

_ Rs.2
Ree 100 = 25%
= 0 e

Suggested Questions:
Question 1. A flourist bought 240 roses at Rs.9 per dozen. If he sold all of them at Re.1 each, what
profit did he make? Also, what is his profit percent?
Solution. Given C.P of 1 dozen roses = Rs.9
No. of roses bought = 240
S.P of 1 rose = Re.1
C.P of 12 roses = Rs.9

C.P of 240 roses = ” x Rs.9 = Rs.180

S.P of 1 rose = Re.1

S.P of 240 roses = Rs.240 x 1 = Rs.240
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
6
Profit = S.P — C.P
Profit = Rs.240 — Rs. 180 = Rs.60

Profit % = Front 100

Rs.60
=e 17Malema To
— = 33-% F;

l the cost
Question 2. A dealer buys eggs at Rs.36 per gross. He sells the eggs at a profit of 125% on
price. What is the selling price per egg? (Give your answer to nearest Paisa).
Solution. Given C.P of | gross eggs = Rs.36

Profit = 125%

1 gross = 12 dozens = 12 x 12 = 144

C.P of 144 eggs = Rs.36
25
Profit = x Rs.36 = Rs.4.50
2 x 100
S.P = C.P + Profit
S.P = Rs.36 + Rs.4.50 = Rs.40.50
S.P of 144 eggs = Rs.40.50

S.P of 1 egg =
Rs.40.50 = Re.0.281
144
S.P of 1 egg = 28 Paise (nearest Paisa).
Question 3. By selling an article for Rs.18 a shop keeper loses 10% of its cost price: At what price
should he sell this article in order to make 10% profit on its cost price.
Solution. Given S.P = Rs.18
Loss = 10%
Let the C.P of article be Rs.100.

Loss sinehey
= 100 x Rs.100"= Rs.10

S.P = C.P — Loss

S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.10 = Rs.90
If the S.P is Rs.90, then the C.P = Rs.100

If the S.P is Rs.18, then the C.P = Rs.t x 100 = Rs.20.

C.P of article = Rs.20
Profit to make = 10%
10
A
ctual
t
Profit 100 x Rs.20 == Rs.2
SS ee

S.P = C.P + Profit

S.P = Rs.20 + Rs.2 = Rs.22
He should sell for Rs.22 to make 10% profit.
Profit, Loss and Discount

Question 4. A coal merchant makes a profit of 20% by selling fire wood

at Rs.25 per quintal.
(i) What did 240 quintals of firewood cost him?
(ii) If he sells the firewood at Rs.22.50 per quintal, what is his profit percent
on the whole
investment?
Solution. Given S.P of | quintal = Rs.25
Profit = 20%
[Link] C.P of 1 quintal firewood be Rs. 100

Profit _= 100
20 x Rs.100 a= Rs.20

S.P = C.P + Profit

as S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.20 = Rs.120
If the S.P is Rs.120, then the C.P = Rs.100

If the S.P is Rs.25, then the C.P = Rs.-2> x 100= Rs.20.83.

120
= Cost price of 1 quintal firewood = Rs.20.83

C.P of 240 quintals = Rs.240 x ae Rs.5000.

ii) S.P of 1 quintal = Rs.22.50
C.P of | quintal = Rs.20.83
Gain = S.P—C.P
Gain = Rs.22.50 — Rs.20.83 = Rs.1.67

Gain % = G2!
C.P
, 199~=Rs.20.83
BSl-67 , 109
=8%.
Question 5. Peter buys a T.V set for Rs.4500. He sells it to Ram at a profit of 10%. After sometime
Ram sells the T.V set back to Peter at a loss of 10%. Find Peter's saving on the whole transaction.
Solution. Given Peter's C.P of T.V = Rs.4500
Profit = 10%
Peter's C.P = Rs.4500
. 10
Gain = 100 x Rs.4500
. = Rs.450

S.P = C.P + Gain

S.P = Rs.4500 + Rs.450 = Rs.4950
Peter sells it to Ram.
Peter's S.P = Ram's C.P
Ram's C.P = Rs.4950
Ram sells it back to Peter at 10% Loss.
10
Loss ee
100 * .4950
Sy = Rs.495

S.P = C.P — Loss

S.P = Rs.4950 — Rs.495 = Rs.4455
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Peter buys it back for Rs.4455

Peter's total gain = Rs.4950 — Rs.4455 = Rs.495.
sells a second T.V set at
Question 6. A man sells a T.V set for Rs.3450 and make a profit of 157%. He
second T.V set.
a loss of 10%. If on the whole he neither gains nor loses, find the cost price of the
Solution. Given S.P = Rs.3450
Profit = 15%
Let the C.P ofa T.V set be Rs.100.
_ eS 15 -
Profit = 100 x 100 = Rs.15

S.P = C.P + Profit

— S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.15 = Rs.115
If the S.P = Rs.115, then the C.P = Rs.100.
3450 x 100 = Rs.3000.
If the S.P = Rs.3450, then the C.P =
115
His actual profit = Rs.3450 — Rs.3000 = Rs.450.
He sells the second T.V set at a loss of 10%, but on the whole he neither gains or loses.
Let the C.P of second T.V set be Rs.100.

Loss 2= 100
10" x Rs.100rr= Rs.10.

If Rs.10 is the loss, then the C.P = Rs.100.

If Rs.450 is the loss, then the C.P = Rs. 20xie = Rs.4500.

The C.P of second T.V set = Rs.4500.

Question 7. A shopkeeper bought locks at the rate of 8 locks for Rs.34 and sold them at the rate of 12
locks for Rs.57. Calculate (i) his gain percent and (i) the number of locks he should sell to earn a net profit
of Rs.45.
Solution. Given C.P of 8 locks = Rs.34
S.P of 12 locks = Rs.57
i) C.P of8 locks = Rs.34

CP of 1 lock = As34= Rs.4,25

S.P of 12 locks = Rs.57

S.P of Ilock = eo = Rs.4.75

Gain = S.P -—C.P
Gain = Rs.4.75 — Rs.4.25 = Re.0.50

, Gain
Gainain % % = ———
CP x 100

_ Re.0.50
x 100 = 11.76%.
Rs.4.25
ii) If Re.0.50 is the profit, then No. of lock = |
Profit, Loss and Discount

It Rs.4$ is the profit, then No. of locks = os = 90

No. of locks = 90.

. Question 8. A man sells a plot of land at 6% profit. If he had sold it at 10%
profit, he would have re-
ceived Rs.200 more. What is the first selling price of the land.
Solution. Given Profit in Ist case = 6%.
Profit in 2nd case =.10%
Difference in S.P = Rs.200
Let the C.P of land be Rs.100.

Profit (1) ee
= 100 * Rs.100 y= Rs.6

S.P (1) = Rs.100 + Rs.6 = Rs.106.

Profit (2) = a x Rs.100 = Rs.10

S.P (2) = Rs.100 + Rs.10 = Rs.110
Difference in two S. Prices = Rs.110 — Rs.106 = Rs.4
If the difference is Rs.4, then the C.P = Rs.100

If the difference is Rs. 200, then the C.P = Rs. x 100= Rs. 5000

In the Ist case, profit = 6%

‘Actual profit = Ta x Rs.5000 = Rs.300.

Selling price in the first case = Rs.5000 + Rs.300 = Rs.5300.
Question 9. A fruit seller loses 10% by selling oranges at 26 for Rs.5. How many oranges should he
sell for a rupee to gain 17%.
Solution. Given S.P of 26 oranges = Rs.5
Loss = 10%
Let the C.P of 26 oranges be Rs.100.

Loss
= 19 xRs.100 =Rs.10
100
S.P = C.P — Loss
7 S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.10 = Rs.90
If the S.P is Rs.90, then the C.P = Rs.100

If the S.P is Rs.5, then the C.P = Rs. x 100 = Rs.2

ee 20
C.P of 26 oranges = Rs."

Profit = 17%
Maio pe 50°.
Actual profit = 500 Rs. a Rs. 18 17
S.P =C.P + Profit
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

ope Rs 502 4+[Link] = rs(i —

TT fae
If the S.P is Rstt, then No. of oranges = 26.

If the S.P is Re.1, then No. of oranges = 18 x26=4;

1]
4 oranges are sold for Re.1.
For how much
Question 10. A shopkeeper makes a profit of 20% on selling.a transistor for Rs.840.
make the same
should he sell another transistor radio whose cost price is Rs.25 more than this one to
percentage profit.
Solution. Given S.P of the first transistor = Rs.840
Profit = 20%
C.P of the second transistor is Rs.25 more than that of the first.
Profit = 20%
Let the C.P of the first transistor be = Rs. 100

Profit _= 700
20 x Rs.100ai= Rs.20.

S.P = C.P + Profit

S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.20 = Rs.120
If the S.P is Rs.120, then the C.P = Rs.100

If the S.P is Rs.840, then the C.P = Rs. 042 x 100 = Rs.700.
120
C.P of the other transistor = Rs.700 + Rs.25 = Rs.725.

Profit _= 100
20 XIRS. JZ) 2?= RSs 45

S.P =C.P + Profit

S.P = Rs.725 + Rs.145 = Rs.870
S.P of other transistor = Rs.870.

Question 11. A shopkeeper sells sugar in such a way that the selling price of 950gms is the same as
the cost price of 1Kg. Find his gain percent.
Solution. Given C.P of Ikg Sugar = S.P of 950gm.
Let the C.P of Ikg Sugar = Rs.x
=> 1000gm = Rs.x

= lgm = Rs,
eee TOO
S.P of 950gm = Rs.x

S.P of lgm =Rs——

a O5G
Gain = S.P-C.P
Gain
= 2-2. 20x =19
r= x
950 1000 19000 ~ &*7o000
Profit, Loss and Discount
11

| : Rs —~
Gain% = GIN ,199 — 19000 ,.199 _ 100 _ «so,
C.P ES. a ae
“1000
Speestion 12. A steel almirah costing Rs.900 to the manufacturer is sold at 15% profit.
It is estimated
that 5% of the S.P must be set aside to allow for overhead charges. Find the net profit,
correct to one rupee.
Solution. Given C.P = Rs.900
Profit = 15%

Actual profit = TT x Rs.900 = Rs.135.

S.P = C.P + Profit
S.P = Rs.900 + Rs.135 = Rs.1035

Overhead Charges=a x Rs.1035 = Rs.51.75

S.P after overhead charges = Rs.1035 — Rs.51.75 = Rs.983.25
Net profit = S.P — C.P = Rs.983.25 — Rs.900 = Rs.83.25
Net profit correct to one rupee = Rs.83.
Question 13. The cost of manufacture of an article is made up of materials, labour and overheads in
the ratio 4 : 3 : 2. If the cost of labour is Rs.45, find the total cost of the article. Find the profit percent, if
the article is sold for Rs.180.
Solution. Given article is made up of material : labour : overheads = 4 : 3 : 2
Cost of labour = Rs.45
and S.P = Rs.180
m:l:0=[Link]
Sum of ratios =4+3+2=9.
Given costs of labour = Rs.45
sy 3 units = Rs.45

then 9 units = 3x Rs.45 = Rs.135

Total C.P of article = Rs.135.

It is sold for Rs.180.
Gain = Rs.180 — Rs.135 = Rs.45
é Gain Rs.45 Lo
5%
Gain % = CP x 100 = Rs 135% 9 0=33-%.

he would have gained

Question 14. A man sells a watch at a loss of 10%. Had he sold for Rs.45 more,
5%. Find the selling price of the watch.
- Solution. Given Loss in Ist case = 10%
Gain in 2nd case = 5%
Difference in S.P = Rs.45

Let the C.P of watch be Rs.100.

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Loss = Ee Rs.100= Rs.10

100
S.P (1) = Rs.100 — Rs.10 = Rs.90
| If the watch is sold for 5% gain,

Then Gain = Ta x Rs.100 = Rs.5

dee S.P (2) = Rs.100 + Rs.5 = Rs.105
~. Difference in Selling Prices = Rs.105 — Rs.90 = Rs.15.
If the difference is Rs.15, then the C.P = Rs.100.

If the Difference is Rs.45, then the C.P = Rs.22x 100 = Rs.300.

C.P of watch = Rs.300

Loss eal
= 100 * Rs.300 S= Rs.30

S.P = C.P — Loss

S.P = Rs.300 — Rs.30 = Rs.270
S.P of watch = Rs.270

Question 15. A merchant bought two transistors which together cost him Rs.480. He sold one of them
at a loss of 15% and the other at a gain of 19%. If the selling prices of both transistors are equal, find the
cost price of each.
Solution. Given C.P of Two transistors = Rs.480
Loss on Ist= 15%
Gain on 2nd = 19%
» and S.P. of Ist=S.P of 2nd
Let the C.P of Ist transistor be Rs x.
C.P of 2nd transistor = Rs.(450 — x)
feels wi 3%
Loss on Ist = T00 VRS. X= RS.5

S.P of Ist = G.P — Loss = Rs.

S.x ReSs oe
0 Rs. 17x
50

Gain on 2nd eel

= 100a Rs.(480 —
x x)

S.P of 2nd = C.P + Gain

According to the given condition,

S.P of Ist = S.P of 2nd
Profit, Loss and Discount
13
17x _119
a... 100 (480- x)
17x x —_
100 =
20 “119 *480-
— —_— =

ad ae 24380- x
7
=> 3X
7 4 x = 480
=> 2% _
12x
dex —480
= x= Rs,S807 _ Rs280
Cost Price of Ist transistor = Rs.280
and C.P of 2nd transistor = Rs.(480 — 280) = Rs.200
Question 16. A manufacturer estimates on inspection 12% of the articles he produces will be rejected.
He accepts an order to supply 22000 articles at Rs.7.50 each. Calculate the least number of articles he must
manufacture to ensure the completion of the order. He estimates the profit on his outlay including the
manufacturing of rejected articles to be 20%. Find the cost of manufacturing of each article.
Solution. Given - Rate of each article = Rs.7.50
Profit = 20%
Let the no. of articles he manufactures = 100

Rejection ==
eientins en
7a0* 100 = 12

es: Remaining = 100 — 12 = 88

If 88 are accepted, then he has to manufacture 100.
22000
If 22,000 are accepted, then he has to manufacture = x 100 = 25,000
; 88
. He has to produce the least number of articles = 25,000
S.P of 22,000 articles at Rs.7.50 each = 22000 x Rs.7.50
= Rs.1,65,000
Let the C.P of 25,000 articles be Rs.100
20
Profit = — .10
100 x Rs.100 == Rs Rs.20

a S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.20 = Rs.120

If S.P is Rs.120, then the C.P = Rs.100
000
If S.P is Rs.1,65,000 then the C.P = Rs noe x 100

= Rs.1,37,500
”. C.P of 25,000 articles = Rs.1,37,500
1,37,500
- C.P of| article = Rs = Rs.5.50
" 25,000
- Cost of manufacturing 1 article = Rs.5.50.
 X
14 A Textbook of Mathematics for C:lass

would have been

Question 17. Anil bought an article for Rs.200 and sold it at a profit of 10%. What
the increase in the profit percent if it was sold for Rs.230?
Solution. Given C.P of an article = Rs.200
Profit = 10%

Actual Profit = vamx Rs.200 = Rs.20

If the article was sold for Rs.230, then the profit = Rs.30
.. Increase in profit = Rs.30 — Rs.20 = Rs.10

. Increase profit % = merense x 100

—_ Rs.10 eile
Sei x 100 = 5%.

Question 18. 125 pencils cost Rs.75. Find the cost of 1 million pencils if there is a reduction of 40% in
the price for this quantity.
Solution. Given Cost of 125 pencils = Rs.75
Discount = 40%
- Cost of 125 pencils = Rs.75

Cost of 10,00,000 pencils = poe x75 = Rs.6,00,000

Reduction in price = a x Rs.6,00,000 = Rs.2,40,000
Cost of 1 million pencils = Rs.6,00,000 — Rs.2,40,000 = Rs.3,60,000
Question 19. Tea costing Rs.x per kg is mixed with tea costing Rs.y per kg in the ratio a : b and the
mixture is sold at Rs.z per kg. Find the expression for profit percent.
Solution. Suppose ‘a’ kg of 1* quality and ‘b’ kg of 2 quality are mixed, then the C.P of (a + 6) kg of
tea = Rs.(ax + by). |
S.P of (a + b) kg. of tea = Rs.(a + b)z
Profit = S.P —C.P
Profit = Rs.(a + b)z — Rs.(ax + by)
o, .. Profit
Profit % = cP x 100

‘ Rs|(a+)z - (ax +by)|

Rs.(ax + by) sad
(a+b z- +b
Rab axbai dang te
+- by
Question 20. A manufacturer makes a profit of 15% by selling a colour T.V for Rs.5750
. If the cost of
manuiacturing increases by 30% and the price paid by retailer is increased by 20%,
find the profit percent
made by the manufacturer.
Solution. Given S.P of T.V = Rs.5750
Profit = 15%
Profit, Loss and Discount
15
Let the manufacturer's C.P be Rs.100.

rofit 15
P fi = 100 x Rs. 100 —= Rs.15
_

* ~ S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.15 = Rs.115

If the S.P is Rs.115, then the C.P = Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.5750, then the CP = Rs. ee x 100 = Rs.5000

Cost of manufacture increased by 30%.

Cost Price = Rs.5000+ x x Rs.5000

= Rs.5000 + Rs.1500
= Rs.6500
Now retailer price increased by 20%.

New retail price = Rs.5750+ x x Rs.5750

= Rs.5750 + Rs.1150 = Rs.6900
Profit = New retail price — Increased C.P
= Rs.6900 — Rs.6500 = Rs.400

Profit % = SLB x 100

RS.400 - vie By
Re 6500
Question 21. A sold a table to B at a profit of 15%, later on B sold it back to A at a profit of 20% there
by gaining Rs.69. How much did A pay for it originally.
Solution. LetC.P of A = Rs.100

Profit = >-«
100
Rs.100 = Rs.15
S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.15 = Rs.115
S.P of A=C.P of B
as C.P of B=Rs.115
He sold it to A at 20% profit.

Profit _= 100
20 x Rs.115 sd= Rs.23

If the profit is Rs.23, then the C.P = Rs.100

If the profit is Rs.69, then the C.P = Rs. x 100= Rs.300

Cost price of A = Rs.300.

what
Question 22. A man sells an article at 5% above its cost price. If he had bought it at 5% less than
of the article.
he paid for it and sold it at Rs.2 less, he would have gained 10%. Find the cost price
Solution. Let the C.P of article = Rs.x.
Given Gain = 5%
 X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class

5 * Rs.x a= Rs.
Gain = 709 ae

S.P = C.P + Gain

EN x 21.
S.P= Rs + |= Rs. 70"
—

. 2 Sei) ae
x— T00 x = Rs.70%
If he buys the article at 5% less, then C. P= Rs

21 — (i)
New S.P = Rs 3h
20* -2)
New Gain = 10%
New S.P = C,P + Gain
19. 1) 1 ee ae
ew SE ag? 1002077 eRe @)
From (i) & (ii), we get
21» _ 209
30% ~7= 3007
=4, 210x — 400 = 209x
= x = 400
.. C.P of the article = Rs.400
Question 23. On selling tea at Rs.40 per kg, a loss of 10% is incurred. Calculate the amount of tea (in
Kilograms) sold, if the total loss incurred is Rs.80.
Solution. Given S.P of lkg tea = Rs.40
Loss = 10%
Total Loss = Rs.80
Let the C.P of 1Kg of tea be Rs.100.
10
Loss = 100 x rs.100 = Rs.10

S.P = Rs.100— Rs.10= Rs.90

Ifthe SP is Rs.90,then the C.P is Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.40, then

the C.P = Rs. ao 100 =Rs.400
C.P of 1Kg of Tea
= Rs. x

and S.P of 1Kg of Tea = Rs.40

Loss = C.P — S.P

Loss= Rs, at Rs 40=Rs. on

If the loss is Rs.” then the amount of tea sold = 1Kg.

If the loss is Rs.80, then the amount of tea sold = 80x9

40 = 18Kg.
Profit, Loss and Discount
17
Question 24. A colour T.V and a V.C.P were sold for
20% where as V.C.P at a Gain of 20% Rs.12,0 00 each. The 1€ T.V was sold at a loss of
Find the Gain or loss percent on the whole transaction.
Solution. Given S.P of T.V & V.C.P = Rs.12,000 each
Loss on T.V = 20%
Gain on V.C.P.-= 20%
Let the C.P of T.V be Rs.100

| OSS ce 20 2
| x Rs. 100= Rs.20.

S.P= Rs.100— Rs.20= Rs.80

If the S.P is Rs.80, then the C.P is Rs.100

If the S.P is Rs.12,000, then the CP is = Rs. aoa x 100

C.P
of T.V = Rs.15,000
Let the C.P of V.C.P be Rs.100.
20
Gain = Too * Rs. 100= Rs.20

S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.20= Rs.120

If the S.P is Rs.120, then the C.P is Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs. 12,000, then the C.P= a OO) 1D = Rs.10,000

120
Total C.P of T.V + V.C.P = Rs.15,000 + Rs.10,000 = Rs.25,000.
Total S.P of T.V + V.C.P = 2 x Rs.12,000 = Rs.24,000
Loss = C.P — S.P
Loss = Rs.25,000 — Rs.24,000 = Rs.1000

aes ’ Rs.1,000
u x 100 = 4°
ese Rs.25,000 af

Question 25. Ashok bought an article and spent Rs.110 on its repairs. He then sold it to Bhaskar at a
profit of 20%. Bhaskar sold it to Charan at a loss of 10%. Charan sold it for Rs.1188 at a profit of 10%.
How much did Ashok pay for the article.
Solution. Given Ashok spent Rs.110 on repairs.
Ashok sold it to Bhaskar at 20% profit.
Bhaskar sold it to Charan at 10% Loss.
Let the C.P of Charan be Rs.100.
10
Profit See
100 x Rs.100= Rs.10
Rs.

es S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.10 = Rs.110

If the S.P is Rs.110, then the C.P = Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.1188, then the C.P = Rs. 1188 x 100=Rs.1080

110
ni C.P of Charan = Rs.1080

But C.P of Charan is = S.P of Bhaskar

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class xX
18

S.P of Bhaskar= Rs.1080

Let the C.P of Bhaskar be Rs. 100.

Loss = 1 x Rs.100= Rs.10

S.P= Rs.100-- Rs.10 = Rs.90
If the [Link] Rs.90, then theC.P = Rs.100

If the S.P is 1080, then the C.P = Rs ORT = Rs.1200

C.P of Bhaskar = Rs.1200.
C.P of Bhaskar = S.P of Ashok.
S.P of Ashok= Rs.1200
Let the C.P of Ashok be Rs.100.
, 20
Gain = 100
— * RS ; 100 = Rs.20
S

S.P = Rs.100+ Rs.20= Rs.120

If Rs.120 is the S.P, then C.P = Rs.100.

If Rs.1200 is the S.P, then C.P = Rs.*2° x 100 =Rs.1000

C.P of Ashok = Rs.1000.
Amount spent on repairs = Rs.1 10
Ashok bought at Rs.890.
Ashok paid Rs.890 for the article.

Question 26. A manufacturer makes 750 articles at a cost of 60 Paise per article. He fixes the selling
price such that if only 600 articles are sold, he would make a profit of 40% on his outlay. However, he sold
630 articles at this price. Find his actual profit percent as a percentage of the total outlay assuming that the
unsold articles are useless.
Solution. Given Cost of one article = 60 Paise
Gain% = 40%

CP of 750 articles= Rs. Pex = Rs.450.

40
Gain= Too x Rs.450= Rs.180

S.P = C.P + Gain

S.P = Rs.450 + Rs.180 = Rs.630
He fixes S.P of 600 articles = Rs.630.

S.P of |article = Rs, £39

a E00
But actually he sells 630 articles at this rate.

S.P of 630 articles = Rs. on x 630 = Rs.661.50

Actual profit = Rs.661.50 — Rs.450 = Rs.211.50
Profit, Loss and Discount

Profit
Profit
roti %0 = —-—
CP x 100

mf e150 er=47%ee
R450” * 100
Question 27. By selling a radio set for Rs.960, a man incurs a loss of 4%. At what price
should he sell
the radio set to gain 16%.
Solution. Given S.P of radio = Rs.960
Loss =4%
Let the C.P of radio be Rs.100.

Loss wees
= 100 x Rs.100a= Rs.4

S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.4 = Rs.96

If the S.P is Rs.96, then the C.P = Rs.1900.

If the S.P is Rs.960, then the C.P = Rs. 200x 100 = Rs.1000
C.P of radio = Rs.1000.
Gain = 16%.

Actusieun— a x Rs.1000 = Rs.160

S.P= CPGain
S.P = Rs.1000 + Rs.160 = Rs.1160
He should sell the radio set for Rs.1 160 to get a gain of 16%.
Question 28. By selling a steel almirah for Rs.3600, a merchant loses 10%. Calculate his loss or gain
percent if he sells it for Rs.4225.
Solution. Given S.P of almirah = Rs.3600.
Loss = 10%
Let the C.P of almirah be Rs.100

Lass= a, x Rs.100 = Rs.10

i S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.10 = Rs.110
If the S.P is Rs.90, then the C.P is Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.3600, then the C.P = Rs. sev x 100 = Rs.4000.
* C.P = Rs.4000
and S.P = Rs.4225.
Profit = Rs.4225 — Rs.4000 = Rs.225

Rs.225 50
Profit VA
0 = 4000 © 1 S270
== 3

and it was sold for

Question 29. A brief case was sold at a profit of 10%. If its cost price was 5% less
briefcase.
Rs.7 more, the gain sould have been 20%. Find the cost price of the
Solution. LetC.P of briefcase = Rs.x.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
20

Given Gain = 10%

_ 10 eee
Gain = 799 * Rs.x = RS.75

X _= pe,
S.P=Rs.x+ RS.75 hs, ix
10

5 7
If he buys briefcase at 5% less, then the C.P = Rs.| x — 3") = Rs. *-

— (i)
New S.P= Rs(tx+7]

New Gain = 20%.

New S.P = C.P + Gain
19 20. 19 57 3
100 X
50x * +700
New S.P = 70* 207 = Re50%
* ane — (ii1)

From (i) & (ii), we get

11 = Be
10725 50°

> 55x + 350 = 57x

> 2x = 350
> x=175
Cost price of briefcase = Rs.175.
Question 30. By selling a tie for Rs.63, a shopkeeper gains 5%. At what price should he sell the tie to
gain 10%? 7
Solution. Given + S.P of tie =Rs.63.
Gain = 5%,
Let the C.P of tie be Rs.100.

Gainar= 100 * Rs.100 == Rs.5

fix S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.5 = Rs. 105
If the S.P is Rs.105, then the C.P = Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.63, then the C.P = Rs. 5 x 100 = Rs.60

C.P of tie = Rs.60
Gain = 10%.

Actual ; 10
ual GainGain = ——
100 x Rs.60 == Rs.6

S.P = Rs.60 + Rs.6 = Rs.66

S.P of tie to gain 10% is Rs.66.

Discount
Prices are usually labelled on goods sold in the market. This is known as Marked
price abbreviated
M.P. In order to promote their sales or clear off old stocks or for cash payment
it is a custom of manufac-
Profit, Loss and Discount
21
turers or shopkeepers to deduct certain percentage from the marked price of their goods.
When an article
is sold at price less than the marked price, then it is said to be at a discount.
Selling price = Marked price — Discount.
This selling price is also known as net price.
Selling price (or net price) = M.P — Discount.

lilustrative Examples
Example 1. A shopkeeper marks a briefcase for Rs.840. But he gives a discount of 8%. Find the sell-
ing price.
Solution. Given M.P = Rs.840
Discount = 8%

Actual discount = 5% Rs.840 = Rs.67.20

Selling price = M.P — discount
S.P = Rs.840 — Rs.67.20 = Rs.772.80
Example2. A shopkeeper allows a discount of 10% and still makes a profit of 10%. Its price is
marked as Rs.880. Find its (i) selling price (ii) cost price.
Solution. Given M.P = Rs.880
Discount = 10%
i) Actual discount = oS x Rs.880 = Rs.88
S.P = M.P — Discount
Si S.P = Rs.880 — Rs.88 = Rs.792
ii) S.P = Rs.792
Profit = 10%
Let the C.P of article be Rs.100
in= 10
Gain =759 * Rs.100 -=Rs.10.
Bs S.P
= Rs.100 + Rs.10
= Rs.110
If the S.P is Rs.110, then the C.P = Rs. 100.

Ifthe S.P is Rs.792, then the C.P = Rs.7%x 100 = Rs.720

C.P of article = Rs.720.
Example 3. The list price of an article is Rs.200. A retailer pays Rs. 169.20 for it. He gets successive
discounts of 10% and another rate is illegible. What is the second discount rate?
Solution. Given M.P = Rs.200
S.P = Rs.169.20
1" discount = 10%
M.P = Rs.200
; i0
Discount =100 x Rs.200 = Rs.20

1* S.P = Rs.200 — Rs.20 = Rs.180

 X
pp A Textbook on L.C.S.E. Mathematics for C lass

1" S.P =M.P for 2nd discount.

E. M.P = Rs.180

But S.P = Rs.169.20

Discount = M.P — S.P
= Rs.180 — Rs.169.20 = Rs.10.80
Discount
Discount % = MP x 100

Rs.180
Second discount = 6%.

Example 4. The list price of a watch is Rs.250. A retailer pays Rs.236.25. What is the discount rate?
Solution. Given M.P = Rs.250
S.P = Rs.236.25
Disount = M.P — S.P
= Rs.250 — Rs.236.25 = Rs.13.75
Discount
Discount % = MP x 100

_ Rs. 13.48 re
—ec x 100 = 5.5%.

Example 5. Find the single discount equivalent to the discount series 14%, 10% and 4%.
Solution. Let the Marked price be = Rs.100
Less Ist discount rate 14 % =Rs. 14
First selling price = Rs. 86

Less 2nd discount at 10% = i xRs.86=Rs. 8.60

Second selling price = Rs. 77.40

Less 3rd discount at 4% = —+_

100
x 77.60 = Rs.3.096
Final selling price = Rs. 74.304
Le. Net amount Payable = Rs.74.30.
“. Single discount equivalent to discount series = Rs.100 — Rs.74.30 = Rs.25.70
“. On the M.P. Rs.100 the equivalent discount = Rs.25.70
Single discount equivalent = 25.70%.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. A tradesman fixed his selling prices of goods at 30% above the cost price.
He sells half
the stock at this price, one quarter of this stock at a discount of 15% on the original
selling price and the
rest at a discount of 30% on the original selling price. Find the gain percent
altogether.
Solution. Let the C.P of goods be Rs.100.
S.P is fixed 30% above cost price
Profit, Loss and Discount
23

S.P = Rs.i30.
| whole stock of S.P = Rs.130

He sells 4 stock for Rs. 50 = Rs.65 — (i)

+ of stock = Rs.32.50.
He sells this at a discount of 15%.

Discount = TT x Rs. 32.50 = Rs.4.875.

S.P = Rs.32.50 — Rs.4.875 = Rs.27.625 — (ii)
Remaining 4 of stock = Rs.32.50

He sells this at a discount of 30%.

Discount = = x Rs.32.50 = Rs.9.75

S.P = Rs.32.50 — Rs.9.75 = Rs.22.75 — (iii)
From (i), (i/) & (iii)
Total S.P = Rs.115.375
C.P =Rs.100
Profit = Rs.15.375
digyig?) %SHet5.375
Profit =———=~"> x 100 i= 15.375%.
;

Question 2. A-dealer is selling an article at a discount of 5% on the marked price.

(i) What is the S.P if the Marked price is Rs.140? (ii) What is the C.P if the marked price is 12% above
the C.P?
Solution. Given M.P = Rs.140
Discount = 5%

i) Actual discount = 2 x Rs.140 = Rs.7

S.P = M.P — Discount
s S.P = Rs.140
— Rs.7 = Rs.133
(ii) Let the CP of an article be Rs.100
Profit = 12%

Profit ae
= 100 x Rs.100Es= Rs.12

M.P = Rs.100 + Rs.12 = Rs.112

If the M.-P is Rs.112, then the C.P is Rs.100.

142 x 100 = Rs.125

If the MP is Rs.140, then the C.P = Rs. 112
C.P of article = Rs.125.
00. Find the S.P if
Question 3. A shopkeeper marks the price of an article at Rs.80.
24 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

i) he allows a discount of 10%.

ii) he allows two successive discounts at 5% each.
Solution. Given M.P = Rs.80
Discount = 10%
i) M.P = Rs.80

Discount —— a“ x Rs.80 = Rs.8

S.P = M.P — discount

S.P = Rs.80 — Rs.8 = Rs.72.
ii) Two successive discounts 5% and 5%
M.P = Rs.80

1" discount = = x Rs.80 = Rs.4

1° S.P = M.P — discount
1 S.P = Rs.80 — Rs.4 = Rs.76
1° S.P = M.P for 2nd discount.
M.P for 2nd discount = Rs.72

2nd discount = —>—x Rs.72 = Rs.3.60

Final S.P = Rs.72 — Rs.3.60
Final S.P = Rs.68.40.
Question 4. A photographer allows a discount of 10% on the advertised price of a camera. What price
must be marked on the camera which cost him Rs.600 to make a profit of 20%.
Solution. Given C.P of camera = Rs.600
Discount = 10%
Profit = 20%

Profit _= 20
100 x Rs.600 .= Rs.120

S.P = C.P + Profit

S.P = Rs.600 + Rs.120 = Rs.720
Let the M.P be Rs.100

)
Discount =oa
100 x Rs.100 =€ Rs.10

S.P = M.P — Discount

S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.10 = Rs.90
If the S.P is Rs.90, then the M.P = Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.720, then the M.P = Rs. 222 x 100 = Rs.800
90
M.P of camera = Rs.800
Profit, Loss and Discount
25

Question §, In order to maintain the price line, a trader allows a discoun

t of 10% on the marked price
of the goods in his shop. However, he still makes a gross profit of
|7% on the cost price. Find the profit
percent he would have made had he sold at the marked price?
Solution. Let the M.P of goods be Rs. 100.
'
D iscount 10
TESS.
100 x Rs.100 z= Rs.10

S.P = M.P — Discount

S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.10 = Rs.90
Let the C.P of goods be Rs. 100
17
P rofit = 100 x Rs.100 == Rs.17
—

¢ S.P = Rs.100 + Rs.17 = Rs.117

If the S.P is Rs.117, then the C.P = Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.90, then the C.P = Rs, 22% !00 _ py 76.92
117
=. C.P = Rs.76.92
if this is sold for M.P = Rs.100,
then S.P = Rs.100
Then Gain = Rs.100 — Rs.76.92 = Rs.23.08

Gain % = gan x 100

— Rs.23.08 ia
= Re 76.9 x 100 = 30%.

Question 6. An article costs Rs. 700 to a manufacturer who lists its price at Rs.800. He sells it to a
trader at a discount of 5%. The trader gets a further discount of 5% for cash payment. Calculate
i) The amount that the trader pays to the manufacturer
ii) The profit percent that the manufacturer makes on the sale.
Solution: Given C.P of article to manufacturer = Rs. 700
M.P of article = Rs. 800.
Succesive discount of 5% each.
i) M.P of article = Rs. 800.
, 5
Discount = — .
100 x Rs.800 = Rs.40.
s.40

S.P after Ist discount = Rs.800 — Rs.40 = Rs.760.

M.P for 2nd discount = Rs. 760.
; 5
Discount = —
100 x Rs. : 760 == Rs.3
Rs.38.

- §.P=Rs. 760 — Rs.38 = Rs.722.

-. Trader pays to manufacturer = Rs.722.
ii) C.P of manufacturer = Rs.700.
S.P of manufacturer = Rs.722.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
26

-. Profit = Rs.722 — Rs.700 = Rs.22.

Profit =
%
Rs.22
Rs 700 x 100= 35%.
first Rs.20,000 and 5%
Question 7. A seils a car priced Rs.36,000. He gives a discount of 8% on the
He gives a discount
on the remaining Rs.16,000. B also sells a car of the same make, priced at Rs.36,000.
of 7% on the total price. Calculate the actual price charged by A and B for the cars.
Solution. Given M.P of car = Rs.36,000
A gives 8% discount on Rs.20,000
5% discount on Rs.16,000.
B gives 7% discount on the whole.
M.P of A's car = Rs.36,000.

Discount on Rs.20,000 at 8% = a x Rs.20,000 = Rs.1600.

Discount on Rs.16,000 at 5% = —>~

100
x Rs.16,000 = Rs.800.
Total discount = Rs.1600 + Rs.800 = Rs.2400.
S.P of A's car = Rs.36,000 — Rs.2400 = Rs.33,600.
M.P of B' car = Rs.36,000.

Discount at 7% = a x Rs.36,000 = Rs2520

S.P of B = Rs.36,000 — Rs2520 = Rs.33,480.

Question 8. The whole saler allows a discount of 20% on the list price to a retailer. the retailer sells at 5%
discount on the list price. If the customer paid Rs.38, for an article, what profit is made by the retailer? Find also
the retailer's percentage profit on his cost price, giving your answer correct to two decimal places.
Solution. Given Customer's price = Rs 38.
He gets 5% discount.
Let the (M.P) list price be Rs.100.

Discount = a x Rs.100 = Rs.5

a S.P
= Rs 100 — Rs.5
= Rs 95.
If the S.P is Rs.95, then the list price = Rs 100.

, If the S.P is Rs.38, then the list price = Rs 28x00 = Rs.40.

List price = Rs 40.

Whole saler gives 20% discount to the retailer.

Retailer paid = Rs.40— 20 Rs.40

100
= Rs.40 —Rs.8 = Rs.32.
C.P of retailer = Rs.32.
S.P of retailer = Rs.38.
Retailer's gain = Rs.38 —Rs.32 = Rs.6.
Profit, Loss and Discount
24

His gain % = Rs.6

x 100 = 18.75%.
Rs.32
Question 9. A firm dealing in furniture allows 4% discount on the marked
prices of each item. What
price must be marked on a dining table, which costs Rs.400 to assemble, so as
to make a profit of 20%?
Solution. Given C.P. of dining table = Rs.400
Profit = 20%
Discount = 4%
Given C.P. = Rs.400.

Profit = 20 x Rs.400 = Rs.80

100 Me
S.P. = Rs.400 + Rs.80 = Rs.480.
Let the M.P be Rs. 100.

Discount =eae.
100 «Rs 4
100—Rs.4.

S.P. = Rs.100 — Rs.4 = Rs.96.

If the S.P is Rs.96, then the M.P = Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.480, then the M.P = Rs, SOx100= Rs.500.

”. The Marked Price = Rs.500.
Question 10. A tradesman marks an article at Rs.205 more than the cost price. He offers a discount of
10% on the marked price. Find his profit % if the cost price is Rs.x. .
Solution. Given C.P=Rs.x.
‘He marks Rs.205 above C.P.
M.P = Rs.(x + 205).
Discount = 10%.
M.P of article = Rs. (x + 205 ).

Discount maa + 205)

= 100 x Rs(x Bie Rs,ae
10 +20.5)

S.P = M.P — discount

-§.P =Rs.(Rs.x +205)— Rs + 20.5

Gain = S.P —- C.P

+20.5)- Rs.x
Gain = [Re(x4208)-( 35

Gainaare= Rs 184.50epee
a

Gain % = 947 « 100

(184.50- =)
10
aNese 565D)
D&
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Gain % _ ( e201 Ie,

x

given on a bill of Rs.1 10.

Question 11. Two successive discounts of 10% and 5% in this order, are
Find the net amount of money payable to clear the bill. Give your answer to the nearest rupee.
Solution. Given M.P = Rs.110
1" discount = 10%
; 10
Discount = —— :
100 x Rs.110 = Rs.11
S

1" S.P = Rs.110 — Rs.11 = Rs.99

M.P for 2nd discount = Rs.99
: 5
Discount =100 x Rs.99
‘ = Rs.4.95
= |

2"! S.P = Rs.99 — Rs.4.95 = Rs.94.05

Net amount payable to clear the bill = Rs.94 (to nearest rupee)

Question 12. A shopkeeper allows a discount of 12 5% on the marked price of a certain article arid
makes a profit of 20%. If the article costs the shopkeeper Rs.210, what price should be marked on the
article?
Solution. C.P of article = Rs.210.
Profit = 20%

Pront= -
100
x Rs. Jima?
S.P = Rs.210 + Rs.42 = Rs.252
Let the M.P be Rs.100.

Discount = -22 x Rs.100 = Rs.12.50

2x 100
S.P = M.P — Discount
S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.12.50 = Rs.87.50
If the S.P is Rs.87.50, then the M.P = Rs.100.

If the S.P is Rs.252, then the M.P = Rs om = Rs.288

M.P of article = Rs.288

Question 13. Two dealers X and Y selling the same model of refrigerator mark them under the same
selling price. X gives successive discounts of 25% and 5% and y gives successive discounts of 16% and
12%. From whom it is more advantages to purchase the refrigerator?
Solution. Given: Dealer X gives 25% and 5% successive discounts.
Dealer Y gives 16% and 12% successive discounts
M.P is same for both.
Let the M.P be Rs.100.

Discount of X, Ist discount = 25% = a x Rs.100 = Rs.25

Ist S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.25 = Rs.75

Profit, Loss and Discount
29
Ist S.P = M.P for 2nd discount
M.P = Rs.75, discount = 5%

Discount = —>— x Rs.75 = Rs.3.75

100
Selling price of X = Rs.75 — Rs.3.75 = Rs.71.25

Discount of Y: Ist discount = 16% = ~ x Rs.100 = Rs.16

Ist S.P = Rs.100 — Rs.16 = Rs.84

lst S.P = M.-P for 2nd discount
M.P = Rs.84, 2nd discount = 12%
:
D iscount 12
= 100 x Rs.84 == Rs.10.08

; S.P of y= Rs.84 — Rs.10.08 = Rs.73.92.

.. It is more advantages to purchase the refrigerater from dealer x.
Question 14. Two successive discounts of 10% and 2% are offered on the marked price of an article.
Find the selling price if the marked price is Rs.350.
Solution. Given M.P = Rs.350
Two successive discounts = 10% & 2%
Marked price = Rs.350
se 5. x 10 F ce
|” discount = 100 x Rs. 350 = Ks: 35.

1° S.P = Rs.350 — Rs.35 = Rs.315

1° S.P = MP for 2nd discount.
M.P = Rs.315.

2nd discount = Dip x Rs.315 = Rs.6.30.

100
Final selling price = Rs.315 — Rs.6.30 = Rs.308.70
Selling price = Rs.308.70.

Question 15. The cost of production of a radio set is Rs.900 divided between material, labour and over
heads in the ratio of 3: 4: 2. Calculate the cost of material used in the radio set.
If the radio set is marked at a price that draws 20% profit on the cost price, what is the marked price of
the set?
Subsquently, the cost of material, labour and overhead, increased by 20%, 30%, and 10% respectively.
Calculate the cost of manufacture now and marked price to clear the same percentage profit as before.
Solution. Given cost of production of radio = Rs.900.
Cost is divided between labour, material and overhead.
Pept 3o 4 : 2.
Sum of ratio=3 +4+2=9

Cost of labour = 3x Rs.900 = Rs. 300.

30 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Cost of material = x Rs.900 = Rs.400.

Cost of overheads = <x Rs.900 = Rs.200

Cost of material = Rs.400.

Cost of radio = Rs.900
Profit = 20%
20
Profit = 100
— * Rs:700
; = Rs.18
Rs.180

Market price = C.P + Profit

= Rs.900 + Rs.180 = Rs.1080
20
Increased prices M’ = Rs.300+Rs.—— x 300 = Rs.360
Material 100

L' =Rs.400+Rs.>2- x 400 = Rs.520

Labour 100

O’ =Rs.200+0 x 200 = Rs.220

Overheads 100

Increased C.P = Rs. (360 + 520 + 220) = Rs. 1100

Profit = 20% = x x Rs.1100 = Rs.220
New Marked Price = Rs.1100 + Rs.220 = Rs.1320.
Question 16. A shop keeper buys an article for Rs. 400 and_marks it for sale at a price that gives him
80% profit on his cost. He, however gives 15% discount on the marked price to his customers. Calculate :
(i) the marked price of the article. (ii) the discount in rupees given to the customer. (ii) the actual
percentage profit made by the shopkeeper.
Solution. Given C.P = Rs. 400. Shopkeeper marks 80% above C.P.
Gy =. M.P = C.P.+ 80% of C.P.
= Rs.400+ Rs. 80
100 * 400

= Rs.400 + Rs.320 = Rs.720

e M.P = Rs.720
(ii) Given discount = 15%

Actual discount = = x Rs.720 = Rs. 108

(iii) S.P.= M.P.- discount
= Rs.720 — Rs.108 = Rs.612
Profit = S.P. — C.P.
= Rs.612 — Rs.400 = Rs.212
212
Profit % = 400 x 100 = 53%.
Profit, Loss and Discount
31
Be pene ipA ie buys a box of 10 dozen apples for Rs. 180. He estimates that 20% of
them
€n. re intends to sell each apple so as to make a profit of 60% on hi
20% of the apples turn out to be rotten, find é
‘ ee
(‘) The number of good apples in the box:
(ii) The sum of money for which he should sell the good apples so as to make a profit of 60%
on his
cost;
(iii) The selling price of each apple in order to earn the said profit.
Solution . Given the C.P of 10 dozen apples = Rs 180
({) Total No. of apples = 10x 12 = 120, out of which 20% are rotten.
No. of good apples = 120 a x 120 = 120-24 = 96 apples.
(ii) Given C.P=Rs 180
He wants to make a profit of 60% on the cost price.
S.P =C.P +Profit.
= S.P=Rs. 180+-°0 x 180.
=> S.P = Rs. 180+ Rs.108
= S.P = Rs.288.
(iii) Selling price = Rs. 288
No. of good apples = 96

S. P of 1 apple = Rs = Rs.3.

Question 18. A trader gives two successive discounts of 15% and 10% on the marked price of an
article.
(i) If the marked price was Rs 100; what would be the selling price?
(ii) The actual selling price is Rs 7650. Calculate the actual marked price.
(iii) The actual marked price is 25% more than the cost price. Calculate :
(1) The cost price;
(2) The profit or loss percent.
Solution. Given two successive discounts of 15% and 10% on the M.P.
(i) Given M.P =Rs. 100.
d d ;
S.P= M7 1-25 (1-3: where d, and d, are discounts.

— S.P i:Rs.106{ ele

ax eee
oq

—— ‘ SS Die
S.P = Rs.100 x 100 * 100 = RS:76-50

Ay Selling price = Rs. 76.50.

(ii) Given Actual selling price = Rs. 7650.
If the S.P is Rs. 76.50, then the M.P = Rs. 100
32 A Textbook on LC.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

Ifthe SP is Rs. 7650, then the M.P = Po = Rs.10,000.

* Actual M.P = Rs. 10,000.
(iii) Let the C.P be Rs. 100.
Given M.P = 25% more than C.P.

M.P 7= Rs,100-+22
25 x 100 =Rs.125.
If Rs. 125 is the M.P, then the C.P = Rs. 100

IfRs. 10, 000 is M_P, then the C.P = aoe = Rs.8000

, C.P = Rs. 8000.
Given S.P = Rs. 7650.
Loss = C.P-S.P
Loss = Rs.8000— Rs. 7650.
Loss = Rs. 350.

lon%= nos x 100== 100 = 42%

Question 19. When a discount of 15% is allowed on the marked price of an article, it is sold for Rs.
2975.
(i) Calculate its marked price. Given that the marked price is 40% above the cost price of the
article, calculate :
(ii) Its cost price,
(iii) the profit, in Rs. made by the sale of the article.
Solution. Let the M.P be Rs. 100.
(i) Given discount = 15%
S.P = M.P—-Discount.

= S.P bs
= Rs.100 eS.
100 * 100 =rs Rs.85.

. If the S.P is Rs. 85, then the M.P = Rs. 100

Ifthe
e S.P
S.P in
in Rs, Rs. 297 5, then the M.P = 8.2975
85
, 100==
x 100 Rs.3500.

3, M.P = Rs. 3500.

(ii) Let the C.P be Rs. 100.
Given M.P is 40% above C.P.
baRs.100+ 40.
M.P = 100 * 100 =wi Rs,140.

If the M.P is Rs. 140, then the C.P = Rs. 100

Ifthe MP is Rs. 3500, then the C.P = — x 100 = Rs.2500.

i Cost price = Rs. 2500.
(iii) C.P = Rs. 2500.
rofit, Loss and Discount
33
Given S.P = Rs, 2975.
Profit = S.P-—C.P
Profit = Rs.2975—Rs.2500
Y Profit = Rs. 475.

Exercises
- AT.V. is sold for Rs. 2400 and fetches a profit of 12%. Find the cost price of T.V.
- Aclock is sold for Rs.450 at a loss of 10%. Find the cost price of the clock.
. Eggs are bought at Rs.4 a dozen and sold at 40 p each. Find the gain percent.
. 10 kg of rice was bought at Rs.2.50 a kg and sold at Rs. 3.10 a kg. Find the gain percent.
NO
WwW
&
U— . A shopkeeper bought 550 pencils at 75 paise each. He spent Rs.15 on the transportation. A
pocket containing 20 pencils was lost on the way. He sold the remaining pencils at 90 paise
each. Find his gain or loss percent.
. A fruit seller buys apples at Rs.2.25 per 3 and an equal number at Rs.4.75 per 5. If he sells them
at Re.1 each. Find his gain percent.
. By selling a watch for Rs.240, Ashok loses 4%. What percent will he gain or lose by selling it
for Rs.275?
. A man sells an article at 5% loss. If he sells it for Rs.32 more, he will gain 5%. Find the cost
price of the article.
. A shopkeeper has two varieties of coffee. One variety costs him Rs.24 per kg and the other
Rs.28 per kg. He mixes them in the ratio 3 : 2 and sells the blended coffee at Rs.26.88 per kg.
Find his gain percent.
. Cost price of 25 pens equals selling price of 20 pens. find profit percent.
. A man buys two tables for Rs.900. He sells one at 10% loss and the other at 2% gain. On the
whole he neither gains or loses. Find the cost price of each.
. Two articles were sold for Rs.12,000 each. The first article sold at a loss of 20% and the second
article at a gain of 20%. Find the gain or loss in the entire transaction.
. A grocer makes a profit of 20% by selling loose tea at Rs.17.40 per kg.
i) What did 40 kg of loose tea cost him?
ii) If he sells half of the quantity at Rs. 17.40 per kg and the remaining at Rs.16.00 per kg.
What is his profit percent on the whole?
14. Bose sold his car to Ghosh and lost 28%. Ghosh spent Rs.840 on repairs and sold the car to
Chatterjee for Rs.23,625 thereby making a profit of 12 %. How much did Bose pay for the car?
of the
IS. A blanket is priced at Rs.150. If the dealer allows 12% discount what is the net price
blanket?
on the net
16. A sofa set marked at Rs.645 and is quoted at 25% off with 2% additional discount
price for cash payment. What is the cash lost of the purchases?
Fs After successive discounts of 20% & 5% have been granted, the net
price of an article is Rs.380.
What is the marked price?
 -

34 A Textbook on LC.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

i Rs.680. A shopkeeper allows successive

icle e is
' of an articl
di
ive disco un ts of 20% and 15%
18. The list price
12%. Which is more favourable
and nei shopkeeper allows successive discounts of 25% and
to the customer and by how much?
the wholesaler gave a
19. A pen is listed for Rs.12. Originally a 15% discount was allowed. Later
discount percent.
second discount, thus bringing the net price down to Rs.8.16. Find the second
20. Find a single discount equivalent to the discount series 20%, 10% and 5%.
a
21. Having marked his article 24% above cost, a trader makes a profit of Rs.456, after allowing
discount of 12%. find the cost price of the article.

22. A dealer is offered a discount of 155% by one wholesaler and successive discounts of 10% and
1
6% by another. Find which is cheaper. If he purchases at the cheaper rate and sells at 17%
below the list price, find the profit percent he makes.

23. A tradesman fixed his selling price of goods at 35% above the cost price. He sells : of the stock

at this price, =thof this stock at a discount of 12% on the original selling price and the rest at a
discount of 10% on the original selling price. Find the gain percent at together.
24. A wholesaler allows a discount of 15% on the list price to a retailer. The retailer sells at 5%
discount on the list price. Ifthe customer paid Rs. 114 for the article, what profit is made by the
retailer? Find also the retailer’s percentage profit on his cost price.
25. A merchant has goods worth Rs. 6000. He sells one-third of them at a loss of 10%. By how
much percent gain should he sell the remaining to gain 10% on the whole.
26. A man sells an article at a loss, for Rs. 350; had he sold it for Rs. 450, his gain would have been
- of his loss. Find the cost price of the article.
af. A merchant buys 3150 metres of cloth. He sells : of it at a gain of 5%; - at a gain of 9%; 2 al
a gain of 8% and the rest at a loss of 4%. If he had sold the whole at a gain of 4%, he would
have received Rs. 216 more than he actually did. Find the cost price of a metre of cloth.
28. The cost of an article is 80% of the price at which it is marked for sale. The article is sold with a
discount of 10%. How much percent does the seller gain?
29. Trader altered his trade discount from 14% to 11%. Find the percentage of selling price altered.
30. A man bought a table and chair for Rs. 800 and sold the table at a gain of 15% and the chair at
a loss of 5%, thus gaining 3% on his whole outlay. Find for how much the table was bought.

Answers
. Rs.2142.86 2. Rs.500 3. 20%
. 24% 5. 11.58% 6. 17.65%
. 10% gain 8. Rs.320 9. S%
10. 25% 11. Rs 478.13, Rs.421.87 12. Rs.1000 loss
Profit, Loss and Discount 35

33. (i) Rs.580 (ii) 155% . Rs.28,000 15. Rs.132

. Rs.474.08 . Rs.500 18. 2nd discount is more

favourable by Rs. 13.60
. 20% . 31.6%. 21. Rs. 5000
. 9.47% . 25.46% 24. 11.76%
20% . Rs.412.50 27. Rs.10

28 . 3.49% 30. Rs.320

 Chapter 2

Compound Interest
ff

If you put your money in Bank or in Post Office, you are lending your money to the government. For
being allowed to make use of your money, the government will pay you some money and this payment is
called interest. Similarly, if you take a loan from a bank or a money lender, you have to pay extra money
for using the money. This payment is also known as interest. Therefore, interest is the payment made for
the money borrowed or lent.
Any money lent or borrowed is called the Principal.
The sum of Principal and interest is called the amount.
Rate is the interest paid on Rs.100 for a specified period.
Time is the period for which money is borrowed or lent.
If the interest is calculated on the original principal for any given time and rate, then that interest is
known as simple interest.
Principal x Rate x Time
Formula: Simple Interest =
100
For example : If principal = Rs.1000, Rate = 5% and Time = 2 years, then

Simple Interest = See Rs.100.

100
Compound interest :
When the interest becomes due, is not paid to the money lender, but is added to the Principal, then this
amount becomes the Principal for the next period. This process is repeated until the amount for the whole
time is found. The differece between the final amount and the original Principal is called the Compoun
d
Interest.
Therefore the difference between Simple and Compound interest is, that the principal
remains constant
for the whole time in the simple interest while in the case of compound interest, the
principal keeps on
changing every year.

Formula:
ormula 4 = P| (+ 1+——
i]

where A = Final Amount, P = Principal,

r = rate, , n= Time
The difference between final amount and principal gives compound
interest.
Compound Interest
37

| The Compound Interest Formula

If the principal is Rs.P, the period is n years and the rate r% per annum,
then
The amount after | ear= p+/Xixr _ ceP iM
y (00 a100 Pk + FE5
ie ‘ (1+ {0 )xixr
e amount after2 years= P(t in) 2th
ll
y *T00 )* 100
2

3
Similarly, the-amount after 3 years = P(1+ dl and so on.

The amount after n years = P(t+ ia]

100
ne.
A= ‘rar ‘
P(1+555)

where A = Final amount, P = Principal,

r =rate, n= Time.
Compound Interest = A — P

C.1 isP(1- ieee.

10 5) |x

c= a el(1+3f5)
my. -1
Cor 1: If the period is n years and m months, then the amount is
r n m

A=P +t) (1+ 00) ee

ie 100 100

or. 12
n Mm sn
«
A= P(1+755) 1+ 100

annum will
Cor 2: If the interest is payable half-yearly then for r we have to take as because 7% per
to 2” half years.
be taken as 5% , half-yearly and for n years, we take 2n, because n years equal
2n

Then the formula will be A= P([Link])

2 x 100
for the first, second and the third
Cor 3: If the rate of interest is different for every year say 7,7, 57;
year, then the amount after three years is
ee Vy5eal ge
 A Textbook on I.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

Illustrative Examples
annum.
Example 1. Find the compound payable yearly on Rs.7500 for 3 years at 10% per
Solution. Given P = Rs.7500
r= 10% p.a.
n= Time = 3 yrs.
Method I:
Principal for the first year = Rs.7500
Rs.7500x10x1 _
Interest for the first year = 100 = Rs.750

Amount at the end of Ist year = Rs.7500 + Rs.750 = Rs.8250

Principal for 2nd year = Rs.8250
Rs.8250x10x1 _
Interest for 2nd year = 100° = Rs.825

Amount at the end of 2nd year = Rs.8250 + Rs.825 = Rs.9075

Principal for 3rd year = Rs.9075
Rs.9075
x 10x 1
Interest for 3rd year = = Rs.907.50
100
Amount at the end of 3rd year = Rs.9075 + Rs.907.50 = Rs.9982.50
Compound Interest = Amount — Principal
‘= Rs.9982.50 — Rs.7500 = Rs.2482.50
Method II: (By formula method)
re {eG

p(1+75 |

A =Rs. 10)
Rs 7500{14+10
i)

A= Rs.7500{ 11)
10
5
A=Rs.7500x UU,heeheeUU
0 To Ge
A = Rs.9982.50
CI=A-P
C.1= Rs.9982.50 — Rs.7500 ©
C.I= Rs.2482.50
Example 2. Find the compound interest on Rs.1500 for 2 > years at 10% per annum.
Solution. P=Rs.1500
r=10%
Time = n= 2 + years
Method I. Principal for 1* year = Rs.1500
Compound Interest
39

Interest for 1" year = BSPOOx10%1 = Rs.150

Amount at the end of I" year = Rs.1500 + Rs.150 = Rs.1650
Principal for 2 year = Rs.1650

Interest for 2! year = A T6S0x10 = Rs.165

Amount at the end of 2™ year = Rs.1650 + Rs.165 = Rs.1815

Principal for the 3 year = Rs.1815
_ Rs.1815x 10x 5
Interest for the next + year = Ke Rs.90.75
Amount at the end of 2 > years = Rs.1815 + Rs.90.75 = Rs.1905.75
CI=A-P
C.I= Rs.1905.75 — Rs.1500
C.I = Rs.405.75

= n 12 xr
Method II. A= P(1+5) 1+

where P=Principal, r=rate, n= years, m= months

P=Rs.1500, r= 10%,n =2 yrsm = 6 months = Sy

sasRs.1500(14+oe
10) {142%10
100
:
A=Rs.1500{ )/(21
17)(33)
2

ha Rsk ex10 20
10
2
A = Rs.1905.75
C1I=A>P
C.1 = Rs.1905.75 — Rs.1500
C.1= Rs.405.75.
annually.
Example 3. Find the compound interest on Rs.2400 for 1 > years at 10% compounded semi
Solution. Given P = Rs.2400
r=10%
n=1- years.
Compound interest calculated half yearly.
r = 19, = 5% semi annually
2
n=14=3 half years.
 ok
onI.C
A Textbo .S.E. Mathematics for ClassX
40
r “

A= (1+ |

5)
A= Rs.2400{ 1+ 55)

i
A= Rs.2400/ z*) ony
ne WP A
A = Rs.2400 x 5) x 70 * 20

A = Rs.2778.30
C1I=A-—P
C.] = Rs.2778.30 — Rs.2400
C.1 = Rs.378.30 ”
Example 4. Find the compound interest on Rs.10,000 for 3 years if the rates of interest for 3 years are
4%, 5% and 10% respectively.
Solution. Given P = Rs.10,000
1, =4%, r, = 5%and r, = 10%
T=3 yrs

Ape”
> 100 ||Vie
*100 JtPi
*100
A=ieRs.10,000( 1+ ea:
a5 (123
a5 1+10
“a

7, : 26\(21\(11
Rs.10,000{ 28\(
2°) 11)

A =Rs.12012.
CI=A-P
C.I= Rs.12,012 — Rs.10,000
C.J = Rs.2012.
Example 5. The amount at C.I on a certain sum of money for 3 years is Rs.5324. If the rate of interest
is 10% per annum, find the principal.
Solution. Given A = Rs.5324
r=10%
n= 3 years
, gin ”

A p(1+34)

Rs.5324
S = P (14—
iw.)
10 \

Rs.5324 = (11)
10
Compound Interest 4]

=> p = RS.5 x10x

324 10x10 = Rs.4000
l1xlixt1
Principal = Rs. 4000
: ee 6. At what rate percent compound interest will the sum Rs. 10 000
amount to Rs.12,882.25
in 2 years
Solution. Given P= Rs.10,000
A =Rs.12,882.25
n= 2years.

a=. p(1+325)
ae

Rs. 12882.2 = Rs.10,000( 1455

F*
12882.25 _ rage
= 10,000 =(1+555)
12g re Y
iv rooo000 ~(1* 765)
x 51,529 =(1+;iy
40,000
227
a ae (1++i)
227 r
F 200 100
ZETO es
= 200= 100
| r=eable
5 x100= ZT= 134ee
= r = 134% per annum.
Examples 7. In what time will Rs.2500 amount to Rs.3512.32 at 12% per annum.
Solution. Given P =Rs.2500
| A = Rs.3512.32
r=12%

12
Rs.3512.32
ile
= Rs. 2)

351232 _ (28:
250000 \ 25
42 A Textbook on 1.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

1952". (28 1
ar 15625. \ 25

mm
=
a) -@)
25
n=3
5
”. Time = 3 years.

Example 8. The value of a machinery plant depreciates by 10% annually. If its value is Rs.75,000,
find its value after 3 years.
Solution. Present Value (P) = Rs.75,000
ad rate of depreciation = 10%
Time = 3 years.
3

Value after 3 years (A) ~= P(taa]

Value after 3 years ( A) = Rs.7500{ - 10)

9 3

Es ee
= Rs.75000x To x 10 aT

= Rs.54675.
The value of machinery after 3 years = Rs.54675.
Example 9. The value of a machinery plant increased by 10% in the first year, depreciated by 10% in
the second year, and again increased by 10% in the third year. If at the end of third year the value of
machinery plant was Rs.1,63,350, find the original value of the machinery plant.
Solution. Given Final value of machinery plant (A) = Rs.1,63,350
r, = 10% — Increase
r= 10% — decrease

r, = 10% — Increase
z Ries, eae aa
. Preis} iis (ia
Rs.1,63,350
= P{ 1410
10 \(;_ 10
10 \/), 1010
(Beal 100 M+ 706)
= Rs.1,63,350=ey
P(+5)( 29 )(11
44)
* p = 1,63,350%10x1010
_p:154goo
11x 9x11.
The original value of machinery plant = Rs. 1 50,000

Example 10. A man invests Rs.3500 for 2 years at compound interest. After one year
his money
amounts to Rs.3640. Find the interest for the second year.
Compound Interest
43
Solution. Given P= Rs.3500
Amount at the end of Ist year = Rs.3640
Interest for 1" year = Rs.3640 — Rs.3500 = Rs.140
_1x100 _ 140x100
= — 0

PxT 3500 x 1 ae
Rate = 4%
Principal for the 2™ year = Rs.3640
n=4%

Time = 1 yr

Int = SSSOSREEX)
100
_ Rs 145.66
Interest for 2™ year = Rs.145.60

Suggested questions
Question 1. A man borrows Rs.4000 at 4% per annum compound interest, compounded annually and
repays Rs.330 at the end of each year. Find out the amount of the loan outstanding at the ene of the
fourth year to the nearest paise.
Solution. Given P = Rs.4000
r=4%p.a.
n=A4yrs.
At the end of each year he repays Rs.330.
Principal for 1" year = Rs.4000
Interest for 1" year = Rs.4000
7 x 4 x 1 = Rs.160

Amount for 1" year = Rs.4000 + Rs.160 = Rs.4160

1" payment = Rs. 330
(Deduct) Rs.3830
Principal for 2" year = Rs.3830
Interest for 2" year = Rs 3800xdt = Rs.153.20

Amount for 2™ year = Rs.3830 + Rs.153.20 = Rs.3983.20

2" payment = Rs. 330.00
Deduct = Rs.3653.20
Principal for 34 year = Rs.3653.20
Rs. 3653.20 x 4x1
Interest for 3"rd year =
100

Int for 3 year = Rs.146.13

9.33
Amount for the 34 year = Rs.3653.20 + Rs.146.13 = Rs.379
34 payment = Rs. 330.00
 Class X
A Textbook on I.C.S.E. Mathematics for
44

Deduct = Rs.3469.33
Principal for 4" year = Rs.3469.33
Rs. 3469.33 x4 x1 _ Rs. 138.77
Interest for 4°" year =
100
.77 = Rs.3608.10
Amount outstanding at the beginning of the year = Rs.3469.33 + Rs.138
The bank pays com-
Question 2. A man puts Rs.2000 in a bank in a fixed deposit account for a year.
of money to the man's
pound interest at 8% per year, interest being payable half yearly. Find the amount
credit after a year.
Solution. Given P = Rs.2000
r= 8% p.a.
n= 1 year.
Here compound interest is payable half yearly.

a := 4% half yearly

n=1x2=2 half years.

A=x P1455) fe

; A= 4s)
Rs : 2000 ean
1+ma

s.2000{ ==
A— ks. 28)
26\

26-- 26
A=Rs.
Rs.2000x es
75 x 75

A=Rs.2163.20 -
Amount after 1 year = Rs.2163.20
Question 3. (a) A man won Rs.65,000 in a state lottery. 35% of the money was taken by the govern-
ment as a tax. How much did he actually receive?
: 3 : ‘
(b) He deposited 4 of the money actually received [see (a) above] in a bank account which earns
45%. simple interest per annum. How much interest will he earn in two years?
(c) If he loans the remaining money [see (4) above] to a firm for 2 years which earns C.] at the rate
of 5% payable yearly, what amount will he receive after two years?
Solution. Given: Money won in lottery = Rs.65000
Govt. tax = 35%

(Fa tax money = = x Rs.65000 = Rs.22,750

Actual money received = Rs.65,000 — Rs.22,750 = Rs.42,250

(b) He deposited 3 of Rs.42,250 in a bank.

;x Rs.42,250 = Rs.31687.50
Compound Interest
45

He deposited Rs.31,687.50 in the bank

r=41% S|
Time = 2 yrs.
ANG) Rs.3 1687.
t e 50 x9 x2
2x10 0 Rs.2851.88
He earns S.] in 2 yrs = Rs.2851.88
(c) Remaining money = Rs.42,250 — Rs.31687.50 = Rs.10562.50
He loans this money to a firm
P= Rs.10562.50
r=5%p.a. C.l
n=2 yrs.

= f p(1+55)
ea):

A be
= Rs.10562.50{ 1+ nS.
3} y.

2
A= Rs.10562.50x 50 x 0 21,21
A=Rs.11,645.16 ©
Amount received after 2 yrs = Rs.1 1,645.16.
Question 4. Find the compound interest on Rs.27,000 for 9 years at 4% per annum.
Solution. Given P = Rs.27,000
r=4%p.a.
n=9 yrs.
r ”

A= p(1+5

4 9
A= Rs.27,000( 1+ 45
100

A= Rs.27,000
| 104)”
10%|

Taking log on both sides,

log A= log 27,000 + 9( log 104 — log 100)
log A=4.4314+9(2.0170-2)
log A=4.4314+9x0.0170
log A=4.5844
A = Antilog (4.5844)
A = Rs.38410
CI=A-—P
C.I = Rs.38410 — Rs.27,000
C.J= Rs.11410
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
46
the population of a rural
Question 5. According to a census taken towards the end of the year 1971
ion of this particular town
town was found to be 8000. The census authorities also found that the populat
the town reach 9261?
has a growth rate of 5% p.a. In how many years after 1971 did the population of
Solution. Given Population in year 1971 (P) = 8000
r= 5% p.a.
Final population (A) = 9261

A=: ee
(14755

9261 = 8000(1+ 100

575)
zs 9261 _ (21 )
8000 20
Bi 21) " (24)

20 20
=> n=3
In 3 years the population will reach 9261.
Question 6. A man borrows Rs.2500 at 5% simple interest for 2 years. He immediately lends this
money out at C.] at the same rate and for the same time. What is his gain at the end of 2 years, correct to
nearest paise.
Solution. Given P =Rs.2500
r=5%p.a.
r=2yis
A man borrows this money on S.I.

S.I for 2 yrs = BS APO x2= Rs.250 — (i)

He lends this money out at C.I.

P=Rs.2500, P= J7ep.a., lr=2yr

A=“ P(1+;5)
Beit
5 2
A= Rs.25
s 001+ —2)

ga 21
A= Rs.2Z
Ss sO —x =50

A = Rs.2756.25
Cl=A-P
C.I = Rs.2756.26 — Rs.2500
C./ = Rs.25Gaz0 — (ii)
His profit = (i) — (i)
= Rs.256.25 — Rs.250 = Rs.6.25
His profit = Rs.6 (nearest to rupee)
Compound Interest
47

Question 7. A man deposits Rs.5000 in the State Bank savings account allowing
ly
compound interest at
4 % per year. At the end of the first year, he transfers the entire amount to a fixed deposit
account for 2
y p

Solution. Given P=Rs.5000

r=4-% pa.
Time = | year

Interest for | year = Rs.5000 x 9 x | = Rs.225

2 x 100
Amount at the end of 1* year = Rs.5000 + Rs.225 = Rs.5225
This amount he deposits in fixed account.
P = Rs.5225
r=7%p.a. C.l
n=2 yrs.

A=2 P(1+5)
ay
" 7
, Rs.5225( 1475 |

_ Rs.5225x 107x107 _
A=. = Rs.5982.10

Final amount at the end of the 3 years = Rs.5982 (nearest to a rupee).

Question 8. How much will be Rs.25,000 amount to in 2 years at compound interest, if the rates for
successive years be 4 and 5 percent per year?
Solution. Given P =Rs.25,000
r=4%, 5% for Ist and 2nd year
T= 2 yrs.

vis Rs.25,000( 1475

100
|(1+736
26-52
A = Rs.25,000x 75 * 90

A = Rs.27300.
Amount at the end of2 yrs = Rs.27300.
5% per annum for 2 years is Rs.
Question 9. The compound interest on a certain sum of money at
at 6% per annum?
246. What will be the simple interest on the same sum for 3 years
Solution. Given C.1= Rs. 246.
r=5%
T=2 Yrs
48 A Textbook on I.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

r n

er Hh) ]

5 2

Rs. 246 = (+85) “1

Rs.246
: = P (24)
20 -1
Rs.246 pe= | jet|

P= Rs 20x40 = Rs.2400
Principal = Rs.2400
r=6%S.1
r= 3-yrs.
oF = PRT _ Rs.2400x6
x3
100 100
S.J = Rs.432.
- Question 10. Find the difference between the simple interest and compound interest on Rs.2500 for 2
years at 4% per annum, compound interest being reckoned semi annuallly.
Solution. Given P= Rs.2500
r=4%
n=2 yrs.

S.[=
PRT _ Rs.2500x 4x2 = Rs.200
100 100
Compound interest is calculated half yearly.
r=Pe
>= 2% half yearly.
n=2x2=4
half years

A= Paaa
2 4

A= Rs.2500( + is)
100

A= Rs.2500x 2! x S| x 51 x 51
50 50 50 50
A = Rs.2706.08
C.J = Rs.2706.08 — Rs.2500
C.1 = Rs.206.08
Difference between C.I and S.I = Rs.206.08 — Rs.200 = Rs.6.08.

Question 11. The machinery of a certain factory is valued at Rs.18,400 at the end of 1980.
If it is
supposed to depreciate each year at 8% of the value at the beginning of the year, calculate
the value of the
machine at the end of 1979 and 1981.
 ompound Interest 49

Solution. Given:
The machinery value at the end of 1980 (A) = Rs.18,400.
Rate of depreciation = 8%.
Let the value of machinery at the end of 1979 = Rs.P.
n=l yr.
? = baie n”

P(t ta
8 1
Rs.18,400
s.18,400 = P(1—-——
ios}

92
Rs.18,400 = (22)

5 Rs.18,400x 100
= oF = Rs.20,000
92
The value of machine at the end of 1979 = Rs.20,000
The value of machine at the end of 1980 (P) = Rs.18,400
Rate of depreciation = 8%
Let the value of machine at the end of 1981 = Rs.A
n= 1 year

A 2 P(1
pl ee
i)

A= Rs.18,400 -§)
8 l

A= Rs.18,400x ca = Rs.16,928.
The value of machine at the end of 1981 = Rs.16,928.

Question 12. On what sum of money will the difference between the simple interest and the com-
pound interest for 2 years at 5% per annum be equal to Rs.50?
Solution. Given r=5%
T=2 yrs.
Difference between S./ and C.J = Rs.50
Let the principal be Rs.100.
Rs.100x5x2 = Rs.10
nen S.I= 100

5 2

100 (16555) -1
C.l= Rs

41
Cf = Rs.
100)——
3||= Rs.10.25
50 A Textbook on LC.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

Difference between C./ and S./ = Rs.10.25 — Rs.10 = Rs.0.25

If the difference is Re.0.25, then the principal = Rs. 100

f the difference is Rs.50, then the principal = Rs, oe = Rs.20,000

Principal = Rs.20,000.
Question 13. A man borrowed a sum of money and agrees to pay off by paying Rs.3150 at the end of
the first year and Rs.4410 at the end of the second year. If the rate of compound interest is 5% per annum,
find the sum borrowed.
Solution. Let the money borrowed be Rs.x.
Given rate = 5% p.a. C.l
1

Amount at the end of 1‘ year = Rs.x(I- 5)

100
Cael
=Rs.59*

Money refunded at the end of 1*t year = Rs.3150

Principal for 2"¢ year = Rs 3hx —3 150]

Amount at the end of 2"! year = Rs 3hx-3 150]1+ ie

20 100

= Rs(24x-2150)(21)
—. OP
But the money paid at the end of 2™ year = Rs.4410.

Rs 2030x 3150](2031)= Rs.4410

=
21
ii:
_ Rs.4410x
=
20

= 21,
20 _3159=4200
=
ot .
50 X= 1350

=> x= Rs,320%20 _ Rs. 7000

The sum of money borrowed = Rs.7000.
Question 14. The amount at compound interest which is calculated yearly on a certain sum of money
is Rs.1250 in one year and Rs.1375 in two years. Calculate the rate of interest.
Solution. Given : Amount at the end of 1* year (P) = Rs.1250
Amount at the end of 2" year (A) = Rs.1375

A= p(1+5,)
A

Rs.1375
= Rs.1250| 1+ —~—
: (14555)
 ompound Interest 5]

=> 1375
ee r
ae
1250! * 00
= Fe a
100 1250
= 125 X100 fi=10
r= = Tap
rate
= 10%.

Question 15. A sum of money invested at compound interest payable annually. The interest in two
successive years is Rs.225 and Rs.240. Find the rate of interest.
Solution. Given C.I for 1% year = Rs.225
C.I for 2nd year = Rs.240
The difference between two successive years = Rs.240 — Rs.225 = Rs.15
This Rs.15 is the interest of one year on Rs.225
,_ Rs.15x 100
BA — ape e®= 62%

Rate = 62%.

Question 16. The difference between the compound interest for a year payable half yearly and the
simple interest on a certain sum of money lent out at 10% for a year is Rs.15. Find the sum_of money lent
out.

Solution. Given Rate = 10% p.a.

Time = ] yr.
Difference between C./ and S.J = Rs.15
Let the Principal be Rs.x.
_ PRT _ Rs.xx10x1_
= et00 100 bei
C. Interest is payable half yearly.

r= » = 5% half yearly.

n=1x2=2 half years

According to the given equation,

C.J -S.J=Rs.15
52 A Textbook on 1.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X ©

= 41x -—40x
= 40015
= x = 6000.
Principal of money lent out = Rs.6000.
Question 17. A man borrowed a certain sum of money and paid it back in 2 years in two equal in-
stalments. If the rate of compound interest was 4% p.a. and if he paid back Rs.676 annually, what sum did
he borrow?
Solution. Given equal instalments at the end of each year = Rs.676
r=4%
T=2 yrs.
Amount at the rate of 1‘ year = Rs.676
r=4%, T=1 yr.
Let P, be the principal for 1* instalment.

A=_ P1475)
Bae

=
(25 ®
P= Rs, 270%20 = Rs.650 :
Amount at the end of 2" year = Rs.676
r=4%, T=2yrs.
Let p, be the principal for 2" instalment.

A=2 P(1+55)
a
4 2
Rs.676 = P1454 100
Rs.676 a= r,(
pl 26y
38)

>: Fe_ Rs.676x

age25x25 _aes
Total Principal P= P + P,
= Rs.650 + Rs.625
= Rs.1275
Sum borrowed = Rs.1275.

Question 18. The simple interest on a sum of money for 2 years at 4% is

Rs.450. Find the compound
interest on this sum of money at the same rate for 1 year if the interest is reckone
d half yearly.
Solution. Given S.J = Rs.450
= 4%
Compound Interest $3

T =2yrs.
S.p= PRT
100
= p —S-/ 100 _ Rs.450x 100
RT 4x2
=> P= Rs.5625.
Principal = Rs.5625
r=4% p.a.
T= 1 year
But compound interest is payable half yearly.

r= ;= 2% half yearly.
n=1x2=2
half years.

eo Pia
(+755)
2 2
A= Rs.5625(1 + 5)

A a Rs.5625 x 5 Sees
x 55

A = Rs.5852.25
CI=A-P
C.I = Rs.5852.25 — Rs.5625
C.1 = Rs.227.25
Question 19. A sum of money lent out at compound interest for 2 years at 20% p.a. C.I being reck-
oned yearly. If the same sum of money was lent out at compound interest at the same rate per annum, C.I
_ being reckoned half yearly, it would have fetched Rs.482 more by way of interest. Calculate the sum of
money lent out.
Solution. Given r= 20% p.a.
n= 2years.
Difference in interest = Rs.482
Let the principal be Rs.100
r= 20% p.a. C.I calculate yearly.
n=2 yrs.
s pe

A= P(1+35]

50: 6_= x=—=Rs.144

6 S
A — Rs100(1+Oy | = Rs.100x
6 ag

C1=A-P=Rs.144 - Rs.100 = Rs.44

C.1=Rs.44/
 for Class X
A Textbook on LC.S.E. Mathematics
54

Principal = Rs.100
r=20% p.a
n=2 yrs.
Here C.1 is calculated half yearly.

= 2-
= 10% half yearly.

n=2x2=4 half years.

cae 10)

i x 7eae
A= Rs.100x Xx75% | —

A=Rs.146.41
C.1=A-—P=Rs.146.41 — Rs.100= Rs.46.41
C.I= Rs.46.41 —*(ii)
Difference between (ii) and (/) is = Rs.46.41 — Rs.44 = Rs.2.41
If the difference in interest is Rs.2.41, then the principal = Rs.100

If the difference in interest is Rs.482, then the principal = Rs, Bex 000= Rs.20,000

The sum lent out = Rs.20,000.

Question 20. At what rate percent p.a compound interest, would Rs.80,000 amount to Rs.88,200 in
two years, interest being compounded yearly.
Solution. Given P = Rs.80,000
A =Rs.88,200
r=2 yrs

Ax p(1+ 55
2

Rs.88,200=R
S. me
5.80 00(14555

88,200 \"
Ze 80,000 -(1+ 755]
pe aa -(14 a)
100
21 ag
a) (+355)
=< — = anacindin

“> eee 1. sf
Compound Interest a

rate = 5% p.a.
Question 21. A certain sum of money amounts to Rs.5292 in
2 years and Rs.5556.60 in 3 years, in-
terest being compounded annually. Find the rate percent.
Solution. Given Amount in 2 yrs = Rs.5292
Amount in 3 yrs = Rs.5556.60

Cia)
(14555)
Rs.5292 _= P(1+SF
2
i) ae,
3
Rs.5556.60 = P(t+ is)
—_ r

— (ii)-*

Dividing (ii) by (’) |

5556.60 _ (pe
5292 100
555660 _,_ Fr
5292 100
264.60 _ r_
5292 ~ 100
264.60 100 _ co
a i eae
rate = 5% per annum.
Question 22. The compound interest, calculated yearly, on a certain sum of money for the second year
is Rs.880 and for the third year it is Rs.968. Calculate the rate of interest and the sum of money.
Solution. Given C.l. for third year = Rs. 968
C.I. for second year = Rs.880
Ai C.I. for one year = Rs. 88
This is the interest’on Rs. 880.
P=Rs.880, Interest = Rs.88 and time = | year
oe 88
x100 _ j go
880 x 1
According to the given condition,
2
R | - R |= 880
p(1+—8) ——
ee)
56 A Text Book on 1.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

1
= P|zt0 = 880

= P= 880100 = Rs.8000
Rate = 10% and Sum = Rs.8000.
Question 23. A sum of Rs.9600 is invested for 3 years at 10% per annum at compound interest :
(i) What is the sum due at the end of the first year?
(ii) What is the sum due at the end of the second year?
(iii) Find the compound interest earned in 2 years.
(iv) Find the difference between the answers in (ii) and (i) and find the interest on this sum for one
year.
(v) Hence write down the compound interest for the third year.
Solution. Given Principal = Rs.9600
Time = 3 years
Rate = 10% P.a. at compound interest.
) P = Rs.9600
r=10%
T=1yr.

4 Tag
| A=P(1+555)

a 10 )'

A=Rs.9600x — = Rs. 10560.

.. The sum due at the end of the first year = Rs.10, 560.
(ii) Amount at the end of first year = the principal for the 2™ year.
P=Rs.10,
560
r=10%
T=
1 yr.

A =Rs.10,560| 10 )'
1+——
(+12)
A = Rs.10,560x 1}= Rs.11,616.
“. The sum due at the end of the second year = Rs.11, 616.
(iii) Compound interest earned in 2 year = Amount at the end of 2™ year
— Principal
= Rs.11,616—Rs.9600= Rs. 2016
(iv) Difference between the answers (ii) and (i)
= Rs.11,616 — Rs.10,560 = Rs. 1056.
Compound Interest 57

The interest on this sum for one year = RS.1OSGx 1x10 = Rs.105
.60.
(v) Principal for the third year = Rs.11,616
rate = 10%
.. Compound interest = ASL Ix10 = Rs.1161.60.

Question 24. A man borrows Rs.5800 at 12% per annum compound interest. He repays Rs.1800 at
the end of every six months. Calculate the amount out standing at the end of the third payment. Give your
answer to the nearest Re.
Solution. Given : A man borrows Rs.5800.
Rate = 12% P.a. CI.
He repays Rs. 1800 at the end of every six months.
Amount at the end of 1* six months
Rs.5800 x 6 x 1
= Rs.5800+
100
= Rs.5800 + Rs.348
= Rs.6,148.
Amount outstanding at the end of first payment
= Rs. 6,148 — Rs. 1,800 = Rs. 4,348
Amount at the end of 2™ six months
Rs.4348 x 6x1
= Rs.4348+
100
= Rs.4348+ Rs.260.88
= Rs. 4,608.88.
Amount outstanding at the end of the second payment
= Rs.4,608.88 — Rs. 1,800 = Rs.2,808.88
Amount at the end of 3 six months
= Rs.2,808,.88 pO oor
= Rs.2808.88+ Rs. 168.53
= Rs.2977.41
.. Amount outstanding at the end of third payment
= Rs.2,977.41—Rs.1,800
= Rs.1,177.41
= Rs.1177(to nearest Re).

Question 25. A person invests Rs.5600 at 14% P.a. compound interest for 2 years, calculate :
(i) The interest for the 1* year.
(ii) The amount at the end of 1* year
(iii) The interest for the 2™ year, correct to the nearest Re.
Solution. Given : Principal = Rs.5600.
58 A Text Book on 1.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

rate = 14%
Time = 2 years.
() P =Rs.5600
rate = 14%
Time = 1 year
Rs.5600 x 14x1
Interest for 1" year = OC
100 Rs.78
. 4

00 = Rs.6,384.
+ Rs.784
(ii) Amount at the end of 1* year = Rs.56
Principal for the second year = Rs.6, 384
rate = 14%
Time = 1 year.

‘. Interest for the 2™ year = Rs.6384

100x14x1 = Rs.893.76 = Rs.894 (correct to nearest Re)

Exercises
. Find the compound interest on Rs.50,000 for 2 years at 5% per annum.
. Find the C.I. on Rs.8,000 for 3 years at 4% p.a.
. Find the C.I, on Rs.3600 for 24 years at 10% per annum compounded annually.
. Find the C.I. on Rs.2400 for 1} years at 10% compounded semi—annually.
na
WN
WW
&=. If the interest compounded half yearly, what will a sum of Rs.3000 amount to in 2 years at 8%
per annum?
. What sum will amount to Rs.9982.50 in 3 years at 10% p.a. compound interest?
. At what rate percent will Rs.500 amount to Rs.702.46 in 3 years at compound interest?
. In how much time will Rs. 14,000 amount to Rs.15,435 at 5% per annum compound interest?
© . Find
aA
om C.I on Rs.1125 for 3 years if the rates of interest for the first, second and third year are
respectively 4%, 5% and 6%.
10. The simple interest on a certain sum of money for 2 years at 5% is Rs.320. What will be the CI.
on the same sum and for the same period and at the same rate interest being calculated yearly.
11. The difference between the S.I and C.I on a certain sum of money at 62% for 3 years is Rs. 184.
Find the sum.
12. The C.I on a certain sum of money for 2 years at 5% is Rs.1230. find the corresponding simple
interest.
13. A sum of money put out at C.I amounts in 2 years to Rs.578.40 and in 3 years Rs.614.55. Find
the rate of interest.
14. The population of the town in the year 1990 was 4,25,000. Find its population in 1992, if the
rate of annual increase is 4% per annum.
1D, The value of a machinery depreciates by 10% per year. If its present value is Rs. 50,000, find its
value after 3 years.
16. A person borrowing certain sum at 4% P.a. C.I for 2 years, repaid the amount due in
two equal
yearly instalments each of Rs. 1352. Find the sum borrowed.
Compound Interest
59

)iyA The interest on a sum of money invested at C.I is Rs.105 for the second year and Rs.115.
76 for
the fourth year. Find the principal and rate percent.
18. A person borrowed a certain sum of money at 4% simple interest for 3 years. He invested
the
entire sum at the same rate on C_I for 3 years and gained Rs. 24. 32. Find the sum borrowed
.
19. A person wishes to divide Rs. 13010 between his two sons who are 15 and 17 years old
respectively in such a way that their shares, if invested at 4% P.a. CI produces the same amount
when they become 20 years of age. Find the share of each.
20. Compound interest on a sum for . years compounded annually is Rs.803.40. Simple interest on
the same sum for the same period is Rs.780. Find the sum and the rate of interest.
21. The difference between the compound interest compounded annually and the compounded semi
annually on a sum for 2 years at 8% was Rs. 14.70, find the sum. :
22. A man lent Rs. 1600 on C.I partly at 8% P.a compounded annually and partly at 9% P.a
compounded semi annually. If the total interest received after one year was Rs.142.43, how
much did he lend at 8% P.a.
23. Calculate the C.I on the Rs.5000 for 2 years, if the interest is payable half yearly and the rate for
the first year is 10% P.a and that for the second year 8% P.a.
24. Divide Rs.12, 610 into three parts such that their amounts at 5% P.a C.I compounded annually
in 2, 3 and 4 years respectively are all equal.
25. Ravi Purchased a second hand car and immediately paid Rs.4000. He paid Rs.4000 each at the
end of one year and 2 years respectively after the date of purchase. With this payment at the end
of 2 years he cleared off his debt. If he paid C.I at 4% P.a compounded annually, find the selling
price pf the car to the nearest rupee.
26. A man purchased an article on condition that he would pay Rs.441 now and equal sums at the
end of one year and two years. What would be the cash value of the article if compound interest
be calculated at 5% P.a compounded annually.
27. Shyam invested equal sums one at 7% P.a simple interest and the other at 6% P.a compound
interest compounded annually. If the former earns Rs.492 more as interest at the end of 2 years,
find the total sum invested.
28. A man borrowed Rs.2500 on 1* Jan 1992, at 5% P.a C.I compounded annually. If he paid back
Rs.500 at the end of each year, how much did he owe on 1* Jan 1995.
29. A man invests at 5% P.a C.I compounded annually, Rs.100 at the endot i991, Rs.200 at the end
of 1992, Rs.300 at the end of 1993, Rs.400 at the end of 1994 and Rs.500 at the end of 1995.
Calculate the value of his investment at the end of 1996. Give your answer correct to a rupee.
30. A man wants to invest Rs.8000 for 2 years. He may invest the amount at 8% p.a C.I compound-
ed half yearly or he may invest it at 85% p.a C.I compounded yearly. Which investment will
give him a slightly better return.

Answers
(1) Rs.5125 (2) Rs.998.91 (3) Rs.973.80 (4) Rs.378.30
(5) Rs.3509.58 (6) Rs.7500 (7) Rs.12% (8) 2 years
(9) Rs.177.21 (10) Rs.328 (11) Rs.13,500 (12) Rs.1200
(13) 61% (14) 4,59,680 (15) Rs.36450 (16) Rs.2500
60 A Text Book on I.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

(17) Rs.2000, 5% (18) Rs.5000 (19) Rs.6250, Rs.6760 (20) Rs.6500, 6%

(21) Rs.4200 (22) Rs.400 (23) Rs.962.32 (24) Rs.4000, Rs.4200,
Rs.4410
(25) Rs.11, 544 (26) Rs.1261 (27) Rs.60,000 (28) Rs.1317.81
(29) Rs.1684 (30) 2" is a better investment.
 Chapter 3

Shares and Dividend

When a new factory or business is to be started, a large sum of money is needed. An individual may
lind it beyond his capacity to finance it. A public company is then formed by the individual and* his
associates inviting the public to subscribe. The required money is divided into small parts. Each such part
is called a share. A share may have any value, but are usually Rs.10, Rs.20, Rs.100 (multiples of ten) etc.
l:ach person who purchases one or more shares is called a share holder.
The original value of a share is called the nominal value or face value or par value.
The price of a share at any time is called its market value.
The market value of a share can be either be the same as its nominal value, or more than its nominal
value or even less that its nominal value.
If the market value of a share is same as its nominal value, the share is said to be par.
For example, if the nominal value of a share = Rs.10, market value = Rs.10, then the share is said to be
selling at par.
If the market value of a share is more than its nominal value, the share is said to. be above par or at a
premium. c
For example, if the nominal value of a share = Rs.10, market value = Rs.15, then the share is said
selling at a premium of Rs.5 or at Rs.5 above par.
If the market value of a share is less than its nominal value, the share is said to be below par or ata
discount. ' ; ,

For example, if the nominal value = Rs.10, market value = Rs.8, then it is said to be selling at a
discount of Rs.2 or Rs.2 below par.
When the company makes a profit, it sets apart a certain amount for development and as a reserve fund
and it distributes the rest amongst the share holders. This money which the shareholders receive as profit is
is
called dividend. This dividend is expressed in terms of percentage of the nominal value. The dividend
of the
always given by the company on the nominal value of the share irrespective of the market value
share.

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. How many shares at Rs.100 can be bought for Rs.3600?
Solution. Given Cost of | share = Rs.100
Investment = Rs.3600
 62
A Textbook on LC.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

_ Investment
ie. of Shas Cost of | Share
_ Rs.3600 _
No. of Shares= Rs 100 > 36.

Example 2. The price of a Rs.100 shares ofacompany is Rs. 120 in the market. Find how many shares
’ can be purchased out of Rs.4800.
Solution. Given Nominal value of 1 share = Rs.100
Market value = Rs.120
Investment = Rs.4800

_ Investment _ Rs.4800 _
No. of Shares = Ee Rs.120

No. of Shares = 40.

Example 3. Find the cost of twenty Rs.10 shares at 50 paise premium.
Solution. Given N.V. 1 Share = Rs.10
The Share is selling at Rs.0.50 premium.
Market value of 1 Share = Rs.10.50
Cost of 20 Share = 20 x Rs.10.50 = Rs.210.
Example 4. Find the cost of thirty five Rs.25 shares at 60 paise discount.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.25
The Share is selling at Rs.0.60 discount.
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.24.40
No. of Shares = 35
Cost of 35 shares = 35 x Rs.24.40 = Rs.854.
Example 5. Suppose Ram holds 80 Shares of face value Rs.10. The company declares dividend of
15%. Find the dividend of 15%. Find the dividend.
Solution. Given Face Value of 1 Share = Rs.10
No. of Shares = 80 |
Rate of dividend = 15%
Dividend = rate of dividend x No. of Shares x 1 N.V

Dividend = x x 80 x Rs.10 = Rs.120.

Example 6. If Rs.20 shares of a company are quoted at Rs.30, find the number of Shares bought for
Rs.2100. The company declares a dividend of 12%. Find his dividend.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.20
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.30
Investment = Rs.2100
Rate of dividend = 12%
Compound Interesi 63

No of Shares _ Investment — Rs.2100 _ 0

Costof1M.V- Rs.30 |
Dividend = rate x No. of Shares x 1 N.V

Dividend = x x 70 x Rs.20 = Rs.168.

Example 7. The price of Rs.10 shares of a company is Rs.15 and the company
declares a dividend of
12%. (7) Find how many shares can be purchased out of Rs.3900, (ii) the dividend
, (iii) the rate of interest
on investment.

Solution. Given The N.V of 1 Share = Rs.10

The M.V of | Share = Rs.15
Rate of dividend = 12%
Investment = Rs.3900
, Investment Rs.3900
i) No. of Sh = = = 260
FSS ria Vs is
(if) Dividend = rate x No. of Shares x Cost of 1 N.V

Dividend = a x 260 x Rs.10 = Rs.312

... Rate of interest| _ Dividend
(11) on investment }~ Investment ~ dh
js Rs32 Nee
Reagan asics
.. Rate of interest on his investment = 8%.
Example 8. A man buys shares at Rs.110 by investing Rs.7700.‘He’sells them when the price rises to
Rs.125. Find his profit and profit percent.
Solution. Given Cost price of 1 Share = Rs.110
Investment = Rs.7700
Selling price of 1 Share = Rs.125
Investment a Rs.7700 70
No. of Shares =
[Link] Rs.110
S.P of 70 Shares = 70 x Rs.125 = Rs.8750
Profit = S.P — C.P
Profit = Rs.8750 — Rs.7700 = Rs.1050

Profit % = From 100

Cp Rs.1050
aad = 13.6%.
Peat Rs.7700 xe ;
Rs.100 sells at a premium of
Example 9. A man invests Rs.7696 in a company paying 8%. When
Rs.4. Find
(i) the numbber of shares bought
(ii) annual income
(iii) percentage income.
64 A Textbook on LC.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.100

M.V of 1 Share = Rs.104
Investment = Rs.7696
Rate of dividend = 8%
: _ Investment __5RS.7696 _ 7
(1) No. of Shares= Goo oF IM. Vv Rs.104
(ii) Annual income = rate x No. of Shares x 1 N.V
(Dividend)
8 2
= e = 59

bh’ Income. x 100

(iii) Percentage income
Investment

=_ Rs
Rs.592
7606 2 100 —7= 7.7%
79

Example 10. A man buys Rs.80 shares at Rs.10 discount in a company paying 15% dividend. Find (/)
the market value of 350 Shares, (ii) his annual income (iii) his percentage profit.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.80
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.70
Rate of dividend = 15%
No. of Shares = 350
(i) Market value of 350 Shares = 350 x Rs.70 = Rs.24,500
(ii) Annual Income = rate x No. of shares x 1 N.V
(Dividend)

= a x 350 x Rs.80 = Rs.4200

(iii) His percentage profit = come x 100

(his rate of dividend)

E iopa x 100 =17.1%.

Example 11. A man bought 240 ten-ruppe shares paying 9% per annum. He sold them when the price
rose to Rs.24 and invested the proceeds in Five-rupee shares paying 4% per annum at Rs.4 per share. Find
the annual change in his income.
Solution. Given Nominal value of 1 Share = Rs.10
No. of Shares = 240
Rate of dividend = 9%
Income from the Ist case = rate x No. of Shares x M.V
ae
= T00 x 240 x Rs.10a= Rs.216

He sold 240 shares at Rs.24 per share.

S.P of 240 shares = Rs.240 x 24
 res and Dividend
65

This he inyested in a company, where

Nominal value of 1 share = Rs.5
Market value of | share = 4
Rate of Dividend = 4%

No. of Shares = R8:240x24 _ 1440

Rs.4
Income from the 2nd case = rate x No. of shares x 1 N.V

ee : * 1440 Rs.5 = Rs.288

= 790
Change in income = Rs.288 — Rs.216 = Rs.72.
Example 12. Which is a better investment 13% at 130 or 10% at 90?
Solution. 13% at 130 means
Market value of | share = Rs.130
Nominal value of 1 share = Rs.100
Rate of dividend = 13%
Similarly, 10% at 90 means,
Market value of | share = Rs.90
Nominal value of 1 share = Rs.100
Rate of dividend = 10%
Ist Case: Income = rate x No. of Shares x 1 N.V

Income ep AS x 1x Rs.100 Es= Rs.13

= 100

His rate of dividend = ss x 100 = 10%

2nd Case: Income= a x |x Rs.100 = Rs.10

10
His rate of dividend = 90 x 100 =11.1%

The second investment is better.

a share at such
Example 13. A man buys Rs.50 share in a company which pays 9% dividend. He buys
a price that his profit is 15% on his investment. At what price did he buy the share?
Solution. Given N.V 1 share = Rs.50
rate of dividend = 9%
his rate of dividend = 15%

If 9% is the rate of dividend, then share value is Rs.50.

0
ae x Rs.50 = Rs.30
If 15% is the rate of dividend, then the share value =

The man buys the share for Rs.30.

66 A Textbook on I.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

an annual
Example 14. How much should a man invest in Rs.100 shares selling at Rs.120 to obtain
income of Rs.750, if the dividend [Link] 15%.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 share = Rs.100
M.V of 1 share = Rs.120
Rate of Dividend = 15%
Dividend = Rs.750
Let No. of shares be = x and
Dividend = rate x No. of shares x 1 N.V

Rs:/50— 5.100 x x x Rs.100

= r= 50
No. of shares = SO.
Man has to invest in Market = 50 x Rs.120 = Rs.6000.

Example 15. A company declares 8% dividend to the share holders. If a man receives Rs.2840 as his
dividend, find the nominal value of his shares.
Solution. Given Rate of dividend = 8%
Dividend = Rs.2840
Nominal Value = No. of Shares x 1 Nominal Value
Dividend = rate x Nominal Value.

Rs.2840 =8100 x Nominal Value

Rs.2840 x 100
Nominal Value = = Rs.35,500.
8

Suggested Questions
Question 1. A man invests Rs.4800 in shares of a company which was paying 8% dividend at the time
when Rs.100 share cost Rs.160. Find
(i) his annual income from the shares
(ii) the rate of interest he gets on his investment.
Solution. Given Nominal Value of 1 Share = Rs.100
Market Value of 1 Share = Rs.160
Investment = Rs.4800
rate of dividend = 8%
(i) No. of Shares= Investment _ Rs.4800 _ 30
1M.V Rs.160
aE aeOme = rate x No. of Shares x 1N.V
ividend

ee
= 100 * 30% Rs. 100 Ss= Rs 240
hares and Dividend
67

(ii) His rate of Interest = —!ncome_ 100

Investment
_ Rs
_Rs.240
4800 x 100 ai= 5%.

Question 2. A man buys 200 ten-rupee shares at Rs.12.50 each and receives dividend
of 8%. Find the
mount invested by him and the dividend received by him in cash.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.10
M.V of | Share = Rs.12.50
No. of Shares = 200
Rate of dividend = 8%
Investment = No. of Shares x 1 M.V
= 200 x Rs.12.50 = Rs.2500
Dividend = rate x No. of Shares x 1 N.V
ahsrr
Be x 200 x Rs.10é= Rs. 160.

Question 3. A person invested 20%, 30% and 25% of his savings in buying shares of three different
sompanies A, B and C which declared dividends of 10%, 12% and 15% respectively. If his total income on
wcount of dividends be Rs.2337.50, find his saving and the amount which he invested buying shares of
-ach company.
Solution. Let the savings be Rs.x.

A=Epa = Rs =
799 *Rsx=Rs-

Investment in Company 4 B = GEL99 TESA LEE

* Rs * = Rs5 0:

C=ae
750 * Rs* JR.
Rs 7

A a l05
100 * me.
R*5* Rs
Rs*

nee
Dividend from Companies B=-12
709 RS 3%
pp. Rs 2%
79 = Rs 750

But the total dividend = Rs.2337.50

Pe oe 1x) -R 2337.50
Rs{ 2 +535+ 400 oe
40x +72x +75x _ Rs2337.50
2000
187x
= Rs.2337.50
=>! Fae
Bee one Et 2000 _ Rs 25 000
68 A Textbook on L.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

His Savings = Rs.25,000

20 =
A== 100
—— .25,0
* Rs25; = Rs. 5000

His investment in Company; x Rs.25,000= Rs. 7500

B = 10

Question 4. Ravi invested Rs.6250 in Shares ata company paying 6% per annum. If he bought Rs.25
share for Rs.31.25 each, find his annual income from his investment.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.25
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.31.25
Investment= Rs.6250-
Rate of dividend = 6%
Investment _ Rs.6250.
No. of Shares=—“Tyyy_ = Rs 3125 = 200

Income = rate x No. of Shares x 1 N.V

Income = Ta x 200 x Rs.25 = Rs.300

Question 5. A man has a choice to invest in hundred-rupee shares of two firms at Rs.120 each or at
Rs.132 each. The first firm pays a dividend of 5% per annum and the second firm pays a dividend of 6%
per annum. How much more will his annual return be if he invests Rs.26,400 with the firm from which he
. gets a better return on his investment?
Solution.

N.V 1 Share = Rs.100 N.V 1 Share = Rs.100

M.V 1 Share = Rs.120 M.V 1 Share = Rs.132
rate of dividend = 5% rate of dividend = 6%

Investment = Rs.26,400
No.
Bia of Shares _ Rs.26,400 _ 220 : No. of Shares _ Rs.26,400 260
in Firm | Rs. 120 in Firm 2 Rs. 132
5
= —— x 220 Rs. 100
Income from Firm1=4 100 ‘
= Rs.1100

200
Income from Firm 2 = = 100
00 * thee
= Rs.1200
If he invests in firm 2, he gets Rs.100 more annual income.
Investment in firm 2 is better.
Shares and Dividend
69
Question 6. A person invested Rs.8000 and Rs. 10,000
in buying shares of two companies which later
on declared dividends of 12% and 8% respectively. He collects the dividends
and sells out all his shares at
a loss of 2%
.Y)
and 3% respectively
. .
on the investment. Find his gain from the above transaction.
Solution.
Investment in Company I = Rs.8000 Investment in Company II = Rs. 10,000
Rate of Dividend = 12% Rate of Dividend = 8%
mea
Dividend inhe Company I =x
12 Rs.8000 = Rs.960 Dividend
Len in Company Il = 5x Rs10,000=
Rs80
His total Income = Rs.960 + Rs.800 = Rs.1760

He sells shares of Company I at 2% Loss. He sells shares of Company II at 3% Loss.

.“. Loss in Company I = i x Rs.8000= Rs.160 3 Rs 10,000=im Rs 300

_.*. Loss in Company 2 = 100%

Total Loss = Rs.160 + Rs.300 = Rs.460.

His Total Gain = Total Income — Total Loss
= Rs.1760 — Rs.460 = Rs. 1300.

Question 7. Find the dividend received on 60 shares of Rs.20 each if 9% dividend is declared.
Solution. Given N.V of | Share = Rs.20
No. of Shares = 60
Rate of dividend = 9%
Dividend = rate x No. of Shares x 1 N.V

Dividend = ai x 60x Rs.20 = Rs. 108.

Question 8. A owns 500 shares of Rs.10 each. Find A's income if 14% dividend is declared on these
shares in a certain year.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.10
No. of Shares = 500
rate of dividend = 14%
Income = rate x No. of Shares x 1 N.V

Income = i x 500 x Rs.10 = Rs.700.

tax
Question 9. A company owns a dividend of 15% on its or ten rupee shares from which it deducts
at the rate of 22%. Find the annual income of a man who owns a thousand shares of this company.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.10
No. of Shares = 1000
Rate of dividend = 15%
Tax rate = 22%
Income = rate x [Link] Shares x iN. V
Income = a x 1000 x Rs.10 = Rs. 1500
70 A Textbook on 1.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

Tax deduction = az x Rs.1500 = Rs.330

The annual income = Rs. 1500 — Rs.330 = Rs.1170.
shares at 91. He sells out
Question 10. A person invests Rs.4368 and buys certain hundred-rupee
fallen to 85. Find the
shares worth Rs.2400 when they have risen to 95 and the remainder when they have
gain or loss on the total transaction.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs. 100
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.91
Investment = Rs.4368
Nowif'thases= Investment _ Rs.4368 _ 48
1M.V Rs.91
He sells out about Rs.2400 worth that is about 24 shares at Rs.95.
S.P of 24 shares at Rs.95 = 24 x Rs.95
= Rs.2280
S.P of remaining 24 shares at Rs.85 = 24 x Rs.85 = Rs.2040
”. Total S.P = Rs.2280 + Rs.2040 = Rs.4320
His investment = Rs.4368
and S.P = Rs.4320
Loss =Rs. 48
His loss on total transaction = Rs.48.
Question 11. A man buys shares at par value of Rs.10 yielding 8% dividend at the end of a year. Find
the number of shares bought if he receives a dividend of Rs.300.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.10
rate of dividend = 8%
Dividend = Rs.300
Let the no. of shares be x.
Dividend = rate x [Link] sharesx 1 N.V
Rs. 300 a,
= 100 ~~ * Rs.10

= No. of Shares bought = 375.

2. How much should a man invest in Rs.25 shares sellin g at Rs.30: to obtain an income
Question 12. i of
Rs.450, if the dividend declared is 15%.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.25
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.30
Rate of dividend = 15%
Dividend = Rs.450
Income = rate x [Link] sharesx 1 N,V
Rs.450 = in x No. of Sharesx Rs.25
Shares and Dividend 7]

No. of shares= 450x4 = 120

15
Investment = 120 x Rs.30 = Rs.3600
He must invest Rs.3600 in order to get Rs.450 income.
Question 13. A man bought 360 ten rupee shares paying 12% per annum. He
sold them when the
price rose to Rs.21 and invested the proceeds in five-rupee shares paying 4 4 % per
annum at Rs.3.50 per
share. Find the annual change in his income.
Solution. Nominal value of | share = Rs. 10
No. of Shares = 360
rate of dividend = 12%

Income = in x 360 x Rs.10 = Rs.432

Selling price of 360 shares at Rs.21 per share = Rs.360 x 21 = Rs.7560
He invested this money in a company where the
N.V of | share = Rs.5
M.V of | share = Rs.3.50
rate of dividend = 4 %
Rs. 7560
No.
o. of shares Purchased =Rs 3.50 = 2160

Income = scan: 2160 x Rs.5 = Rs.486

Change in his income = Rs.(486 — 432) = Rs.54.
Question 14. A man bought 500 shares each of face value of Rs.10, of a certain business concern and
during the first year after purchase received Rs.400 as dividend on his shares. Find the rate of dividend on
shares.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.10
No. of Shares = 500
Dividend = Rs.400
Dividend = rate x [Link] shares x 1 N.V

Rs, 400 5= ae
100 x 500 x Rs.10

=> x=8%
Rate of dividend = 8%.
At the end of the
Question 15. A man bought 1000 shares each of face value Rs.5 at Rs.7 per share.
Calculate
year, the company from which he bought the shares declared a dividend of 8%.
(i) the amount of money invested by the man.
(ii) the percentage return on his outlay correct to one decimal place.
Solution. Given N.V. of 1 share = Rs.5
M.V. of1 share = Rs.7
72 A Textbook on LC.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

[Link] shares = 1000

Rate of dividend = 8%
(’) Amount of money invested by the man = 1000 x Rs.7 == Rs.7000

Dividend = a x 1000 x Rs.5 = Rs.400

Dividend x 100
(ii) Percentage return on his outlay =
Investment

=_ ain
Rs.400 %100cs=5.7%ios

Question 16. By purchasing Rs.25 gas shares for Rs.10 each a man gets 4% profit on his investment.
What rate percent is the company paying? What is the dividend if he pays 60 shares?
Solution. Given N.V of 1 share = Rs.25
M.V of | share = Rs.10
Since the man gets 4% profit on his investment,

income on | share of market value Rs.10 = ae x Rs.10 = Rs

Since the nominal value of | share = Rs.25

on Rs.25, Company pays = Rs

on Rs.100, Company pays = Rs. x ed = Rs.1.6

The rate at which the company pays = 1.6%

4
Income on | Share = Rs.55

Income on 60 Shares= Rs x 60 = Rs. 24.

Question 17. A man invests Rs.11,200 in a Company paying 6% per annum when its Rs.100 shares
can be bought for Rs. 140. Find (i) his annual dividend (ii) his percentage on his investment.
Solution, Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs. 100
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.140
Investment = Rs. 11,200
rate of investment = 6%
Rs.11,200
N
0. of Shares
.
Rs 140
—— Saisie, Coxe —.
80

(1) Income = in x 80 x Rs. 100 = Rs. 480

(ii) His p percentage Z of incom e =~Rs.11,200

_Rs.480_ * 10 = 4.3%.
4 39

Question 18. A man sold 400 (Rs.20) shares paying 5%. at Rs.18 and invested the
proceeds in (Rs. 10)
shares paying 7% at Rs.12. How many (Rs. 10) shares did he buy and what was
the change of income.
Solution. Given N.V of Ist Company = Rs.20
Shares and Dividend
73

No. of Shares = 400

Rate of dividend = 5%

Income in Ist Company = ia x 400 x Rs.20 = Rs. 400

He sold these 400 shares at Rs. 18.

S.P of 400 shares = 400 x Rs. 18 = Rs.7200
This money he invested in 2nd company,
where N.V of | Share = Rs. 10
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.12
Rate of dividend = 7%
No. of sh ares bought = Rs.7200
Rs 1? _ Rs.600

Income in 2nd Company = iw x 600 x Rs.10 = Rs. 420

Change in income = Rs.420 — Rs.400 = Rs.20.

Question 19. By investing Rs.7500 in a company paying 10% dividend, an income of Rs.500 is
received. What price is paid for each Rs. 100 share?
Solution, Given Investment = Rs.7500
N.V of 1 Share = Rs. 100
Rate of dividend = 10%
Dividend = Rs.500
Dividend = rate x No. of shares x 1 N.V
10
Rs.500 = 100 x No. of Sharesx Rs. 100

No. of Shares = _ =O

| _ Investment _ Rs.7500 _ ; 150

Market Value of | Share = Nowisiaa 400 E Rs.

Market Value of 1 Share = Rs. 150.

Question 20. Mukul invests Rs.9000 in a company paying a dividend of 6% per annum when a share
when the
of face value Rs.100 stands at Rs.150. What is his annual income? He sells 50% of his shares
price rises to Rs.200. What is his gain on this transaction?
Solution. Given N.V of | Share = Rs. 100
M.V of | Share = Rs. 150
Investment = Rs.9000
Rate of Dividend = 6%
Rs.9000 _ 6,
No. of Shares = Rs 150

(’) Income= Tanx 60x Rs 100 = Rs.360

74 A Textbook on L.C.S.E. Mathematics for Class X

(ii) 50% of Shares = ~ x 60 = 30 Shares

He buys shares at Rs. 150.

He sells shares at Rs.200.
His gain on | Share = Rs.50
His gain on 30 shares = 30 x Rs.50 = Rs. 1500
His gain on this transaction = Rs. 1500.

Question 21. Arun owns 560 shares of a company. The face value of each share is Rs.25. The
company declares a dividend of 9%. Calculate (i) the dividend Arun would receive (ii) the Tate of interest
on his investment, considering that Arun bought these shares at the rate of Rs.30 per share in the market.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.25
M.V of 1 Share = Rs.30
No. of Shares = 560
Rate of dividend = 9%

(i) Dividend = Ta x 560 x Rs.25 = Rs,1260

(ii) Arun's investment = 560 x Rs.30

.. Rate of interest on his investment = _Rs.1260_ x 100 =74%.

Rs.560 x 30
Question 22. What sum should Ashok invest in Rs.25 shares, selling at Rs.36, to obtain an income of
Rs.720, if the dividend declared is 12%. Also find
(7) the number of shares bought by Ashok
(ii) the percentage return on his investment.
Solution. Given N.V of 1 Share = Rs.25
M.V of | Share = Rs.36
Income = Rs.720
Rate of dividend = 12%
(i) Income = rate x No. of Shares x 1 N.V

Rs.720 = im x No. of Sharesx Rs.25

[Link] Shares = m = 240

Ashok bought 240 Shares.

(ii) His investment = 240 x Rs.36

Rate of return on his investment Rs.720

= ——2~“~~— x 100 = 84%,
Rs.240 x 36
Question 23. A company with 10,000 shares of nominal value Rs. 100 declares
an annual dividend of
8% to the share holders.
(i) Calculate the total amount of dividend paid by the company
(ii) Ramesh had bought 90 shares of the company at Rs.150
per share. Calculate the dividend he
receives and the percentage return on his investment.
Shares and Dividend 75

Solution,
(ij) Given No. of Shares = 10,000
N.V of | Share = Rs. 100
Rate of dividend = 8%

Total amount (dividend paid by company) = Ao x 10000 x Rs. 100 = Rs.80,000

(i) No. of Shares bought by Ramesh = 90

M.V of | Share = Rs. 150
N.V of 1 Share = Rs. 100

Ramesh received dividend = io x 90 x Rs.100 = Rs.720

His percentage return = _Rs.720_ x 100 = 55%.

Rs.90x 150

Question 24. Mr. Sharma has 60 shares of nominal value Rs.100 and he decides to sell them when
they are at a premium of 60%. He invests the proceeds in shares of nominal value Rs.50, quoted at 4%
discount, paying 18% dividend annually.
Calculate: (i)the sale proceeds
(ii)the number of shares he buys
(iii) his annual dividend from these shares.
Solution.
Given N.V. of the share = Rs. 100
Number of shares = 60
He sells at a premium of 60%.
M.V. of the share = Rs. 160
Gy. Sale proceeds = Rs.60 x 160 = Rs.9600
(ii) Nominal value is Rs.50
Quoted at 4% discount,

. Pant "50
100
=e
* Market value = Rs.50 — Rs.2 = Rs.48
a Investment
Niariet Value
Number of Shares = Gaede Value

_ Rs.9600 _
~ Rs48 — si
(iii) Given the rate of dividend = 18%
- Annual dividend = Rate x No. of shares x One N.V.
= <a x 200 x Rs.50
= Rs. 1800.
76 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X 1.C.S.E.

dividend, quoted at 20%

Question 25. A man invests a sum of money in Rs. 100 shares, paying 15%
premium. If his annual dividend is Rs.540, calculate
(i) his total investment,
(ii) the rate of return on his investment.
Solution. Given §_N.Vofashare = Rs.100
Rate of dividend = 15%
Dividend = Rs.540
M.V of a share = Rs. 120.
(i) Dividend = Rate x No. of sharesx 1N. V
ae
Rs.540 = 100 x x x Rs.100

=> x= oa) 2 36 shares.

15
.. Total investment = 36 x Rs:120 = Rs.4,320.
_ _ Dividend _ Rs.540 _—
(ii) Rate of return = (ep 100 = 4320 * 100=12 7}Yo.

Question 26. A lady holds 1800, Rs.100 shares of a company that pays 15% dividend annually.
Calculate her annual dividend. If she had bought these shares at 40% premium, what percentage return
does she get on her investment. Give your answer to the nearest integer. .
Solution. Given No. of shares = 1800
N.V of 1 share = Rs.100
Rate of dividend = 15%
Annual dividend = Rate x [Link] sharesx 1 N.V
Be)
= i00 x 1800 x Rs.100

= Rs.27,000.
Share was bought at 40% premium.
: M.V of 1 share = Rs.140
Total investment= 1800 x Rs.140
Dividend
Rate of return =
Investment =“
_ _Rs.27000
1800 Rs.140 x 100

= 10.71%
= 11% (to the nearest integer).

Exercises
1. How many shares at Rs.10 can be bought for Rs.1200?
2. The price of a Rs.10 share of a company is Rs.15 in the market.
: : Find h ow man y shares can be
purchased out of Rs.3000.
Shares and Dividend
77

. If Rs.20 shares of a company are quoted at Rs.30, find the investm

ent of Ram if he buys 250
shares.
. Suppose Ashok holds 90 shares of face value of Rs.100, the company
declares a dividend of
12%. Find his dividend.
. The price of Rs.10 shares of a company is quoted at Rs.5 premium. The company declares
a
dividend of 15%. (i) Find how many shares can be bought for Rs.6000? (ii) the rate of interest
on investment.
|
. A man buys shares at Rs.120 by investing Rs.8400. He sells them when the price rises to
Rs.135. Find his profit and profit percent.
. Aman invests Rs.4900 in a company paying 6%. When Rs. 100 sells at a discount of Rs.2. Find
(i) the number of shares bought
(ii) annual income
(iii) percentage income
. A man buys 150, Rs.50 shares at Rs.60. Find the amount invested by him and the dividend
received by him if the company declares a dividend of 8%.
. By investing Rs.6000 in Rs.10 shares paying 8%, a man obtained a dividend of Rs.240. What
was the market value of the share?
10. A man sold his car for Rs.80,000. He invested 20%, 25% and 40% of his money in buying
shares of three different companies A, B and C which declared dividends 8%, 10% and 12%
respectively. Find his total income at the end of the year.
11. A man having 1100 shares, each with a nominal value of Rs.10 receives a dividend of Rs.770 as
dividend. What is the rate percent of dividend?
ke A company declares 8% dividend to the share holders. If a man receives Rs.1840 as his
dividend, find the nominal value or his shares.
13. A person invested Rs.14,985 in buying shares at Rs. 81 and receives a dividend of 9% P.a. He
sells them when they had risen to Rs.96 and invests the proceeds in Rs. 120 shares paying
115% per annum. Find the change in his income.

14. A man invested in shares paying 5% P.a. Find the number of shares if the annual income was
Rs.250. He sells these shares at Rs.92 and invests the proceeds in shares at Rs.115. If his annual
income increases by Rs.30 by this transaction, find the rate of dividend of Ks.115 shares.
15. A man invested Rs.20, 000 in a company paying 6%. He sold out these shares at Rs.101 and
reinvested the proceeds partly in 7% shares at Rs.105 and partly in 8% shares at Rs.96 so that
his income rose by Rs.280. find the investment in each category of shares.
16. A man holds Rs.7800 worth of shares paying 8% dividend and Rs.4800 paying 14%. He sells
out the former at Rs.82 and the latter at Rs.118 and he reinvests the proceeds partly in shares
paying 10% at Rs.96 and the rest in 12% at Rs.108 so as to get exactly the same income as
before. Find the investment in each category of shares.
17. A man purchased 100, Rs.25 shares at a premium of Rs.6. He sold all these shares at a discount
of Rs.3.50 per share. Find his loss.
His
18. A person invested equal sums in these undertaking yielding respectively 5%, 6% and 8%.
total income was Rs.570. What was his total capital.
19, A person invested Rs.14, 400 at Rs.96 shares. Find
78 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X 1 CSE.

(i) how many shares did he buy?

(ii) what is the nominal value of these shares? .
6% at Rs.120, his
(iii) if he sells all these shares at nominal value and invests the proceeds in
income increases by Rs.50 P.a. What was the rate of interest on his first investment?
nt
20. A man invests Rs.9180 partly in 5% at Rs.92 and partly in 8% at Rs.110. what is his investme
in each, if his total income from the investment is Rs.600.
21. The capital of a company is Rs.8, 00, 000. This is divided into 8000 shares. The company
declares a dividend of Rs.32, 000. How much will a person receive for his 115 shares?

22. A company declares a dividend of 45% semi annually. What is the annual income of a person
holding 125 shares at par value.
23. A company has a capital of Rs.5, 00, 000 divided into two types of shares. Type I, consisting of
500 shares paying 5% dividend, type II consisting of 4500 shares, each type with par value of
Rs.100 per share. The company declares a dividend of Rs.12, 500. If a person holds 40 shares
of type I and 90 shares of type II, find the dividend he receives.
24. A man invests some money paying 2% at 112 and equal amount in 25% at 105 and a further

sum in 6% at 126. Ifhe gets 35% on all money invested, company his investment in 6% with
his investment in 2%.
25. A person invests Rs.11,6000 partly in 6% shares at a premium of 20% and partly in 4% shares
at a discount of 12%. If his total annual income is Rs.560, find the investment in each.
26. A man invests Rs.39300 partly in a bank deposit at 10% and partly in shares of 12% at 8%
premium and gets an annual income of Rs.4200. Find the amount invested in each.
zo. A person sold out Rs.20200 worth of 4% shares at 2% discount and invested the sale proceeds in
5% shares at 1% premium. What was the change in his income?
28. A person finds that if he invests his money in 5% at 125, his income will be Rs.24 greater than
if he invests it in 8% at 240. Find the sum invested.
29. A person invests a certain sum in 35% at 98 and an equal sum in 5% at 120. If his income
from the latter source exceeds his income from the former by Rs.75, find his total investment.

30. A person invests equal sums in 3% and 35% shares and obtains equal income. If the 3% shares

are at 4% discount, find the quoted price of 35% share.

Answers
(1) 120 (2) 200 (3) Rs.7500
(4) Rs.1080 (5) (i) 400 (ii) Rs.600 (iii) 10% —- (6) Rs.1050, 12.5%
(7) (i) 50 (ii) Rs.300 (iii) 6.1% (8) Rs.9000, Rs.600 (9) Rs.20
(10) Rs.7120 (11) 7% (12) Rs.23,000
(13) Rs.37 (14) 7% (15) Rs.12200, Rs.8000
(16) Rs.6336, Rs.5724 (17) Rs.950 (18) Rs.9000
‘Shares and Dividend
79

(19) ( 150 (ii) Rs.15,000 (iii) 42% (20) Rs.3680, Rs.5500 (21) Rs.460
(22) Rs.1125 (23) Rs.400 (24) 7:4
(25) Rs.7200, Rs 4400 (26) Rs.15000, Rs.24300 (27) Rs.172
(28) Rs.3600 (29) Rs.25200 (30) Rs.112.
 Chapter 4

Relations

Ordered Pair :
The table below shows the name of States and their capitals:

Name of State Name of Capital

Karnataka Bangalore
Bihar Patna
Orissa Bhuvaneshwar
Maharashtra Bombay
West Bengal Calcutta

To find the name of the Capital, first we need to find the name of the state in the first column and then
the name of the state in the first column and then the name of the capital in the same row under the column
headed by ‘name of capital’. Thus Bombay is the capital of Maharashtra. It becomes a difficult work if the
number of states is large. Therefore, to enable the work to be done easier we put the information by means
of ordered pairs: (Karnataka, Bangalore), (Bihar, Patna), (Orissa, Bhuvaneshwar), (Maharashtra, Bombay),
(West Bengal, Calcutta).
In the ordered pairs (Karnataka, Bangalore), Karnataka is the first Component and Bangalore is the
second component.
The first object in all cases is the state and the second its capital. This order if changed shall alter the
sense of the pair also.
Therefore from this example we understand the importance of the ‘order’ of certain things in which
they are written to represent a certain information.
Definition: An ordered pair is a pair of objects whose components occur in a special order. It is
written by listing the two components in the specified order separating them by a comma and enclosing the
pair in parentheses.
In the ordered pair (a, 5), a is called the first component or antecedent and b the second component or
consequence.
Ex.: In (3, 4), 3 is the first component and 4 is the second component.
Ordered pairs can have the same first and second components such as (3, 3), (6, 6).
Relations “

Equality of Ordered Pairs :

Two ordered pairs of numbers are defined to be equal when both the first
components and also their
second components are equal.

Ex.:(4, 6) = (3 + 1, 4 + 2) and (-2,-5) = (-$.-12}.

But (2, 3) # (3, 2) and (7, 8) # (7, 6) also (1, 5) ¥ (2, 5).
Therefore, ordered pairs (a, 6) and (c, d) are equal if and only if a=c and b=d.
Ex :(x, y) = (4,2) > x =4, y=2.
Note : (a, 5) is not the same as {a, b}. The former denotes an ordered pair whereas the latter denotes a
set.
(a, b) # {a, b}.

Cartesian Product of two sets :

Let us consider two sets A = {a, b} and B = {1, 2, 3}.
Let us write down all possible ordered pairs such that the first element of the ordered pair is taken from
the set A and the second element from the set B. They are: {(a, 1), (a, 2), (a, 3), (6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3)}.
This is a setof ordered pairs called the cartesian product A and B and is written as Ax B. We read
“Ax B” as ‘A cross B’.
Definition : Let A and B be two sets. Then the set of all possible ordered pairs (p, g) for P € A and
q € B is called the cartesian product of A and B.
The cartesian product Ax B is not the same as Bx A. In Ax B, the set A is named first and so its
elements will appear as the first components of the ordered pairs.
In Bx A, the set B is named first and so in this case its elements will appear as the first components of
the ordered pairs.
Ex.:
If A = {x, y}, B= {4, 5}

then Ax B= {(x,4),(x,5),(»,4),(y,5)}
and Bx A={(4,x),(4,y),(5,x),(5,y)}
Note : If either A or B is a null set, then A x B will also be a null set.
Ex. A = {a, 6}, B=, then Ax B=9.

Pictorial representation of A x B:
Let A = {1,2} and B= {x, y, 2}.
Then Ax B= {(1,r),(1,y),(1,z),(2,x),(2,¥),(252)}.
This can be shown pictorially as shown along side.
B on
Write all the elements of set A on the left and the elements of set
the elements of B
the right. Then draw arrows from the elements A towards
element of Ax B.
to show how the pairs have been made. Thus an arrow from! to x means (1,x), an

Graphical representation of AxB:

B = {2, 4, 6}. Then,
Let us consider two sets A and B. Let A = {3, 5} and
 82 A Textbook of Mathematics for I.C.S.E. Class X

| Ax B={(3,2),(3,4),(3,6),(5,2),(5,4),(5,6)}
We then plot the ordered pairs A x B by taking the first element
along x-axis and the second along y-axis in the cartesian plane. This
diagram is called Lattice. Each ordered pair is marked by a point
called the lattice point.

BSet
6}
4,
{2,
=

Let us represent Bx A: Bx A= {(2,3),(2,5),(4,3),(4,5),(6,3),(6,5)}.

{3,
5}=
Set
A

Let us represent Ax 4: Ax A= {(3,3),(3,5),(5,3),(5,5)}.

J Aes

{3,
5}
=

Set
A

3. gaan s 6
Set A = {3,5}
The diagrams drawn above are call ed lattices
a lattice palfne an d each point marked
to show an ordered pair- is called
n(A) stands for the number of elements
in the finite set A.
Similarly, n(A x B) stands for num
ber of elements in 4x B.
If A and B are finite sets, then
Relations af

MA x B) = n(A) x n(B)
Also, MA x B)= n(B x A).
If n(A) = 2 and n(B) = 3, then
MA x B) = n(A) x n(B) =2 x 3 = 6.
And n(B x A) = n(B) x n(A) = 3 x 2 =6.
n(A x B) = n(B x A).
In general, if m(A) = x and n(B) = y, then n(A x B) = xy = n(B x A).

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. If (2a, 5) = (8, 5), find the value ofa and bd.
Solution. (2a, 5)=(8, 6)
=> 2a=8, S=b
=> a=4,b=S.
Example 2. If the ordered pairs (x — 3, 3y + 1) and (y + 1, x + 3) are equal, find x and y.
Solution. (x-—3,3y+l)=(y+1,x+3)
=> x-3=y+l, 3y+1l=x+3
= x-y=4, =x t+3y=2
Adding these two equations,
—" 2y =6
= y=3
Substituting this value ofy inx — y = 4, we get
=> x-3=4
= c— J
x=7 and y=3.

Example 3. If the ordered pairs (a, —2) and (4, b) belong to {(x, y) : y = 2x — 8}, find the value ofa
and 6.
Solution. Given y = 2x — 8 is the defining relation.
If (a, —2) is the ordered pair, then
=> —2=2a-8
=> 2a=6
= a=3
If (4, 6) is the ordered pair, then
=> b=2x4-8

=> b=0.
a=3 and b=0.
 =

84 A Textbook of Mathematics for I.C.S.E. Class X

that x is a factor
Example 4. x € {2, 4, 6, 9}, y € (4, 6, 18, 27, 54}. Form all ordered pairs (x, y) such
of y and x <y.
Solution.x € {2, 4, 6, 9}, y€ {4, 6, 18, 27, 54}
{(2, 4), (2, 6), (2, 18), (2, 54), (6, 18), (6, 54), (9, 18), (9, 27), (9, 54)}
(Here x is less than y and x is a factor of y).
Example 5. Express {(x, y): y+ 2x =6, x, y € N} as the set of ordered pairs.
Solution. Given y+2x=6, x,yeN
If x=ly+2.1=6>y=4.
lf -6 > 2
SS 294+2. ye
For all other values of x € N, we do not get y € N.
The required pairs are {(1, 4), (2, 2)}.
Example 6. If P = {2, 3, 4} and Q is an equivalent set obtained by doubling each element of-?, write
PKO:
Solution. P= {2,3,4}
P and Q are equivalent sets.
n(P) = n(Q) = 3.
The elements of Q obtained by doubling the elements of P.
O= {4, 6, 8}
P x O= {(2, 4), (2, 6), (2, 8), (3, 4), (3, 6), (3, 8), (4, 4), (4, 6), (4, 8)}.
Example 7. If A = {/, m, n} and some elements of A x B are (/, 1), (m, 2), (n, 1), write the set B and
then find the remaining ordered pairs of A x B such that n(A x B) = 6.
Solution. Given A= {l, m,n}
es n(A) = 3
Given n(A x B)=6
n(A x B) = n(A) x n(B)
6= 3 x n(B)
n(B) = 2. .. Bhas two elements
B= {1, 2}
Ax B= {(I, 1), (1, 2), (m, 1), (m, 2), (n, 1), (n, 2)}.
Example 8. If x€ {2, 3, 6, 8} andy € {2, 3, 6, 8, 9, 10}, list all the ordered pairs (x, y) such that
(i) x is multiple of y, (ii) x = y, (iii)y is a factor ofx.
Solution.
(i) xis a multiple of y.
{(2, 2), (3, 3), (6, 2), (6, 3), (6, 6), (8, 2), (8, 8)}
(ii) x=y
{(2, 2), (3, 3), (6, 6), (8, 8)}
(iii) {(2, 2), (2, 6), (2, 8), (3, 3), (3, 6), (6, 6), (8, 8)}.
 Relations
85
Example 9. If 4= {1,5}, B= (2, 6}, C=
{2, 4}, find 4 x(BUC).
Solution. BUC = {2,6}U{2,4} = {2,4,6}
A x(BUC) = {1,5} x 42, 4, 6}
= {(1, 2), (1, 4), (1, 6), (5, 2), (5, 4), (5, 6)}
Example 10. Given 4 = (0, 2, 4} and B
= (1, 3, 5}
(a) Represent 4 x B and 4 x 4 Pictorially using
arrows.
(5) Represent B x A and Bx B graphically,
Solution.
(a) AxA

(6) BxA

et |T :
5 “fale
Dn
| [els
pats
pa
[als
fibo
. See
D
Ss
{ajo
| alo |Glo |
tapes 4 5G
2 Rs
ERS
(57. Ae x

Set B = {1, 3, 5} Set B = {1,3,5}

Example 11. If A x B= {(2, 1), (2, -1), (3, 1), (3, -1)}. FindA and B.
Solution. A= {2,3} [Taking the first consponent of each ordered pair]
B= {1, -1} [Taking the second component of each ordered pair}

Relation :
Let us consider the following sentences :
1. Seeta Bai is the mother of Geeta.
. Madan Lal is the father of Vivek.
. The Line AB is perpendicular to CD.
. 83 is greater than 63.
MA_ 99 is a multiple of 11.
NHN
BW

All these sentences express relationship between two objects. In each case the first element is related t«
the second element by the relation undcrtincd. The two elements named are numbers of two separate sets
say set A and set B.
86 A Textbook of Mathematics for I.C.S.E. Class X

n forms a set of ordered pairs.

Ifx e Aandy € B, we obtain a set of ordered pairs (x, y). Thus a relatio
ofA x B. If we use the letter R
If Aand B are two non-empty sets. then a relation R is A x Bisa subset
p is related to q.
to denote a relation, then we can write the relation between p and q as pRq,
(p,q) €R © pRq
Ex.: If the relation R mean “is equal to” then xRy means x = y.
set
Definition: A relation is a set of ordered pairs. Any set of ordered pairs is, therefore a relation. The
is called the
of first components of ordered pairs is called the domain and the set of second components
range.
Let A = {1, 2, 3}.
Then Ax A ={(1,1),(1,2),(1,3),(2,1),(2,2),(2,3),(3,1),(3,2),(3,3)}-
Let the relation is “greater than” be defined in A.
Hence R = {(2, 1), (3, 1), (3, 2)} [These ordered pairs are subsets of A x A]
The domain of R is {2, 3}.
The range of R is {1, 2}.

Representation of a relation:
(i) Roster form: In this form, a relation is represented by the set of all ordered pairs which belong to
the given relation.
Ex: Let A = { 1, 8, 27,64 } and B= {1, 2, 3,4}
Let the relation R be “is cube of” from A to B, then
R= {(1, 1), (8. 2), (27, 3), (64, 4)}
(ii) Set Builder form : In this form, the relation is represented as :
{(x, y): x € A, y € B, x.....y} the blank is to be replaced by the rule which associates x and y.
Exe a= (1,2, 5350 = (op lp
and = R=4(1,3),(1,5),(2,3),(2,5),(3;5)}
Then & in the set builder form can be written as :
e— {(x,y):x EA, VEBx< y}

(iii) By Arrow diagram : In this form, the relation is represented by

drawing arrows from first components ‘to the second components of all
ordered pairs which belong to the given relation.

Ex: A= {2, 4, 6, 8}, B= {1, 2,3, 4}.

R is the relation “is twice”, i.e., xRy means x = 2y from A to B
R = {(2,1),(4,2),(6,3),(8,4)}
(iv) By Lattice: In this form, the relation is represented by
drawing dots in the lattice for all ordered pairs which satisfy the given relation.
Ex.1: A= th, 2) 3y 4h 8 = {2.35 aS)
and R= {(x,y):x € A,y €B andx +1 = y}
Relations 97

R ={(1,2),(2,3),(3,4),(4,5)}
This relation from A to B can be represented by the lattice
, as
shown along side. The points marked by dots represent the
ordered
pairs which satisfy the given relation.

Set A = {1, 2,3, 4}

(v) By Venn diagram: In this form, the relation is represented by Venn
diagram. 2
Ex.: Let A = {2, 4, 6}
Let the relation “is a multiple of ” be defined in A.
R = {(2,2),(4,2),(6,2),(4,4),(6,6)}
Note: In this diagram 2 indicates that 2 is a multiple of itself. 4

Domain and Range of a relation:

The domain of a relation is the set of all the first components of the set of ordered pairs, representing
the relation.
The range of a relation is the set of all the second components of the set of ordered pairs, representing
the relation.

Ex.: R = {(2,3),(4,6),(6,12),(8,15)}
Then Domain of R = {2, 4, 6, 8}.
and Range of
R = {3,6, 12, 15}. -

Properties of Relations :
1. Reflexive relation or Identity relation :
A relation on a set A is called reflexive, if every element involved is in relation with itself i.e., xRx for
all x € A. Thus, a reflexive relation R contains ordered pairs (x, x) whose first and second components are
the same. Since both the elements are identical this is also called an “identity relation”.
If xRx ; x € A => Reflexive relation.

Ex. (i) The relation “is parallel to” on a set of lines is reflexive.
Reason: Every line is parallel to itself.
(ii) The relation “factor of ” in a set of natural numbers is reflexive.
Reason: A number is a factor of itself in the set of natural numbers.
(iit) R = {(1,1),(2,2),(3,3),(4.4)}
Here the relation is reflexive.
88 A Textbook of Mathematics for I.C.S.E. Class X

pairs are the

Reason: Both the elements are identical i.e., the first and second components of ordered
same.

2. Symmetric Relation:
A relation on a set A is called symmetric, if xRy and yRx are such that
xRy => yRx i.e., (x,y)eR=>(y,x) ER.
Thus if x is related to y, then y is related to x.
Hence, the relation R is symmetric if for every element x in relation R to y, the element y is also in
same relation R to x. In other words, in this case, the relation will continue to hold good even if the first and
second components of all the ordered pairs are interchanged.
If xRy => yRx; x, y € R= Symmetric relation
Ex. (i)'The relation “is similar to” on the set of all triangles in a plane, is, symmetric.
Reason: If a triangle x is similar to y then the triangle y is also similar to x, i.e., xRy implies yRx.
(ii) The relation “is perpendicular to” on the set of all lines in a plane is symmetric.
Reason: If a line x is perpendicular to y, then y is also perpendicular to x, i.e., xRy implies yRx i.e., (x,
yEeRDVY,xER.

3. Transitive Relation :
A relation R on a set A is called transitive if xRy and yRz => xRz. Thus if x is related to y and y is
related to z, then x is related to z.
Hence, the relation R is transitive if (x, y) € R and (y, z) € R=> (x,z) ER.
If xRy and yRz => xRz => Transitive relation.
Ex. (i) The relation ‘is greater than' on a set of numbers is transitive.
Reason: If x is greater than y, y is greater than z, then x is greater than z.
(ii) The relation “is parallel to” on the set of all lines in a plane is transitive.
Reason: If the line x is parallel to y, y is parallel to z, then x is parallel to z.

4. Equivalence Relation:
A relation R on a set A is called an equivalence relation, if it satisfies the following three conditions:
(i) xRx for all x € A
(ti) xRy > yRx; x,y EA
(iii) xRy and yRz > xRz, x,y,z € A.
Hence, an equivalence relation is a relation which is reflexive, symmetric and transitive.
Ex: The relation R “is congruent to” on the set of all triangles in a plane is an equivalence
relation.
Reason: Every triangle is congruent to itself. Hence the relation is reflexive.
= xRx, xeA
If the triangle x is congruent to y, then y is congruent to x. Hence the relation
is symmetric.
— xRy
> yRx, x,y
€ A.
; ei triangle x is congruent to y, y is congruent to z, then
x is congruent to z. Hence the relation is
ransitive.

xRy and yRz > xRz, x,y,z € 4

Relations
89
Hence the relation ‘is congruent to’ is an
equivalence relation.
Study the following table for relations and check
each property and learn them.

ae
Relation

Is equal to
a
Is parallel to
a oa

S| cco
aa
ca —
Pe fistiebonerat [=
10. | Is divisor of ho ae

ii [istietatera
Ras.5ae
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Let 4 = {1, 2, 3, 4} and B = {a, b, c} which of the following relations from A to B and
from B to A.

(a) {(1,4),(2,c),(3,a),(4,6)}
(b) {(3,a),(b,3),(c,1)}
(c) {(a,1),(,2),(c,3),(€.4)}
Solution.
(a) {(1,5),(2,¢),(3,a),(4,5)}
This relation is from A to B. Since Domain = {1, 2, 3, 4} € A and range = {a, b,c} € B.

(6) {(3,a),(,3),(c,1)}
This relation is neither from A to B nor from B to A as both domain and range are mixed up.

(c) {(a,1),(,2),(¢,3),(4,4)}
€ A.
This is a relation from B to A, since the domain = {a, b, c} € B and range = {1, 2, 3,4}

Example 2. Write the elements ofthe following relations:

(i) A= {(x,y)-x,y e Nandx=2y+ 1} (ii) B= {(x,y):x,y e/andx +y =25}

Solution. (i) A={(x,y):x,y €N andx =2y+ 1}

90 A Textbook of Mathematics for I.C.S.E. Class X

when x=3,y=1; Sie

(ii) he
B= saioee elandx’ +y° = 25}
Given x +p =25
Wien x = 0, y= +5
When
x = +5, y= 0.
B = {(0,-5),(0,5),(-5,0),(+5,0)}
Example 3. State the defining sentence of the relation in each case:
(i) {(1,1),(2,2).(3,3),(4,4),..---}
(ii) {(2,1),(4,2),(10,5),(6,3),(8,4)}
iit) {(1,1),(8,2),(27.3),(64,4)}
Solution.
(i) {(1,1),(2,2),(3,3),....-} = {(x.y):x, y EN, x= y}
(it) {(2,1),(4,2).(10,5),(6,3),(8,4)}={(x,y):x =2y, y €{1,2,3,4,5}}
(iii) {(1,1),(8,2),(27,3),(64,4)}= {(x,y):x =y,Il<y<4,x,ye v}

Examples 4. If R = {(0,-2),(1,-1),(2,0).(3,1),(4,2)},
(i) Write the domain and range of R
(ii) Write R in set builder form.
(iii) Represent R by arrow diagram.
Solution. Given R = {(0,-2),(1,-1),(2,0),(3,1),(4,2)}
(4) Domain = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4},, Range = {-2, -1, 0, 1, 2}
(ii) R={(x,y):x eW,, x =S, x=y+2}

(iii) R
quale
1

- on—
A
4
RRS Ce

Example5. Given A = {2, 3, 4, 5} and relation defined on set 4 as:

R={(x,y)eAxdA:x=y}
(/) List the elements of R
(it) Domain, and range of R.
 lations
9)

Solution. (i) R = {(2,2),(3,3),(4,4),(5,5)}

(i) Domain = {2, 3, 4, 5), Range ={2, 3, 4, 5}
Example
achat6. Determi
seg the domain and range
d of R, R = {(x, x): x isa prime less than 10}, Show this

Solution. Given R = {(x, x) : x is a prime less than 10}. Domain Range

R = {(2,8),(3,27),(5,125),(7,343)}
Domain = {2, 3, 4, 5}, Range = (8, 27, 125, 343}

Example 7. Given A = {~-2,~1,0,1,2}, list the ordered pairs for the relation “is negative of”. Find the
omain and Range of 2.
Solution. Given A ={-2,-1,0,1,2}
R = ‘is negative of
R ={(-2,2)(+2,-2),(-1,+1),(1,-1),(0,0)}
Domain = {-2,-1,0,1,2}
Range = {-2,-1,0,1,2}
Example 8. Find the linear relation between the components of the ordered pairs of the following
lation. {(1,-2),(2,1),(3,4),(4,7),...--}-
Solution. Given R = {(1,-2),(2,1),(3,4),.....}
Let the relation be y = axr+b.
Since(1,-2)€R, ~*. y=art+hb => -2=a.1+b — (i)

Also (2, 1) € R, 2. y=ar+h => 1l=a.2+b — (ii)

Solving (ij) and (//), we get

a=3andb=-5
Substituting the values of a and b in y = ax + b, we get
y=3x-5
..
1ich is the required linear relation between the components of the given relation
by
Example 9. Let I bethe setofallintegers and R bethe relation onI defined
by5}.
R={(x,y) : x,y €1, x-yis divisible
Prove that R is an equivale ncen.
relatio
R is
r x, y, Z € I. Then the relation
Solution. Given I be the set of all integers. Let us conside
(i) Reflexive relation :
5. Hence = Rx, forallx € L
Since x — x = 0, weknow that 0 isdivisible by
Hence R is reflexive.
92 A Textbook ofMathematics for 1.C.S.E. Class X

SP |
(ii) Symmetric relation :
le by 5. (because if
Let xRy => x — y is divisible by 5. Then y — x = -(x - y) which is also divisib
the number is divisible by 5, then its negative is also divisible by 5) > Rx.
Thus xRy => yRx, x,y € 1.
. Ris symmetric.
(iii) Transitive relation :
bye 5and y — z isalso divisible
Let x,y,z z, such that x ~ y is divisibl by 5.
Then x — z = (x - y) + (v -z) which is also divisible by 5 (for if two numbers are divisible by 5,
then their sum is also divisible by 5).
=> xRz
*, xRy, YRz => xRz, x, y,z € 1.
Hence R is transitive.
*. The relation R is reflexive, symmetric and transitive and hence it is an equivalence relation.

Example 10. IfIbe the set of all integers and if the relation R be defined over the set I by xRy if x — y
; an even integer, where x, y € J, show that R is an equivalence relation.
Solution. Given I be the set of all integers, then the relation R:
(i) Since x — x = 0, i.e. an even integer.
.. xRx, for all x € J.
Hence R is reflexive.
(ii) If x— y is an even integer, then y-x =-(x- y) is also an even integer. Thus xRy => yRx, for
all x,y e] . Hence R is symmetric.
(iii) x —z = (x — y) + (y — z) = an even integer if x — y and y — z are even, where
x, y, z € J.
“. XRy, YRz => xRz, x, y,z € I.
Hence R is transitive.
.. Ris reflexive, symmetrical and transitive, So is an equivalence relation.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. State whether ‘Is square of’ for the set of natural numbers an equivalence relation.
Solution. Let A be the set of natural numbers. Then R is
(a) not a reflexive relation
Reason: A number cannot be a square of itself. For ex. 3 is not a square of itself. Hence xRx,
xeEN.
|
(6) not a symmetric relation
Reason: Ifanumberx isasquare of y, then
yisnot a square of x. For example, 4 is a square of 2, but
2 is not a square of 4. Hence xRy yRx, x, y € N.
(c) not a transitive relation
Reason: If a number x is a square of y, y is a square of z, then x is not a square of
z. For example
16 is a square of 4 and 4 is a square of 2. But 16 is not a square of 2. Hence xRy,
yRz A xRz
x,y,z €N. Hence ‘Js square of’ is not an equivalence relation.
.
Relations
93

Question 2. x «{2,4,6,9}, y e{4,6,18,27,54}

Form all ordered pairs such that x is a factor of yandx<y.
Solution. R = {(2,4),(2,6),(2,18),(2,54),
(6,18)(6,54),(9,18),(9,27),(9,54)}
Question 3. In the set of all triangles in a plane, show that the relation of corsruence (or similarity)
is an equivalence relation.
Solution, Let A be the set of all triangles in a plane and R be the relation ‘in congruent to’ or
(similarity) on A, then R is
(a) Reflexive relation
Reason: Every triangle is congruent to itself (similar to itself), ie., xRx for all x eA.
(5) Symmetric relation
Reason: If a triangle x is congruent to y or (x is similar to y) then the triangle y is also congruent to x
(y is also similar to x), i.e., xRy > yRx, xy € R.
(c) Transitive relation
If a triangle x is congruent to triangle y, triangle y is congruent to triangle z, then triangle x is
congruent to triangle z. (or if Ale x is similar to Ale y, Ale y similar to Alez, then Alex is
similar to Ale z). i.e., xRy, yRz => xRz, x,y,z ER.
Hence the relation ‘congruent to’ or (similar to) is reflexive, symmetric and transitive. Hence
the relation is an equivalence relation.
Question 4. State in words the relation represented by each of the following diagrams.
ii) 1
i) January April

May December

July June
10

Dec November

iii) iv)

Solution.
(i) R= {(Jan, Dec),( May, Apr ),(July, June),( Dec, Nov)}
R= ‘is next month of
(ii) R={(1,2),(1,5),(1,8),(1,10),(2,8),(5,10)}
R= ‘is a factor of
94 A Textbook ofMathematics for I.C.S.E. Class X

(iii) R = {(5,25-20),(x,2x-x),(2,3-1)}
R={(5,5),(x,x),(2,2)}
R = ‘is equal to’
(iv) R={(1,1),(4,2),(9,3),(16,4)}
R = ‘is square of
Question 5. Show that ‘Is father of’ is not an equivalence relation.
Solution. The relation R is not reflexive, symmetric and transitive.
Reason: A person cannot be father to himself. Hence R is not reflexive.
If x is a father of y, then y is not a father of x, but he is a son of x. Hence it is not symmetric.
If x is a father of y, y is a father of z, then x is not a father of z but he is the grand father of z. Hence R
is not an equivalence relation.
Question 6. Write the domain and range of the relation (x, y) : x = 3y and x and y are natura!
numbers less than 10.
Solution. Given x=3y, x,yeN<10.
x =n
Whe 3, y= 1; x = 6, y=2; x =9, y=3.
The relation is {(3,1),(6,2),(9,3)}.
Domain= {3, 6, 9}, Range = {1, 2, 3}.

Question 7. Prove that ‘is parallel to’ for a set of straight lines is an equivalence relation.
Solution. LetA be a set of straight lines. Then the relation R is
(i) Reflexive relation:
Reason: Every line is parallel to itself.
Rt xRx, x EA.
(ii) Symmetric relation:
Reason: If a straight line x is ||to y, then y is also ||to x. Thus xRy => yRx, x, y € A.
(iii) Transitive relation:
Reason: If a straight line x is ||to y, y is ||to z, then the straight line x is || to z.
Thus xRy, yRz => xRz, x, y,z € A.

puSancincar ath ott donsnetRctaenageete 7a |= tm

Since the relation is reflexive, symmetric and transitive, hence R is an equivalence relation.
uestion 8, GivenA = {0 ; i = =

Solution. Given A= {0,1,2,3}

(i) R={(0,0),(1,1),(2,2),(3,3)}
(ii) Domain = {0,1,2,3} (iii) Range = {0,1,2,3}
Question 9. Decide in each of the following cases whether the relation
(iii) Reflexive. Justify by giving examples. (i)(i) S Symmetricic (ii)
(ii Transitive
3
elations
95
(/) ‘Is less than’ on N
(7/) ‘Is a multiple of
State which of these is an equivalence relation.
Solution.
(1) ‘Is less than’ on N.
Let A be the set of Natural numbers.
Then R is,
(a) nota reflexive relation
Reason: A number cannot be less than itself.
For ex, 3 cannot be less than 3. Hence xRx, x € N.
(6) not asymmetric relation
Reason: If x <y, then y is not less than x.
For example, 3 <4, but 4 <3. Hence xRy A yRx, x, yeN.
(c) is a transitive relation
Reason: If x < y, y <z then x <z.
For example, 3 < 4,4 <5 then3 <5.
Hence xRy, yRz => xRz, x, y,z € N.
Since R is not reflexive and symmetric, hence it is not an equivalence relation.
(ii) “Is a multiple of”
Let A be a set of numbers.
Then the relation R
(a) is reflexive : Any number is a multiple of itself. Hence xRx, for all x € A.
(b) is not symmetric : If x is a multiple of y, then y is not a multiple of x.
Ex. 20 is a multiple of 5, but 5 is not a multiple of 20.
Hence xRy P yRx, x,yeEA.
(c) Is transitive : If x is a multiple of y, y is a multiple of z, then x is a multiple of z.
_ Ex, 32 is a multiple of 4 and 4 is a multiple of 2. Hence 32 is a multiple of 2.
Since R is reflexive and transitive but not symmetric, so it is not an equivaienice relation.
Question 10. Given A = {2, 3, 4, 5}. List the elements of each of the following relations:
(i) {(x,y)eAxA:x=y}

(i1) {lxr)eax E> y, Xen}

(iii) {(x,y) < Ax A: x isadivisor ofyandx # y}

Solution. Given A = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6}

(i) R={(x,y)eAxA:x=y}
R= {(2,2),(3,3),(4,4),(5,5),(6,6)}
96 A Textbook ofMathematics for I.C.S.E. Class X

(ii) R= (xy) eAxA Se > a xen}

R ={(3,2),(4,3),(5,2),(5,3),(6,4),(6,5)}
(iii) R= {(x,y) e€AxA : x isa divisor of yandx#y}

R ={(2,4),(2,6),(3,6)}
Question 11. Write the relation denoted by the adjacent arrow dia-
gram by listing its elements and also write the domain and range of the
relation.
Solution. R = {(2,5),(3,5),(4,8),(5,1)}
Domain = {2,3,4,5} |
Range = {1,5,8}.
Question 12. Write the word ‘yes’. if the following relations are equivalence relations on the given
set. Write the word ‘no’ if it is not.
(i) ‘Is equal to’ on N
(ii) ‘Is a descendant of on a non-empty set of people.
(iii) ‘Lives within ten kilometres of' on a set of people who live in Uttar Pradesh.
Solution.
(i) ‘Is equal to’ on NV .......... ‘Yes’
Let A be the set of natural numbers ‘M..
Then R isa
a) Reflexive relation
Reason: Every natural numbers is equal to itself.
Hence xRx for all x € N.
6b) Symmetric relation
Reason: If x is equal to y, y is also equal to x, . Hence,
xRy => yRy, x,yeEN.
c) Transitive relation
Reason: If x is equal to y, y is equal to z, then x is equal to z. Hence,
xRy ,yYRz => xRz, x,y,z EN.
. “Is equal to’ on N is an equivalence relation.
(ii) ‘Is descendant of on a non-empty set of people .......... ‘No’
LetA be a set of non-empty set of people.
Then R is
a) not a reflexive relation
Reason: Every person in not a descendant of himself. Hence xRx, for x € A.
5) not a symmetric relation
Relations
0)"

Reason: If x is a descendant of y, then y is not a descendant of x.

“. xRy * yRx, x,y € A.
c) is a transitive relation
Reason: If x is a descendant of y, y is a descendant of z, then x is a descendant of z. Hence,
xRy ,yRz => xRz, x,y,z €N. Since this relation is not reflexive and symmetric hence it is
not an equivalence relation.
(iii) “Lives within ten Kilometres of on a set of people who live in Uttar Pradesh
Let A be the set of people who live in Uttar Pradesh. Then R is
a) not a reflexive relation
Reason: Every person cannot live within 10 km. from himself. Hence xRx, for x € A.
5) It is a symmetric relation
Reason: If x lives within 10 Km of y, then y lives within 10 Km of x. Hence xRy => yRx,
x,yveN.
c) It is not a transitive relation
Reason: If x lives within 10 Km, of y, y lives within 10 Km of z, then x is not likely to be 10
Km from z. Hence, xRy, yRz * xRz, x, y,z € A.
Hence the relation is not an equivalence relation as it is not reflexive and transitive.
Question 13. The adjacent arrow diagram represents a relation. Repre-
sent the relation in (i) Roster form (ii) Set builder form.
Solution.
(i) Roster form
r={(1,1),(2,4).(3,4),(4,2)}
(ii) Set builder form

R={(x,y):xen.x<5,y=4}

Question 14. If 4 = {1,3,5,7, oe: } represent the relation from A to B{(1,1),(3,9),(5,25),(7,49)....}

by means of an arrow diagram.
Solution.

Question 15.
(i) Is (2, a), (3, 5), (2, 6), (3, a), (3, ¢) a cartesian product set ?
(ii) Given A = {-2,-1,0,1,2} and B = {-3,-1,1,5}
List the elements ofS = {(x,9)'| y= 25-3) x eA, y eB}.
98 A Textbook ofMathematics for I.C.S.E. Class xX

Me
Solution.
it is not a set.
(i) No, since the ordered pairs are not enclosed in the bracket ‘{ }'. Hence
(ii) Given A = {-2,-1,0,1,2}, B= {-3,-1,1,5}
y=2x’ -3, x EA, yeB.

Ifx=-2, y=2(-2)' -3=5.

Ifx=-1, y=2(-1) -3=-1.
Ifx=0, y=2.0-3=-3.
Ifx=1, y=2.1 -3=-1.
Ifx=2, y=2.(2)' -3=5.
s = {(-2,5),(-1,-1),(0,-3),(1,-1),(2,5)}
Question 16.A = {1, 2, 3, 4} and relationR is defined in set Aas R= {(x,y)eA “Ai six = y}, then

(i) list the elements of R.

(ii) list the domain of R
(iii) list the range of R.
Solution. Given A = {1,2,3,4}
( R={(1,1),(2,2),(3,3),(4,4)}
(ii) Domain = {1,2,3,4} (iii) Range = {1,2,3,4}
Question 17. R{(x, y):2x+3y <10,x,y EN} write down R as ordered pairs.
Solution. R{(x, y):2x+3y <10,x,yeE n}
when x¥=1, y=1, 2x+3y=2+3=5<10
(1, 1) is the first ordered pair.
when x= 1, F 2, 2x+3y=2+6=8<10
(1, 2) is the second ordered pair.
when x¥=2, y=1, 2x+3y=44+3=7<10
(2, 1) is the third ordered pair.
when x=3, 1, 2x+3y =6+3=9<10
(3, 1) is the fourth ordered pair.
The remaining values of x and y will not satisfy the condition.

R = {(1,1),(1,2),(2,1),(3,1)}.
Question 18. Copy and write ‘True’ or ‘False’ against each of the following statements :
(i) The relation “is greater than” in the set of integers is reflexive.
(ii) The relation “is similar to” in the set of triangles is transitive.
(iii) The relation “is perpendicular to” in the set of lines is transitive.
Relations
99

(iv) The relation “is a factor of” in the set of integers is symmetric.
Solution.
(i) False.
(Reason : A number cannot be greater than itself)
(ii) True.
(Reason : If the A‘*x is similar to A'*y, A'*y is similar to A'*z, then A'*x is similar to A'‘z)
(iii) False.
(Rea : Ifa line
son /is 1 to m, and mL ton, then /is not 1 ton but is || ton)
(iv) False.
(Reason : If x is a factor of y, then y is not a factor of x. Ex : if 4 is a factor of 8, then 8 is not a
factor of 4).

Question 19. Three arrows are missing from the diagram which partly shows b
the relation “is greater than” on the set of integers a, b, c and d. Copy and
complete the diagram. State which is the smallest of the four integers. ¢
Solution.

a>b,c,d
b>c,d
c>d
. dis the smallest integer.

Exercises
x and y.
1. If (x+1,y+2) =(3,4) find
2. if(a-2,3) = (1,2) find a and b.
_ Write the following in set builder form {(1,1),(2,16),(3,81)......}.
If A={0,1,2}, B= {3,4}, findA x B.
_ Write down the domain and range of the following : {(1,0),(2,1),(3,2),(4,3),(5,4)}.
If A={2,-1,3}, findAx A and n(A x A).
if A={2,3}, B= {3,4}, C= {4,5},
vA
Nn
YA
&
W

Find (i) (AUB)x(BUC)

(ii) (BN.A)x (BNC)
8. if Ax B={(-1,1),(-1,2),(-3,1),(-3,2)}, find Aand B.
100 A Textbook ofMathematics for I.C.S.E. Class X

satisfy the relation is

Ie A={2,3,4,5}, B ={4,6,8,10}, write down the subset of Ax B which
“half of”.
_ Write the elements of the relation A = {(x, y):yeN,x=2y+ 1}.

_ Find the domain and range of the following relation : B = {(x,y):y €N andx =2 y}.

P= {(=2} eN,l<x< s}Find the domain and range of the relation.

x

if A={1,2,3,4}, write the relation R = {(x,y) €4x A, x < yh.

. Find the linear relation between the components of the ordered pairs: {(2,5),(3,7),(4, ) ae }.

. Express the following relation as a set of ordered pairs : {(x,y): x+y’ =49:x,yeZ }.
. Give an example of a relation which is reflexive and symmetric and not transitive.
. Prove that the relation ‘is sister of on a set of the member of a family is not an equivalence
relation.
. Show that the relation “is perpendicular to” on a set of lines in a plane is symmetic.
. Prove that the relation ‘is a factor of' is reflexive and transitive.
. Prove that the relation ‘is greater than’ is not an equivalence relation.

. If A={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10} write the relation R = {,y) € Ax A, y= pt.

ree {2,3,4,5,6} ,Q= {2,3,4} write the relation

R={(x,y)lx €P, y €Q andx is a divisor

of y}.
. If A={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8} andR in a relation “is twice of”, find R on A.
(it A= {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9} and R is the relation “is three times of’, find R on A.
. If A={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}, B={1,2,3,4,5} and R={(x,y)|x © A, y eB andy = x-3}, find
the elements of R.
VITA {0,1,2,3,4} andR is the relation “one more than”, findR on A.
. If A={5,6,7,8,9}, B={6,7,8} and R={(x,y)|x ©A, yeBandx<y}, write R and state
what type of relation is R.
. If A={1,2,3,4,5}, B= {3,4,5} and R = {(x,y)|x © A, y © B andx > y}, writeRand state what
type of relation is R.
. If A={2,3,4,5}, B={3,4,5} and R={(x,y)|x €A, y © B andx = y}, write R and state what
type of relation is R.
ae = {0,1,2,3}, B={1,2,3,4} find the relation R, = {(x, y)|x €A, ye Bandx+yis even}
R, ={(x, y)|x €A, yeB andx+yis odd}.
a; Show that the relation R defined by R= {(x,y), x,y ez, x,y €Z,x+ypis even} is an
equivalence relation.
Relations

32. Find the linear relation between the components of the ordered
pairs :
(a) {(1,4), (2,7), (3,10),.....}.
(6) {(1,1), (2,4), (3,7),.....}.

Answers
1. x=2, y=2.
2. a=3,b=4.

3; {(x,y).y=x', x eN}.-

4. {(0,3),(0,4),(1,3),(1,4),(2,3),(2,4)}.
5. Domain
={1,2,3,4,5}, Range
={0,1,2,3,4}.
6. {(2,2),(2,-1),(2,3),(-1,2),(-1,-1),(-1,3),(3,2),(3,-1),(3,3)}, n(x 4) =9.
7. @ {(2,3),(2,4),(2,5),(3,3),(3,4),(3,5),(4,3),(4,4),(4,5)}
(ii) {(3,4)}
8. A={-1,-3}, B={1,2}
9. {(2,4),(3,6),(4,8),(5,10)}
10. {(3,1),(5,2),(7,3),.....}.
11. Domain = multiples of 2.
Range = N (natural numbers)

12. Domain
={1,2,3,4,5}, Range={1,5,4,2,3}
13. {(1,2),(1,3),(1,4),(2,3),(2,4),(3,4)}.
14. y=2x +1.
15. {(-7,0),(7,0),(0,-7),(0,7)}
16. “Is a friend of ”.
21. R={(2,1),(4,2),(6,3),(8,4),(10,5)}.
22. R={(2,2),(2,4),(3,3),(4,4)}-
23. R={(2,1),(4,2),(6,3),(8,4)}
24. R={(3,1),(6,2),(9,3)}
25. R={(4,1),(5,2),(6,3),(7,4),(8,5)}
26. R={(1,0),(2,1),(3,2),(4,3)}
27. R= {(5, 6),(5,7),(5,8),(6, 7),(6,8),(7,8)}. This is a transitive relation.
102 A Textbook ofMathematics for 1.C.S.E. Class X

28. R={(4,3),(5,4)}. This is transitive relation.

29. R={(3,3),(4,4),(5,5)}. This is an equivalence relation.

30. Ay = {(0,2),(0,4),(1,1),(1,3), (2,2),(2,4),(3,),(3,3)},

R, = {(0,1),(0,3),(1,2),
(1,4), (2,1),(2,3),(3,2),(3,4)}.
32. (a) y=3x41 (b) y=3x-2.
 Chapter 5

Functions

Consider the following examples of arrow diagrams A B

(*) The arrow diagram in fig(/) illustrates the relation ‘is a square of
from the set 4 to the set B. Each element of set 4 is paired with
exactly one element of set B.
“. The relation can be written as R,= {(1, 1),(4, 2), (9, 3), (16, 4)}.

(ii) The arrow diagram in fig.(i/) illustrates the relation ‘is multiple of
from P to Q. Here an element of set P is paired with more than one
element of set Q.
.. The relation can be written as R, = {(8, 2), (8, 4), (14, 7), (10, 5)}.

(iii) The arrow diagram in fig(iii) illustrates the relation ‘is the square of
from X to Y. Here two elements of set X are paired with only one
element of set Y. The relation can be written as
R, = {(-2, 4), (2, 4), (-3, 9), (3, 9), (-4, 16), (4, 16)}

(iv) The arrow diagram in fig(iv) illustrates the relation “is square of L M
from L to M. Here one element ‘2’ of set L is not matched with
Be:
any element ofthe set M.
The relation can be written as R, = {(1, 1), (4, 2), (9, 3)}- ‘

Fig. (iv)
 for Class X
A Textbook ofMathematics
104
one element of
The relations R, and R,, in which each element of the domain is matched with only
are not satisfied. In R,
the range is known as “function”. But in the relations R, and R, these conditions
d with
elements of domain are repeated and in R, one element of domain is left out i.¢., it is not matche
any element in the range. Hence relations R, and R, are not functions.
Hence a function is a relation in which no two different ordered pairs have the same first component.
Definition: If by some rule or correspondence we can associate every element of the set A with one
and only one element of the set B, then this rule is called a function from the setA to set B.
Ex. The setA is called the domain of the function and set B is called A =
the codomain of the function, All members of B assigned to the members of S
A by the function is called the range of the function. foe) b
.‘, In the above example : nel c
Dornain={pigur,sst}, Codomain = {a,b,c,d,e} and Range ={a,b,c,d}. fT ae f
The functions are usually denoted by F, f, G, g, etc..
| A variable such as x, is uséd to represent the elements of domain. The corresponding elements of the
range are then denoted by F(x) or f(x) or G(x) or g(x) etc..
We read the symbol f(x) as fat x' or 'fof x’.
fx) iscalled the image of x and x is called the preimage of f(x).
The ordered paits of 4 furiction faré represented as (x, f(x))
In sythbols, it can beexpressed as f = {(x, £(x)): f(x)= x+3} or f = {(x, y): y= x+3}

| Consitlering that a furiction ‘f from A to B is known as f maps A into B and symbolically it can be
written as
asi A +» B | Read as “fmaps.A into B”.
(ii) A ~L5B Read as “A is mapped into B by 7”.
(iil) As B, x —>x+3 Read as “function f mapsA into B such that each element x of A is
AAP ns 0 Oe _ Mapped into
x + 3.”
Hence a function is also known as mapping.
Independent
and deperident variable :
a Let /'be© a function
atu from/A
mA to W B,
5; then
| the variable x which takes on values in the domainain isi called
the
independent variable and thé vatiable y takes on values in the range is called the dependent variable.

Essential requirements for the definition of a function :

The futiction 7: x + y isdefined under the following conditions:
(1) phe np iaes with some y in Y sa a function is defined only when
the domain is

The. sety,nay or may not beéntirely “used up” by the function.

(2) The function may assdciate moré than one x to the same y.
(3) To evety x € X, fshould associate one and only one element of y from
Y.

ihe tae,| z
Functions
105

Representation of a function :
1. Roster form : In this form, the function on i 1s
'
long to the function. is represented by the set of all ordered pairs which be-
Ex. Let X = {4,6,8,10} and Y = {2,3,4,5} and /be the function “is twice of” fromX to Y.
2. Set builder form : In this form, the function is represented as f = {(x,y): y= x+5}.
3. By formula : In this form, a formula (an algebraic equation) can be used to represent a function.
Ex: y=3x+1
4. By table : In this form, a table can be used to represent a function.

Ex: a ee oe
eo.
6 3a
5. By Arrow diagram : In this form, the function is represented by A
drawing arrows from the first components to the second compo- -
nents of all ordered pairs which belong to the given function.
Ex: Here Domain = {a, b, c, d} |
Co Domain = {p, q, r, 5, t} e |
Range = {p, g, 5}
6. By Graph : A function can be represented by a graph as shown
below.
y y

Oo x o x

Testing for function : |

Every function is a relation. But all relations are not functions. You can test whether a given relation
is a function or not by applying the following tests :
(a) Examine whether the first set, that is the domain is fully used up or not.
(b) Examine whether the first members of all the ordered pairs are different are not.
only one image in the
(c) In the arrow diagram, examine whether each element of the first set has
second set or not.
equation (formula), represents a
(d) To test whether a given relation, in the form of an algebraic
give two or more values of y. If
function or not, try to find out at least one value of x which can
n.
you are able to do so, then the given equation does not represent a functio
e of x, then the relation, represented by
But, if the equation gives only one value of y, for each suitabl
the equation, is a function.
equation in two variables, represents a
} Note : Every relation, which can be represented by a linear
function.
-
106 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

(e) The vertical line test : To test whether a relation in the form of a graph, isafunction or not, a
simple graphical test can be done.
(7) A graph will represent a function if each vertical line meets the graph at the most at one point.
(ii) A graph will not represent a function if a vertical line can be drawn to meet the graph in more
than one point.
Ex: The following graphs represent functions:

ve | x

|
y

|
| x

Ex: The following graphs do not represent functions:

1, oe

=
|y

| x
|
|
Functions 107

Types of functions :
Let A= {a, b, c, d\ and B = {1, 2, 3, 4}. Consider
the function F given in
the adjoining figure.
F= {(a,1), (0, 2), (e, 3), (d, 4)}.
Every element of set B is the image of at least one element of set 4. Thus
every element of B is used up in mapping. Hence the range is the set B
itself.
Such a mapping of function is said to be “on to function.”
On to function : A function f from 4 to B is said to be “on to function” if and only if the range of fis
the set B itself, i.e. if codomain of f= range of ¢.
Consider the function given below :
Every element of Q is not an image in set P. Thus, the set Q is not en- b Q
tirely used up. Such a mapping of function is said to be “into function.”
Into function : A function f from P to Q is said to be an “into function”
if and only ifthe range offis the proper subset of set Q.
i.e., if range of fis a proper subset of codomain of f. a
Each of these functions can be further classified as:
(a) One-one function
(6) Many-one function
(a) One-one function :
A function from A to B is said to be one-one function if and only if no element of the set B is the
image of more than one element of the set A.
i.e. if different elements of A have different images in B.
(b) Many-one function :
A function from A to B is said to be many-one function, if and only if at least one element of the
set B is the image of more than one element of the set A.
i.e., if two or more elements of A have the same image in B.
Now we can classify the functions into the following categories :
(i) One-one onto function.
(ii) Many-one onto function.
(iii) One-one into function.
(iv) Many-one into function.
Ex:
(i) (ii)

f, is one-one onto function from A to B f, is many-one onto function from C to D

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
108

(iii) Gy)

f, is one-one into function from P to Q f, is many-one into function from R to S

Value of a function :
The term ‘Value’ and ‘Image’ are sometimes used to refer to members of the range of a function.
Let fbe a function and (p, q) are in f, then we write fp) = q, where f{p) is called the value of the func-
tion at P.
The value of a function f(x) at x = 3 is denoted by f(3).
Let us consider an example: A B
fi2=x+4

:
=>
a;
fQx)y=x+4

'. for this function the value of | is 5 or S is the image of 1.

oy
ap |

Similarly, f(2) = 2 + 4 = 6; the value of 2 is 6 or 6 is the image of 2. and f(3) = 3 + 4 = 7; the value of
3 is 7 or 7 is the image of3.

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Which of the following relations are functions? Give reasons.

i) {(1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(5,2)}
(ii) {(1,2),(2,1),(1,4),(4,)}
(iit) {(x,y),(y,z),(z,x),(w,z)}
(iv) {(2,1),(2,2),(2,3),(2,4)}
Solution.
(i) {(1,2),(2,2),(3,2),(5,2)}.
This relation is a function because the first components of all ordered pairs are different.
(ii) 4(1,2),(2,1),(1,4),(4,1)}
_ This relation is not a function because the first components of two ordered pairs
are repeated.
(iit) {(x,y),(y,z),(z,x),(w,z)}
This relation is a function because the first components of all ordered pairs
are different.
(iv) {(2,1),(2,2),(2,3),(2,4)}
This relation is not a function because the first components of all
ordered pairs are repeated.
Functions 109

Example 2. Which of the following diagrams represent a function? Give reasons. State the type of
function if the relation is a function.

(i) (1!) \

(iit) (vy)

A B (viii) A B
(vii)

B (x) ; 3
(ix) A
b
Vy [\ Cc

ee d

Solution.
e In
line test shows that it cuts the curv
(i) This is not a function. Vertical
more than one point.
 A Texthook of Mathematics for Class X
110

(ii) This is a function. Vertical line test shows that it cuts the
graph in one point. It is one-one function.

(iii) This is a function. Vertical line test shows that it cuts the graph in
one point. It is one-one function. |

15
(iv) This is not a function. Vertical line test shows that it cuts the graph in
more than one point.

(v) This is not a function since all the elements of set A (i.e. domain) are A B
not used up.

(vi) This is a function, since every element of set A (i.e. domain) has an
image in set B and the elements of set A are not repeated. It is
many-one into function.

(vii) This is not a function, since one element of set A (i.e. element 1) is A
repeated.
Functions WW

(viii) This is a function, since every element of set A has an image

in set A B
B and the elements of set A are not repeated. This is one-one onto
function.

(x) This is a function, since every element of set A has an image in set
B and the elements of set A are not repeated.
This is many-one into function. Wy

(x) This is a function, since every element of set A has an image in set A B
B and the elements of set A are not repeated.
This is one-one into function.

CTE)

Example 3. The function fis defined by

f = {(x,y) (x, yeN, y=3x=-2, x <4}

(i) List the set of ordered pairs of

(7) Write down the range of f.
(iii) State with reason, whether fis one-one or many-one.
(iv) State, with a reason whether / is into or onto.

Solution. f ={(x,y) : x.y EN, y=3x-2, x <4} )

y=3x-2, x<4, xyeN. heey
when x=1,y=3x1-2=1, when x=3,y=3x3-2=7
when x=2,y=3x2-2=4, when x=4,y=3x4-2=10

(i)f= {(1,1),(2,4),(3,7),(4,10)}
(ii) Range = {1,4,7, 10} Domain Range
= Codomain
(iii) f is one-one function. Because for every element of domain there
is one image in the domain.
(iv)The function is on to function. Since Codomain = range.
i.e. all elements of Co domain are used up.
. The given function is one-one onto function.
Find a, 6
Example 4. The ordered pairs (a, 5), (2, 5) and (4, c) belong to the mappingf: x-> 3x — 1.
and c.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
112

Solution. Given f(x) =3x-1

= y=3x-l
when x =a 5=3a-1

y=5, Ss 7= 72

when x = 2 b=3x2-1

when x = 4 c=3x4-1

ye, — V—e oD

a=2,b=5 and c=11.

Example 5. A function f is defined on the set of integers as follows:

x-1,0<x<2

f(x)=4x, 2<x<4
x+1,4<x<6

(i) Find the domain and range of the function.

(ii) State whether fis one-one or many one function.
Solution.
(i) Domain = {0,1,2,3,4,5}
f(x) =x— Vow {0,1}

f(0)=-1
f(l)=0
f(x) =x, eyes}, f(x)=x+4+1, x €{4,5}
f(2)=2 f(4)=441=5
f (3) =3. f(5)=54+1=6
“. range = {-1,0,2,3,5,6}.
(ii) The given function is one-one function because every ele-
ment of domain has unique one image in codomain. WE * ay:

Example 6. Given fis defined on the set of natural numbers as follows:

4x+2, ifx is even
f(x) = 4x-2, ifx is odd
Find (i) f(4), (ii) (3), (iii) Find x iff(x) = 14.
Functions
113

Solution.
(i) f(x) =4x+42, when
x is even.
o S(4)=4x44+2=18
(ii) f(x)=4x-2, when x is odd.
» f(3)=4x3-2=10.
(iii) Given S[@=14
If J (x) =4x+2
— 14=4x+2
— x =3
If JS(x) =4x-2
=> 14=4x-2
—" x=4
x=30r4
Examples 7. If f(x) = ax + b where a and b are real numbers,
f (—2) = —5 and f(2) = 1, find a and b.
Solution. Given f(x)=ax+b
J (-2) =a(-2) +b
But f(-2)=-5 (given)
= —-2a+b=-5 —*(’)
S@)=ar+b
{[(Q)=2a+b
But {= 1 (given)
= 2a4+-56=1 — (ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
a=3=15 and b = -2
Example 8. The function fis defined as f(x) =x? -2, x € R. Find the value of f(3)-4 f(-4).
[Link] f(x)=x’-2, xeER
f(3)=3' -2=7
f(-4)=(-4) -2=14
t=24
4(3)-4 s(-4)=7-4(14) = 25 - T_41

Suggested Questions

Question 1. A={I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
B= {-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
and S= {(x, y): y=2x-5,x EA,y € B}
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
114

(i) List the elements ofS

(ii) List the domain of S
(iii) List the range ofS
(iv) What is the domain ofthe variable x ?
(v) Is the relation a function ?
Solution. Given A= {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} and
B= {-4, -3, -2, -1,0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
S= {(x, y): y=2x-5,xeEA,y € B}
iy = 26=5
For = 1 y.—2 x ls e B
x=2,y=2x2-S=—s1 eB
x=3,y=2x3-Ss— eB
x=4,y=2x4-S5=36€E8B
x=5,y=—2x5-S= 368
6 Se. OB
e— 6. y=2.x.=I
=e S={(1,—3) pee )(3,.1), (45, aS).
(ii) Domain ofS = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
(iii) Range of S = {-3, -1, 1, 3, 5}
(iv) Domain of variable x is {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
(v) No, the relation S is not a function, because the element ‘6’ of set A does not have an image in B.
Question 2. The adjacent arrow diagram represents a relation.
Represent the relation in roster form. Is this relation a function ? Give —
reasons for your answer. P. pia
Solution. R= {(1, 4), (2, 1), G, 4), 4, 3), , 4)} eae
Yes, this relation is a function, because every element of domain [
ee
has an image in codomain and elements of domain are not repeated.
This is many-one into function.
Question 3. Classify the relation denoted by the adjoining arrow diagram.
Solution. R= {(a, 2), (6, 3), (c, 3), (d, 2)}. es
This relation is a function because every element of domain has an image Sete
in codomain and elements of domain are not repeated. This is many-one into Lr
function.
Question 4. Write down the relation denoted by the arrow diagram, by
listing the ordered pairs. State the domain, the Co domain and the range of
the relation. Is the relation a function? If so, state its type. > Z|
Solution. R= \(p,3),(9,7),(r.7),(s,1)}
|
Domain = {p,q,r,s}, Codomain = {1,3,5,7}
and Range = 11,3,7}%
 unctions
115

Yes, the relation is a function because every element of domain has an unique image in Co-domain.
This is many-one into function.
Question 5. Write the relation denoted by the adjacent arrow diagram by listing its elements and also
rite the domain and range ofthe relation.
Is this relation a function? Give reasons for your answer.
Solution. R = {(2,5),(3,5),(4,8),(5,1)}
Domain = {2,3,4,5}, Range = {1,5,8}
This relation is not a function, because all the elements of the first set
are not used up. Elements | and 6 do not have any image in second set.
Question 6. Consider the following diagrams carefully and state whether
they represent functions. In case of a function, write its domain, range and type. gig,
Solution. Figure (/) represents a function because each element of the first set me |
{a,b,c,d} has a unique image in the second set {g,/,m}.
Its domain = {a,b,c,d} and Range = {g,/,m}. The function is many-one (i)
onto function. Figure (i/) does not represent a function because the ‘element 3’
of the first set {2,3,4} has two different images 2 and 4 in the second set.

(ii)
Question 7. Let function ‘f be defined by f:x > 5x +2, x OR
(i) Express ‘f as a set of ordered pairs using set builder notation.
(ii) Is ‘f a one-one function.
(iii) Find the image of 3 under/-
(iv) Find f(3)
xf(2).
(v) Find x such that f(x) =2.
Solution.
(i) fix 5x° +2, x ER.

af = {(x.y):y = 5x’ +2, x eR}

(ii) No, because f (I) =5.1°+2=7 and

f(-1) =5.(-1)° +2=7

So the different elements +1 and —1 of the domain of fhave the same image 7. fis not one-one
function. /

(iii) f(3)=5.3°+2=47
(iv) f(3)=47, f(2)=5.2° +2 =22
-. f(3)x f(2) =47x22 = 1034
116 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

(v) Given f(x) 4

> 5x°+2=2
aco 5x? = 0
=> x=0

Question 8. A = {7 2} and f = ile € a

(i) List the domain of f.

(ii) List the range of f-
(iii) Is ‘f’ a function?

Solution. f = i(#2)2 c A. A={ ey

When x=-2,y=-+ 1 andx=2,y=>
x=-l,y=-l
x=1,y- 1
(i) Domain of f 34-2 -1,1,2}

(ii) Range off -{-3.-L13}

(iii) Yes, fis a function because every element of domain has an image in Co-domain.
Question 9. A certain jet plane has an average speed of 500 km per hour. It can carry sufficient fuel
for a 5 hour flight.
(i) define the relation, as a set, between the distance d (in km) and time ¢ (in hours) for this plane.
(ii) State domain of the relation.
(iii) State the range of this relation.
(iv) Is this relation a function ?
Solution. Given Speed = 500 km/hr
Time = 5 hrs :
Let d be the distance

( s=4t
= S00 t=d
=> d=500t,0<1<5
“ R={(t,
da): d=500t,0<t<5}
(ii) Domain = {t:0<t<5,t € R}
(iii) Range = {d:0<d <2500,d € R}
(iv) Yes, the relation is a function because every element of domain has an image in codomain.
Question 10. The function g maps a calendar month onto the number of days in that month.
What is
the range ofgwhen the domain is
Hunctions
117

(7) {months in 1979}

(i?) {months in 1980}
Solution.
(*) In 1979, Feb. has 28 days and other months 30 or 31 days.

.. Range = {28,30,3 1}
(i/) In 1980, Feb. has 29 days and other months 30 or 31 days.

~ Range = {29,30,31}.
Question i1. A set of rectangles is such that eech has a width of 5 cm. The lengths vary and are repre-
sented by x cm where x € R. The largest rectangle has an area of 25 cm2.
() Define completely the relation between the area (A) of the rectangle and the length x.
(17) State the domain of the relation.
(iii) State the range of the relation.
(iv) Is the relation a function?
Solution. Given Width of rectangle = 5 cm
Length = x cm and Largest area = 25 cm2.
(ij) A=1b
A= Sx
.relation between A and length x is A = 5x.
(ii) Domain = {0 < x <5} (iit) Range = {0 < A<25}
(iv) Yes, the relation is a function because every element of domain has an image in Co-domain.
Question 12. f : x > Highest prime factor ofx.
(i) Find the range of f when the domain is {12,13,14,15,16,17}.
(ii) State the domain of five integers for which the range is {3}.
(iii) A set of positive integers is called S. What can be said about these integers if(‘S) = S.
Solution. f : x — Highest prime factor of x
(i) > y= prime factor of x.
Domain = {12,13,14,15,16,17}
Factors of 12 =2x2x3, 13 and 17 are prime numbers.

Factors of 14=2x7 and factors of 1}6=2x2x2x2.

Factors of 1S=3x5.
-. Range = {2,3,5,7,13,17}
(ii) Domain of five integers for which range is {3} = {3,6,9,12, | 8}.

(iii) Set of positive integers = S and f (S)=S.

“. Integers are prime numbers.
n. He opens an account inab ank
Question 13. A boy takes a job for 8 weeks during a summer vacatio
and deposits Rs.25 a week.
118 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

number of weeks (n) worked.

(i) Define the relation between his total deposit (d) in rupees and the
(ii) State the range of the relation.
(iii) Is the relation a function?
Solution. A boy works for 8 weeks.
He deposits Rs.25 per week in a bank
(i) d= Total deposit
n= no. of weeks worked.
The relation is d= 25n.
100,,75
(ii) Range = {25,50 , 200}.
125,150,175,
(iii) Yes, it is a function because for every value of 7 i.e. week, there is an image d i.e., money depo-
sited.
Question 14. A set of right cylinders is such that each has a height of 7 cm. the radius of the bases of
the cylinders varies, the maximum radius being 21 cm. Let r represent the radius and V the Volume of
cylinders, where r, V € R.
(i) Define the relation between r, V as a set of ordered pairs.
(ii) State the domain of the relation.
(iii) State the range of the relation.
(iv) Is the relation a function.
Solution.
(i) The Volume of a cylinder of radius r and height h is given by V = 2h.
Hereh=7, .«.V=7nr°
The relation R, between r and V is given by
R= {(r,V)V =TInr’, rV eR}
(ii) Given the maximum r = 21 cm.
.“. Domain of R = {r:0 <rs2l, r eR}
(iii) For maximum r = 21 cm.

V =7n(21) cm? = 9702cm’

Range of R = {V:0<V < 9702, V eR}
(iv) Yes, the relation R is a function, because for every value of r < 21, there is an image in V < 9702.

Question 18. et ‘f be definedby/(x)=—E, x eR. Find ( s(3), x #0 (i) £(2x) (iii) £(x-1).
Solution. Given f(x)=—~—, xeR.
. 1+x

( HfBiase 25, eR,

Iunctions os
9

fn f(x) =22 = x
Ce, 1+ 4x7
(iii) f(x-1)= os Se te Poe! x |
Pree) lex’ 2a 2x42
Question 16. f (x)= xe 1
x
(i) Find f(-7) andMa)

(ii) Prove that f\d b

(iii) Prove that f(a)= f - ; Bish ce rae:

Solution. Given f(x)=x+2. Bangalore 7 560 QA2.

() f(-7)=(-7)+4 =-75
a VS eke #125 8
tala ee ae
4

dy f(e*) se eLaLus
R.H.S=|f(b - 2=(b+31)en! ee
b anid b°
*. L.H.S = R.H.S. Hence proved.

(iii) L.H.S= f(a)=a+—

RHS=f(t)+2++=1ea,
a
-- L.H.S =R.H.S. Hence proved.

Question 17. The function f and g are defined as follows:

f:x7 1-2x, gx.

Find the values of(i) £(3) (ii) a5).

Solution.
(1) fix 1-2x
= f(x)=1-2x
- f(3)=1-2.3=-5.
bee 4
(2x —> =
120 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Question 18. A mapping fis defined by f:(x,y) > (x +y,x-y). Find (/) f (2,0) (ii) f(-1,-2).
Solution. Given _f':(x,y) >(x+y,x-y)
=> #(x,y)=(x+y,x-y)
OA 0) =(2+0,2-0)
(i)
f (2,0)=(2,2)
ot 1,-2) =(-1-2,-1-(-2))
(ii)
fl=1,—2) =(-3;1)
Question 19. A function fis defined on the set of integers as follows:
1+x, i x <2
f(x) ={2x-1, 2<x<4
3x-10, 4<x<6
(i) Find the domain of the function.
(ii) Find the range of the function.
(iii) Find the value of f(4).
(iv) State whether fis one-one or many-one function.
Solution.
(’) Domain
= {1,2,3,4,5}
(ii) f(x)=1+x, x e{i} f(x)=2x-1, x €{2,3}
f()=14+1=2, f(2)=2x2-1=3
f(3)=2x3-1=5
flx)=3x=10, x e{4;5}
f(4)=3x4-i0=2
f(5)=3x5-10=5.
“. Range
= {2,3,5}.
(iii) f(4)=3x4-10=2
(iv) fis many-one function since the elements of 1 and 4 of domain of fhave the same image 2.

Question 20. Let f(x) ==

. \ >? —:

=, x #2, x ER, find the value of f(s)

x- f (4)
2
Solution. f(x) = a ,xX#2,x ER
Functions oe

(
Question 21. Given f(x) =x° —-1, findx is f(x) =215.
[Link] f(x)=x’ —land f(x) =215.
> 215=x°-1
> 216=x

= (x)’ =(6)"
=> x=6.

Question 22. Given A ={-2,-1,0,1,2} and B={-3,-1,1,5}. List the elements of S = {(x,y):
y=2x* —3,x €A, xe B}. Is S a function? If so, classify it.

[Link] A ={-2,-1,0,1,2}
B = {-3,-1,1,5}
y=2x’ -3, heen

when x=-2, y=2(-2) -3=5

TT Me nee Oe | crak ee
x=0, y=2.0-—3=-3
x=1, y=2.1’ -3=-1
x=2, y=2.2’-3=5
- § = {(-2,5),(-1,-1),(0,-3),(1,-1),
(2,5)}.
Yes, S is a function because every element of the set A, has an unique image in set B.
This function is many-one into function.

2 : itn 21
Question 23. Given f\x)= ; ve s( a
x

Solution. ¥2(x) =>3

122 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

Question 24. Given f(x) =x* +4x.

(i) Find the values of (3) and f(-1).
(ii) Find the values of (3(3)- f(-1).
Solution. f (x) =x’ +4x
(i) f(3)=3’ +4.3=21
f(-)=(-1)' +4(-1) =-3
(ii) £(3)=37 +4.3=21, f(-1)=(-1) +4(-1I)=-3
f(3)- f(-1) = 21-(-3) = 24.
Question 25. The domain is given by the formula f (x) =144- 16x’. Calculate £(2). Also find the
value of xwhen f(x) =0.
Solution. Given f(x) =144-16x"
f (2) =144-16.2’
f (2) =144-64 =80
Given f(x) =0.
> 144-16x’ =0
=> 16x’ =144
=> x’? =9
— eo +3
”. When f(x) =0, then x = +3.

; Re 2
Question 26. A function is defined by f(x) = +2*=1
2% , eR. Find the value of f(2) +1,
xt+1 ° f(-3)
Solution. Given (x)= Be
3x" +2x-=|
a je
wee #Z.2=1 _12+4-12
f(2)= 2+1 as 3
3(-3)' +2(-3)-1_ 27-6-1 20
3) Sage ey = 20
J(2)
f\-3)* Ce:
=
5 +! eae71 +1 1

Question 27. The domain and range of a function f(x) = S41 are subsets of A and B
respectively,
Live
where A = {-7.0.3 oe 6
37> y and B= {-
—5,0,4 5iS; si} List the elements of the function as ordered pairs.

Solution. Given f(x) = aa 1

Domain is the subset of A = {709-5}

 unctions 123

Range is the subset of B = {-$0,43,5,53|

2 2
Domain Range
1
lfx=-->, f(x)=341

i{-}) = -6+1=-5, which is a subset ofB.

.. The first ordered pair = {-3.-s}

Ifx =0, FO)= {+ 1 > indeterminate, which is not a subset of B.

_27,
Ifx= 2)
1{F)=3+ eee which
1=54, whichs is a subsetof B
4 a cemteily ip SA
“. The 2™ ordered pair = 375 :

_6
Ifx=—, ie
s($)- 6 +1=4-, Se ere
which is a subset of B.

. The 3" ordered pair = ($.43).

Ifx=1, JQ) =3+1=4,

which is not a subset ofB.
. | Li soe
.. Elements of function are {(-3. 5}(3.53) ($.45)} fe-4
Question 28. Given f(x+1) =3x+5, evaluate (i) f(-2); (ii) f(2x).
Solution. Given f(x+1)=3x+5
a JS (¥4+1)) =3x4+3+2
—. S (x+)1I=3(x4+1)
+2
(i) f(++) =3(x4+1)
+2
Sf(-2) =3(-2)+2 =-4
(ii) f(2x) =3(2x) +2 =6x+2.

Question 29. The diagrams below represent relations from X to Y. classify them as relations or
functions. If the relation is a function, classify it as 1 —- 1, many — 1.

(i) (ii)
124
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

|
Solution.
one y
(i) This is a function vertical line test shows that it cuts the graph in
; ;
point. It is one-one function.

2
1

rT. 2 34

(ii) This is not a function. Vertical line test shows that it cuts the curve in more
than one point. Hence it is a relation.

(iii) This is a function. vertical line test shows that it cuts the graph in one
point. it is many-one function.

Exercises
1. Determine the given relation is a function or not. Give reasons.

{(1,-3),(2,0),(3,3), (4,6)}
2. {(b,1),(a,2),(c,3),(d,2)}
(i) Find the domain and range of the relation.
(ii) Is the relation a function?
3. Given f(x)=—9 5 #45, find £(0), #(-3), £(3). Is £(3)+F(-3)= F(0).
4. If f(x)=x* -9, find £(6), (2) and f(3). Is £(2)x f(3)= £(6)?
5. If f(x) =a”. Prove that S (m+n) = f(m). f(n).

6. If f(x)= ae find (i) (2) (ii) £(0) (iii) a

Functions
125

ed *3 T(x) = V¥x+3-3 x € R, find the value of (i) f(1) (ii)

f (13).
8. Given f:x > 3x-2, where x € {3,4,5}

(‘) List the elements of 7

(ii) Give the expression for f(x)
(iii) Is fa function?

9. A={-3,-2,2,3} and f = {=} x ca|

2

(i) List the domain of f,

(ii) List the range of f.
(iii) Is fa function?
10. A function is defined on the set of integers as follows:
2x=l, Isx<3
f(x)= an. 35%<4
2x+l1, 4<x<6

(i) Find the domain of function.

(ii) Find the range of function.
(iii) Find the value of £(3).
(iv) State whether fis one-one or many-one function.
11. Let the function
f: R > R.
x+1, if x>3

f(x)={2x-1, if -3<x<3
3x+2, if x <-3

Find (i) £(0) (i) f(1) Git) £(-4) Ge) £(5)- F(-5).
12. Given f(x) = x’ -1, find x if f(x) = 63.
13. If (a,2) and (5,5) are ordered pairs which belong to the mapping f : x — 5x — 1, where x € R,
find a and b.
14, If f(x) =x? —4 and domain of f = {-2,-1,1,2}, find () range of f (ii) f(-2)x f(2).
15. Given A = {22}. B= {-6,-1,0,1,6} List the elements of

R= {(x,y)|x eA, yEB, y= 2x? -2}.

Is R a function, if so classify it.

16. If A={-1,0,1,2,3}, B={-7,-4,-1,2,5,7} and R = {(x, yx € A, y €B, andy =2 -3x},
(i) List the elements of R.
(ii) List the domain and range of R.
(iii) Is the relation a function, if so classify it.
126 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

17, A={-5,-1,1,5} and f = {(«.3} x <4}

(i) List the elements of f-
(ii) List the domain and range of f-
(iii) Is fa function?

18, A={-3,-2,2,3} and f = {=} x ca|

(i) List the elements of f.
(ii) List the domain and range of f..
(iii) Is fa function?
19. Function ‘f is defined by f: x > 4x’ +1, x ER.
(i) Express ‘f as a set of ordered pairs using set builders notation.
(ii) Is ‘f a one-one function?
(iii) Find the image of — 2 under
20. A mapping fis defined by f(x,y) > (2x+y, 2x—y). Find
() f(3,0)
(ii) f(-2,-3).
21. Given f: RR is definedby f(x) = x* —4x-3; find the images of x-—1 and x +1.
22. R is a relation such that R = {(x,2x), l<#<5;xe N} . Find
(i) The domain and range of R.
(ii) Is R a function? Give reasons for your answer.

235. % ={yly = x+2, x,yeEN, r<[Link]

(i) The domain and range of this relation

(ii) Is this relation a function? If so, state whether it is one-one or many-one.
24. Given f(x) =9-4x?. Find
(i) f(-2) ~~ (ii) f(-3)« £(43) (iii) x such that f(x) =0.
25. Given f(x) =x? —3, g(x) =x? +x-2, x ER. Find
2 +3
() aS ) f(-1)-g(-2) (iii) f (0) x g(0).
26. If f(x) = mx +c, where m and c are integers, f(-2) = —5 and J () =4, find m and c.
27. Given f(x) = sinx, g(x) =cosx, find

(i) 7 ao )
(ii) £(45°)g (45°).
g(60°)
28. If f(x) =tanx +cotx, g(x) = secx+cosecx. Find
Functions
127

~ JC)
@ g(x)
(ii) £(30")g(30°).
29. Given f(x)=x?,xeER
(‘) Find the range of the function
ee)
(ii) ~—f(-2)
3)

30. Given A ={-1,1,0,2,4} and f ={(x,y)|y =x? -x-2, x eA}, find the range off
31. If F@)=x
f(x)=x? --Lpr? Ly
¥ #0,show that/(x)+4(2 )=0.

32. Let the function f: R->R, f(x) (sr “ha

D x

@ f()
(ii) f(-2)
Gi) f(0)

(iv) (3).
33. If A= 1-3-7. 0127) and f = {(x, y)ly =x’?-l,x <A}, find the range of 7

34. If f(x) =x? —2x+1, find for what values ofx,f(x) = f(2x-1).
35. If f(x) = x? +4x+5, solve the equation f(x) = f(x+1).

Answers
— . Yes, it is a function because no two of their ordered pairs have the same first component.
N _ (i) Domain = {a,b,c,d}, Range ={1,2,3} (ii) Yes, it is a function.
S25
3. —[ 4” 4” No.

4. 27, -5, 0, No.

6. OF (i) -14 Gi) -15.

~ _()-1 (ii) 1.
8. (i) {(3,7),(4,10),(5,13)} (i) f(x) =3x-2 ii) Yes.
9. (i) (-3,-2,2,3) (ii) {3.4} (iii) Yes
10. (i) {1,2,3,4,5} (ii) {1,3,6,9,11} (iii)6 (iv) One-one function.
11. (i) -1 (ii)1 (ii) -10 (iv) 19.
128 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

12. 4.
3
ES: a ==,5°? b=24.

14. (i) {0,-3} (ii) 0.

35. R= {(-2,6), (-1,0), (1,0), (2,6)}. This is a function and it is many one into function.

16. (i) R={(-1,5), (0:2); (ts). (2,-4), (3,-7)}

(ii) Domain = {—1,0,1,2,3}, Range = {5,2,-1,-4,-7}

(iii) It is a function, one-one into function.
1 1
17. (i) s={(-5-4) (-1,-)), (1D, (5.3)}

(ii) Domain= {-5,-1,1,5}, Range= 1-3 -1,13| 5’

(iii) Yes, it is a function.

18. coy r={(3.Z)

fad( 3.21) (2-4)
{2-1 (23)
1) (225)
(3,1

Ee
(ii) Domain=I5 {-3,- 2,2,3}, Range=|
{.1=p 2a
PEs
(iii) Yes, it is a function.
19. (i) f= {oxy =4x7+1,x eR}.

(ii) No, because +1 and —1 have the same image 5.

.. This is not one-one-function.
(iii) f (-2) =17.
20. (i) (6,6) Gi) (-7,-1).
21. x? ~6x+2, x?-2x-6.
22. (i) Domain= {2,3,4}, Range= {4,6,8}.
(ii) R is a function because each element of the domain has a unique image in codomain.
a5. ({) Domain = yay; Range = {3} :
(ii) This is a function and it is many one function.

24. (i) -7 (ii) 729 (iii) x = 41.

onI (+ (ii) -2 (iii) 6.
26. m=3,c=1

eA (1 a4.2
28. () a
SiINX+COSx
ai >(+3).
Functions
129

29. (i) Range is the set of all + ve real numbers, because square of any real number is positive.
Cae |
(ii) 3

30. {-2,0,10}.
32. (4) 40 (ii) -6 (iii) -4 (iv) 34.
33. {-1,0,3,8}.
34, x=].

i hoeia
25:
 Chapter 6

Linear Inequalities in One Unknown

Statements are kinds of sentences which we have to use to convey our thoughts to others. In English
language, words grouped together and which make complete sense form sentences. In mathematics,
numbers and symbols could make complete sense and so form sentences. For ex, 2+3=5,8-2=6,7<12,
etc. are sentences.
Consider the following sentences some of which are mathematical sentences.
1. Bombay is a big city.
2. Bangalore is the Capital of India.
Sta< 22.
4. 7 is an even number.
5. 54+3=8.
6-x4+2=9:
Here sentences 1, 3, 5 are true, sentences 2, 4 are false and sentence 6 is neither true nor false as x is
not specified.
A sentence that is either definitely true or definitely false is called a statement. Hence sentences 1 to 5
are statements, but 6 is not a statement.
- A sentence that is neither true nor false is called an open sentence.
In sentence 6, if we write 7 in place of x, it becomes a true sentence.
Another example: x+4>6.
If x takes a value from the set {3,4,5,6, me is then this sentence is true.
The set from where x can take values is called replacement set.
A sentence which says that two things are equal is called an equal.

For ex: (i) 1+x=3 (ii)3x+2=8 (iii) = 5

A sentence which says that one thing is not equal to another is called an inequality.
Symbols used for inequality are +, <, >, >, <.
Ex: (()x>3 (ii) 4x < 11 (iii)x #4 (iv) 2x +125.
An open sentence which yields a true statement for any value of its variable is called an identity.
Ex: (i) 2(x+2)=2x+4 (ii) (x + 1) - («+2)4+2(x4+ 1)=2x41 «»
Linear Inequalities in One Unknown
13]
In solving an in equation following rules to follow
:
: |. Adding to or subtracting from both sides of an ine quality any non zero number
produces and
equivalent inequality.
:
Re) 9 <6 (ii)
3<6
3+2<6+2 329 6.5
$<8 1<4

2. Multiplying or dividing both sides of an inequality by the same positive number produces
an
equivalent inequality.

3x3<6x3 Eee:
ce
9<18 E=<9
3. Multiplying or dividing both sides of an inequality by the same negative number produces an
inequality with its direction reversed.
Ex (i) 3<6 (ii)
3<6
3x eex-2 4<4
—6 >-12 = ee

Graphical representation: (on a real number line)

A real number line cane be used to represent the solution set of an equality.
The convention is that O (a hollow circle) marks the end of a range with inequality i.e. > or < and (a
darkened circle) marks the end of a range involving an inequality as well as 2 or <.
For Ex:

(i) x>3,xER =e, 3 =2 = 0.1. 2.-3\ 054

(ii) x >3,;4ER =—s) 4-3 2. +50 1-2 323

(iii) -2<x<3,xeER seh. 3 -2° -1 2 1 2 See

(iv) -3<x<2,xEN Sees, <3 -2 =f ye 2) Ss

=e 3. 2 i 2 ce
(v) -l<x<4,xEW

(vi) -3<x<4,x€z ee 3. 2 = I 2 3

Illustrative Examples
n set on the number line.
Example 1. Solve the following in equation and represent the solutio
3x+222x+3,xeER.

Solution. 3x4+22>2x+3.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class
132

= 3x —2x 23-2.
—~ x21
“. Solution set = {xix 21,xeE R}
++} + + + + SS SSS >
-5 -4 -3 2-1 O ] 2 3 4 5

Example 2. Find the solution set of the following in equation and represent it on number line.
5(x-3)2£(6-22), xR.
:
Solution.
l AY
5 —3)> 5 (6-2x)

= 3(x-—3)
> 4(6-2x)
=> 3x-9>24-8x
= 3x+8x >24+9
=> 11x > 33
=> x.> 3
-. Solution set = {x:x >3,x € R}
ee
—-S —-4 3 2-1 0 ] 2 3 4%
Example 3. Find the solution set of the following in equation and represent the solution on number
line.

3B <2th vel.
Solution. Sey <a xel
2 yas
=> 6x-4<x+]
— 6x-—x<1+4
— 5x <5
= :
an |
~. Solution Set = {x:x <l,x € I}.

5. -ee=3- 2 =-1- 0 JF 2 3 4: &

Example 4. Find the solution set of the following in equation 3(x- 1)<2x41, xe/. Represent the
solution set on number line.
Solution. 3(x-1)<2x4+1l, xe]
—_ 3x-3<2x+]
= 3x -2x<1+3 -
= x<4

.. Solution Set = {x:x <4,xe/}.

Linear Inequalities in One Unknown
| 133

Example 5. Find the solution set of the following in equation ot Ls 5<x+l, x EN. Represent the
Olution set on number line.

Solution. seated sett, xEeN

= 3x-1+1<2x+2
=> 3x-2x<2
=> 2s 2
~. Solution set = {x:x <2, xe N}.

-$ -4 -3 +2 -1 O 1 2 3

Example 6. P={x:3x+5<7x-l,xeN}, QO= {x:x+3 > 3(x-2), x e N}. Find the solution set of
i) P and Q, (ii) P{\Q (iii) Hence represent P(Q on the number line.
Solution.
() P={x:3x+5<7x-1,x EN}.
3x+5<7x-1
=> 6<7x-3x
=> 6<4

= Ib<x

= >i.
2
+ P={2,3,4,5,.....}.
Q={x:x+32>3(x-2), xeN}

x+323(x-2)
=> x+32>3x-6
=e eee
=> 4E>%
=> xs4i
- 9={1,2,3,4}
(i) PNQ={2,3,4}
ii) 5S 432-10 1 2 3
the solution on the number line
Example 7. Solve the following inequation and represent
2x4+5<5x4+4<54x-2,xER.

Solution. 2x+5<x+4<4x-2,xeR.
Given inequation has two parts :
2x+5<x+4 and x+4<4x-2
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
134

> 2x-x<4-5 and 4+2<4x-x

= x<-l and 6<3x

= x<-l and DSS

= ro...

-. Solution Set = {x:-1 >x2>2,xE R}.

qa KO
Example 8. List the elements of the solution set on the number line of the in equation :
—3<x-2<9-2x,xEN.
Solution. —3<x-2<9-2x,xEN
Given inequation has two parts :
-3<x-2 and x-2<9-2x
=> —34+2<x and x+2x<9+2
> -l<x and 3x 540
=> x <34
“ -1<x<32,xEN
.. Solution Set = {1,2,3}.

Suggested Questions

Question 1. If the replacement set is {0, 1,2,3;ane what is the solution set of 2x +3 >17.
Solution. 2x+3217
=> 2x = 17-3
—. 2x>14
— ce7

Solution set = {7, 8, 9}.

Question 2. If the replacement set {—2,-1,+1,+2,44,+5, +9}, what is the solution set of 2x —5>10.
Solution. 2x-5>10
= 2x >10+5
= be
> 15

a x>7s

.. Solution Set = {9}.

Question 3. Find out the truth set of the following open sentence, replacement set
is given :
2(x-
<1, x
3)e{1,2,3,...,10}
Linear Inequalities in One Unknown
135

Solution. 2(x-3)<1
> 2x-6<1
= 2x<7
=> x<31
~. Solution Set = {1,2,3}.

Question 4. If x ¢{x:-S < x <+5 and x €/}, find the truth set of 7x? +2 > x(7x +2).
Solution, 7x’? +2>x(7x+2)
> Tx’ +2>7x’>
+2x
=> 222x
> lax
> xs)
-. Truth Set is = {-4,-3,-2,-1,0,1}.
Question 5. P is the solution set of 8x-—1>5x+2 and Q is the solution set of 7x —2 > 3(x +6), where
x €N. Find the set PQ.
Solution.
Ee: 8x-l>5x+2,xEN
=> 8x-Sx>2+1
= 5x>3
= ak:
“. Solution set of P = {2,3,4,...}.

7x-2>3(x+6),xEN
Tx-22>3x+18
4x 220
UU?
U bp A
. Solution Set of Q = S072}
-. The Set PNQO= {5,6,7,...}.
Question 6. List the solution set of 3x-5<+(2x+1), x €W.
Solution. 3x-5<+(2x+1), x EW.
= 3x-S<x+4
= 3x-x<5+4
= 2x<tt
= x<22
-, Solution Set = {0,1,2}.
136 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

is always greater than

Question 7. Statement: “The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle
the length of its third size.”
Let x, x + 1, x + 2 be the lengths ofthe three sides ofthe triangle.
(i) Write down the three in equations in x each of which represents the given statement.
(ii) List the set of possible values of x which satisfy all the three in equations obtained in your
answer to part (i) above, given that x is an integer.
Solution. Given x, x + 1, x + 2 be the length of 3 sides of a triangle.
(i) Sum of any two sides is greater than third side :
.. Three in equations are:
(a) (x)+(x+1)>x+2
(b) (x+1)+(x+2)>x
(c) (x+2)+x>x+41
(ii) (a)x+x+1>x+2
Saxe > 2— |
=> 1
(6) x+1l+x+2>x
=a xX. > —3
>a —3
(c) x+24+x>x+1
=> 2x-x>-l
Sx bh.
Set of possible values of x which satisfy (a), (6) & (c), where x €/ is {2, 3,4, a3

Question 8. Find the solution of the in equation 2 <2 P-—3<S. Hence graph the solution set on the
number line.
Solution, 2<2P-3<S
The given inequation has two parts.
2<2P-3 and 2P-3<5
= 5<2P and 12Pr Ss
— i SP. and P<4.,

-, Solution Set = {P:24.< P<4, PeR}.

_—
EET
5 —§ 3 +2 -1 O | 2 3 4. 23

Question 9. If x is a negative integer, find the solution set of :+ 5(x +1)>0.

Solution. ¢+ 7G +1)>0.
— 2+x+I1>0
—_ x>-3

“. Solution Set = {=-2,—1},

Linear Inequalities in One Unknown
137

Question 10. List the solution set of 30-4(2x — 1) < 30, given that x is a positive
integer.
Solution. 30—4(2x-1) <30
30-8x+4 < 30
—-8x <30-30-4
—-8x < -4

Y
YU
Y x>5l

.. Solution Set = maa

Question 11. Given x €{1, 2...., 9} find the values of xfor which -3<2x-1<x+4.
Solution, -3<2x-1l<x+4
The given inequation has two parts.
—3<2x-]1 and 2x-l<x+4
=> —34+1<2x and = 2x-x <4+41
= —2<2x and x <5
= =l<x
.. Solution is -l<x <5.
.. Solution set= {1, 2, 3, 4}.

Question 12. Given A = {xlx eland-4<x< a}. Find the solution set of the following in equation
where x has the domain 4 : 2x — 3 <3. Graph the solution set on the number line.
Solution. Replacement Set A = {—4,-3,—2,-1,0,1,2,3,4}.
Given 2x — 3<3.
=> Beast 35
= Ze <6
—, e=S.
”. Solution Set= .=4 ee eee, 1, 2):

Be es ee ae ee ee

Question 13. Find the solution set of the in equation x+5<2x+3,xeER Graph the solution set on
the number line.
Solution. x+5<2x+3,xER
=> 5-3<2x-x
= ZX
— 5
ae
+, Solution Set is = {x:x >2, x € R}.

ees
he Oh 2 3. AS
138 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

—1 <2x+1<7. Re-
Question 14. If x € {Real numbers}, find the range of values of x for which
present the range on a number line.
Solution. xek
=['<2x+1<7,
This inequation has two parts.
sslesioy. + | and Det NSF
= -l-1<2x and 2x<7-1
=> —2<2x and 2556
=> -l<x and X's3
-. Solution is -l< x <3.
=> {x: Pees x eR}.

—
EEE
SS
4 3 72-1 O.1 =~. 3 40S

Question 15. If x € {real numbers} and —1 <3—2x <7, evaluate x and represent it on a number line.
Solution. -1<3-2x<7,xeER.
This inequation has two parts :
=> -1<3-2x and 3-2x<7
=> -1-3<-2x and —2x<7-3
= -4<-2x and —2x <4
=> ae IS and x2-2
.. Range
of x is-2<x<2.
.. Solution Set is {x :-2 < x <2, x eR}
————
ESE Ee
5 ~o25-2 =! 0° Toes 4 5S

Question 16. A = {x =L<x Saar eR}, B= {x :4<x<3,xe R}. Represent (i) A{)B (ii) A‘NB
on different number lines.

Solution. A={x:-l<x<5,xeR}
B={x:-4<x<3,xeR}
EE
(i) ANB={x :-l<x<3,xeR} -$ =a 2. -) ea oy
—_+—_+_ >

ate ——_—
EE
(ii) A'NB={x :-4<x<-1, x eR}. 5-3-2 -1 0 PF 2 3 64S
Question 17. Solve the in equation and represent the solution on the number line

“7 <-F+1s, xR.

Solution. -£<-X41 <é, x ER.

This in equation has two parts.
Linear Inequalities in One Unknown
139

~£<-341 and 41s

> —2<-x+3 and —-x+3<2
> -2-3<-x and —-x<2-3
> —-S<-x and -x<-l
= x<5 and x21
“. Range
of x is l1< x <5.
~. Solution is = {x:1<x<5,xe€ R}.

—e
EEE
=e= <5 =e eee, | 2 eee |S

Question 18. Find the range of values of x which satisfies -22 < x+4<31, x © R. Graph these values
of x on the number line.
Solution. -22<x+i<31,xeER
Given in equation has two parts :
—22<x+t and x+i<3l
> —$<x+i and x+i<#
= —8<3x+1 and 3x+1<10
=> —-9<3x and 3x <9
—s —3<x and x<3
”. Range
of x is -3<
x <3.
. Solutionis {x--3<% <3, x eR}.

cEes She! eT as ee ee Oe” eee

Question 19. Find the range of values of x, which satisfy the inequality : -2 < ak4 l< , x eR.
Graph the solution set on the number line.

Solution. -1<#541<4, x ER.

This inequation has two parts:

-2< 441 and 3h41<2

= —2 <3x+10 and 3x+10<4

— -12 <3x and 3x <-6
= 4<x and x<-2
e xis 4<x<-2.
”. Rangof
-. Solution Set={x :-4<x< -2, x eR}.

eee eee, WO 2 Se oe «CS

140 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

l e R. Graph these values

Question 20. Find the range of values of x, which satisfy -t <x-li< 67
of x on the real number line.
: l l xER
Solution. -zsx-l5<¢:
Given inequation has two parts :

-iSx It and x-15<¢

=> “gaa Ley s-4 and x 4.1

3 <6

= -1<3x-4 and 6x-8 <1

= 3<3x and 6x <9
= l<x and x<1i+
.. The range of values of xis 1< x <1}.
.. Solution Set= {x rs x <5, eR}.
a
ooo
-S5 -4 +3 2-1 O 1132-53 ae

:- 2
Question 21. Find the values of x, which satisfy the in equation —2 < 773% 12, x € N. Graph the
solution set on the real number line.

Solution. -2<5- <li, xen

Given in equation has two parts :

-2<5-2 and 5-2 <12

= -12<3-4x and 3-4x<11

=> -15<-4x and 4x <8

=> B ae and x2-2

=> 322% and = x2-2

“. Solution Set = {1,2,3}.

5 + +3594 =5; 02 oor eS

Question 22. The diagram represents two in equations 4 and B on real number lines
(1) Write down A and B in set builder notation.
(ii) Represent AM B and 47 B' on two different number lines.

S$ -—4 -¥ 2 =] 0 1 F* aera s
Linear Inequalities in One Unknown
14]
Solution:
(i) A={x: -2sx<4}, B={x:1<x<7}
(ii) ANB

An B' SS fe =o ml eg gegg

Question 23. Given P={x : 5<2x-1< 11, x eR}, Q={x: -1<$3+4x<23, x e/} where R =
(real number), / = (integers). represent P and Q on number lines. Write down the elements of PQ.
Solution. Given P={x: 5<2x-1<11,xeR}

Q={x: -1<$3+4x<23, xe/}

P: 5<2x-1; 2x-1<11; xeER
= 6<2x; p>oO V)
= Say x <6; xeER
P={3<x<6,xeR}

2 lL 2 2534S... 6

oO: -1<53+4x; 3+4x <23; xel

— —4<4x; 4x <20
— -l<x; <5
Q={-lsx<5, x el}

PNOQ={4}.
ie ee ae

Question 24. State whether the following statements are true or False.
(i) Ifa>b, then a—c>b-c
(ii) If a<b, then ac<bc

(iii) Ifa>b, then 2,2

(iv) If a—c <b-d, then a+d <b +c, where a, b,c, d are real numbers, c #0.
Solution.
(i) True.
(Reason : Addition or subtraction of the same number to each side of an inequation results in an
equivalent inequation in the same sense).
(ii) False.
result is
(Reason : If both sides of an inequation are multiplied by the same positive number, the
an equivalent inequation in the same sense
the result in an
If both sides of an inequation are multiplied by the same negative number,
inequation in the opposite sense.
142 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

is true If c <0, then the

Hence ‘c’ can be + ve or — ve real number. If c > 0, then the statement
statement is false.
Hence it is a false statement).
(iii) False.
(Reason : If both sides of an inequation are divided by the same positive number, the result is an
equivalent inequation in the same sense.
If both sides of an inequation are divided by the same negative number, the result is an
inequation in the opposite sense.
Hence ‘c’ can be + ve or — ve real number.
If c> 0, then the statement is true and c< 0, then the statement is false
Hence it is a false statement).
(iv) True.
(Reason : Removing terms from one side of an inequation to the other, by changing their signs
results in an equivalent inequation in the same sense).

Exercises
Find the solution of the following :
1. 3x+1>7, x el.

2:

.10<x<l1l, xEN.
. x+1>7, x EN.
. 3x-1>4, x EN.
3x-5
5 >5, x ER.

. 28$x+357, xEN.
. 2x+l>x-4, x eR.
. 3x+2<11, xel.
2x-3
. —— $5, x EN.
3
Find the solution set of the following and represent it on the number line.
11. -6<3x<9, x ER.
12. 6-4x>3-3x, x eW.
13. 10 <(x-3)+3(5—x)<20, xeR.
14. 2x45 5 3y—3, xeR.

15. —-5s2x-3<x+2, xeER.

inear Inequalities in One Unknown
143

Answers
1. {3,4,5,6,...} 2. >
3. {10} 4. {7,8,9,10,...}
5. {2,3,4,5,...} 6. {x:x>5,xeER}
7. {1,2,3,4} 8. {x :x2-5, xeR}
9. {...-2,-1,0,1,2} 10. {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}

ll. {x :-2<x<3, x eR}

12. {0,1,2}

13. fx: -4<x<l,xeR}

14. {x:x<2,xeR}

15. {x: -1<x<5,xeR}

 Chapter 7

Graphs

Linear Equation in Two Variables :

A linear equation in two variables x and y is of the form ax + by + c = 0, where a, 5, c are real
numbers; a and b both being not zero.
‘@’ is the coefficient of x ‘b’ is the coefficient of y and c the constant term.
For ex: 2x — 3y + 4 = 0 is a linear equation in the two variables x and y.

To draw the graph of a linear equation, proceed as follows:

1. Make y as the subject of the formula i.e. write it in the form y = mx + c.
2. Select any three or four convenient values of x and find the corresponding values of y from the
equation y = mx + c.
. Construct a table of the ordered pairs.
. Choose a suitable scale for x-axis and y-axis. You may choose different scales for each axis.
. Plot the four ordered pairs on the cartesian plane (on graph paper).
W
ff
Nn . Draw a straight line passing through the points plotted on the graph paper.

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Draw the graph of the following li-
near equation 3x -— y=S.
Solution. 3x-y=5
 raphs
145
Example 2. Draw the graph of y = 2x+4. Use your
raph to find (7) the slope (ii) area between the line
and
he axes (ii/) find the value of ywhen x = —2
Solution. y=2x+4

(77) Area between the line and

the axes = + OA x OB
= >x4x2 sq. units.
(iit) When x = —2, y = 0, that is the point

Example 3. Use the table given along side, to obtain the linear equation and draw the graph of the line.
Find graphically the values of a and 6.
Solution. Choose two ordered pairs from the table
to find the slope of the line.
Let us take (0, 0) and (1, 2).

ps. |.° paar3

ee|. 0] SA
2-0
-. Slope(m) = ra a 2

Let the equation of the line be y = mx + c.

=< y—2xe (-.: m =2)
Since (0, 0) is a point on this line, it must satisfy the
equation
0=2x0+c
lei)
Equation ofthe line is y = 2x.
Through y = 4, draw a horizontal line to meet the graph of the straight line at P. Through P, draw a
vertical line which meets x-axis at x = 2.
a — 2.
Through x = 3, draw a vertical line to meet the graph of the straight line at Q. Through Q draw a
horizontal line which meets the y-axis at y = 6.
PD — 0.

Simultaneous Equations :
ons in two variables.
A pair of linear equations in two variables are known as a system of linear equati
A system of two linear simultaneous equatiouis is usually written as:
146 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

3x-y=4
3x—-y nd ond 3 ¢Zyod oe vie
The graph of a linear equation in two variables is a line. When we draw graphs of two such equations
on the same axes, we get two distinct lines in the same cartesian plane.
Any pair of lines in the same plane.
(i) may intersect in just one point
(ii) may intersect in an infinite number of points i.e. the line may coincide
(iii) may not intersect at all i.e. the lines may be parallel.
In figure (i) two lines AB and CD representing graphs of given equations
meet only at one point. So, these equations have only one common solution. Ifa A
system of equations has only one solution, it is called consistent.

In figure (ii), two lines AB and CD representing graphs of given equations do

not intersect each other at all i.e. they are parallel. So these equations have no c
common solution. If the system of equations has no solution, it is called
inconsistent.

Fig (i)

In figure (iii), two lines representing graphs of given equations coincide with y
each other. So, these equations have infinite number of common solutions. If a
system of equations has an infinite number of solutions, it is called dependent.

O x

Fig (iii)

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Using a scale of 1 cm to 1 unit for both the axes, draw
the graphs of the following
equations: 6y=5x+10; y=5x-15 .
From the graph find
(i) the coordinates of the point where the lines intersect
(ii) area ofthe triangle between the lines and the x-axis.
raphs 147

Solution. The given equations can be written :

6y =5x+10 y=5x-15
5 5
> Y= are y=5x-15

he
Table for y=Fx+3 a
Table for y =5x-15

poe
2 | es
Se aa
(‘) Two lines intersect at the point P(4, 5).
“. Solution of these equations is x = 4,
y=5.
(ii) Given lines intersect the x-axis at
points A (—2, 0) and B (3, 0).
Area of APAB = +x ABx PC
=+x5x5=12>[Link].

the graphs of y = 3x - 3 using x ag

Example 2. Using the scale of 1 cm = 1 unit on each axis, draw
+ 2y = 12 using x = 0 and x = 4. Write pet e
and x = 1. On the same axes, draw the graph of 3x
ate the area of the triangle formed by the lines
coordinates of the point of intersection of the lines. Calcul
and the x-axis.
Solution. Given equations are
; 3x+2y=12
y=3x=3
Be
= y=3x—-3 , ea ala
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
148

Two lines intersect at P(2, 3).

Ate =—2,y—3.
Area of the triangle formed by the lines and the x-
axis ie. APAB = + ABx PC =4x3x3=45 [Link].

=U =a7l SuuEe
eo0 Ceeeeseceesecee
eee ceces cecesesese

Example 3. Taking | cm to represent | unit on each axis, draw the graphs of the equations:
x+2y=7 and y-3x=1.
Solution. The given equations can be written as:
x+2y=7 ; y-3x=1

> y=-ix43 4 y=3x+l

Table for y=-5x+2 Table for y = 3x+1

Two lines intersect at the point P(0.7, 3.1).

.. The solution of given equations is x = 0.7,y= 3.1.
Graphs
149

Example 4. Solve graphically 2x — 3) = 4 and 3y-x=1,

Solution. The given equations can be written as :

Two lines intersect at P(5, 2).

.. Solution of the given equa-
tion is x = 5 and y=2.

Exampke 5. Solve graphically 3y — 2x = 7 and

5x + 3y =-7.
Solution.
150 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

5 7
= y=ix+d a ae

5
Table for y=-3x-=
7
Table for y= x +4

Two lines intersect at P (—2, 1).

x=-2,y=1.

Example 6. Find graphically the vertices of the triangle whose sides have equations 2y—x =8,
Sy—x=14 and y—2x =1 respectively. Take | cm = 1 unit on both axes.

Solution. The given equation can be written as:

2y-2=8 : Sy-x=14 : y-2x=1

> ak
yoaxt4 - sep!
Yager ; =
y=2x4l1

y fel
Table for = a xt4 9h 14
Table for y= -xt— Table for y=2x+1

te edOP oe ee ae ee
a eee
i ee eee ee
Graphs
15]

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Solve the followin
& System of equations graphically
both the axes taking | cm to represent | unit on

x-2y-4=0 and 2x+y-3=0.

Solution. The given equations can
be written as -
x-2y-4=0
: 2x+y-3=0.
=> y= A —2
: y=-2x+3

Table for y = sre . Table for y = -2x +3

Two lines intersect at the point P (2, -1).

‘. The solution of given equation is x = 2, y=-l.

Question 2. Solve the following equations graphically:

3x-2y=4, 5x-2y=0.

Solution. The given istions can be written as

ssf fda =4;
3x-2y 5x-2y=0

a => y= 2x

#55225s222 see’
sietzsitea!a? Table for y= 3x -2

Table for y = Dy
152 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Two lines intersect at the point p( 25);

+. The solution of given equation is x = -2, y= —5.
3 points for each straight
Question 3. Solve the following pair of equations graphically. Plot atleast
line. 2x—-Ty=6, 5x-8y=—-4.
Solution. The given equations can be written as
2x-7y=6 : 5x-8y=-4

22 £26 ’ yy,
33
8 x +
ae
2
— Vase 7 x 7

Table for y = qa
ES ; Table for Uae
arta

a rsssacbestitis
aaa Two lines intersect at P(—4,-2).
a. ae
senecsauesces
ie

seasssever tirseeirgesssaseeart its EB ‘. The solution of given equations

Settee .
stasseees
ffldl SHEEii
HH i Hh sii oeHy
sitaeTH rs oss sone
fet
ise33
©isx=—4 and y =-2.
te5 int fates ee cosas cesce

oer
ae HH H Ht seces
Seneces bese
tHe
TTTT

a eee ete +44

+
tad +4
see
+ tut edatee
te
bode
trdbhetee Ltiniit
FE9!
SPORE
POPS?

i oe
caine BE ee
iEl———SE3
HH Hts HHH HES Spee EER ERT|
Srsscesensceceessese
Question :ising the same axes of coordinates and the
same unit, solve graphically:
x+y=0, 3x-2y=10
(Take at least three points for each line).
Solution. The given equations can be written as
x+y=0 ; 3x-2y=10

=> y=-x yasx-5

Two lines intersect at P(2,-2).

. The solution of given equations is x = 2 andy = -2.
 153

Question5. Take | cm to represent 2 units on each axis

to draw the graphs of equations 4x —Sy = —4 and 3x= 2y-3
on the same graph sheet (same axes). Use your graph to find
the solution of the above simultaneous equations.
Solution. The given equations can be written as
4x-Sy=-4 : "3x=2y-3
4 4 3 3
=> ¥ ys—x+—
5 x+ 5 ; y pe ae5 + me?5

A: a ce me
Table
able fefor y =—=x+—
= s*ts ;.4 Table:for y=aeattsed

x —| 0 2 x -| 0 l

sdssssessssssssssessies PEE
Ee
©» Two lines intersect at P(—1, 0).
‘. The solution of given equations is x = —1 and y= 0.
Question 6. Solve graphically y—2x=-3,
2y+x=14. Plot atleast three points for each straight
line.
Solution. The given equations can be written as
y-2x=-3 : 2y+x=14

> y=2x-3 ; ya-hx+7

Table
for y=2x-3 ; Table for y=->x+7

Two lines intersect at P(4, 5).

‘. The solution of given equations is x = 4, y = 5.

Question 7. Solve graphically, the simultaneous

equations: 2x-3y=7, x+6y=I11.
Solution. The given equations can be written as
= 2x-3y=7 ; x+6y=11
154 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Two lines intersect at P(5,1).

-. The solution of given eq. isx =5, y= I.

Question 8. Solve the following equations graphically taking | cm = | unit on each axis:
4x+3y=5,x-2y=7
Solution. The given equations can be written as :
4x+3y=5 : sees
By ed|
4 5, ] 7
poh asst roca a eee anit rail)
Table for y=-2x+3 ; Table for y= 5x+57

Two lines intersect at P(—1, 3).

.. The solution of given equations isx= 1, y=3.

Question 9. Solve graphically the following equations x+y=-l, y-2x=-4. Take 1cm=1 unit on
each axis.
Graphs

Solution. The given equations can be

written as
x+y=-l : y-2x=-4
= y=-x-] : y=2x-4
Table for y=-—x-1 ; Table for y=2x-4

Two lines intersect at P(1,-2).

The solution of given equations is

Question 10. Solve graphically the following simultaneous equations : 3x- y= 7, 2x+Sy=—l.
Solution. The given equations can be written

3x-—y=7 : 2x+5y=-l

=> y=3x-7 ; >

_ a
es

Two lines intersect at P(2,-1).

+ The solution of given equations is x = 2,
y=-l.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
156

sees cececs AD
Question 11. Solve the following simultaneous
equations: 4x-y=5 , 5y-4x=7.
Solution. The given equations can be written as
4x-y=5 " S5y-4x=7.
4 7
— p=4x—5 : VB.

Table fory=4x-5 ; Table for y=tx+2

BES ORE eS i
i ren EE
Two lines intersect at P(2,3).
.. The solution of given equations is x = 2, y = 3.

ee

ssess
sse secce seseses
ec eeeee Geees ceaseese
@0 8e500 eeene secseses
esscecssas + ---

Question 12. Solve for x and y and verify the result.

y=-x+l1,2x=y-4
Solution. The given equations can be written as
y=-x+] ; 2x=y-4
3 y=-x+l ; y=2x+4
Table for y=-x+1 ; Table for y=2x+4

‘eis ec Peel ea Ge ee
eos OO Be PS ee es ee
Two lines intersect at P(—1,2).
“. The solution of given equations is x = —1, y = 2.
Verification of results.
Substituting x = —1, y =2, in the above equations.
yeax+i ; y=2x+4
LHS =2, LHS =2,
RHS = -x + | RHS
= 2x +4
a Fhe =2x-1+4=2
LHS
= RHS.
Solution satisfies both the equations.
G raphs 157

Question 13. Solve the following simultaneous equations graphically: x+3y =8, 3x=2+2y.
Solution. The given equations can be writ- a PEE
: eeecceeseseecesases
ten as

x+3y=8 : 3x=2+2y.
= y = } 68
——3*t3— >. —_
y=5x
3 AS 1

Table for y=-3x+$ 3

: Table for y=>x-1

ES SURES) BEE
aoe} 2| El
Two lines intersect at P(2, 2).
.. The solution of given equations is x = 2,
y=2.

Question 14. Use graph paper for this question.

Take 1 cm = 2 units on both axes.
(i) Draw the graph of x+ y+3=0 and 3x-2y+4
= 0. Plot only three points per line.
(ii) Write down the co-ordinates of the point of
intersection of the lines.
(iii) Measure and record the distance of the point of
intersection of the lines from the origin in cm.
Solution.
(i) x+y+3=0
“=> y=-x-3

(ii) P(-2, —1) is the point of intersection of the lines.

(iii) Distance OP = 4.5 cm.
66060600005 Geeeeeeees saenecee 2880888 s2e88
682600 00008 Cenceceeceseessae Seeeeee seca
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
158

Take 2cm = 2unit on x-axis and 2cm= lunit on y-

Question 15. Use graph paper for this question.
axis. Solve graphically the following equations
3x+5y=12; 3x—S5y+18=0.
(Plot only three points per line).
Solution. 3x+5y=12 3x—-5y
+18 =0
ee. eee | ad 6 |ee

afte X- axis > 2cm = 2 unit

geese Bg
soggs
ong
geese bagegarscsseese

tae
die
itinte
fads
SHIRiiitt
GieHid
iasas
BE
depo
iadsgitiiiel ial a
aah

AEH
sii
;
be
3555525555
SHEE
oo
HSHE
EEE
| Setiarsead
Bu
Se eee He
e 994 bugebotoed
pipat

acta = Use a graph paper for this question. Draw graphs of x + y+2 =0 and 3x-—4y=15 on the
same axis. Use 2cm = lunit on both axes and plot only three poi i
: : gee ee ene Ona
of the point of intersection of the lines.
Solution. x+y+2=0 3x-4y=15
 SSEESSESS
eusceas SSEE5 S550 SESS
saasusssss SSSSS SSE" T2248
saseasasesanee, SESEEESESS SEEESSSSES
cscsseassaness ESTsJones
easeceaseGases Desstatans Stee
SEEEE SESESEBSES Seseessess sesessosee SSSES
stees FSEESCGSNS cnsesseaes SUPESESSSS Sas8¢SSSG5
Fuses sabegeease sosasange saaszaeaas fusgzstass see.”
seussauues suagetress ses tees?
sofz34 (S82 855%
a

Exerc ses
ssssscees
a5

Solve graphically the following equations:

2es8
:
ace
as ieess sea
rH
rH
a sean

14+y;x+2y= s
14
| haeS's —-y=5;x= —3y+6

y=1; 2x+3y =-8

2x-3y= 9
hae:

2x, 2y.+%
x
2. x+3y= 20; ?

7 Me
>
4. x+y=

6. y+3
5. Se
ae
Graphs
160 A Textbook of Mathematics for ClassX

7. 3x-y=-4; y+4=-Sx
8. y-x+2=0; x-2y=4
9. 2x+3y=8; x+2y=5
10. 5x+2y =-13; 7x +26=5Sy

Answers
l. x=3, y=l 2a e, y= 4 3. x=-l, y=-2 4. x=6, y=1
5. x=5, y=l 6. x=4 y=5 oS =-L we 8 x=0, y=
9. x=], y=2 10. x=-3, y=1
 Chapter 8

Problems Based on Quadratic Equations

A Quadratic equation in one variable is an equation in which the highest power of the variable is the
second.
2 : ° . .
Ex: 2x” +5x—3=0 is a quadratic equation in x.
The standard form of a quadratic equation in one variable is ax” +bx +c = 0, where x is a variable and
a, 6, c are known as constants.
Every quadratic equation always gives two values for its variable and these values are known as the
roots of the equation.
Therefore every quadratic equation has two roots.
To solve a quadratic equation four steps are given below:
Step 1. Express the given equation in the form ax’ +bx+c =0.
Step 2. Factorise.
Step 3. Put each factor = 0.
Step 4. Solve each resulting equation.
Ex: 2x’ +2 =5x
Step 1. 2x —5x+2=0
Step 2. (2x-1)(x-2) =0.
Step3.2x-1=0;x-2=0

Step 4. xan 5222,

Also to solve problems leading to quadratic equations four steps are given below:
ais
Step 1. Translate the word problem into the symbolic language, using one variable
Step 2 Form a quadratic equation in terms of x.
Step 3 Solve the equation
Step 4 Interpret the solution of the equation.

Illustrative Examples
: ’ em Wy oor
Find the number.
Example 1. The sum of anumber and its reciprocal is a
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
162

Solution. Let the number be x.

‘ See |
.. Its reciprocal = us

According to the given condition,

ae
ee
1d
a
4x’ +4=17x
4x” -17x+4=0
4x’ -16x-x+4=0
4x(x-4)-1(x-4)=0

(x-4)(4x
-1) =0
x-4=0 or 4x-1=0

ph
eae
egy
Dp
Y =
x=4or at
4"

Number is 4 or i.

Example 2. The ratio of the length and breadth of a rectangular field is 9 : 5. If the area of the field is
1125 sq.m., find it's dimensions.
Solution. Given ratio of |: b:: 9:5
Let the length and breadth be 9x m and 5x m.
According to the given condition,
9x x 5x =1125
= 45x’ =1125
PONS
=> x = 45 =25

=> ee ei,
. x = 5 (neglect —ve value)
.. Length = 9 x 5 = 45 m, breadth = 5 x 5 =25 m.

Example 3: The sum of two numbers is 15. If the sum of their reciprocals is = find the two
numbers.
Solution. Let the number be x.
.. Other number = 15 — x
According to the given condition,
|, ie
x 15—-x10
= _3
Ws=x+x
x(iS—x) 10

— Se
15 ee 3
ei5—x) 10
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
163

3x(1S5—x)=150
—x’ +15x =50
x’ -15x+50=0
x’ -10x-5x+50=0
x(x-10)-5(x-10)=0
(x-10)(x-5)=0
x-10=0 or x-S=0
tod
de
et
od x=10o0r5S.
.. If one number is 10, then the other number is 5.
If one number is 5, then the other number is 10.
.. The required numbers are 5, 10.

Example 4. Three numbers are in the ratio .

. . If the sum of their squares is 644, find the
W|— Ov
|—
Unr|—
numbers.

Solution. Given ratio of three numbers as

Ww
|— |
— an|—
= L623
Let the numbers be 10x, 6x and 5x.
According to the given condition,
(10x) + (6x) +(5x)’ = 644

100x? +36x* +25x*

=644
l61x =644
fee
161
ghd
Gs x=+ 2.
“. x =2 (neglect —ve value )
.. Numbers are 20, 12, 10.

Example 5. A two digit number is such that the product of the digits is 12. When 36 is added to this
number the digits interchange their places. Determine the number.
Solution. Let unit’s place digit be x
Ten’s place digit be y.
.. Two digit number = 10y + x
When the digit are interchanged, then the new number = 10x + y
Given product of digit = 12
xy=12 — (i)
=>
Also 1l0y+x+36=10x+y
=> 10y—y =10x-x-36
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
164

y 9y = 9x —36
— (i)
y y=x=—4
“. From (i)and (ii), we get
x(x-4)=12

x’ —49=12=0
x’ -6x+2x-12=0
x(x -6)+2(x-6)=0
(x-6)(x+2)=0
x-6=0;x+2=0
uUY
YYUU x=6 or —2
x =6 (neglect —ve value)
i a
.. The two digit number = 10 x 2 + 6 = 26.
Example 6. The sides of right angled triangle are x —1, x and x +1. Find the sides of the triangle.
Solution. Sides of right angled triangle are x —1, x and x + 1. Since x +1 is the longest side,
.. It is hypotenuse A
.. By Pythagoras Theorem,
x? +(x-1) =(x+1) \
yee eee =x" +2590
x -4x =0
x(x ~4)=0
x=0, x-4=0
Up
Ye
Ua x = 0, or 4.
x=4 (neglect x = 0, since one side cannot be equal to zero)
. The sides of triangle are 3 units, 4 units and 5 units.

Example 7. The area of a triangle is 30cm’. Find the base if the altitude exceeds the base by 7cm.
Solution. Let the base be x cm.
.. Altitude = (x + 7) cm
Given Area ofA = 30cm’

= +base x alt = 30cm?

=> 4.x(x+7) = 30cm?

=> x(x+7)=60
=> x’ +7x-60=0
po x’ +12x-5x-60=0
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
165

=> x(x+12)-5(x+12)=0
=> (x+12)(x-5)=0
= x=-l2o0r5
x= 5. (neglect —ve value)
.. Base = 5 cm.

Example 8. Meena is x years old while her mother is x? years old. 5 years
hence her mother will be 3
times as old as Meena. Find their present ages.
Solution. Present age of Meena = x years.
Present age of mother = x” years.
5 year's hence :
Meena's age = (x +5) years

Her mother's age = (x? + 5)years.

According to the given condition,
x° +5=3(x+5)
x’ —3x-10=0
x —5x+2x-10=0
xc 5)+2(c—5) =0
(x-—5)(x+2)=0
eo
yey
ee x-5=0, x+2=0
x = 5 (neglect —ve value)
.. Meena's age = 5 years.
-. Her mother's age = 5° = 25 years.
Example 9. Ram can row his boat 5 km/hr in still water. If it takes him one hour longer to row the
boat 5.25 km up stream than to return down stream. Find the speed of stream.
Solution. Let speed of stream be x km/hr.
Given the speed of boat = 5 km/hr
Then the speed of boat going upstream = (S5—x) km/hr
Speed of boat going down stream = (5+x) km/hr
Distance = 5.25 km.

Time taken by the boat going down stream 7 = 22 hrs =)

2D i>
Time taken by the boat going upstream 7 +1 = 2= hrs (ii)

From (/) and (ii), we get

p> 5.25 _ |
S-x 5+x
> 5a5[54x-5+x]=5 —x°

» 2
166 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

=> 24x21 _ 95 _ x?
4
= 2x’ +21x-50=0
=> 2x’ +25x-4x-50=0
=> x(2x +25)—2(2x
+25) =0
=> (2x+25)(x-2)
=0
— 2x+25=0, x-2=0

=> x=-2 or2.

x=2 (neglect —ve value).

.. Speed of stream = 2 km/hr.
Example 10. Some students planned a picnic. The budget for food was Rs. 24. Because 4 of the group
failed to go, the cost of food to each member got increased by Re.1. How many students attended the
picnic.
Solution. Let the number of students who planned the picnic be x.
Budget for food = Rs.24.

.. Cost of food for student = Rs. 24

Since 4 students did not attend,

.. No. of students who attended the picnic = (x —4).
24
Cost of each student = Rs.
pe
According to the given condition
meso24 =]
x-4 x
24(x—x+4) =x(x-4)

x -4x-96=0
x’ -12x+8x-96=0
x(x-12)+8(x-12)=0
(x -12)(x +8) =0
x-12=0, x+8=0.
Y
UYU
Yu x=12 or -8
. x =12 (neglect —ve value)
“. No. of students who attended the picnic = 12 - 4 =8.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Five times a certain whole number is e qual three
less than twice
i the squar
Find the number.
mii
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
167
Solution. Let the whole number be x.
According to the statement,
5x = 2x" -3
2x* —5x-3=0
2x”° -6x+x-3=0
2x(x-3)+1(x-3)=0
(x-3)(2x+1)=0
x-3=0, 2x+1=0

Gat
og
ve =
x=3 or —s5
x = 3 (as the number is a whole number)
the number = 3.
Question 2. Find the natural numbers which differ by 3 and the sum of whose squares is 117.
Solution. Let the two natural numbers be x and x + 3.
According to the given statement,
x? +(x+3) =117
x +x°+6x+9=117
2x* +6x-108 =0
x’ +3x-54=0
x’ +9x-6x-54=0
x(x+9)-6(x+9) =0
(x+9)(x-6)=0
x+9=0, x-6=0
oa
ie
se
a
ii x=—-9 or 6.
4 x = 6 (since the number is natural no., hence neglect —ve value)
.. The natural numbers are 6 and 9.
Question 3. Form a quadratic equation from the following information taking x as the length where
xen.
(i) the area of a rectangle whose length is five mote than twice its width is 75.
(ii) Solve the equation and find its length.
Solution. Let the length be x.

Then breadth x = a.

Then area of a rectangle is

= x(x 52 )=a!

=> =150
x’ —5x
168 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

=> x’ —5x-150=0
= x’ —15x+10x-150=0
= x(x —15)+10(x-15)=0
= (x —15)(x+10) =0
= x—-15=0, x+10=0
=> x= 15 or -10.
x= 15 (neglect the —ve value)
.. Length of rectangle = 15 units.
Question 4. The hypotenuse of a right triangle is 13 cm and the difference between the other two sides
is 7 cm.
(i) Taking ‘x’ as the length of the shorter of the two sides, write an equation in ‘x’ that represent the
above statement.
(ii) Solve the equation obtained in (7) above and hence find the two unknown sides of the triangle.
Solution. Let the length of shorter side (BC) =x cm.
Then AB =(x+7)cm. A
Given hypotenuse = 13 cm.
By Pythagoras Theorem,

x? +(x+7) =13° x+7

2x* +14x-120=0
x +7x-60=0 C B
x’ +12x-5x-60=0
x(x+12)-—5(x+12)=0
e+12=0, x=s=0
YUuUuUv
yy e=<12 ors
z—) (neglect —ve value)
.. Shorter side (BC) = 5 cm
and the other side (AB) = 12 cm

Question 5. Find a possible number which when decreased by 20 is equal

to 69 times the reciprocal of
the number.
Solution. Let the number be x.
According to the given condition

= 69 x ul
x —20
x
=> x’ ~20x
= 69
=> x” -20x-69=0
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
169

> x -23x+3x-69=0
= x(x —23)+3(x-23) =0
> (x-—23)(x+3)=0
=> x-23=0, x+3=0
=> x=230r-—3
But —3 is less than 20, so it cannot be a possible number. Hence the possible number is 23.
Question 6. The length of a verandah is 3 m more than its breadth. The numerical value of its area is
equal to the numerical value of its perimeter.
(2) Taking ‘x’ as the breadth of the verandah, write an equation in ‘x’ that represents the above
statement.
(12) Solve the equation obtained in (i) above and hence find the dimensions of the verandah.
Solution. Let the breadth of verandah be x m.
Then length =(x+3)m
Area of verandah= x(x +3)
Perimeter = 2[x+x+3]
According to the given statement,
Area = Perimeter
x(x+3)= 2[x+x+3]

x +3x=4x+6
x —-x=-6=0
x’ —3x+2x-6=0
x(x —3)+2(x-3)=0
(x —3)(x+2)=0
x-3=0, x+2=0
Satae'
Ue
Uae
Vege
ame
ge,
AS x= 3 Cs
ee,
D (neglect —ve value)
egezat = 3m and length= 6m.
Question 7. The sides of a right angled triangle containing the right angle A

are 5 x cm and (3x-—1)cm. If the area of the triangle be 60 cm’, calculate the
:
lengths of sides of the triangle.
g
Solution. Let AB=5x cm,
BC =(3x-—1)cm
Area of right angled A = 60cm*
l 2 C 3x = 1) em
=> m5AB x BC = 60cm

= 55x x(3x-1) = 60
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
170

\ 15x? —5x =120

3x? -x-24=0

3x? -9x+8x-24=0
3x(x -3)+8(x-3)=0
(x -—3)(3x+8)=0
x—3=0, 3x+8=0

ee
ae
ae
ka x =3 or -§

me x = 3 (neglect —ve value)

.. Length of AB =5x3=15cm
-. Length of BC =3x-—1=(3x3- 1) = 8cm.

Question 8. A man covers a distance of 200 km travelling with a uniform speed of x km/hr. The
distance could have been covered in 2 hrs less had the speed been (x + 5) km/hr. Calculate the value of x.
Solution. Let the speed be x km/hr.
Given distance = 200 km.
_ Distance
SP malariae
=> puck —
x
Ifthe speed = (x - 5) km/hr, then the time is 2 hrs less.

a T-2= 200 a
x+5
From (i) & (ii), we get
200 200 _ 7
xX. 2S
= 200(x +5-x) =2x(x +5)
= x’ +5x-500=0
= x* +25x-—20x -500=0
=> x(x +25)-20(x +25) =0
= (x +25)(x-20)
=0
=> x+25=0, x-20=0

=> x =-25 or 20.

x =20 (neglect —ve value)
. Speed = 20 km/hr.
Question 9. Three consecutive numbers are such that the Square of the middle
number exceeds the
difference of the squares of the other two by 60. Assume the middle number
to be x and form a quadratic
equation satisfying the above statement. Hence find the three numbers.
Solution. Let the three consecutive numbers be x-—1,x and x+1.
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
171

According to the given condition,

x? =[(x+1)° -(x+1)"] +60

— x? =(x? +2x+1)-(x? -2x+1)+60

=> x —4x-60=0
=> x -10x+6x-60=0
=> x(x-10)+6(x-10)=0
= (x-10)(x+6)=0
— x-10=0, x+6=C
— x=10 or -6.
x = 10 (neglect —ve value)
~. Numbers are 9, 10, 11.

Question 10. Find two positive consecutive numbers such that the sum of their squares is 61.
Solution. Let the positive consecutive numbers be x and x +1.
According to the condition
x” +(x+1) = 61
—s 2x? +2x-60=0
a x’ +x-30=0
= x’ +6x—5x-30=0
= x(x+6)-5(x+6)=0
=> (x+6)(x-5)=0
=> x+6=0, x-5=0
= x=-6 or 5.
5 ae, (neglect —ve value as the number is positive)
Two numbers are 5, 6.

Question 11. Two squares have sides x cm and (x+4)cm. The sum of their areas is 656 sq cm.
Express this as an algebraic expression and solve the equation to find the sides of the squares.
Solution. Given side of 1°' square = x cm.
and side of 2" square = (x +4)cm
According to the condition,

x’ +(x+4) = 656
2x’ +8x —640=0
x’ +4x-320=0
x’ +20x —16x —320=0
Y
¥v
Yu x(x+20)-16(x +20) =0
172 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

= (x +20)(x-16)=0
= x+20=0, or x-16=0
= x =-20 or le
x= 16 (neglect —ve value).
-. Sides of squares are 16 cm and 20 cm.

Question 12. A trader bought a number of articles for Rs.1200. Ten were damaged and he sold each of
the rest at Re. 2 more than what he paid for it, thus clearing a profit of Rs.60 on the whole transaction.
Taking the number of articles he bought as x, form an equation in x and solve it.
Solution. _No. of articles = x.
C.P ofx articles = Rs.1200

GP of | article aks: ue

S.P of each article = Rs.2 more than C.P

ae (2 +2]

10 articles were damaged.

-. No. of articles sold =(x-10)

-. Total S.P = (x -10)( 120°,+2}

Given Profit = Rs.60
S.P — C.P = Profit

= (x -10){ 1200 2 )-1200

=60
= (x —10)(1200+2x)
= 1260x
> 2x? -80x-12000=0
= x ~40x —6000 =0
=> x° ~100x + 60x — 6000 = 0
= x(x — 100) + 60(x-100) =0
=> (x —100)(x +60) =0
| x-100=0, x+60=0
=> x=100 or -60
x= 100 (neglect —ve value)
. No. of articles bought = 100.

Question 13. A rectangle has an area of 24cm’. Ifits length is x

cm, write down its breadth in terms of
x Given that its perimeter is 20 cm, form an equation in x and solve
it.
Solution,
Given Length = x cm.

Area = 24cm’.
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
173

Breadth = —tea_ _ 24
x
Length
Perimeter = 20 cm

onal 2 x+24)— 29
es
> x -10x+24=0
> x —6x-4x+24=0
= x(x-6)-4(x-6)
=0

= (x-6)(x-4)=0
= x-—6=0, x-4=0
> x=6 or 4.
x= 6.
.. Length =6 cm and Breadth = 4 cm.

Question 14. A train covers a distance of 90 km at a uniform speed. Had the speed been 15 km/hr
more, it would have taken 30 minutes less for the journey. Find the original speed of train.
Solution. Let the original speed of train be x km/hr.
Distance = 90 km.
_ Distance
Speed

2 7 —(i)
Now the speed is increased by 15 km/hr and time taken is 30 minutes less.
t 96 -
Dee 15
From (7) & (ii), we get

2 x 90(x + 15—x) = x(x+15)

x’ +15x—2700=0
x’ + 60x — 45x — 2700 =0
x(x + 60) —45(x +60) =0
x+60=0, x-45=0
Uy:
yoy
ew x =-60 or 45.
x =45 (neglect —ve value)
Original speed oftrain = 45 km/hr.
: at a certain speed. Another train whose speed is
uestion 15. An exp ress train makes a run of 240 km
Find the speed ofexpress train.
: r less takes an hou r longer to make the same trip.
12 km/h
x km/hr.
Solution. Let the Speed of express train be
174 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Distance = 240 km.

Time taken by T= 240 —(i)
express train a
Speed of another train = (x -12) km/hr.
Distance = 240 km.
This train takes 1 hr more than express train.
23240
T+l= 1
—

From (i) & (ii), we get

te: 240 240 _,
x= x
= 240(x
— x +12) = x(x-12)
> x’ —12x—2880=0
> x” —60x + 48x — 2880 =0
= x(x-60)+48(x-—60) =0
=> (x -60)(x+48) =0
=> x-60=0, x+48=0
=> x =60 or —48
x = 60 (neglect —ve value)
Speed of express train = 60 km/hr.
Question 16. A rectangular garden 10m by 16m is to be surrounded by a concrete walk of uniform
width. Given that the area of the walk is 120 sq.m, assuming the width of the walk to be x, form an
equation in x and solve it to find the value of x.
Solution. Given length of rectangular garden = 16m.
Breadth = 10m
Area of walk = 120m?
Let the width of walk be x metres.
Length AB =(16+2x)m.
Breadth BC =(10+2x)m.
Area of rectangle ABCD — Area of rectangle PORS = Area of walk
(16+2x)(10+2x)-16x10=120
4x’ +52x-120=0
x’ +13x-30=0
x’ +15x-2x-30=0
x(x+15)-2(x+15) =0
WY
Y
YU
UYU(x +15)(x-2)=0
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
175
=> x==I5 or 2.
ms x = 2 (neglect —ve vaiue)
“. Width of walk = 2 m.

Question 17. The perimeter of a rectangular plot is 180 m and its area is
1800m?. Take the length of
the plot as x metres. Use the perimeter 180 m to write the value of the breadth
in terms of x. Use the values
of length, breadth and the area to write an equation in x. . Solve the equation
ti to calculate the length and
breadth of the plot.

Solution. Given perimeter of rectangular plot = 180 m.

Area = 1800m*
Let the length be x metres.
As perimeter = 180 m.
2(x +5) = 180.
b =(90-x)m.
LB = Area
x(90-x) = 1800
x’ —90x +1800 =0
x’ —60x —30x +1800=0
x(x -—60)-30(x-60) =0
(x -60)(x-30)=0
x-60=0, x-30=0
ath
Wee
ay
de
Weis x = 60 or 30.
x = 60 (length is greater than breadth)
Length = 60 m, Breadth = 30 m.
Question 18. X and Y are centres of circles of radii 9 cm and 2 cm. XY = 17 cm. Z is the centre of a
circle of radius r cm which touches the above circles externally. Given that ZXZY = 90°, write an equation
in r and solve it for r.
Solution. Radius of circle with centre XY = 9 cm.
Radius of circle with centre Y= 2 cm.
Radius of circle with centre Z = r cm.
ZXZY = 90° Ss
Triangle XYZ is a right angled triangle.
By Pythagoras theorem, a

(9+r) +(2+r) =17 17 cm

=> 2r? +22r +85 = 289
y 2r? +22r—204=0
aa r’ +11r—102=0
176 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

=> r’ +17r-6r—102=0
=> r(r+17)-6(r+17) =0
=> (r+17)(r-6)
=0
=> r+17=0, r-6=0
=> r=-l7 or 6
. r=6 (neglect —ve value)
.. radius of circle with Z as centre = 6 cm.

Question 19. A train covers a distance of 600 Km at x Km/hr. Had the speed been (x +20) Km/hr,
the time taken to cover the distance would have been reduced by 5 hours. Write down an equation in x and
solve it to evaluate x.
Solution. Given Distance = 600 Km
Speed
= x Km/hr
Let Time = T hrs.
D=600 Km D=600 Km
S=x Km/hr S = (x+20) Km/hr
T=T hrs T =(T—-5) hrs
L2 ==r
ie :
os (x +20) -—
00 7
_ ~ . oe 0

z= -- CO; T= —. +5 (ii)
From (i) and (ii)
600__600 _,
x x+20
=> 600(
+ 20) —
x 600x = 5x(x +20)
=> 600x + 12000-600x = 5x? +100x
=> 5x? +100x—12000=0
=> x? +20x-2400=0
=> x? +60x—40x- 2400 =0
> x(x +60) — 40(x +60) =0
> (x +60)(x-40) =0
=> x+60=0 ; x-40=0
=> x =-60 or 40
.. x = 40 (neglect the — ve value).
“. ¥=40 Km/hr.
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
177
Question 20. Car A travels x Km
litre of petrol. for every litre of petrol, while car B travels (x+5) Km for every

({) i
Write down the number of litre of petrol used by car A and car B in covering a distance
of 400

(ii) If car A uses 4 litres ofpetrol more than car B in covering 400 km, write down an
equation in x
and solve it to determine the number of litres of petrol used by car B for the journey.
Solution. Given Distance = 400 Km
CarA travels x Km/li
Car B travels (x +5) Km/li

(i) No. of litres used by car A = a

x

No. of litres used by car B = aia

x+5
(ii) CarA uses 4 litres more than car B.
. 400 400
. —-——=4
oo B45
=> 400(x + 5)—400(x) = 4x(x+5)
=> 400x +2000 - 400x = 4x” +20x
=> 4x? +20x-—2000 = 0
=> x? +5x-500=0
=> x? +25x-—20x-500=0
= (x +25)(x—20) =0
— ¥+-25=6 5 x-20=0
=> x =-25 or 20
. x = 20 (neglect — ve value).
. CarA travels 20 Km for every litre and car B travels 25 Km for every litre

No. of litres used by car B = a = 16 litres.

Exercises
1. The sum of two positive numbers is 31 and their product is 240. Find the numbers.
als is *.
2. the sum of two numbers is 50. Find the numbers if the sum of their reciproc
of other two sides is 1 cm.
3. The hypotenuse of a right angled triangle is 29 cm. The difference
Find the other two sides.
is 77. Determine the numbers.
4. The sum of the squares of three consecutive natural numbers
area of the room is 70m’ , determine
5. The length of a room is 3 m more than its breadth. If the
the dimensions of the room.
it takes 2 hours less to cover a distance of
6. Ifthe average speed of a car is increased by 5 km/hr,
200 km. Find the average speed of the car.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
178

width by 10 m. If the area of the field is 144

_ The length of a rectangular field is greater than its
sq.m find its dimension.
of uniform width. If the area of the
_ A picture 20 cm x 30 cm is placed in a frame with a border
border.
border is equal to the area of the picture, find the width of the
40 minutes by increasing the
. Gopal covers a distance of 800 km by car. He could have saved
speed by 40 km/hr. Find the speed of the car.
and 3x-1 and the
_In a right angled triangle, the sides containing the right angle are 2x
hypotenuse is given by 5x —5. Calculate the lengths of the sides of the triangle.
present age.
. The product of Sita’s age four years ago with her age 8 years later is 28..Find Sita’s
as
. Veena is x years old while her mother is x? years old. 4 years later her mother will be 4 times
old as Veena. Find their present ages.
13. In a football match, team A scored one goal less than twice the numbers of goals scored by team
B. If the product of number of goals scored by these two teams is 15, find the number of goals
scored by each team.
14. Find two natural numbers which differ by 5 and whose square have the sum 125.
15. A two digit positive number is such that the product of the digits is 18. When 27 is added to this
number the digits interchange their places. Find the number.
16. Divide 32 into two parts such that twice the square of the larger part exceeds the square of the
smaller part by 452.
17. The hypotenuse of a right angled triangle is 2 m less than twice the shortest side. If the third
side is 2 m more than the shortest side, find the sides of the triangle.
18. The length of a rectangle is 5 m more than its breadth and the area of rectangle is 150 sq. m.
Find the measurements of the rectangle.
19. A rectangular garden has outer dimensions 50 m by 40 m. It has a path of uniform width
running along its boundary from inside. If the area of the garden excluding the path is 1656
sqm, find the width of the path.
20. A person wishes to develop a 200sqm rectangular garden infront of his house. He had 50m
barbed wire with which he fences three sides of the rectangle garden letting his front of the
house act as the fourth side fence. Find the dimensions of his garden.
21. The area of a triangle is 42sq.m. Find the base if the altitude exceeds the base by 8cm.
Ze. Two squares have sides x cm and (x +6)cm. The sum of their areas is [Link]. Express this as
an algebraic equation and solve the equation to find the sides of the squares.
£3. The sum of the squares of three consecutive natural numbers is 245. Find the numbers.
24. A passenger train takes 1} hours less for a journey of 180 km if its speed is increased by 4
km/hr from its usual speed. What is its usual speed.
£3. A fast train takes 3 hours less than a slow train for a journey of 770 km. If the speed of the slow
train is 15km less than that of the fast train, find the speed of the two trains.
26. An aeroplane left 2 hours later than the scheduled time and in order to reach its destination
of
1200 km away in time it had to increase its speed by 160 km/hr from its usual speed.
Find its
usual speed.
Problems Based on Quadratic Equations
179
27. A journey of 144 km from station A to Station B takes 2 hours less
by a fast train than by a slow
train. If the average speed of the slow train is 12 km/hr less than that of the fast
train, find the
average speed of each train.
28. A retailer bought a number of articles for Rs.300. 6 were damaged
and he sold the remaining at
Rs.1.50 each more than the price he paid for them, thus gaining Rs.30.00
on the whole
transaction. Taking the number of articles he bought as x, form an equation in x and solve
it.
29. A man bought a number of articles for Rs.720. If the price of each article was
reduced by Rs.2
he would have got 5 more articles. Taking the number of articles as x, form an equation
in x and
solve it.

Answers
(1) 15, 16 | (2) 40, 10 (3) 21 cm, 20 cm
(4) 4, 5,6 (5) 10m, 7m (6) 20 km/hr
(7) 18m, 8m (8) 5cm (9) 200 km/hr
(10) 6, 8, 10 (11) 6 years (12) 6 years, 36 years
(13) Team A = 5 goals, (14) 5 and 10 (15) 36
Team B = 3 goals
(16) 18 and 14 (17) 6 m, 8m, 10m (18) 15m, 10m
(19) 2m (20) 20m, 10 mand40m,5m (21) 6cm
(22) 12 cm, 18 cm (23) 8, 9, 10 (24) 20 km/hr
(25) Fast train speed = 70 km/hr, (26) 240 km/hr
Slow train speed = 55 km/hr
(27) Speed offast train=36 km/hr, (28) 50 articles (29) 40 articles.
Speed of slow train = 24 km/hr
 Chapter 9

Logarithms
SSS
SSS .—0——$$S$Sm

What is logarithm?
If three numbers a, x, 1 are so related that
a” =n a
then x is said to be the logarithm of the number » to the base a and is written as
Log, n=x — (il)
It is evident from the definition that the logarithm of a number is the value of the index. The above
equation is read as x is equal to logarithm of n to the base a.
Both (i) and (ii) express the relation between the three numbers a, x and n. The relation (/) is in index
form and the relation (i/) expresses the same in the logarithmic form.
Definition : The logarithm of any number to the given, base is equal to the index to which the base
should be raised to get the given number.
Ex: If 2° =8, then log,
8 =3

(ae: l
64 then
l
log, cel
6A eo 3

x =I, then log, 1=0

x' =x, then log.
x =1
The last two examples give the following two important results :
1. The logarithm of 1 to any base is zero.
i.e. log ,1=0 (where x can be any number)
2. The logarithm of any number to the same base is equal to unity
i.e. log x =1.

Common Logarithms
Logarithms calculated to the base 10 are called common logarithms. If the base of the logarithm is not
indicated it should be understood as 10. 3

Logarithms to base 10
As number 10 is the base of writing numbers, it is very convenient to use logarithms
to the base 10.
Logarithms
18]
Let us consider the following numbers and their logarithmic
form.
Powers of 10 Logarithmic form
10° =1 log,,1=0
10' =10 log, 10=1
10° = 100 log, 100 =2
10° = 100 log,, 1000 = 3
eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee a

10' =0.1 log,, 9.1=-1

10° =0.01 log, 9.01 = -2
10° =0.001 log,, 0.001 = -3
PPP eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee eee ere

The above results indicate that if » is an integral power of 10, that is, 1 followed by several zeros or |
preceded by several zeros immediately to the right of the decimal point, then log n can be easily found.
If n is not an integral power of 10, it is not easy to calculate log n. For this purpose mathematicians
have prepared tables. From these tables we can easily find out the approximate value of the logarithm of
any positive number between | and 10. These values read out from the tables are sufficient for the purpose
of calculating the logarithm of any number expressed in decimal form. For this purpose, we always express
the given decimal as the product of an integral power of 10 and a number between | and 10. This is known
as the standard form of Decimal.
Therefore any number can be expressed in decimal form, as the product of
(i) an integral power of 10 and
(ii) a number between | and 10.
Let us consider some examples.
(i) 45.3 lies between 10 and 100

. 432 x10 = 4.53 x 10'

(ii) 342.5 lies between 100 and 1000.
342.5 2
‘- 00 x100=3 x
= 3.42510

(iii) 2042.7 lies between 1000 and 10000.

2042.7 3
a 00 = 2.0427
x 10
1000 * 1°
(iv) 5.32 lies between | and 10.

. 3:32 410" = 5.3210"

10
(v) 0.004 lies between 0.001 and 0.01
0.004
-.. 0.004 a tetnt
1000al x 10 00

l_ 40x10".
= (0.004 x 1000)xono.
182 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

.
(vi) 0.00015 lies between 0.0001 and 0.001

*. 0.00015=
0.00015 . 19999
10000
x 10000) x l
= (0.00015
10000
=1.5x10".
In each case, we divide or multiply the decimal by a power of 10, to bring one non-zero digit to the
left of the decimal point and do the reverse operation by the same power of 10, as shown separately.
-- Any positive decimal or number say ‘n’ can be written in the form of an integral power of 10 say
10”, (where p is an integer) and a number m between | and 10.
n=mx10"
where p is an integer (positive, negative or zero) and m is such that 1 <m<10. This is called the “Standard
form of n”.

Working rule:
(i) Move the decimal point to the left, or to the right, as may be necessary, to bring one non—zero
digit to the left of the decimal point.
(ii) a) If you movep places to the left, multiply by 10”.
b) Ifyou move p places to the right, multiply by 10 ”.
c) Ifyou do not move the decimal point at all, multiply by 10°.
d) Then write the new decimal obtained by the power of 10 to obtain the standard form of
the given number.

Characteristic and Mantissa

Every logarithm has two parts, the integral part and the fractional part which is expressed in decimal
fraction. The integral part is called the characteristic and the decimal part is called the mantissa. The
mantissa is found from the logarithmic tables and the characteristic is determined by bringing the given
number to the standard form in which p gives the characteristic.
Consider the standard form of given number ‘n’.
n=mx10", where p is an integer (Positive, negative or zero)
and l<m<10.
Taking logarithms to the base 10 and using laws of logarithms, we get
logn=logm+ p
=> logn= p+logm
Here p is characteristic and log m is the mantissa oflog n.
(Note : Mantissa is always positive and is always less than 1)
To find mantissa, refer to the table of logarithms which is explained below:
The table of logarithms is divided into sets of columns.
(i) The first set of column on the extreme left contains numbers from
10 to 99.
(i) In the second set there are 10 columns headed by 0;1,2...9,
(111) After this, in the third set there are 9 more columns headed Oys0
2. 9.
Logarithms mm

These are known as mean differences.

Use oftables to find mantissa :
Ex: 654.7
To find mantissa, neglect the decimal point, the number obtained is 6547.
Look up first two numbers i.e. 65 in the first column, and then proceed horizontally along
65 and note
the value under the column ‘4’ and then find the value under ‘7’ in the mean differences column
along the
same horizontal line. Then add the two values, which gives mantissa.
mantissa of 6547 = 0.8156
iin =S
0.8161
.. To find log n, working rule is :
(i) Put the given number v7 in the standard form
n=mx10", where ]1<m<10. (pis +ve, —ve integer or zero)
= logn= p+logm
(71) Read off the characteristic p of /og n from this expression (exponent of 10).
(iii) look up log m (i.e. mantissa) from tables.
(iv) Then write down the logarithmic number
logn= p+logm
Ex: Find /og654.7.
Solution.

(’) 6.547 x 10° (By shifting decimal, two places to left. .. multiply by 10°)
p=2.
i) eee Characteristic = 2.
(iii) From tables 6547 => 0.8161.
(look 65 in 1** column, 4 is middle column and 7 from mean difference).
(iv) log654.7= - + 0.8161
Characteristic Mantissa

“. log654.7 = 2.8161
Ex: Find /og 0.00325.
Solution.
° ° -3

() 3.25% 10s (By shifting the decimal three places to right. multiply by 10")

Cre. Characteristic = -3 = 3
(iii) From tables 3.25 => 0.5119. (Look 32 in 1*' column and 5 in middie column)

log 0.00325 = 3 + 0.5119

= log 0.00325 = 3.5119

Finding ‘n’ when log nis given :

Suppose logn = 2.3572.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
184

To find n, we have to use antilog tables.

As we know log n consists of two parts :
(i) Characteristic (ii) Mantissa

In 2.3572,
lo=gn
Characteristic = 2, and Mantissa = 0.3572.
like the
First take the mantissa i.e. 0.3572. Now look up the antilog table, which is to be used exactly
up under 7
log table. In the antilog table in the first column look up 0.35, then in the middle column look
and in the mean differences column under 2 in same horizontal line. Then add up the two values.
Antilog (0.3572) = 2276.
Characteristic given = 2.
n=2.276x10° _ (In the standard form)
Ri 22:6.

Ex: If Jogx = 1.3952, find x.

Solution. Here Characteristic = 1 = —1.
Mantissa = 0.3952.
The number corresponding to 0.3952 in Antilog table = 2484.
logx = 1.3952 (Given)
= x = Antilog( 1.3952)
=e x =2.484x10°' (In standard form)
= x = 0.2484.

Ex: If log A = 3.5741, find A.

Solution. Here characteristic = 3 = ~3.
Mantissa = 0.5741.
The number corresponding to 0.5741 in Antilog table = 3751.
log A = 3.5741 (Given)
=> A = Antilog( 3.5741)
= A=3.751x10~ (In standard form)
= A = 0.003751.
Find the characteristic and mantissa for the following numbers and write down logarithmic number.

Mantissa
teristic
is.
number

2
ee
EE PT
3

Sa er ole
Logarithms

0.00056
0.234

Illustrative Examples

Example 1. Simplify 6.732 x 14.32.

Solution. Let x = 6.732 x 14.32.
Taking log on both sides,
log x= log(6.732 x 14.32)
logx = log 6.732 + log 14.32
log x = 0.82814 1.1559 RBA. M's (Ri fy
logx= 1.9840 igh Set, ‘ ‘Urcated)
x = Antilog (1.9840) 2 sateen Library
PB Tralon
x = 96.38. angaiore - 5EO 042.
Example 2. Simplify 25.43 x 0.76 x 0.05512.
Solution. Let x = 25.43 x 0.76 x 0.05512
Taking log on both sides,
logx = log(25.43 x 0.76 x 0.05512)
logx = log25.43 + log 0.76 + log 0.005512
logx= 1.4053+ 1.8808+2.7414
logx = 0.0275
x = Antilog (0.0275)
x = 1.065.

Example 3. Divide 5.73 by 0.6612.

Solution. Let x= 5.73 + 0.6612
Taking log on both sides,
logx= log(5.73 = 0.6612)
logx= log5.73—log 0.6612
0.7582
logx= 0.7582 — 1.8203
logx = 0.9379 ~1 8203
0.9379
x = Antilog (0.9379)
x = 8.668.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class xX

ern: 12 x0.0464
Example 4. Simplify 30 ae:
: _ 50.12 x 0.0464
Solution. Let x = — ieis f

Taking log on both sides,

log x = log 50.12 + log 0.0464 — log 0.15 1.7000
— 1.1761
+2.666500
logx= 1.70 +2 6665
logx = 1.1904 0.3665
x = Antilog (1.1904) ~ (1.1761)

x= 15.51. 1.1904

Example 5. Using logarithms, evaluate (4.378)°.

Solution. Let x = (4.378).
Taking log on both sides,
logx= log(4.378)°
logx =3log 4.378
logx =3x 0.6413
logx= 1.9239
x = Antilog (1.9239)
x = 83.92.
Example 6. Using logarithms, evaluate (0.0014)’.
Solution. Let x = (0.0014)’.
Taking log on both sides,
logx= log(0.0014)°
logx =2log0.0014
logx= 2x 3.1461
log x = 6.2922
x = Antilog (6.2922)
x = 0.000001960.

Example 7. Using logarithms evaluate /11.49 .

Solution. Let x =¥11.49
= x = (11.49)?
Taking log on both sides,
logx = log(1 1.49)?

logx= +log(11.49)
Logarithms
187

Tapeogx = > Xx 1.0604

logx = 0.5302
x = Antilog (0.5302)
x = 3.390.

Example. 8. Using logarithms evaluate (0.005691)'

Solution. Let x = (0.005691)
Taking log on both sides,
1
log x= log(0.005691) 3

logx= 1log(0.005691)
logx = —x 3.7552
&
|GWo[—
logx = 1.2517

x = Antilog (1.2517)
x = 0.1785.

Example 9. Evaluate using logarithms 15.28 x |or :

:
Solution.
olution. Let
L [501.4
Let xx == 15.2815.28 xx 3; ——_..
0.024
2.3802
2a :

= 31.3802
28 . ?
x(501.4)
_ 15. 3
(0.024)’ = 1+0.4600
Taking log on both sides, + 1.4600
) 1.1840
15.28 x (501.4)? | + 0.9001
logx = bg
(0.024)? 2.0841
ee _(7.4600)
logx = log 5.28 + +log 501.4 - —bO : oe
ae 2.6241
logx= 1.1840+ 4x2.7003~+ x2.3802
logx= 1.1840+0.9001- 1.4600
logx = 2.6241
x = Antilog (2.6241)
x = 420.8.

Example 10. Use logarithms to find the value of 405

 atics for Class a
188 A Textbook of Mathem

18.29 xV0.741 1.8698

2
Solution. Let x =
— $$

4.05
= "9418695
Taking log on both sides,
2
logx= Jog 18.29 +5 log 0.741 + —log4.05 = 140.9349
= 1.9349
logx= 1.2623+ ,x 1.8698 — 0.6075 1.2623
logx= 1.2623+ 1.9349 —0.6075 +1.9349
1.1972
logx = 0.5897
—0.6075
x = Antilog(0.5897) 0.5897
x = 3.888.
wrt
Example 11. Evaluate using tables Ho OE

Solution. Let x = 16280

Taking log on both sides,

logx = log16.28 + >log 0.652 — log5.05

logx= 1.21 16+ 5x 1.8142 ~0.7033
logx = 1.2116+ 1.9071-0.7033
logx
= 0.4154
x = Antilog (0.4154)
x =2.602.

Suggested Questions
| (348.2)""
Q uestion
3 1. Use tables to find
ind the value oof —————_.
the value 0.0497

(348.2)
Solution.
olution. LetLet xx = ——___—
0.0497

Taking log on both sides,

0.6354
-(2.6964)
logx= log(348.2)* —log 0.0497
1
4 1.9390
logx= +log 348.2 — log 0.0497
logx= 7x 2.5419
-2.6964
logx= 0.6354
-2.6964
Logarithms
189
x = Antilog (1.9390)
x = 86.90.
Question 2. Use logarithms to evaluate 5923 correct to
3 significant figures.
3

Solution. Let x = 716.23 ;

426.3
Taking log on both sides,

1623)"
logx = log(18: 3

logx = 510g 16.23~ 4log 426.3

logx = ;x 1.2103- 3x 2.6297 0.4034

logx = 0.4034 — 0.8765

~ (0.8765)
1.5269
logx = 1.5269
x = Antilog (1.5269)
x = 0.3364
x = 0.336 correct to 3 significant figures.
8.765
Question 3. Evaluate
0.0798
‘ 8.765 2.9020
Solution. Let x = ——————..
0.0798 3
- ee 8.765 n 3+1.9020
(0.0798) 3
140.6340
Taking log on both sides,
1.6340
1 log 0.0798
logx = log8.765— = 0.9427
3
-(1.6340)
logx= 0.9427 - ;x 2.9020 1.3087
logx= 0.9427 — 1.6340
logx = 1.3087
x = Antilog (1.3087)
x = 20.35.

Question 4. Evaluate 0.1564 ;

Solution. Let x = 10.1564
1/3
=> x = (0.1564)
Taking log on both sides,
 A Textbook of Mathematics for C lass X
190
1.1942
lee 3
logx =~ x 1.1942 3+2.1942
3
ai
|
logx = 1.7314 1+0.7314
1.7314
x= Antilog (1.7314)
x = 0.5388.

; [0.7214 x 20.37 ‘
Question
j 5. Evaluate using logarithms j/.o eS69.8

Solution. Let x = eee

59.8

= (0:7214x20:37)" 1.8581
ad 69.8 +1.3090
1.1671
Taking log on both sides,
—(1.8439)
ae G2 x 20.31)"
ate 69.8 1.3232
1.3232
logx = F{logo. 7214
+log20.37 —log 69.8] 3
343.3999
logx = +{1.8581+ 1.3090— 1.8439] 3
= 1.7744
logxalign
= al1.3232]
logx = 1.7744
x = Antilog (1.7744)
x = 0.5949,

Question 6. Evaluate using logarithms nn?

15.6)

Solution. Let x = 0. [ee ; 1.8645

(15.6) 2

E _ (0.732)
0732)"
(15.6)
= 241.8645
2
= 140.9322
Taking log on both sides,
= 1.9322
logx = +log0.732 ~210g15.6 1.9322
~(2.3862)
logx = 5 x 7.8654 —2 x 1.1931
3.5460
logx= 1.9322 -2.3862
logx= 3.5460
Logarithms
19]

x = Antilog (3.5460)
x = 0.003516.

Question 7. Evaluate using log tables poate.

Solution. Let x = abe ; 1.9117

2

Taking log on both sides, 140.9558

logx= +log0.816 - log 61.82 1.9558
aa ; —(1.7911)
logx => x 1.9117-1.7911 7 1647

logx = 1.9558-1.7911
logx = 2.1647

x = Antilog (2.1647)
x = 0.01461.

Question 8. Evaluate V0.732 correct to 3 significant figures.

Solution. Let x = 0.732 1.8645

(15.6) Se.
(0.732)"" 2 + 1.8645

1+ 0.9322
Taking log on both sides, 1.9322
logx= +log0.732-2log15.6 1.9322
aii —(2.3862)
logx =~ 1.8645—2x1.1931 3.5460

logx= 1.9322 —2.3862

'ogx = 3.5410
x = Antilog (3.5460)
x = 0.003516
x = 0.00352 (correct to 3 significant figures)

to evaluate x correct to three

Question 9. Given /og,, x = 2/og,, 5.87 - 5log, 0.839. Use logarithms
significant figures.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
192
1.9238
Solution. logx =2log5.87- +10g 0.839 2
ee? + 19738
logx =2% 0.7686 5x 7.9238 ’)
logx = 1.5372
—1.9619 = 140.9619
logx = 1.5753 1.9619
1.5372
x = Antilog (1.5753)
_(7.9619)
x =37.61
1.5753
x = 37.6 (Correct to 3 significant figures).

Question
uestion 10. . UseUse log102tabdies
tables ttO Cvallale:
luat (0.7634) dl
=.
g ¥272.3+15.
oi, (0.7634)"”
CLL X=
J272.3+15.2
1/3
(0.7634) 1.8827
=> so=
1287.5 3
(0.7634) "” ee 340 87
— x= 3
(287.5) = 140.9609
Taking log on both sides, = 1.9609
1.9609
logx = +log(0.7634) a +log287.5 —(1.2294)
logx = i 1.8827 - x2.4587 2.7315

logx= 1.9609—1.2294
logx = 2.7315
x = Antilog (2.7315)
x = 0.05389.
Question 11. Use logarithms to evaluate O25
0.234
Solution. Let x = 99225
V0.234 1.3692
is pe: one 2
(0.234) = 241.3692
Taking log on both sides, 2
140.6846
logx= log0.0525- +log0.234 = 1.6846
2.7202
logx = 2.7202 - ;x 1.3692
~(7.6846)
log x= 2.7202 - 1.6846
—"-_

1.0356
Logarithms
193

logx = 1.0356
x = 0.1085.

Question 12. Use logarithms to evaluate the following to three significant figures H|16.23
426.8
Solution. ;
olution. Letx =3 [16.23
Let 1968
1.2103
(16.23)"”
= x= pr reten |< —(2.6302)
(426.8)
2.5801
Taking log on both sides, 2.5801
3
logx= $[log16.23- log 426.8]
= 3455801
thee oe
logx= 3[1.2103-2.6302] 1.5267
logx = ix 2.5801

logx = 1.5267
x = Antilog (7.5267)
x = 0.3363
x = 0.336 (Correct to three significant figures.)
114.8 x 0.006281
Question 13. Use logarithms to evaluate
3 x 430.07
114.8 x0.006281 2.0600
Solution. Let x =
3x /30.07 +3.7981
x — 114.8x 0.006281 1.8581
="
~0.4771
3 x (30.07)
+ (-0.7391)
Taking log on both sides, ~1.2162
logx= log! 14.8 + log 0.006281 — log3 - 5log 30.07 1.8581
~(1.2162)
logx = 2.0600 + 3.7981-0.4771—-+2 x 1.4781 2.6419
logx= 2.0600 + 3.7981 -0.4771-0.7391
logx = 2.6419
x = Antilog( 2.6419)
x = 0.04384.

Question 14. Use logarithms to evaluate [ete correct to three significant figures.

2a xO.9246
2es
Solution. Let x =
194 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

a33929
24.71x 0.9246 \”
a i= 512 +1.9660
1.3589
Taking 1 both sides
—(2.7093)
| =
toabaes
ss
ssa log x ==51 [log 24 71+log 0.9246—log
og 512 512]

: I 2 2
- +[1,3929+1.9660-2.7093
1.3248
a al
logx = 4[2.6496]
logx= 1.3248
x = Antilog(1.3248) => x=0.2113
x =0.211 (Correct to three significant figures)

Question 15. Given : /og,, x = +logy 0.5463 —2/og,, 27.82. Use logarithms to evaluate x correct to 3
significant figures.
Solution. logy, x = +logy, 0.5463 ~ 2 logy, 27.82 1.9125
ie ~(2.8886)
logy, x = 5 |1.7374] -2 x [1.4443] SSS
log,) x = Sogs — 2.8886

log,, x = 1.9125-2.8886
log,, x= 3.0239
x = Antilog (3.0239)
x = 0.001056
x = 0.00106 (Correct to 3 significant figures).
3/
Question 16. Use logarithms to evaluate ae Correct to three significant figures.

Solution. Let x= w08514

Taking logarithms on both sides

log x = =log 0.8314 — log 72.8 1.9125

3
logx = +x1.9198- 1.8621 = 342.9198
- 3
logx = 1.9733~ 1.8621 = 1+0.9733
log x = 2.1112 - 1.9733
x = Antilog(2.1112) 1.9733
% —(1.8621)
x = 0.01292 Tb
x = 0.0129 (correct to three significant figures).
Logarithms 195

Exercises
. If logx = 2.9944, find x.
. If logx= 2.0385, find x.
. If logx= 1.6355 +0.7394 — 2.9777 — 1.4094, find x.
. Evaluate 84.5 x 0.0324.
. Evaluate 48.73 + 17.36.
. Find the square root of 0.2783 using tables.
. Evaluate using tables (8.0125)'”.
. Evaluate 9/0.6755.
&= . Evaluate
NOU
NH
Fe
oO
NY
WD
429.3
0.00736 ©

10. 3 5014 Use log tables to evaluate.

0.023
Use logarithm to find the value of :
11 8.765
~ 30.0798 |
[706
12. 6.331x 983°

(0.842)
13 correct to three significant figures.
* 0.591
0.2893 correct to three significant figures.
¥0.03713
35.08x 0.735
correct to three significant figures.
4205

Answers

(1) 987.2 (2) 0.01092 (3) 97.23 (4) 2.737 (5) 2.807
(6) 0.5274 (7) 1.517 (8) 0.8774 (9) 58330.0 (10) 60.17
(11) 20.35 (12) 5.365 (13) 0.776 (14) 0.867 (15) 1.80.
 Chapter 10

Matrices

What is matrix?
Suppose we wish to express the information that A obtained 86 marks in Mathematics, 72 in Physics
and 60 in Chemistry and B obtained 63 in mathematics, 68 in Physics and 50 in Chemistry, then this
information can be written like this:
Maths Physics Chemistry
A 86 72 60
B 63 68 50
This information may be abbreviated as
[86 72 &£60|- First row
63 68 50 — Second row
TP Tae
First Second Third
Column Column Column

Here rows show the marks obtained by each student, and columns show the marks in Maths, Physics
and Chemistry obtained by each student.
Thus, the given information can conveniently be represented in the form of an arrangement of
numbers in rows and columns, such an arrangement is called a matrix.
Definition: A matrix is a rectangular array (or arrangement) of numbers, atranged in rows and
columns.
Each number is called an element-or entry of the matrix.
The plural of matrix is matrices. Matrix is usually denoted by capital letters A, B, C,... .

Order of a matrix :
The order of a matrix = The number of rows in it multiplied by number of columns in it. if a matrix
has 2 rows and 3 columns, then its order is written as 2 x 3 (read as 2 by 3).
2. Sie
Ex: A= : j ‘This matrix is of order 2 x 3. It is denoted as A...

Y °o
B= ; ‘f This matrix is of order 2 x 2.
Matrices 197

It is denoted as B, ,.
l
C= | This matrix is of order 2 x 1. It is denoted as C....

D=f{i 2 3}. This matrix is of order 1 x 3.

It is denoted as D,.,.
Note: While stating the order of a matrix, the number of rows is given first and then the number
of
columns.

Types of matrix :
1. Row matrix: A matrix which has only one row is called a row matrix.
Ex: A= (2 3 5], B= (1 5] are row matrix.
Matrix A has | row and three columns. ... Its order is (1 x 3)
Matrix B has | row and two columns. _ .. Its order is (1x 2)
.. In general, the order of row matrix is (1 x). A row matrix is also called a row vector.
2. Column matrix: A matrix which has only one column is called a column matrix.

|
Exc -|i D=| -—2| are column matrices.

5
Matrix C has 2 rows and one column. _... Its order is 2 x ]
Matrix D has 3 rows and one column. .... Its order is 3 x 1
. In general the order of column matrix is (n x 1). A column matrix is also called a column vector.
3. Zero or null matrix: A matrix having every element equal to zero is called a zero or null matrix.
Ex: [0 0] is a zero matrix of order 1 x 2
) ea 1
|is a zero matrix of order 2 x 2
0 O

oo . 0
is a zero matrix of order 2 x 3.
eG 0
4. Rectangular matrix: A matrix in which the number of rows are not equal to the number of
columns is called a rectangular matrix.
fees . ‘3
Ex: |is a rectangular matrix of order 2 x 3.
i oa 5
a a
b _e| is arectangular matrix of order 3 x 2.

‘i tf
to the number of columns is called a
5. Square matrix: A matrix in which the number of rows is equal
square matrix.
 X
- A Textbook of Mathematics for Class
198

—|
Ex: |is a square matrix of order 2 x 2.
3
l 7 3)
5 6 7 |is a square matrix of order 3 x 3.
Peo a SEQ
6. Unit matrix or Identity matrix: A square matrix in which the diagonal elements (top left to bottom
right) are each equal to unity and all the non-diagonal elements are equal to zero. It is usually denoted by I.
Ps 0
Ex: |is a unit of matrix of order 2 x 2, and is denoted by /,,,.
0 l
a
0 1 OJ is a unit matrix of order 3 x3 => /,,,
0. Or 4
Equality of matrix: Two matrices are said to be equal if and only if they are of the same order and
each element in the first is equal to the corresponding element in the second.
[7 I |
Ex: If A= = . Then
A = B.
kee. 2
caine "|; /are equal if and only if p = 1,g =2, r=3 ands =4.

o -bk 6} {3> 644

Also | 0 4)4]/1 4 0 |.

l a 2 eee 3
Transpose of a matrix: transpose of a matrix is the matrix obtained on interchanging its rows and
columns. If the original matrix is A, then its transpose is usually denoted by 4’ or A’.
d
[a |, ag °-
aus ae é 1.
e
h
Matrix A is of order 2 x 3 and matrix A’ is of order 3 x 2.
Note: If the given matrix is of the order m x n then its transpose is of order nxm.
Addition of matrices: Two matrices can be added if they are of the same order. The correspo
nding
elements are simply added one by one. The sum of two matrices is also of the same order.
! 6 >. 3
Ex: A= , oe
oe a
| 6 ° 3 142 043 oe
then A+B= + = *
3 gape o§ 34+1 445] 14 9
Matrices
199

Subtraction of matrices: Two matrices can be subtracted if they are of the same order. The
corresponding elements are simply subtracted one by one.

Ex: A-|) | 2-|: i

Bre rey.
cSt 4-8 aH | ‘el is I-[- :
> 6 5. 2h hs 6—-(~2)). 4.23. 8
Multiplication of a matrix by a scalar:
When a matrix is multiplied by a scalar factor K, each element of the matrix is multiplied by K.
Ex:
a b Ps
(i) If A -| }then
aq elf

3 4
(ii) If B= }then
-| 6
< nee | 3x3 3x4 [9 12
3B — B — — K

—] 6 3x-l 3x6 |-3 18

Properties of matrix Addition:

(a) If A and B are matrices of the same order, then their sum is A + B is also a matrix of the same
order.
This is closure property of matrices under addition.
] 0 4 5
Ex: A= 5 B=
a. =] 632

A is 2 x 2 matrix, B is also 2 x 2 matrix.

f. O fees) [1+4 Oe] [5 5]
A+B= + = =
3 -l &. 3 ae -1+3 9 to |

a. -§
A+B= |This is also 2x2 matrix.
, wy 2

(b) If A and B are matrices of same order then A+ B= B> A,

This is commutative property under addition.

ae 4 pre 2
Es A] , B=
0 3 2 3 2 l

A and B both are of same order 2 x 3.

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
200

2 142 -I-1 mtr, -2 ‘|

Lt. -) Rat
8-|) 3 | 3 2 “Tt ors” 3+2 a,
4) [2-1-1 2a 4 i
> -1 210f4-1
Bea); > yelo--3 2) Jae 2342 Tee 5 8
eA.
4+ B=B+
Henc
.
(c) IfA, Band C are matrices of the same order then (A + B)+C=A+(B+C)
This is associative property under addition.
2 4 On3 a 5G
Ps = , B= , =

ae —-l| -l 2 | 6:28

2 aa 3 24608 44+3| {2 7)
A+B= ef = 7
-1 -1] |2 1) [-1+2 -1+1} [1 0]
2 eh 5: 6 2+5 7+6 Ti, is
(A+B)+C= + = =
Tee One6 65 1+6 0+5 : 5
Q. 28 5... 6 0+5 3+6 ee
B+C= + = =
Deal 6 5 2+6 1+5 8 6

2 4 Sc 19 2+5 4+9 et 13
A+(B+C)= + = =
-} -l S$. .6 -1+8 -1+6 aD
(A+ B)+C = A+(B+C).
(d) If O is the null matrix of the same order as the matrix A, then
A+O=O0+A=A.
Then the null matrix O is called the additive identity.
2 Pa Ov “ONG
Ex: A= and O=
~ aay Se 0. 0 oe

fr ToweTo)6€0 lhUO ie - 1+0 Saas 1 (4

A+O= + = = =A
5 43) 10 0 OO} Taek 440 Satis 4 3S
By commutative property of addition of matrices,
A+O=O+A
=> A+O=0+A=A.
(e) Corresponding to each matrix, there is one and only one matrix which when added, it gives a null
matrix.
> =)
ES, A=
4 3; ae
Let X be the matrix of order 2 x 3 such that
A+xX =0.
Matrices ;
01

=e. S Dita 2 0 0
+ —
4 : uy. ie Pw o. 0 0
3+p -—-l+q S+r me Oo
=> = :
4+u 3+v 2+w yi Oe 0
By equality of matrix, we get
3+ p=0=> p=-3, -l+q=0> q=1, 5+r=0>r=-5
4+u=0>u=~-+4, 3+v=0>v=-3, 2+ w=0>
w= -2
en
X=
4 +3 -2
The matrix X is called the additive inverse of the matrix A. It is formed by replacing each entry in the
matrix A with the additive inverse of the corresponding entry. So it is denoted by —A.
A+(-—A)=0 and also (-A)+A=0.

Solving matrix equation :

To solve the matrix equation A+ X = B, where 4A, B are given matrices and_X is the unknown matrix
and A, B, X are matrices of the same order. We have to do exactly what we learnt to do numbers.

A+X=B8B
(—A)+ A+X =(-A)+B (Add —A to both sides)
> [(-4)+ 4]+X =B-A B= B- A Commutative property)
(-—A+

=> O+X=B-A (—A+ A=0, additive inverse property)

=> X=B-A (0+ X = X, additive identity)
which is the required solution.
3 2 Sg
Ex: X + =
-l1 4 5 ~ EZ

= Ae
=e
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
202

illustrative Examples
transpose.
Example 1. Write down the transpose of the following and state the order of
-3] ae q
¥
2
|.
] 7, i ll oe

Solution.

Se ae 2 0 a eee
(i) A' = cs : (ii) B' =[-3 2]

order is 2 x 2 order is ] x 2

0 3
Example 2. If A = : >}find its transpose matrix A‘, also find A+ A‘ and A‘ — A.

os
Solution. A= ng

2 2 1
Example 3. If 4 = B= :
0 3 -

Find (i) A+B (ii) A-B (iii)

B- A.
Solution.

oh: nie sa| |

0 seal |
So 3) 3 0+5 343 aA
N
|Sara
NO
-_
en
ee
|

7 2 7 : ie | | | |
(ii) A-B= <i. Il
© 3) Saees -—_I| nn
oe Ww N || et
Ww wo
a
cn
he
-
| [—
a

(iii) p-a-|. 3He0 tHe ome ; a

3 55 3-3
>

Example4.If4=Ae 7h c-[]
al
Find(1) A+ B+C (ii) 2A—3B (iii) A+2B-3C.
Solution.

0 areca Hea
rt
Matrices
203

TT HL]
3
(ii) 24-30=2 |
2

(iii) A+2B-3C=

0 —5 |
Example 5. Given A=| |, B= » Cat an
3 -] 4
Find matrix X in each case.
(ij) X = A+B+C (ii) X+A=B-C
(iii) C-A=B-X.
Solution.
(i) X = A+B+C

fi
li X+A=B-C
=> X=-A+B-C

(iit) C-A=B-X
=> X=A+B-C

acene
204 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Example 6. Write the additive inverse of matrices

P=[8 -7], o-|2 miR -|3}

Solution. Additive inverse of P = —P.
Additive inverse of P=-[8 -7]=[-8 7]
Then P+(-P)=0.
= (s -7]+[-8 7]=[0 0]

larly,
Similarly, Add itive inverse of -o--|
poe O=—-Q=-— > ee
=
: 6 -2 —6 2
=9 9
and Additive inverse of R = —R =-— =
13 =13

Example [Link][-7 x|+[y -2]=[-5 3], find

xand y.
Solution. [-7 x]+[y -2]=[-5 3]
> [-7+y x-2]=[-5- 3]
Since the matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
—7+y=-5 ; x-2=3

wmen {sen
= y=2 ; x=5.

vom (HE
- ht
Since the matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
x+5.= 6; —4+y=7

= x= y=11.
Bee) hz b 2 2 2 ~-1
Example 9. If + _ =
|: i i 7 id ik ne a, b and c.
Matrices
205

- ah '2 b e
Solution. + 3 2 = 2 !
oa 1 -3 | Cc 5 0

a+2-2 4+b-2 7 ae
==, =
3+1-(-1) 2-3 -c sr
a 2+5 ~ =!
= =
5 -l-c 5 0
Since the matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
a=2, 2+b=-l, +1 >c=0,
= ve b=-3, ==).

x+2 y-4 3x-2 Sy+6

Example 10. If = , find x, y and z.
| —2+2z l 4+2z
x+2 y-4 3x-2 Sy+6
Solution. = ; ,
] —2+2Z ] 4+2z
Since the matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
x+2=3x-2, y—-4=Sy+6, —2+z=4+22z
— <2. =-2+ z=-6.

Suggested Questions
2 -!l =3 3
Question 1. If +2Az= , find A.
2 0 / ae
2 He a 5
lution.
Solution ; ‘ + = Jame

=> 2A=

3 —2 l aoe
0 the following g cases.
c== ae find the matrix x in each h of
i n matrix a =
Question 2. Give |b== |
206
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

(i) x=atbt+e (ii) x=atb—c (iii) x-a=b

(iv) a+x=b+c (v) 2x=a-c.
Solution.
(i) x=atb+c

= Gres Ll
3 —2 l 3-2+1 2

(ii) x=a+b-c

= DTGol ll
3 —2 l 3-2-1 0

(iii) x-a=b

(iv) a+x=b+e
=> x=-at+b+c

(v) 2x=a-c

= 2H
alLeeal ts

Question 3. Given 4 = : ‘
-3 4
(i) find the matrix B such that A+ Bis a zero matri
x.
(ii) find the matrix C such that A+ C= A.
Solution.

(i) A=

Given
a4
=3 d
A+B=0A+B=0
=> B=0-A
= B=-A
(*.” Additive identity)
Matrices
207
1 -2 ee
=> B=- = “i
—— 4 3 -4
(ii) Given A+C= 4.
=> C=A-A

2 0 | es
Question 4. If 4 = oy , find 2A-3B.
a —2 3

‘+4 0 -| 4 + 0 j
Solution. 24-38~2| ‘
J nt? Seay 6D
7 4-0 0-3 ‘3 4 =

13, 2-9 |-[° a

ee” —4 -]
Question 5. Given A = and B= :
a ae —3

(i) find the matrix 24+ B.

0 O
(ii) find a matrix C such that C+ B= eee

Solution.
t 4 4 -!l 2 4 -]
(i) 2A+B=2 4 = +
aS 3 2 4-6 3 2

2-4 8-1 —2 7

Si 27 ee os oe eo
0 O
(ii) Given C+B=
0. 0

ee
~ eae
a 2 Le .s3 z —-7
6. If 1, ;+3 k _= t , find the values of x, y and z.
F |
Question
i
208 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

cee ] 3
Solution. 2 +3 =
ee eae 4

6+3 2x+9 Zz -7
=> =

7 2+6 15 8

2x+9 Zz -7
=> ,
3y 8 15 8

Since matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
: O72. 2x+9=-7, 3y=15
= zZ=9; ip y=5
> x=-8, Z—

_- ak
me fel
Question 7. Solve the matrix equation

Question 8. If a
3

x-2
Solution.
3
E

= 4-4 441
=>
3 y- 5-2
*-2 1, 5
=>
3 y- 3
Since the matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements
are equal.
x=-226, 3=y-]1
Matrices

> x=2, y=4.

; Pa | 5
Question 9. If A=] — and B= compute 34+4B
223 3 ee |
fs «
Solution. 3A+4B=3 +4 4
ery ca
-|
3 nop 8 See 1248) re 20
oS) (12 eh ee12 “oS igs |
Question 10. If 1 is the unit matrix of order 2 x2, find the matrix A, such that 34—4/ = 1)

1 2
Solution. 3A-4/ = |
0

i 0 1 -2
= 3A-4 =a

4 HO 5 -10
=> 3A- =
i 4 ; —5 |

5+4 -10+0 9 -10

=> sA— =
0+0 —5+4 0 <=!

9 -10
=> A=+
0 -l

3 10
=> A= 3
Pa
3

Multiplication of Matrices :
Multiplication of two matrices A and B is possible only when the number of columns of 4 is equal to
the number of rows of B.
Such matrices are said to be conformable or compatible for multiplication.
The multiplication of two matrices A and B is written as AB.
In the product AB — “A is post multiplied by B” and “B is pre multiplied by A”.
If A is of order 3 x 2 matrix and B is of order 2 x 3, then AB is oforder 3 x 3.
?.
In general if A is of order m x n and B is of order nx P, then AB is of order m x
[Fol 7 aay
Ex : Let a : B=
2: 8 5 4

Here A is of order 2 x2 and B is also of order 2x2.

AB is defined and it is a matrix of the order 2 x2.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class »,4
210

1 3425 5eet
AB=
2 Of} eee
1 row x1 col «1 row x 2" co!
AB = ‘
2% row xI*col 2" row x2" col
the products.)
(Multiply the entries of a row by the corresponding entries of a column and then add
1x24+3x5 Ix(-1)+3x4
AB=
2x2+0x5 2x(-1)+0x4]
List ee
AB = :
4 —2

Properties of matrix ~-"'tiplication :

1. The product of matrices is not commutative.
1 90 2 0
Ex: Let A= , B=
Pet | aa
1 Off2 Oo] [2x1+0x1 1x0+0x1] [2 0
ao = =
1 1S [1x 2+1xT oa fl) Oe
2 Olft. 0} [2x1+0xIe2xO+0x1] [2 78
BA= | = —
PL | 1> 1+ 1 des1xt joe
AB
+ BA.
Product is not commutative.

2. The product of matrices is associative.

; 0 2 0 -1- 2
Ex: Let A= = a :
eal 1 l
1 0] [ix2+0xl 1x0+0x1 2 ef
AB = =
] l Ix24+1x1] 1x04+1x1 3 |
* es 2x 1)+0x3
(-1)+0x 2x2
x2+0x1 a -a ]
3 \iees, J -|,350m 3x24+1x!l ists 52
ac =| Of =feg 3 2x-140x3 2x240x!1 : m) 4]
1 U3 1p Lix-t4+1x3 9 1x24ixt] [2 3]
Macy} Om-=2 4 é Ix-240x2 1x44+0x3 =—2. 4
| eo" Ix-2+1x2 1x441x3 Gia
(AB)C = A(BC).
Product of matrices is associative.
Matrices dai

3. Multiplication of matrices is distributive with respect to matrix addition.

| ae ) -l 2
Ex: Let A= , B= ,C=
l ] ] ] 3 1

a 6® -l 2 2-1 0+2 ] 2
B+C= + = =
] | 3 ] 1+3 1+1 Bhi?

| 0} 1 2 lx1+0x4 Ix2+0x2 ] g
A(B+C)= = @
l & 3 Ixl+1x4 ix |x 2 § 4

2 O] [ix2+0x1 1x04+0x1] [2 0
Ix2+1x1 1xO041x1/ 13 1
2 1)+0x3 1x2+0x 1 =f<«2
AC = =
] 1)+1x3 1x2+1x1]1 2 ae

> of fen 3 2-1 0+2 se

AB+BC= + =
2 3+2 1+3 xy 6

A(B+C) AC.
AB+ =
Multiplication of matrices is distributive with respect to matrix addition.
4. Identity matrix for multiplication.
In matrix multiplication, the unit matrix / is said known as the identity matrix for multiplication, since.
on multiplying any matrix with identity matrix of the same order, the matrix remains unaltered.
If I is the unit matrix and A is any matrix of the same order as that of /, then
And >A= 1X A.

4 2 E 0
Ex: Let A= and | = ,
3 5 0 1
s 20b @ 4x1+2x0 4x0+2x!1 4 2| 3
Al= = = =
3 5]}/0 1} |[-3x1+5x0 -3x0+5x1] |[-3 5]
1 Off 4 2] [1x4+0x(-3) 1x2+0x5 Lae i
IA = = = =

O44 E 5 0x4-3x] 0x2+1x5 =37 ¢5

illustrative Examples

] 0} 2 Bs
Example 1. If = , find x and y.
0 -I}3 y

l 0} 2 x.
Solution. =
0.-< =FF3 y
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class x
212

- 2
- GE :
Since two matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
x=2, y=—-3:

a 4} 2 4
Example 2. If =| |,find the value of a.
J
a 4
Solution.
0

ax2+4x(-
=>
1x2+2x(-

2a-—4
=> <7 he
0 0
Since two matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
2a-4=4
—— a=4.

1 4 +3 2 1 anh)
Example3. If4 = , B= ,C= ;
ba 4 0 oO” *Z
Find (i) A2+BC (ii) A?- B2

Solution.

1 4\\ 1 4 1x1+4x2 1x4+4x] 9 8

(i) A* = = —
2 012 1) [Oxo otee ela 9
ae. —3.0271 0) PeSkd42K0\<oxeeeed) 1-5 Te
4.*ol0 21 | @e1¢0x0- 4e080x2! | 4a ©
> 9) (-.ero—3 Gan
- A* +BC= Pi = : i = Altes ,
4 9] 14 Oo} |4+4 940] |8 9
stp e[= 27-3 21s
_[-3x-3+2x4 0 i -3x24+2x0] [ 17 +
4 olla o -3x44+0x4. 4x24+0x0} 1-12. 8

enw |! + 7 aC 9-17 ons "i

4 9] |-12 8} [4-(-12)ea8 )) |16a
Matrices i
3

FN) 4 6
Example 4. If P -| iand Q -|3 ‘find the value of x, given that P? = Q.

2 on2
| aie
7 3) 2x0+0xx
Solution. n-|
—3' x}i-3! x (-3)x2-3xx (-3)xO+xxx
4 0
|i
-6-3x x?
Given P*=0

*.” Both matrices are equal.

=> —6-—3x =-9 : x? =]
= =I ; = +].
= Soe

a
Example 5. Find the integers a and b such that [a oH=16.

a
Solution. [a oH = 16.

= a? +b? =16.
If a=0, then b= +4 > we get a? +b? = 16.
If a=+4, then b=0 => weget a? +b? = 16.
2 pit a 3
Example 6. Given that X = \and Y = ° and that XY = X + Y, find the values of a, 4, c.
|
0 Cc

2 €Wa- 6 2a. 23
Solution. xT = =
0 SRGe ec 0 3c

2 © 0 a vb 2+a b
X+Y= * =
6. 2c Cc 3+¢

Given AY =X +Y.
2a - 20 2+a b
= ’
=>
O- -5e 0 3+¢
These two matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
=> 2a=2+4a, 2p= 0, 3c =3+c
3
=> a=2, b=0, oer. v|-
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class Xx
214

| 7g 2 ]
|and 2-| }find (i) AB+ BA (ii) A(A+ B).
Example 7. If 4 -|
1“ 3 -l

Solution.

|
i 4]| 2 l i 1x2+4x3 1x1+4x-l 14 -3
ee bs
wee 073 -!l 1x2+0x3 1x1+0x-l 2 ]

2 11 4 2x1+1x!1 2x4+1x0 3 8
—
BA= =

3.) =] ieee 3x1l+-Ixl 3x4-1x0 2 aa?

14 -3 3 8 14+3 -—3+8 17 5
AB+ BA= + = =
2 l 242 242, 1412 4-113
1 4 py ] 1+2 4+1 3 5
(ii) A+B= + = =
a ae 3 -!l 1+3 O-1 4 -l

| “4s E) 1x3+4x4 1x5+4x-l i. A

A( A+B) = = = ;
1] Q4"--1 1x3+0x4 1x5+0x-!l 3 5

Suggested Questions
] ]
Question 1. Let M x F |
=[1 2], where M is the matrix.

(i) State the order of the matrix M. (ii) Find the matrix M.
Solution.

om | 2]

No. of columns in Ist Matrix = No. of rows in 2nd

*. Mhas 2 columns. Since the product is 1 x 2,
.. Mhas | row.
ny oraer Of
M = |. x2:
(ii) Let M=|a 65]

=je a+2b\=[1 i].

Since two matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
.. @=1 and a+2b=2.

. Matrix M =(1 4).

Matrices
215

Li A
Question 2. If 4 = R= ’ a
0 -!l 0 -+
(i) find A? (ii) find the value ofm if AB+ BA.
Solution.

(i) A = | 41 4 x1+4x0
ke 1x1+4 1x4+4x-] fi 0
0 -—ERO -] 0x1+0~x-1 ential, l
a | 412 m 1x2+4x0 Ixm+4x—+ 2
(ii) AB= =
0 -1)0 —+ 0x2+0x-]1 eee |
2 m || | 4 2xl+mx0 2x4+mx-l 2
BA = =
0 -> 0 -l 0x1+0x-+ 0x4+-Ix- + ae

oa
Since two matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
. m-2=8-m
= m= 10
= mS.

] 2 I <0 | |
Question 3. If r-| | o-| 3 ;then compute (i) P?-Q? (ii) (P+Q) (P-Q).
ya 2

Is (P+Q) (P-Q)= — Q” true for matrix algebra?

Solution.
5 r-|) AD slice 1x2+2x-l 5
Pe t=E2 hh i 28142 2x2+-I1x-l ” 0

=|) iL. ss ee 1x0+0x1 4. 0

2-1 Lh | [Aaxdelk2 2x0+1x1 4

TE 4
r-o'-|' aL ie
0 5) 14 1] |0-4

(ii) p+0-|
) oar
‘b:
oO
[oss
rel
it ie)
1 2] fi 0} fiet
r-0-|) “rb les ei 4
2To 2) [2x0+2x0
rl |
2x2+2x-2 0 0

oo -2| |4x0+0x0 44+2x0x-2 0 8

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class »,4
216

-~Q? #(P+Q)(P- Q) - It is not true for matrix algebra.

Et 2 0 ees |)
Question 4. If : = , find the value of x and y.
3. 30s 9 0
| 2 ee)
Solution. =
z 3 30a 9 0
Ixx+2x0 Ix0+2y Epemee (
=
=
3xx+3x0 3x0+3xy J=100

eo ay, x 0
=» —

BX: 3a 9 0
Both matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
35—9, 2y=0, 3y=0
a y=0.

2 eS 3° 0
Question 5. If A = }B= }show that AB = 0, although neitherA nor B is zero matrix.
0. —2 0
pee) a 0 2x3+3x—2 =2x0+3x0 . 9
Solution. AB = = =
0 OV—2 O 0x3+0x—2 0x0+0x0 0 O
- AB=0. i
Question 6. If A and B are any two 2 x 2 matrices such that AB = B and B is not a zero matrix, what
can you say about matrix A.
Solution. Given A and B are any two 2 x 2 matrices such that AB = B and B +0 then JA has to be a
unit matrix according to Identity property.
1. 3g a. +6
oS . Let B be ;
] d

Olla Ixa+0Oxc 1xb+0xd a b

Then = =B8
of 1? ‘|
[ier ae ’ ,
Matrix A is unit matrix.

x
Question 7. If A = y iB= .- find the value of x, given that A? = B.

ao ss _| eee 2xx+xxI1 - EC
Solution
Ox2+1x0 Oxx+ixt| JO 1
Given
Matrices
217
Both matrices are equal, hence the corresponding elements are equal.
3x
= 36
=> oe 12.

; ze O ars
Question 8. Given that 4 = ; iand B -|° |and AB = A+B, find the values of a, b, c.
c
; 3: O8Ra-' 6b 3xa+0x0 3xb+0xec 3a = 3b
Solution. AB= = =
9 486 “e Oxa+4x0 0xb+4xc 0 4c

3 O a 6b 3+a O0+6 3+a b

A+B= + —
0 4 @ <¢ 0+0 4+4+¢c 0 4+c
Given AB=A+B.
3a 0 3b 3+a b These two matrices are equal, hence the
= :
‘i:2 , ke j corresponding elements are equal.

= 3a=3+a, 36=b, 4c=4+¢

= 5=0, c=1i.

-1 2 3
Question 9. If A = , find the matrix AB = BA.
2 4 -6
Solution.
B 1x2+3x-4 -1x-3+3x-6 -14 -15
ao| fF 4aeeeusr eer He

2x-1+-3x2 2x3+4x-3 —§ -6

ea-|| i 2 i rk, cals peer: |

-14 -15 -8 -6 -14-8 -15-6

= a =

—— -12 -30 -8 -36 -12-8 -30-36

—22 -21
=> AB+BA=
20° -66|

a 2 -3 E:
Question 10. Given A = be |B= | 3find (i) 2A-3B (ii) AB.

Solution.
4, ot Fares Mian 6 Ge La fie 9
9 24-38=3| ck pe es 0
218 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Ll seme
/

3 2 2 —3 3x2+2'«1 3x—-3+2x0 -9
(ii) AB | —4x-3+5x0 12
4 > l 0 —-4x2+5x]

| nec)
i
6 —2 5 3

so
Question 11. Write as a single matrix
Z 2

LH |
6 —2 5 3 6x5+2x-2 26 10
Solution.
| 2 2 4 1x5+2x2 1x3+2x4 9 1]

3 l
Question 12. If A= i iverify if (A-B) = A? -24AB+B?.

SB 1| [) =eee-1 1-3 2. 3
Solution. A-B= ~ = =
Dt} |5 3 42=5 153 3 -2
ae 321 ae 2x2+3x-3 2x3+3x-2] [-5 0
BPHS=(A-B) = = =
=3 21-3 « 2] 1=3x24-2%-3 =3x34-20e2 0 -5
- 3 -13 1). [3x34 bee aia] eee
“| 2 Tie a | 234 Inez ead te | i
3 sok. —2 3x1l+1x5 3x--24+1x3 8 -3

2 Aes) |2% lee ox 2 4103 1

7 1 ©S9e=9 _|1x1+5x-2 1x -2+(-2)x3 uu? -8
5 Git: 3| “|SRS ©=«Leese SREP20 I
lt 4) eer =3] [-9 =
R.H.S = A? -2 AB+ B? = ~2 +
gt 3 Te =i 20: (34
11 47) (16 9=6])-[-9 2-8
= ~ +
8. 3-04 P21 |20 oh
_{1l-16-9 4-(-6)-8] [-14 2
8-14+20 3-(-2)-1| | 14 4
LHS
+ RHS.
(A-B)’ # A? -2AB+ B?.
iy Sm | —2 -3
Question 13. If 4= ,B :G -|‘ ifind each of the following and state if
3) 4
they are equal (i) CA+ B (ii) A+CB.
Solution.

|
—3 || 1 2 —2x14+3x-3 —-2x2+4x-3
(i) CA |
0 1] 3 4 Ox1l+1x3 0x2+1x4
Matrices
219

cava-|-ll -16 i S- 2 ¢ - 11+6 — 1641] _ 5 = 15

3 4 : YF 3+1 4+] 4 5
(i) CB= —2 -316 1 uf —2x6
x6+1x-3
- - 2x1l+Ix-3
- i - 15 -5
0 1 | ] 0x6+1x1 Ox1+I1x1 ] |
reagan ] 2 -15 -§5 = 1-1 5 2-5
- E = 14 -3
3 4 1 ! Brel 4x! 4f0 5
CA+B+#A+CB.
They are not equal.

250.4 3 4 -3 l
Question 14. Given the matrices 4A = |B= |and C = }find the products
4 -l - 0 -2
of (i) ABC (ii) ACB, and state whether they are equal.
Solution.

2 1 3 4 2x34+I1x-1 4x2+1x-2 5 6
AB = = =_
(/)

4 2-1 -2 4x34+2x-l 4x44+2x-2 10-- 12

5 6 | -3 1 5x —-3+6x0 §x1+6x-2 —-15 -7

10 “1259 6 —2 10x-34+12x0 10x1+12x-2 -30 -14

y > Fees
- * 2x-3+1x0 2x1+I1x-2 -6 0
(ii) ac-|) |; a= =
4x-3+-2x0 4x1+2x-2 -12 0
-6 0 3 + -6x3+0x1 —-6x4+0x2 -18 -24
ACB =
-12 O|- | i ee waadshela "(a a
ACB
# ACB.
”. They are not equal.
et at
] —2 1
Question 15. If A= i }B=|3 2], (i) write down the product matrix AB.(ii) would it

ae
be possible to form the product BA? If so, compute BA, if not give reasons why its is not possible.
Solution.

» w-[
a
1 = De esk 1x2+3x—2¢+I1x1l 1x1l+2x-24+1x!l = o
i) AB= 3 2|= ° =
L. 43 2x24+1x3+3x1l 92x1+1*2+3x1l
|

(ii) B is of order 3x2 and A is of order 2 x 3.

BA is defined.
It is possible to find [A and BA is a matrix of order ax: 3
 Class X
220
A Textbook of Mathematics for

xl4e)e2 2x-24+1xt Oxilelx3 4 3 5

pe |
—2 1
=|3xfeix2 3<—242K0) Sxi+2x3iene -4 9
BA=13 |,
] 3
1x1+2x1 |x —2+1x1 1x1+1x3 3 —| 4
| l :

: er, 2 1
pinestion 16. If AsiF a , find A( BA).

2 oc ana 2x2+I1xIl a 45
ion. BA= =
eoton | inde 2x2 1x2¢2en 1S 4
1x44+2x5 1x5+2x4 14° "3
(BA) =|, - ;
155 2x54+1x4 13», 324

] 2
Question 17. A= a C= . Compute A(B+C) and (B+C) A.
3

] 5 2+5 1+!1 ae 12
Solution. B+C=
Bile 4i 4+7 2+4 ib 6

2 || 7 1x7+2xI11 1x2+2x6 29 14
A(B+C)= a
3 11 3x7+4xll 3x2+4x6 65 30

] 7x1+2x3 7x2+2x4 iz - 2

3 11x1+6x3 11x2+6x4|
|29 46]
4 2
Question 18. If 4 = oe | ;-|; Xfind the matrix C(B-— A).
we +3

2 2-1 1-2 1 -l
Solution. B-A= |
Ww
N nN
—
|EEE
a
NO
aaa
— 31@5=o 2-3| Seed
C(B- A) = 1 311 -1 i Ilx1+3x1 lx-1+3x-l fi 4 —4 )

3° DPS Ske +1 x 1 Bead») 4 -4

4 1
Question 19. If X = |; }show that 6X —.X? = 9], where / is a unit matrix.
2

aT) [34 oe
Solution. 6X =6 =
=i 2 | |67 ee
ao i4 be 4x44+1x-]1 4xl+1x2 -. 1S 6
—| 2] -1 2| [Siied4+2>—]. Sao) |e
24 6 l
LHS =6X
- X? = _ oy
-~6 "i “63
Matrices 991

24-15 6-6 oi 6 1 6
-6-(-6) 12-3} |o 9] , : 1 =RHS.
Question 20. State with reason, whether the following are true
or false. 4, B, C are matrices of order
2x2
a
(i) A.B=B.A
(ii) A.( B.C) =(A.B).C
(iii) (A+ BY = 42 4+24.B+B?
(iv) A.(B+C)= A.B+ A.C.
Solution.
(1) A.B= B.A. False. Because the product of matrices is not commutative.
(ii) A.(B.C) =(A.B).C. True. Because multiplication of matrices is associative.
(iii) (A+B)? = A? +2A.B+ B’. False. Because if we expand (A + B)? in the form
(A+ B)(A+B) = A(A+B)+B(A+B)
= A> + AB+BA+B
(A+B)? = A*>+AB+BA+B’.
~. We see that (4+ B)° is not equal to A? +2 AB +B? unless AB = BA, which is not true as the
product of matrices is not commutative.
(iv) A..B+C)= A.B+ A.C. True. Because multiplication of matrices is distributive with respect to
addition.

8 2 F2
Question 21. Given ’ ‘A= ra , write down

(i) the order of the matrix X.

(ii) the matrix _X.
8 2 $2
Solution. Given so
l 4 10

=> AxX= B.
(i) The order of matrix A=2x2.
The order of matrix B=2x1.
“. The order of matrix X =2 x1.
-
*.* Compatibility of matrices for multiplication is that the number of columns in the pre-multi
= B,,,.
plying matrix must be equal to the number of rows in the other matrix A,,, X,,,
os
nt CE xX =|. ‘|.
y
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

= 8x-2y=12
x+4y=10.

nis]
Solving these two equation, we get x = 2 Mie.

3
Question 22. evaluate x, y if Ps

sate [Tish Lo
3 2} 2x 4 8

6x -—2 -8 8
E- al" 47 ,
6x -10 8
E. | = ,|
6x-10= -2x+14=4y
= 6x =18 : —2x3+14=4y
=> x=3 ; 8=4y
=> x=3 ; y=2
“ X=3, y=2.

Question 23. Evaluate without using tables

2cos60° —-2sin30° \{ cot4S° cosec30°
we45° cos0° pee? sin 90° }

a. ?cos60° -2sin30° Hse yam

—tan45° cos0° sec60° sin 90°

[3 au! i
ak 1 pe |

(a a
1 =LY1 2

G4)
-1 1

Exercises
it
1. wa-|! fin (i) A' (ii) A‘ +24.

2. If A =[2 3], B=[3 4],c=[4 2],

Matrices oie

Find the matrixX in the following

(i) X =A+B+C (ii) X =2A-3B+C (iii) C-X =A-2B.

ye .
he: 20 5} 2-[; A
0 0
(i) Find
the
mateR sch hat+0 =| }
0 0
(ii) Find the matrix 2P-Q.
5 -3 -1 1
4. If +2A= , findA.
5 0 1 0

5. Find
xandy if2[3 x]+[y -2]=[6 2].

ALi
cee a co
3 -S}O 4
90
~a; . Write as a single matrix.
=e 8253-2

g 2 -3
\o cE nN i be-[ > int
8 and
|

TA 0 -2
10. If A= , B= , find A(A +B).
2 -l a
a7 5 aS 7ai |
a Soe ;
ll. f A=
0 0 S 2 0 1

Show that (i)A(B+C)=AB+AC (ii) (B+A)C=BC+AC

Sie, -1) ,_[° 2] [1 ?
ery are iat at i2 af
Show that (AB)C = A(BC).
0
A= :
13. Given , B= i and AB = A+B, find the values of x, y,z.
(1 a | OO. z

3 4x 14
and y y: a
14. _ Solve forforxand 3ty = & :
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
224

2 = a0
- 0
15. | =|-l 1 |. Write down the product of AB.
| Seay
3 -l

order 2.
16. If A -(; sin A’ —5A-14], where /is the unit matrix of

17. Solve the matrix equation

where_X
is a 2 x 2 matrix.
(eb 3}
18.

19.

2 -l
20. |andB-| }find A.

21. i 4-| cos9

—cos8
sin98
-—-sin®
|find (i) A’ (ii) AA’.

ta-| tan® cot0 tan8 cot®

22 |anaB= a0
l “aa
1 |, find AB.
—tan® -cot®

x —-l 0 1} 2
23, If}yl|=| 4 O x, y,z.
-1}) 2), find
Z 0 2 12

2-420) x
24. Solve forxif [x 3 1]}}1 0 2] 3|=0.
0 2 1-2
| EP
ZS. If A -|; ishow that (i) A? =2.A (ii) Deduce that A? +4 = A(24 +I).

26. i A-|—22 ~2
4 show that (i) 4? =44 (ii) A? =16A.

oi. Find the matrix

B, if A “| Eeand A? 38-|) 4
0 0
3
28. +B".
}op 7verify that (A + B)' = A‘
Matrices
225

29 FindmarxB, i =| : 1and A+2B=A?.

30. Solve for, ».2{ 1: : (. a =

z= Spe =) 3} ey 2

Answers
"Tr. ST te. 93
. (i) of @ ee: 2.) (9 9] @[-1 4] Gi [8 7]

_ -1 -2) f1 -6 P —4 2
| = ee @ = 6 =e
5
ae 6.x=2, y=l

x=-l, ysé
y=4, z= 255 eee a
Sea

AB =

AB ,
Yes = BA.
se |
, BA=
rE sie 4
2
10.
a od

13. x=11, y=0, z=14 14. x=-10, y=11

5S:
oe5 -l
16.
(ew
OF *6

Ge? £25
17. s 18. x=1
ee
3

19. r=3;y=-l 20. seid

A= ih
Doin

cos® —cos@ i 1 -1 sec?® —cosec’ 0

ye (|.sin@ e 22. ; é
-—sin® -l 1 —sec’@ -—cosec’ 9

7
iy x=0, y=6,z=-2 24.x=-4 orl

=16 3 Bip Ks
aT. 3 29.
0 25 ae 0
3

30.
 Unit 3
Geometry

Chapter 11

Symmetry

Consider the following figures :

|

These figures are such that if these are folded long the dotted line, then one half of these coincides
with the other half. These figures on the left hand side of the dotted line correspond exactly to the figures
on the right hand side of the dotted line. These figures consist of two congruent parts on either side of the
dotted line. Figures of this kind are said to be symmetrical, the dotted line called a line or an axis of
symmetry.

Line symmetry :
If a figure is divided into two coincident parts by a line then the figure is called symmetrical about
that line, and the line is called its line of symmetry or an axis of symmetry.
A figure may have one or more than one axis of symmetry. Some figures may have no line symmetry.
Let us consider the following figures:

1. Lines :
A line has an infinite number of symmetry lines, all perpen-
dicular to it. The line itself coincide with its image.
Symmetry
NR ~ner

2. Segments :
. A line segment has two symmetry lines, its perpe
ndicular bisector and the
line segment itself.

3. Angles :
An angle has one symmetry line, which is its angular bisector.

Sea

ioe
4. Isosceles triangle :
An isosceles triangle has one symmetry line, the angular bisector of the vertex
which is also the perpendicular bisector of the base.

5. Equilateral triangle :
An equilateral triangle has three symmetry lines, the angular bisector of each of
the vertices.
F .

6. Square :
A square has four symmetry lines, the two diagonals and the two perpendicular ~< | i
bisectors of each pair of opposite sides.

7
\

7. Rectangle :
A rectangle has two symmetry lines, the perpendicular bisector of each
pair of opposite sides. ---4
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
228

8. Rhombus :
A rhombus has two symmetry lines, which are its diagonals.

9. Isosceles Trapezium:
An isosceles trapezium has one symmetry line, the perpendicular bisector of
i 2
the parallel sides.

10. Kite :
Kite has one symmetry line, which is one of its diagonals.

11. Arrow heads :

An arrow head has one symmetry line, which is one of its diagonals.

aN

12. Circle :
A circle has an infinite number of lines of symmetry passing through the centre.

13. Semi - circle:

A semi-circle has one symmetry line, which is the perpendicular bisector of the
diameter.
Symmetry 229
14. Regular Pentagon :
A regular pentagon has five lines of symmetry, which are the perpendi-
culars drawn from the vertices to the opposite sides.

15. Regular Hexagon :

A regular hexagon has six lines of symmetry, which are the diagonals and the
perpendicular bisectors of each pair of opposite sides.

Point Symmetry:
A plane figure is said to have point symmetry about a point O, if it remains invariant under a rotation
in its plane about O through 180°.
1. Circle:
A circle has point symmetry about O, the centre of the circle.

2. Parallelogram:
A parallelogram has point symmetry about O, the point of inter-
section of the diagonals.

3. Rectangle:
A rectangle has point symmetry about O, the point of intersection of diagonals. ae

4. Square:
of diagonals. .
A square has point symmetry about O, the point of intersection
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class »,4
23 0

5. Rhombus:
in <
A Rhombus has point symmetry about Q, the point of intersection of dGgont

6. Regular Hexagon:
A regular hexagon has point symmetry about O, the centre of the regular hexagon,
the point of intersection of diagonais.

Note:
(1) A regular polygon with n sides has n lines of symmetry.
(ii) A regular polygon of odd number of sides has no point symmetry but a regular polygon of even
number of sides has a point symmetry, about the point of intersection of diagonals.
The following letters are symmetrical about the dotted line and have point symmetry about ‘O”:

| >

|
2 T | |

V
|

W VY Zz
Suggested questions
Question 1. Construct an equilateral triangle each of whose side is 4 cm.
Draw all
its lines of symmetry.
Solution.
| An equilat
: eral triangle each side 4 cm, has three lines of Symmetry, angular .
bisector of each of the vertices.
eet 231
~ Question 2. Using ruler and compasses only, construct a rectangle ABCD with
AB = 5 cm, AD=3cm
and construct its lines of symmetry.
Solution. A rectangle ABCD, in which AB = CD = Sem,
AD = BC = 3 cm, has two lines of symmetry, the perpendi-
cular bisectors of each pair of opposite sides.

Question 3. Using ruler and compasses only, draw a square of side of 4 cm. Draw all its lines of
symmetry.
Solution. A square ABCD of each side = 4 cm, has four
lines of symmetry, the two diagonals and the perpendicular D
bisectors of each pair of opposite sides.
4

eo
\
* ! ! ! | | ! | ! ! | ! ! !
! ' ! | | ' Pes | 1 | 1 '
*&

Question 4. Using ruler and compass only,’ construct an isosceles triangle ABC in which base
BC = 3.5cm and the base angles B and C = 75’. Draw all lines of symmetry of the triangle.
Solution. ABC is an isosceles triangle in which BC = 3.5 cm,
ZB=ZC=75. It has one line of symmetry, the angle bisector of the
vertex.

cm and BD = 5.5 cm. Measure CD.

Question 5. (/) Construct a rectangle ABCD in which AD = 2.5
must be shown clearly).
(Steps of construction need not be written. Lines of construction
.
(ii) Draw all lines of symmetry of the rectangle ABCD
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
232
and BD = 5.5cm . It
Solution. ABCD is a rectangle in which AD = 2.5cm
each pair of opposite
has two lines of symmetry, the perpendicular bisector of
sides.

Question 6. Using ruler and compasses only,

construct a parallelogram ABCD such that BC = 4 cm,
the diagonal AC = 8.6 cm and diagonal BD = 4.4 cm.
Measure the side AB. Mark the point of symmetry of
the parallelo-gram as O.
Solution. ABCD is a parallelogram, in which
BC =4cm, AC and BD are 8.6 cm and 4.4 cm; r«spec-
tively. O is the point of symmetry of the parallelogram,
intersection of diagonals.

Question 7. Using ruler and compasses only, construct a regular

hexagon of side 3 cm. Draw all its lines of symmetry.
Solution. ABCD is a hexagon of side 3 cm. It has 6 lines of
symmetry, the diagonals and the perpendicular bisector of each pair
of opposite sides.

Question 8. Construct a rhombus ABCD of side

4.6 cm and ZBCD = 135’, by using ruler and com-
passes only. Indicate the point of symmetry with the
letter O.
Solution. ABCD is a rhombus of side 4.6 cm &
ZC = 135. It has point symmetry ‘O’, the point of
intersection of the diagonals.
Symmetry 233
Question 9. Part of a geometrical figure is given in each of the diagrams
below. Complete the figures
so that both the x-axis and y-axis are lines of symmetry of the completed
figure.
(i) (ii)

(iif) (iv)

Give the geometrical name of the completed figure. (You may use graph paper if required). Free hand
sketches would be sufficient.
Solution.

Rhombus Rectangle
234 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

ry of the quadri-
(ii) Mark the point D if the line in (i) and the line BC aré both lines of symmet
lateral ABCD; write down the coordinates of the points D.
(iii) What kind of quadrilateral is figure ABDC ?
(iv) Write down the equations of BC and the line of symmetry named in (/)
Solution. Given points A(-2,4), B(2,1) and C(-6,1).
(i) x =—2, is the line of symmetry.
(ii) Coordinates of D are (—2,-2).
(iii) Figure ABDC is a rhombus.
(iv) Equation of BC is y=1
Equation of the line of symmetry is x = —2.

HESES08353 32
agen sees sa

ia
Hsia: Sees
Symmetry ; ae

A A 2 =<cm PD

Noy

8.

on
B B 4cm Cc
(iii) (iv)
Solution.

A
/
/
Ya

sf 4cm
/
/
= /
7
Pal Cc PSR? HEI. f
Arrow head Equilateral triangle
(‘) (ii)
A
ee D'- -4
Y<c' $
c y
x F :
v Z
7 4
4 a B 4cm C
Square Isosceles trapezium
(iii) (iv)

Exercises
1. Construct ZAOB = 75°, where OA = OB = 3.5 cm. Draw its axis of symmetry.
2. Construct an equilateral triangle of side 3 cm. Draw all its lines of symmetry.
3. Construct an isosceles triangle ABC, in which BC = 5 cm, ZB = ZC = 45°. Draw all lines of
symmetry of the triangle.
4. Construct a rectangle ABCD, in which AB = 6 cm and AD = 3.5 cm. Construct its lines of
symmetry and mark the point of symmetry as ‘O’.
5. Using ruler and compasses only, construct a square of side 3.5 cm. Draw all its lines of sym-
metry and mark the point of symmetry as ‘O’.
6. Construct a parallelogram ABCD if AC = 5.8 cm and BD = 4.2 cm and the angle included bet-
ween the diagonals is 30°. Mark the point of symmetry of the parallelogram as O.
7. Construct a rhombus PORS, where PQ = 3.5 cm and having one of the angles equal to 45°,
236 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

Mark the point of symmetry with O and draw all its lines of symmetry.
8. Using ruler and compasses only, construct a regular hexagon of side 4 cm. Draw all its lines of
symmetry.
9. Draw AB = 4.5 cm. Construct a semi-circle AB. Draw all its lines of symmetry.
10. Construct an isosceles right angled triangle with hypotenuse = 8 cm. Draw all its lines of
symmetry.
 H Chapter 12

Similarity

Similarity of Figures
Any two figures which have exactly the same shape, but not necessarily the same size, are called
similar figures. For example, any two segments, any two equilateral triangles, any two circles and, any two
squares, as shown in the figure :

—/ OL
Similarity as a size transformation
ye ae

Fig (4) Fig (i)

When we look at the above two figures we note that fig (ii) is an enlargement of fig (i). The
of the
enlargement of the figure shows the same object, but its dimensions are magnified. The size
enlargement has a definite ratio to the size of the original picture.
similarities.
Such transformations preserve the shape but not the position and size, and are called
used for enlargement
Enlargements or reduction is a similarity transformation. The symbol normally
factor or magnification factor or scale factor is K.

Properties of size transformation

1. The shape is preserved.
2. If the scale factor is K, then
238 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

corresponding side of the given

(i), each side of the resulting figure (the image) is K times the
figure (the object) .
(ii) the area of the resulting figure is K * times the area of the given figure.
(iii) when K > 1, then the transformation is an enlargement.
when K < 1, the transformation is a reduction
when K = 1, the transformation is an identity transformation.

Case (i) When K > 1.

Let us take K = 2. O is the centre of enlargement, two possible figures are given above.
A ABC (Object or pre image) A A'B'C' (Image)
AB=2 cm A'B'’=4cm
BC =2.5 cm B'C'=5 cm
AC
= 3.5 cm A'C'=7cm
age > B'C'——~ Aree Z:
a BC) C4
Case (ii) When K < 1.
Let us take K = +. O is the centre of reduction, two possible figures are given below.

A ABC (Object or pre image) A A'B'C' (Image)

AB=3 cm A'B’= 1.5 ¢m
BC = 4.2 cm B'C’ = 2.1 cm
AC=S5 cm A'C!= 2.5 cm
Si
milarity
i . a

Case (iii) When K = 1.

C(C')
A ABC (Object or pre image) A A'B'C’ (Image)
AB= 3cm A'B'= 3cm
BC= 2.5 cm B'C’ = 2.5cm
AC= 4.5 cm A'C' = 4.5 cm
Ae ear _,
AB BC AC

Similarity of Triangles :
When two triangles are similar, then their corresponding angles are equal and corresponding sides are
proportional.
Symbol for similarity is ‘~’
Example. IfA ABC is similar to A PQR, i.e. A ABC ~ A PQR, then A
ZA=ZP,
ZB=ZQ,
LE=-ZL ER

and
AB _ BC _CA
—~ = =—)-
B C
PQ QR RP p

Q R

1. Three tests for similarity of triangles:

(i) If two triangles have their three pairs of corresponding
sides proportional, then the triangles are similar.
(S.S.S).
The statement can be expressed as follows. If two tri-
AB-_ BC
angles ABC and DEF are such that DE EF _* AC
DF’ : :
C &
then A ABC ~ A DEF.
the triangles are similar. (AA or
(ii) If two triangles have two pairs of corresponding angles equal,
A.A.A).
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
240

The statement can be expressed as follows :

If two AS ABC and DEF are such that
ZA 7D, ZB= Ze;
then A ABC ~ A DEF.
, including them propor-
(iii) If two triangles have a pair of corresponding angles equal and the sides
tional, then the triangles are similar. (S.A.S)
The statement can be expressed as follows :
If two triangles, ABC and DEF are such that ZA = ZD, and
AB _ AC
DE DF’
then A ABC ~ A DEF.
2. Basic proportionality theorem :
A line drawn parallel to one side of a triangle divides the other two sides in A
the same ratio.
In the figure :
In A ABC, if DE ||BC then, D =
AD _ AE
DB.._EC
Conversely, B Cc
If a straight line divides any two sides of a triangle proportionality, the line is parallel to the third side.

In the above figure, if4 a then DE || BC.

3. The areas of similar triangles in the ratio of the squares on their corresponding sides:
Area of AABC ae -&C - 4c
If AABC~AD ——
ar fohaa AreaofA DEF pf?

Applications of Similarity
Example 1. Prove that the (internal) bisector of an angle of a triangle divides the 5
opposite side in the ratio of the sides containing the angle.
Solution. 4 :
Given: AABC. AE is the bisector of ZA, i.e. [
ZBAE = ZCAE. . /
To prove: a =ae. r é 7
Construction. Through C, draw CD ||AE meeting BA produced in D.
Proof : ZEAC = ZACD (alt Z!€8, 4E ||CD and AC is the transversal) = (i)
ZBAE = ZADC (Corresponding Z!€S, 4E ||CD and BD is the transversal)
— (i)
From (i) & (ii), we get
ZACD = ZADC (*.. ZEAC = ZBAE, given)
Similarity
241

. AC
= AD (sides opp. to equal angles of A are equal).
InABDC, AE|| CD.
BE_ BA
EC AD (By basic proportionality theorem)

> BE
_ BA (*.. AC = AD, proved)
EC AC
Example 2. AABC and ADFF are similar. AP and DQ are medians. Prove that AB _ AP
DE BO:
Solution.
Given: AABC ~ ADEF, AP and DQ are medians.

To prove: » i
DE SAS
DQ’

Proof. Since AABC ~ ADEF (given).

AB _ BC _ AC
DE EF DF
AB _ BC
a DE EF
ue ‘Me BP rre
DE EQ+QF
ae AB _2BP
(‘.. BP = PC and EQ = OF, given)
DE 2EQ

=, AB
_ BP
DE EQ
In AABP and ADEQ,
ZB=ZE (°.” AABC ~ADEF, Given)
(.. Angles of AS are equal)
AB _ BP. (Proved)
DE EQ
AABP ~ADEF (S.A.S)
AB _BP _ AP
DE 4 EO. DE

AB _ AP.
= DE DQ’
Example 3. In A ABC, LM ||BC. AM = 3 cm, MC = 4 cm and BC = 14 cm. Find LM.
Solution.

In A’ALM and ABC,

ZALM = ZABC (Cor Zs, LM ||BC and AB is the transversed)
ZAML = ZACB (Cor Zs, LM ||BC and AC is the transversed)

ZA is common.
A ALM ~ A ABC (A.A.A)
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
242

AL
AB
_ AC
AM _ LM
me
r
a AM _ LM
AC BC o M
3... 1M
= 3+4 «14
ae LM = 2*14 6 om. B C

ly.
Example 4. The areas of two similar triangles ABC and POR are 49 sq cm and 64 sq cm respective
If OR = 3.6 cm, find the length of BC.
;
Solution. Area
Area of
ofAAPOR
ABC__
=~BC”
OR? (*., AABC ~A POR
QR)

i 49_ BC’
64 (3.6)
=> BC = 3.15 cm:

Example 5. In A ABC, AB = 2 cm, BC = 2.5 cm and CA = 3 cm. Enlarge A ABC with enlarge-
ment factor K = 2. (i) Find the lengths of sides of the image of A ABC (ii) What is the relation bet-
ween areas ABC and its image?
Solution. In A ABC, given AB = 2 cm, BC = 2.5 cm and CA = 3 cm.
Enlargement factor K = 2.
Let A’, B’, C’ be images of A, B, C.
.. A'B'=2x2=4cm,
BC =2.5 x2=5
cm and CA =3 x2=6cm.
Area of A A'B'C' = K’. Area of A ABC.
Area of AABC 1
AreaofAA'B'C' 4
i.e., Area of AABC: A A'B'C'=1: 4.

Example 6. A triangle, whose area is 15 cm’, is transformed under enlargement about a point in
space. If the area of the image of 135 cm’, find the scale factor of enlargement.
Solution. Let the enlargement factor = K.
Area of Pre image = 15 cm’.

Area of Image = 135 cm’.

Area of Image = k” Area of Pre image.
— 135 cm’ =k’? x 15 cm’

= K a.1s 9

= K=3.

Example 7. A triangle ABC is reduced by a scale factor 0.2. If the area of A

ABC is 500 cm? find the
area of its image.
Similarity -
243

Solution.
Given: Scale factor K = 0.2
Area of AABC = 500 cm’
Area of Image of AABC = k* A ABC
= Area of Image = (0.2) x 500 cm*

= 20 cm’.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. A square with side 3 cm is drawn
anywhere in a plane which is then enlarged about any
point in the plane with a scale factor 2. What is the
area of the image of the square.
Solution.
Given: Square of side = 3 cm.
Area of square (Pre image) = 3 x 3 = 9 cm”
Scale factor K = 2.
Area of image = k’ Area of Pre image.
Area of image = 2° x9cm’.
=36 cm’.
Question 2. In the given figure, the triangles APQ and AMN are the images of A ABC under dilations
(enlargements) with centre A. Given that MN = 4, AB = 9, BC = 8, AC = 6 and CQ = 3. Name the image of
B and state the scale factor in each case.
Solution.
(i) A APQ is the image A ABC.
”. Two triangles are similar.
Given: AC =6, AQ=9;
AQ=[Link]

K=1.5.
Image of B is point P.
(ii) A AMN is the image ofA ABC.
Given: BC =8, MN=4.
MN
= [Link]

|
=— =0.5
a 2
Image of B is point N.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class »,4
244

rgement about a point in space. If the

Question 3. A triangle whose area is 12 cm? is transformed under enla
ents.
area of its image is 108 cm’, find the scale factor of the enlargem
Solution. Area of triangle (pre image) = 12 cm’.
Area oftriangle (image) = 108 cm’.
Let the scale factor be K.
Then, Area of image = K? Area of Pre image.
= 108 cm? = K? x 12 cm’

=> Kkz= 0
108 =

= K =3.

Question 4. The triangle ABC is right angled at C. From P, a point on the hypotenuse, PQ is drawn
parallel to AC cutting BC at Q. If AC = 2.5 cm, BC = 6 cm and PQ = | cm, find (i) BO (ii) BP.
Solution.
Given: AC = 2.5 cm. A
BC =6cm and PQ= 1 cm.
AB’ = AC’ +BC’ P
(By Pyth-agoras theorem) 25 6m
AB’ =(2.5) +6
=> AB=6.5 cm c Q :
In AS BPQ and BAC, = :
ZPQB= ZACB (Corr. Z° PQ ||AC & BC in the transversal)
ZOPB= ZCAB (Corr. Z°, PO ||AC, AB in the transversal)
ZB is common.
A BPQ~A BAC (A.A.A)
a. APABD _ Fee
AG. a
=> Be qe 2 Bash = B0=2.4 em.

(ii) oP See
AB AC BP
652.5
| > BP =2.6 cm.

Question 5. In the adjoining figure XY || OR, PX = 1 cm, XO = 3 cm, YR = 4.5

cm and QR =9 cm
Find (i) PY (ii) XY. Further, if the area of the i
A PXY in A cm’ . find in id
; ; terms S of of A (iii) the area of the
APQR (iy) the area of the figure XYROQ.
Solution. In AS PXY and POR,
ZPXY=ZPOR (Corr. 28, XY ||OR and PQ in the transversal)
Z PYX= Z PRO (Corr. ZS, XY ||OR and PR in the transversal)
ZP is common.
Similarity
245

A PXY~ A POR (A.A.A)

PX AY _ PY P
PQ QR _ PR
(i) Exes) . PY hem
PO'PR 4 *-PY¥+4.5 x y
=> PY+45=4PY
= PY=1.5 cm em 46 on

(ii) PO OR Da AY =2.25em,
(iii) Given Area of APXY=A cm?
Image A PXY is A POR. 3 9m :
Given PX=1cm and PQO=4cm.
Since PO=K PX
=> 4=K Il
= K=4.
Area of Image = K? Area of Pre Image.
=> Area of Image = 4° x Acm’
= 16A cm’.
(iv) Area of figure XYRO = Area A POR —- AreaA F'Y
= (164- A)cm*
= 15A cm’.

Question 6. ABC is a A. D is a point in AB such that AD = 7AB and E is a point in AC such that

AE = ;AC. Prove that DE = ;BC.

Solution. A
Given: A ABC such that

A
AD = 4 AB = er. Lt D E
wAD 4

AE =engl
4 AC => Ae |
AC 4
In A ADE and ABC,
B Cc
ZA is common.

AD AE _1 (given)
SY Oe
A ADE ~ A ABC (S.A.S)

AD _ AE _DE_1
x. 4
ABivut hCG BC
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
246
A
Question 7. A man of height 1.8 cm is standing 5 m away Paes
is
from a lamp post and observes that the length of his shadow any
p
1.5 m. Find the height of the lamp post.
Solution. PQ ||AB
Re ig 7
(co interior Z* are supplementary) BC is the meeting line)
C Shadow Q 5m B

In A CPQ and CAB,

ZC is common.
ZCQP = ZCBA (Corr. Z*, PQ ||AB and BC is the transversal)
ZCPQ = ZCAB (Corr. Z*, PQ ||AB and AC is the transversal)
A CPQ ~A CAB (A.A.A)
60.
CB
FO.
AB
ice
65 AB
=> AB=7.8 cm
Height of lamp post = 7.8 cm.
Question 8. In the adjoining figure ACE and BCD are two straight
lines. ZA = 40°, ZB = 85°. Using the measurements given in the figure,
complete the following true statements :
(i) Triangle ABC and CDE are similar because ..........
(ii) The size of ZD is .......... :
(iii) IfAB = x cm, then ED =.......... :
Solution.
(i) Triangles ABC and CDE are similar because
ZACB = ZECD (vertically opp. angles)
and BC _ AC ‘ .
EC De } (two sides are proportional)

.. Two A” are similar by (S.A.S).

(ii) The size of ZD = 40°.
(iii) If AB = x cm, then ED = 2 x cm.
Question 9. In the given figure, ABCD is a trapezium with AB ||DC. Given
that AB = 4 cm, BC = 3 cm and CD =6 cm.
(i) Name the triangles in the figure which are similar.
(ii) Calculate the length of EB.
Solution.
:
(i) 4° EAB and EDC are similar.
Because ZE is common. D C
ZEAB = ZEDC (Corr. Z*, AB ||DC and ED is the transversal)
ZEBA = ZECD (Corr. Z*, AB ||DC and EC is the transversal)
A EAB ~ A EDC (A.A.A)
Similarity
247

(ii) .. 5B _AB_EA
= DC Bp
= mee 4... “BB 2
EB+3 6 ° EB+3 3
=* 3EB = 2EB + 6.
— EB=6 cm.
Question 10. In the adjoining figure, A ABC ~ A ADE. If AD: DB =2:3 and DE=5 cm,
() find BC
(ii) if x is the length of the perpendicular from A to DE, find the length of the perpendicular from A
to BC in terms of x.
Solution.
(i) A ABC ~A ADE (Given)
Abe BC
‘AD DE
os >= BE = BC = 12.5 em.
(ii) Draw AL 1 DE and AM 1 BC.
In AS ADL and ABM,
ZA is common.
ZL= ZM= 90°. (common)
A ADL ~ A ABM (A.A.A)
AD _.AL
‘AB AM
xu &
*. Length of perpendicular from A to BC = Sx.

Question 11. AX, DY are altitudes of two similar triangles D

AX :DY =AB: DE.
ABC and DEF. Prove that A
Solution.
Given : AABC ~ A DEF. AX 1 BC and DY 1 EF
To Prove: AX: DY=AB: DE.
Proof : In AS ABX and DEY, < oe < Z
ZAXB = ZDYE = 90° (Given)
ZABX = ZDEY (Given A ABC ~ A DEF, .. ZB = ZE)
ZBAX = ZEDY (By triangle property)
A ABX ~ A DEY (A.A.A)

AX
DY
_ AB
DE
= AX: Dv = AB: DE.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
248
the
= 4 cm, AE = 3 cm and CD= 10 cm. Calculate
Question 12. In the figure AB is parallel to CD. AB
length of DE.
Solution. In A’ ABE and CDE,
ZABE = ZECD (alt. 2°, AB ||CD and BC is the transversal)
ZBAE = ZEDC (alt. Z°, AB || CD, AD
D
is the transversal)
ZAEB = ZCED (vertically opposite)
A AEB ~ A DEC (A.A.A)
AB _AE 8 seal
CD * 32

= an = ae 4cm
10 DE ~~
DE =7.5 cm A io
=
Length of DE = 7.5 cm.

Question 13. In the adjoining figure, AD and BE are medians of A ABC A

DF is drawn parallel to BE. Prove that-
(i) EF = FC.
a
(ii) AG: GD=2:1.
Solution.
Given : A ABC, AD and BE are medians. F
BD = DC and AE = EC.
BE ||DF. : x
To Prove: (/) EF = FC, (ii) AG: GD=2: 1.
Proof : In A BCE,
(4) D is the mid point of BC. (Given)
DF ||BE (Given)
EF = FC (Straight line drawn from mid point of one side
of a A, ||to 2" side, bisects the third side).
EFF = —51 EC.

= EF = >l AE ee
(‘.” E is the mid point of AC, given)
(ii) In A ADF,
AG
GD _ AE
EF | -
(By basic proportionality theorem)

=> AG _2
GD 71 (Proved + AE = EF)
=> AG: GD=2: 1.

Question 14, In the adjoining figure, , ZPOR = ZPRS. Prove that triang] es POR and P imi
PR=8 cm, PS=4 cm, calculate PQ. z a Sa
Solution. In AS POR and PRS.
Similarity
249

ZPQR= ZPRS (Given) P

ZP is common.
ZPRQ= ZPSR * (By AS property)
A PQOR~A PRS (A.A.A) y
(Oe
PR PS 8
aE
747 PG= 16cm. R

PQ= 16cm. Q
Question 15. In the adjoining figure, AC is parallel to BD. AC = 6 cm, AE = 3 cm,
EB=4 cm, ED=8 cm. Calculate CE and BD.
Solution. In AS ACE and BDE,
ZCAE = ZEBD (alt. angles, AC ||BD and AB is the transversal)
ZACE = ZEDB (alt. angles, AC ||BD and DC is the transversal)
ZAEC = ZBED (vertically opposite. ZS). 0
A ACE ~ A BDE (A.A.A)
AC
‘BD
_ AE
BE
_CE
ED
A
=
AB,
BE a
GBiic34 _-CE 5
3 => CE =6cm

= AC
ay _
aeAE 6. <3
BD a Na C 4

Question 16. In the adjoining figure, AB, EF and CD are D

parallel lines. Given that AB = 15 cm, EG = 5 cm, GC = 10 cm and
DC= 18 cm.
Calculate (i) EF (ii) AC. A
Solution. 5 18cm
(i) In AS EFG and DCG,

(Alt. ZS, EF ||CD and EC is the transversal) L

F Cc
ZEGF = ZCGD (Vet. opp. 25).
A EFG ~ A CDG (A.A.A)
EF {Res EF ...5
CD =[G> 187 io > SF = 9 cm

(ii) In A° ABC and EFC,

ZBAC = ZFEC (Corr. ZS, AB ||EF, AC is the transversal)
ZABC = ZEFC (Corr. Z5, AB ||EF, BC is the transversal)
ZC is common.
A ABC ~ A EFC (A.A.A)
AB
_ ACeC_,15
P
_ ACTh-,4c =25 cm.
FN
AC =25 cm.
25C A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

XB = 1.5 cm and BC = 6 cm, write

Question 17. In the given figure, XY ||BC. Given that AX = 3 cm,
AY V7:
down (i) “=~
YC (ii) XY.

Solution.
(i) Since XY is ||BC in A ABC,
AY _ AX (By basic proportionality theorem) [Link]
YC. XB
AY Oo? a Y
= re. -1é503 1.5
AY > 2
ye B 6cm ©
(ii) In AS AXY and ABC, |
ZX = ZB (Corr. Z§, XY ||BC, AB is the transversal)
ZY=ZC (Corr. Z° XY ||BC, AC is the transversal)
A AXY ~ A ABC (A.A.A)
AX 2 XY 5 3 et a
a AC ha ee
Question 18. In the figure given, DE is parallel to BC and or = [Link] the value of

(i) A ADE
-“ A ABC
(ii) Trapezium DECB
A ABC
Solution.

(i)y Given:
Giey. 42
DB =2
3° y,
AD __2__2 D E
AB 2+3 5
A ADE ~ A ABC (A.A.A)
AADE—-AD-.2”! B Cc
BADC® 4R* P35:
(ii) Trapezium DECB _ AABC -A ADE
A ABC A ABC
.~,_AADE
A ABE
the Se
25" 829
Question 19. Calculate the other sides of a triangle whose shortest side is
6 cm and which is similar to
the triangle whose sides are 4, 7 and 8 cm.
A D
Solution. AABC~A DEF (Given)
a2. vy \ § N
os
Similari 251
.

hls om.
D

8
and =—=>
y ¥ y=12 cm.
aS
alip>

Other two sides of triangle are 10.5 cm and 12 cm.

Question 20. Triangle ABC is right angle at A. AD is perpendicular from A to BC.

(i) Prove that triangles BDA and ADC are similar.
(ii) Use similarity of triangles in (i) to calculate BC, if AD = 3 cm and BD = 2 cm.
Solution.
(i) Let ZBAD =x, then ZDAC=90°-x. —(*." ZA = 90°, Given)
In A ABD, ZABD = 90° — x. (by AS property)
Also in A ADC, ZACD = x. (by A® property)
In AS BDA and ADC,
ZBDA = ZADC = 90° (Given)
ZBAD= ZDCA= x. (Proved)
ZABD = ZDAC = 90° — x.(Proved)
A BDA ~ A ADC (A.A.A)
(ii) AD _ AD _.2_
BD “ED= 3 _,cp=45cm.
3* CD
BC = BD+ DC = (2 + 4.5) cm = 6.5 cm.

Question 21. A model of a ship is made to a scale of 1 : 200.

(i) The length of the model is 4 cm. calculate the length of ship.
area of the deck of the model.
(ii) The area of the deck of the ship is 16000 m2 . find the
the volume of the ship is m3.
(iii) The volume of the model is 200 litres. calculate
200.
Solution. Given model of a ship is to a scale of 1
”. Here K = 200.
(i) Given length of model = 4 m.
Length of ship = K length of model.
Length of ship = 200 x 4 m= 800 m
(ii) Given area of the deck of ship = 160000 m*
Area of ship = K* Area of model
160000 m2: = (200) Area of model
_ 160000 m? et
(200)’
litres
(iii) Given volume of the model = 200
Volume of ship = K’ volume of model
Volume of ship = (200)’ x 200 litres
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
252

x200_;
_ (200)? (-: ua ’)
mee so
=16x10° m’.
A
Question 22. In the diagram ABC is a triangle. DE is parallel to BC and
AD _ 3
DBSeoe
Rohicd AD
ritedown ——
: AB D E
(ii) Prove triangle ADE is similar to triangle ABC and write down the
ratio a.

(iii) Prove triangle DEF is similar to triangle CFB. Write down the B Cc
. area of ADEF
ass area of ADEC ”
Solution. Given in AABC, DE ||BC and 4 = 3.

(i) BD—— _ AD a6. 63

= ———_=_-__2
| AB AD+DB 342° 5
(ii) In AS ADE and ABC,
ZADE = ZABC, (Corr. Z'*, *.. DE ||BC and AB is the transversal)
ZAED = ZACB (Corr. Z'*, *.. DE ||BC and AC is the transversal)
ZA is common.
AADE ~ AABC (A.A.A)
AD. DEw 3 : ;
AB = BC = ic! [Using (i)}

(iii) In AS DEF and CFB,

ZEDF = ZFCB (alt Z's, *.* DE|| BC and DC is the transversal)
ZDEF = ZFBC (alt Z'**, *.s DE ||BC and BE is the transversal)
ZDEF = ZBFC (vertically opposite angles)
ADEF ~ ACBF (A.A.A) E
DE _ Dinas
BC ~ FEGGS: D
To find 2feaof ADEF F
area of ADEC
Construction : Draw EL 1 DC. ‘
]
AreaofADEF . _ 2% DPXEL (Area of oneA= =Ll C
Area of ADEC 5* DCx EL z . }

x(3+5)xEL §
Si
milarity
i] .
na

Question 23. The scale of a map is 1:200000. A plot of | 2:

the map. Find : plot of land of area 20km* is to be represented on

(i) The number of kilometres on the ground is represented by 1 centim

etre on the map.
(ii) The area in km’ that can be represented by Icm?.
(iii) The area on the map that represents the plot of land.
Solution. Given the scale of a map as 1:2,00,000
(‘) 1 cm on map represents 2, 00, 000 cm on actual ground.
1 cm = 2, 00, 000 cm

= lcm = ae km

—— lcm=2 km
.. lcm on map represents 2km on ground.
(ii) 1 cm on map = 2 km on ground
—s lcm? on map = (2 km) (2 km) on ground
=> lcm? on map = 4km? on ground.
(iii) given a plot of land of area 20km? to be represented on the map.
4km? on land = lcm” area on the map.
20
20 km? on land = Tom = Scm? on the map.
Question 24. In the adjoining figure (not drawn to scale), LM is A
parallel to BC, AB =6cm, AL =2cmand AC = 9cm. Calculate :
(i) The length of CM.
Area of triangleALM L
(ii) The value of the ratio = ‘Area oftrapezium LBCM

Solution. Given
LM ||BC, AB =6cm, AL =2cm and AC = 9cm.
(i) In AS ALM and ABC,
ZALM = ZABC
(corresponding angles, LM ||BC and AB is the transversal).
ZAML = ZACB
(corresponding angles, LM ||BC and AC is the transversal).
ZA is common. .
AALM ~ AABC (/A.A.A)

wa AC ‘BE
pf a
AB.
AM
AC.
2 AM
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
254

=, AM = 7%? =3¢m

CM = AC —AM =(9-3)cm=6cm
Length of CM = 6 cm.
. Area ofAALM _ AL’ (.. nary ~AABC
) AréaofAABC 4B? ( )

mA Are a _ 2” _1
ofAALM
AreaofAABC 6? 9
Let the area of AALM = xcm? and the area of AABC = 9xcm?
Area of AALM a Area of AALM eee es 1
Area of trapeziumZBCM Areaof AABC —AreaofA4LM 9x-x 8x 8
Area of AALM 1
Area of trapezium LBCM ae
Question 25. On a map drawn to a scale 1:250000 a triangular plot of land has the following measu-
rements : AB =3 cm, BC =4 cm, angle ABC = 90°.
Calculate :
(i) The actual length of AB in km.
(ii) The area of the plot in Sq. km.
Solution. Given the scale of a map as 1 : 250000.
(i) 1 cm on map represents 2, 50, 000 cm on actual ground. A
1 cm = 2, 50, 000 cm
_ 2,50,000 3cm
ag {ea 700.1000
=> 1 cm = 2.5 km. c ian B
given AB=3 cm
AB =3x2.5km=7.5km
”. The actual length of AB = 7.5 km.
(ii) given BC=4cm
=> BC =4x2.5=10km

Area of triangular plot = +BC x AB

x 10x 7.5km? = 37,5km?.

Se

Question 26. In the figure, PORS is a parallelogram; PQ=

16cm, QR = 10 cm, L is a point on PR such that RL : LP= 2 : 3.
QL produced meets RS at M and PS produced at N.
(i) Prove that the triangle RLQ is similar to triangle PLN.
Hence find PN.
(ii) Name a triangle similar to triangle RLM. Evaluate RAY
as a traction.
Similarity
255
Solution. Given PORS is a parallelogram, PQ
= 16 cm, OR = 10 cm, RL: LP = 2:3.
(i) In A* RLQ and PLN,
ZRLO = ZPLN (vertically opposite angles)
ZRQL = ZLNP (alt. <*, RQ ||PN and ON is the transversal)
ZORL = Z LPN (alt. Z*, RQ ||PN, RP is the transversal)
“. ARLQ ~ APLN(A.A.A)

=> PN=15cm

(ii) APLQ is similar to ARLM.

Exercises
1. A square with side 4 cm is enlarged with a scale factor of 2. What is the area of the image of the
square.
2. A triangle whose area is 13cm’ is transformed under enlargement about a point in space. If the
area of the image is 117cm’, find the scale factor of enlargement.
3. A triangle ABC is reduced by a scale factor 0.5. Ifthe area of A ABC is 100cm’, find the area of
its image.
4. In the adjoining figure, calculate (i) PQ (ii) OR. 26
27cm

2.6 cm
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class xX
256

_ In the adjoining figure, calculate CD.

Cc
_ In the adjoining figure ZCAD = ZDCB. Prove A ABC ~ A CBD.

B
D

. In the adjoining figure, prove A ABE ~ A DCE. c D

A B
. If two isosceles triangles have their vertex angles equal, prove that the triangles are similar
N
. In the adjoining figure, A LMN~ A LXY.
If LX = 5 cm, XM = 10 cm, XY = 4 cm, YN = 18 cm, find :
(i) LY
(ii) MN.
L X M
10. Prove that the ratio of the perimeters of two similar triangles in proportional to their
corresponding sides.
11. Prove that the diagonals of a trapezium cut each other proportionality.
12. The diagonals of a quadrilateral PORS intersect at O, so that PO : OR = QO : OS. Prove that
PQRS is a trapezium.
13. PQR is an equilateral triangle. The base QR is produced both ways to _X and Y such that-QR =
QX = RY. If PX and PY are joined, show that the triangles POX and XPY are equiangular and
hence prove PX? = 3QR?.
14. In APQR, L and M are two points on the base QR such that ZLPQ =ZORP and ZRPM= ZROP
Show that : (i) [Link] = PL. PM (ii) PQ? = [Link].
15. PQR is a triangle. LM is a line segment intersecting PQ in L and PR in M such that LM || BC
and dividing APOR into two parts equal in area. Find at 7
16. The perimeters of two similar triangles are 36cm and 63 cm respectively. If [Link] of the first
triangle is 12 cm, calculate the corresponding side of the second triangle.
Similarity
257

17. In the adjoining diagram calculate BC and AB.

18. In the given APOR, PO = 10 cm, QR = 8 cm and ZORS =

‘de 1Scem D

P
ZQPR,
(i) Prove A* ORS and PQR are similar.
(ii) Calculate QOS.

.
19. In the given diagram
XY ||QR and = 3, calculate the value of id

. APXY
(i) APOR

(ii) Trapeziumx YRQ X Y

APOR

Q R
PQ _PS
20. PQRS is a quadrilateral. The diagonal QS bisects 7Q and ZS. Prove that ——
QR SR’
21. O is any point inside a triangle PQR. The bisectors of <POQ, <QOR, <ROP meet the sides
PQ, OR and PR in L, M and N respectively. Prove that [Link] = [Link]..NP.
|
22. PQR is an isosceles triangle with ZO = £R meet the opposite sides at / and N respectively.
Prove that LM ||OR.
23. DL is the median of ADEF. LM and LN aie the bisectors of D
ZDLE and ZDLF meeting DE and DF in M and N. Show that
MN ||EF.
N

E ha F

24. ABCD is a parallelogram. A straight line drawn D C N

through A meeting straight lines BD in L, BC in
M and DC produced in N. Prove that
AL _ AM [-
LN AN *

A B
258 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X -

P S N
25. In the adjoining diagram, PQRS is a parallelo-
gram. M is the mid-point of SR. QM is drawn
cutting PR at L and meeting PS produced in N.
Prove that NZ =2QL. rv;

Q R

26. If the areas of two similar triangles are equal, prove that they are congruent.
27. D, E, F are the mid-points of the sides AB, BC, CA of AABC. If the area of AABC = 64 sqcm,
find the area of ADEF. .
28. Two isosceles triangles have equal vertical angles and their areas in the ratio 25 : 36. Find the
ratio of their corresponding heights.
29. Given ABCD is a trapezium with AB || DC and AB A
= 5DC. Prove that O is the point of trisection of diago-
nals AC and BD.

D e

30. In the given diagram, two A® ABC A D

and DEF, ZA = ZD, AP is the bi- A
sector of ZA, DQ is the bisectors of
BP _£Q :
ZD and PG= OF’ Prove AABC is

similar to ADEF.
B P is F O F

Answers
1. 64 cm’ 2.3 3. 25 cm’
4. (i) 2.5 cm (ii) 6 cm 3.3 tm 9. (i) 9m (ii) 12 cm.
3
15. To 2PProx. 16. 21 cm

17. BC = 41.67 cm, AB = 33.33 cm 18. ?:QS=6.4em y 23

19. (i) (jy LY
144 (ii) 124

27. 16 [Link] 28, >6

 Chapter 13

Loci

Meaning of Locus
Locus is a latin word meaning place. English word location comes from the word locus. In geometry
we are interested to find the location of a point or a group of points under given conditions.
Thus, locus is the location of all points which satisfy the given condition or conditions.
Definition. The locus of a point is defined as the path traced out by the point when it moves under
certain given conditions.
The plural of locus is loci (pronounced as losai).

Example 1. Suppose the point P is to move so that its distance from a fixed (moving point)
point O is constant, say 3 cm. .
Locus. P,, P,,P,... are the different positions of the moving points P and O is
the fixed point.
According to the given condition, OP = OP, = OP, =...= 3cm. When points P,
P,, P>, ... are joined, then the locus of P is evidently the circumference of a circle
whose centre is O and radius is 3 cm.
Hence the circumference of a circle is the locus of such a poin.

Example 2. Suppose a point P moves at a constant distance say 2 P o P.

cm from a fixed straight line AB.
Locus . P,, Pz, P3, P4, ... are the different positions of P.
AB is a fixed straight line. According to the given condition P A B
moves such that its distance from the line AB remains 2 cm. 2cm 2cm 2cm
When the points p, p,, p,, --- and similarly 7,, p,, P,-..are
joined, then the locus of P will be two straight lines parallel to AB on E / FR
either side, and at a distance of 2 cm from it.
Note.
1. The locus may be a line or lines, straight or curved.
2. Every point satisfying the given condition lies on the locus.
3. Every point on the locus satisfies the given condition.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
260

To determine the locus of a point .

1. State the given condition to be satisfied.
2. Find some points satisfying the given condition.
3. Join these points and describe the locus.

Theorem 1 Pak
Pp
The locus of a point which is equidistant from two fixed points is the
perpendicular bisector of the straight line joining the two fixed points.
Given : Two fixed points A and B, P is a moving point such that AP = BP.
To prove : P lies on the perpendicular bisector of AB.
Construction : Join AB, let Q be the mid-point of AB. Join PQ, PA and PB.
A ra) 8
Proof :
| Statement Reason
In As PAQ and PBQ, |
1. AP = BP Given
[Link]=QB Construction
[Link]=PQ Common
.. APAQ=A PBQ [S.S.S]
.. ZAQP = ZBOP CPL
-. ZAQP = ZBOP =90° Adjacent angles, AQB is a straight line
. PQ is the perpendicular bisector of AB.
Hence P lies on the perpendicular bisector of AB.

Converse :
Any poini on the perpendicular bisector of the line joining two given
points is equidistant from the given points.
Given: Two fixed points A and B, MQ is perpendicular bisector of AB
and P is any point on MQ.
To Prove: AP = BP
Construction: Join AP and BP.
Proof:

Statement Reason
In A’ APQ and BPO,
[Link]=QB Given
2. ZAQP = ZBOP Each a right angle, Given
[Link]=PQ Common
“. AAPQ=A BPQ [S.A.S]
. AP = BP ‘C.P.C#
Loci
261

Theorem 2
_ The locus of a point which is equidistant from two
intersecting Straight lines consists of a pair of straight lines,
which bisect the angles between the two given lines.
Given : Two straight lines 4B and CD intersecting at O.
P is moving point such that MP | CD and NP 1 AB and MP
‘= NP.
To Prove : P lies on the bisector of ZBOD i.e., ZPOM =
ZPON.
Construction : Join OP.
Proof:

Statement Reason

In A’ POM and PON,

1. MP = NP Given
2. ZPMO= ZPNO Right angles, Given
3. PO= PO Common
. APOM=A PON R.H.S
-. ZPOM= ZPON ‘EEC
., P lies on the bisector of ZBOD.

Converse :
Any point on the bisector of an angle is equidistant from the arms
of that angle.
Given : Two straight lines AB and CD intersecting at O. P is a
point on the bisector of ZBOD, MP 1 CD and NP L AB.
To Prove: P is equidistant from OB and OD i.e. MP = NP.
Proof:
Statement Reason

In A’ OMP and ONP,

ZMOP = ZNOP Given
ZPMO= ZPNO Each a right angle, Given

OP = OP Common
”. A OMP = A ONP A.A.S
”. MP = NP "CE.
. P is equidistant from OB and OD.

Some important examples on Loci :

is a parallel
1. The locus of a point equidistant from two parallel lines: The locus
| Locus_
line to the given lines and midway between them.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
262
circles :
_ The locus of a point equidistant from two concentric
mid—way
Locus is the circle concentric with the given circles and
between them.

_ The locus of a point which is equidistant from a given circle :

The locus consists of a pair of circles concentric with the given circle.

4. The locus of the mid points of all parallel chords of a circle :

The locus is the diameter of the circle which is perpendicular to
the given parallel chords.

. The locus of a point, which is inside a circle and is equidistant from

two points on the circle :
The locus is the diameter of the circle which is perpendicular to the
chord of the circle joining the given points.

. The locus of the mid points of all equal chords of a circle :

The locus is the circle concentric with the given circle and
of radius equal to the distance of equal chords from the
centre.
Loci 263

7. The locus of-a point P, such that ZAPB = 90°, where A and B
are two fixed points:
The locus is a circle with AB as diameter.

8. The locus of the centre of a wheel, which moves on a

straight road : Se
The Locus is a straight line paraliel to the road at
distance equal to the radius of the wheel.
9. The locus of a point equidistant from three non collinear points A, B
andC: /
The locus is the circumference of a circle passing through the given ,/
° |
points. \

10. The locus of centres of all circles tangent to a given line AB at a given
point Jon AB:
The locus is a perpendicular to the given line AB at the given point 7.

Applications :

Example 1. APAB and AQAB are two isosceles triangles on the same base AB
as shown in the given figure. Show that the line PQ bisects AB and is perpen-
dicular to AB.
Solution. -
Given : A’ PAB and QAB, in which PA = PB and QA = QB.
To Prove : AO = OB and PQ 1 AB.
Construction : Join PQ.
Proof :
PA=PB (Given)
264 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

-. P lies on the perpendicular bisector of AB.

QA =AB (Given)

-. Q lies on the perpendicular bisector of AB.

Since P and Q both lie on the perpendicular bisector of AB,
-. PQ is the perpendicular bisector of AB.
ke: L AB.
AO= OB and PQ

Example 2. The bisectors of ZA and 2B of a quadrilateral ABCD intersect in P. Show that P is equi-
distant from the opposite sides BC and AD.
Solution.
Given : A quadrilateral ABCD. Bisectors of ZA and ZB meet in P. PF 1 AD and PG 1 BC.
To Prove : PF = PG.
Construction : Draw PE | AB
Proof: P lies on the bisector of ZA, (Given)
e PE = PF
Also, P lies on the bisector of ZB, (Given)
cs PE=PG
.. From (1) and (2), we get PF = PG.

Examples 3. In A ABC, BP and CP are the bisectors of the exterior ZB and

ZC. Prove that AP bisects ZA.
Solution.
Given : A ABC, BP and CP are the bisectors of exterior angles ZB and ZC.
To Prove: AP bisects ZA, i.e., ZBAP = ZCAP.
Construction : Join AP.
Proof : P lies on the bisector ext ZC. (Given)
.. P is equidistant from AC and BC. —(l)
Also, P lies on the bisector of ext. Narn (Given)
.. P is equidistant from AB and BC.
..From (1) and (2), we get,
P is equidistant from AB and AC.
.. P lies on the bisector of ZA.
“. BAP =ZZCAP.

Example 4. In the given figure, prove

(1) P is equidistant from M and N
(2) Point R is equidistant from ML and MN.
Solution. Given : A LMN, LQ is the perpendicular bisector of MN and
MY
is the bisector of 7M.
Loci
pmsp 265
RB AN Mit.
To Prove : H ich e.1= 2ur Cated)
(1) P is equidistant from M and N. P e . “UU bra ry L
(2) Point R is equidistant from LM and MN. angalore - ED
Construction : Join PN. Draw RS | LM and RT 1 MN.
X
Proof:
(1) P lies on the perpendicular bisector of MN. (Given)
.. P is equidistant from M and N. M Ce aa i
(2) R lies on the bisector of 2M. (Given)
.. Ris equidistant from ML and MN.
Example 5. Prove that the perpendicular bisectors of the three sides of a ee
triangle are concurrent i.e., they intersect each other at the same point. Vig i bine
Solution. Given: A ABC, in which perpendicular bisectors of AB and AC ™ ah e 4
meet at O. es =
To Prove : OD is the perpendicular bisector of BC. \ m)
Construction : Join OA, OB and OC. age Ae
Proof : Since O lies on the perpendicular bisector of AB, (Given) ei
_ OA = OB =A)
Also, since O lies on the perpendicular bisector of AC. (Given)
= OA = OC — (2)
.. From (1) & (2), we get
OB = OC
ie., O is equidistant from points B and C.
”. O lies on the perpendicular bisector of BC.
~. OD 1 BC and OD is the perpendicular bisector of BC.
This point of concurrence O is called the circumcentre of the triangle ABC, as the circle with centre O
and radius OA or OB or OC will pass through the vertices A, B and C because OA = OB = OC.

Example 6. Prove that the angle bisectors of a triangle pass through the
same point.
Solution. Given: A ABC, in which bisectors of 7B and ZC intersect in I.
To Prove : A/ bisects ZA.
Construction : Join A/. Draw JD 1 BC, JE 1 AC and IF 1 AB.
Proof : / lies on the bisector of ZB. (Given).
/ is equidistant from AB and BC.
a: ID = IF. — (1)
Also, since I lies on the bisector of ZC. (Given).
I is equidistant from BC and AC.
es ID = IE. — (2)
From (1) and (2), we get
IF = IE.
266 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Since / is equidistant from AB and AC,

. |
Al bisects ZA.
with centre I and radius
This point of concurrence / is called the incentre of triangle ABC, as the circle
= IF. Sa
ID or IE or IF will touch the sides AB, BC and CA because /D = IE
x 1
Constructions : |
|
Example 1. Find a point P in a given line XY which is equidistant from !

two fixed points A and B.

A B
Solution.
Step 1: Join AB and construct a perpendicular bisector of AB. Ne!
Step 2: Produce the perpendicular bisector of AB to intersect XY in P. Cc
P is the required point.

Example 2. Find a point which is equidistant from three given non- ES

collinear points.
Solution. A | B
Step 1: Join AB and BC. S<
Step 2: Construct perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC.
Step 3: Produce these two bisectors to meet at a point P.
P is the required point. >

Example 3. Draw a straight line AB = 6cm. Find by constructie” a

point P which is equidistant from A and B.
Solution. |
Step 1: Draw AB=6 cm. — "1 -
Step 2: Construct a perpendicular bisector of AB.
Step 3: Take any point P on this perpendicular bisector as it is
equidistant from A and B. SK
P is the required point.
Example 4. Construct ZAOB = 60°, AO = 5 cm and BO = 4 cm. Find by
construction a point P which is equidistant from OA and OB and also
equidistant from O and A.
Solution.
Step 1: Draw OA = 5 cm. Construct ZAOB = 60° and OB = 4 cm.
Step 2: Draw the perpendicular bisector of OA and angle bisector of
ZAOB .
Step 3: Produce both to meet at a point P.
P is the required point.

Example 5. Find a point P so that it is equidistant from two points A and B,

where AB = 3 cm and at a
distance of 1.5 cm from straight line BC so that ZABC = 45°.
Loci
267

Solution.

Step 1: Draw AB = 3 cm and construct ZABC = 45°.

Step 2: Draw parallels to BC at a distance of 1.5 cm.
Step 3: Draw perpendicular bisector of AB, meeting parallels to BC
at P and P’. Then P or P’ are the required points.

Example 6. Find the locus of a point (or points) equidistant

from straight line LM and MN, where ZLMN = 60° and at a dis-
tance of 2 cm from another straight line XY.
Solution.
Step 1: Construct ZLMN = 60° and draw the bisector of
ZLMN .
‘Step 2: Draw straight lines each parallel to XY at a dis-tance
of 2 cm on either side of XY.
Step 3: Mark the points, intersect with bisector and lines
parallel to XY as P and p,. Then P and p, are the required points.
Example 7. Construct ZAOB = 60°. Find the position of a
point distant 2 cm from OA and 1.5 cm from OB.
Solution.

Step 1: Construct ZAOB = 60°

Step 2: Draw a straight line XY || OA at a distance of 2 cm and
LM ||OB at a distance of 1.5 cm.
Step 3: The point where XY and LM intersect mark it as P.
Then P is the required point.
Example 8. Construct a triangle ABC in which AB = 6.5
cm, BC = 5 cm and AC = 5.5 cm. Mark the point equidistant
from A, B and C. What is this point called?
Solution:
Step 1: Construct A ABC in which BC = 5 cm, AB = 6.5
cm and AC = 5.5 cm.
Step 2: Draw the perpendicular bisectors of any two
sides i.e., say BC and AC.
Step 3: Produce the perpendicular bisectors to meet at a
point O.
B
Step 4: With O as centre and radius OA or OB or OC draw a circle, which pass through points A,
circumference of
and C. Hence, O is the required point equidistant from A, B and C. This point is called the
the triangle.
AC = 4 cm. Mark the point
Example 9. Construct AABC in which AB = 6cm, BC = 5 cm and
equidistant from AB, AC and BC. What is this point called?
 268 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

A
Solution.
Step 1: Construct AABC in which BC = 5 cm, AB = 6 cm
and AC = 4cm.
Step 2: Draw bisectors of any two angles i.¢., say ZA and
ZB.
Step 3: Produce bisectors to meet at a point /.
Step 4: From J drop perpendicular to any side of the tn-
angle, say /D.
Step 5S: With / as centre and radius JD, draw a circle which
touch all sides because JD is equidistant from all sides. / is the
required point. This point is called the In—centre of the triangle.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Draw a straight line AB of 8 cm. Draw the locus of all points. Which are equidistant
fromA and B. Prove your statement.
Solution.
Step 1: DrawAB = 8 cm.
Step 2: Draw perpendicular bisector of AB.
Step 3: Any point on perpendicular bisector is equidistant from A & B. Take any point P.
Step 4: Join PA and PB.
Proof:
In A’ PAO and PBO,
OA = OB (By construction)
ZAOP = ZBOP = 90° (By construction)
PO is common.
A PAO =A PBO (S.A.S)
fe PA =PB (C.p.c.t)
.. P is equidistant fromA and B.

Question 2. A point moves such that its distance from a fixed line AB P Locus
is always the same. What is the relation between AB and the path travelled ~*% A A A 2)
by P?
Solution. The path travelled by P is a straight line parallel to AB. A B
_ Question 3. P is a fixed point and a point Q moves such that the distance PQ eae te ESS
1s constant, what is the locus of the path traced by the point Q? rs *
Solution. The path traced by Q is a circle with P as centre and P Q as {
radius. 6 ‘i \
(fixed point) ;
\ /

f< s ,
Loci
269

Question 4. 4B is a fixed line, state the locus of the point P so that

P
ZAPB = 90°. aie
Solution. The locus ofthe point P is a circle on AB as diameter.

Question 5. What is the locus of the mid points of all equal chords in a
circle.
Solution. The locus is the circle concentric with the given circle and of
radius equal to the distance of equal chords from the centre.

Question 6. A and B are two fixed points and a point P moves such that it is *
equidistant from A and B. What is the locus ofthe path traced out by the point P. i |
Locus
Solution. The locus is the perpendicular bisector of the line joining two
fixed points A and B. A B

Question 7. A point P moves so that its perpendicular distances from two given lines AB and CD are
equal. State the locus of P.
Solution.
Case 1: If AB || CD, then the locus is a straight line parallel to AB and CD
and midway between them.

CUuS

Question 8. State the locus of a point in rhombus ABCD which is

equidistant from (7) AB and AD (ii) A and C.
‘Solution.
(i) The locus is the angle bisector of ZBAD. That is diagonal AC.
(ii) The locus is the perpendicular bisector of line joining A and C.
That is diagonal BD.
 Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
270
of 75°, Sis a stone on the
Question 9. Two straight lines PQ and PK cross each other at P at an angie
m) locate the position of a
road PQ, 800 m from P towards Q. By drawing a figure to scale (1 cm = 100
flagstaff X, which is equidistant from P and S, and is also equidistant from the roads.
Solution.
Step 1: Draw ZQOPK = 75°.
Step 2: On PQ, cut off PS = 8 cm.
Step 3: Draw the perpendicular bisector of PS and angle bisector
of ZOPK.
Step 4: Produce the perpendicular bisector and angle bisector to
meet at_X, which is equidistant from P and S and from roads.
Hence_X is the required point.

Question 10. Points A, B, C represent positions of three towers such that AB = 60 m, BC = 73 m and
CA = 52 m. Taking a scale of 10 m to 1 cm, make an accurate drawing of ABC. Find by drawing, the
location of a point which is equidistant from A, B and C and its actual distance from any of towers.
Solution.
Step 1: Construct a A ABC, in which AB = 6 cm, BC = 7.3 cm and
CA = 5.2 cm.
Sten 2: Draw perpendicular bisectors of any two sides say AB
and BC.
Step 3: Produce these perpendicular bisectors to meet at a
point O. With O as centre, radius OA or OB or OC draw a circle
which touch all three vertices A, B and C.
Step 4: Measure OA or OB or OC.
OA = OB = OC = 3.7 cm.
.. Its actual distance from any tower = 37m.
Question 11. Construct a rhombus PORS whose diagonals PR, QOS
are 8 cm and 6 cm respectively. Find by construction a point XY equidist-
ant from PQ, PS and equidistant from R, S. Measure XR.
Solution.
Step 1: Construct rhombus PORS whose diagonals PR = 8 cm and
QOS = 6 cm.
Step 2: Draw the perpendicular bisector of RS.
Produce the perpendicular bisector to meet the diagonal PR, which
is equidistant from PQ and PS.
Step 3: The point is X, and XR = 3 cm.

Question 12. Describe the locus of a point in a plane, at a constant ee Tat se~
distance of 5 cm from a fixed point. ra Bs
Solution. Vhe locus of a point is a circle with a fixed point
poi as centre and |; \\
radius = 5 cm. \ greteyP
Loci
271
7 Question 13.U
13. Using ruler and com passes only, construct a quadri-
lateral ABCD in which 4B = 6 cm, BC = 5 cm, ZB = 60°
De 5 cm
and D is equidistant from AB and BC. Measure CD.
Solution: Step 1: Draw AB = 6 cm, 2B = 60° and BC = 5 cm.
Step 2: Draw bisector of ZABC, on this bisector AD = 5 cm. cut
off point D.
.
Step 3: Join CD. Measure CD. CD = 5.2 cm.
Question 14. Without using set square or protractor construct the
parallelogram ABCD in which AB = 5.1 cm, the diagonal AC = 5.6 cm
and the diagonal BD = 7 cm. Locate the point P on DC, which is equi- . D
distant from AB and AC.
Solution:
Step 1: Construct the parallelogram ABCD in which AB = 5.1 cm,
AC = 5.6 cm and BD =7 cm.
Step 2: Draw the bisector of ZABC and produce it to meet CD in P. 5 A
P is the required point equidistant from AB and AC.

Question 15. Construct A ABC, given BC = 4 cm, ZB = 75° and

CA = 6 cm. Find a point P such that PB = PC and P is equidistant
from the sides BC and BA. Measure AP.
Solution.
Step 1: Construct A ABC, in which BC = 4 cm, ZB = 75° and AC
=6cm.
Step 2: Draw bisector of ZABC and perpendicular bisector of
BC. Produce both of them to meet at P.
Step 3. Join AP. AP = 3.9 cm.

Question 16. Draw two intersecting lines to include an angle of raw

30°. Use ruler and compasses to locate points which are equidistant
from these lines and also 2 cm away from their point of intersection.
How many such points exist? fs>

Solution. Step 1: Draw any line AB and mark a point O on it.

Step 2: Draw a straight line COD such that ZBOD = 30.
Step 3: Draw bisectors of ZBOD and ZAOD.
Step 4: With O as centre and radius of 2 cm, a circle to cut the s Pi
bisectors at P, p’, p, and p,.
-. Four such points exist and these are P, p’, p, and p,.
s ABCD with sides of length
Question 17. Without using set square or protractor, construct rhombu
point R on AD such that RB = RC. Mea-
4 cm and diagonal AC of length 5 cm. Measure ZABC. Find the
sure the length of AR.
 2 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
2

Solution.
Step 1: Construct rhombus ABCD of each side length 4 cm and
diagonal AC = 5 cm.
Step 2: Measure ZABC.
ZLABC = 79°.
Step 3: Draw perpendicular bisector of BC and produce it to inter-
sect AD at R.
Step 4: Measure AR.
AR = 1.2 cm.

Question 18. Without using set squares or protractor con-struct a

triangle ABC in which AB = 4 cm, BC = 5 cm and ZABC = 120°.
(i) Locate the point P such that ZBAP = 90° and BP = CP.
(ii) Measure the length of BP.
Solution.
Step 1: Construct A ABC, in which BC = 5 cm, ZB = 120° and
AB=4 cm.
Step 2: At ZA, construct 90°. i.e., ZBAL = 90°.
Step 3: Draw the perpendicular bisector of BC and produce it
to meet AL at P.
Step 4: Join BP. BP = 6.1 cm.

Question 19. Without using set squares or protractor cons-

truct the quadrilateral ABCD in which ZBAD = 45°, AD=AB= 6
cm, BC = 3.6 cm, CD = 5 cm.
(i) Measure ZBCD.
(ii) Locate the point P on BD which is equidistant from BC
and CD.
Solution. Step 1: Construct quadrilateral ABCD, in which AB
= AD=6cm, ZBAD = 45°, BC = 3.6 cm and CD = 5 cm.
Step 2: Measure ZBCD and join BD.
ZBCD = 65°.
Step 3: Draw the bisector of BCD. Produce it to intersect BD at P. The point P is the required locus.
The point P is the required locus equidistant from BC and CD.

Question 20. Without using set squares or protractor, construct

(1) Triangle ABC, in which AB = 5.5 cm, BC = 3.2 cm and CA = 4.8 cm.
(11) Draw the locus ofa point which moves so that it always 2.5 cm from B.
(111) Draw the locus of a point which moves so that it is equidistant from the sides
BC and CA.
(iv) Mark the point of intersection of the loci with the letter P and measure
PC.
Solution.
Loci 218

(i) Triangle ABC in which AB = 5.5 cm, BC = 3.2cm and CA = 4 cm.

(ii) Draw the locus of a point which moves so that it is always 2.5 cm from B.
(iii) Draw the locus of a point which moves so that it is equidistant from the sides BC and CA.
(iv) Mark the point of intersection of the loci with the letter P and measures PC.
Step 1: Construct A ABC in which AB = 5.5 cm, BC = 3.2
cm and C4 = 4.8 cm.
Step 2: Draw a circle of radius 2.5 cm with B as centre.
Step 3: Draw bisector of ZACB. Produce the bisector to cut
the circle at points P and P’.
Step 4: Measure
PC and PC. PC=1.1cmandP'C=3.6cm A

Question 21. Use ruler and compass only for this ques-
tion. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm and mark two chords AB
and AC of the circle of length 6 cm and 5 cm resectively.
(i) Construct the locus of points, inside the circle,
that are equidistant from A and C. Prove your
cons-tnuction.
(ii) Construct the locus of points, inside the circle that
are equidistant from AB and AC.
Solution.
Steps : 1. Draw @
circle of radius 4 cm.
2. Draw chords AB = 6 cm, AC = 5 cm.
3. Draw a perpendicular bisector of AC.
4. Draw bisector of Z BAC.
Proof. Take any point P on the perpendicular bisector of AC. Join PA and PC.
In A° APL and CPL, AL =CL (‘. PL is the L" bisector of AC)
ZPLA = ZPLC = 90° (by construction)
PL is common.
AAPL = ACPL (S.A.S)
AP =CP (C.p.c.t)

Question 22. Use ruler and compasses only for the following question : construct triangle BCP,
where BC = 5 cm, BP =4 cm, ZPBC = 45°. Complete the rectangle ABCD such that
(i) P is equidistant from AB and BC; and
(ii) P is equidistant from C and D.
Measure and write down the length of AB.
Solution.
Steps :
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
274

1. Construct ABCP with BC = 5 cm, BP = 4cm

and ZPBC = 45°.
2. Draw perpendiculars at 2B and ZC.
3. Draw perpendicular from P on CX, meeting
CX at L.
4. Cut CD on CX such that CL = LD.
5. Cut BA on BY such that BA = CD. Joint DA.
ABCD is the required rectangle. AB = 5.7 cm.

Question 23. Ruler and compasses only may be used in this question. All construction lines and arcs
must be clearly shown, and be of sufficient length and clarity to permit assessment.
(i) Construct triangle ABC, in which BC = 8 cm, AB = 5 cm, ZABC = 60°.
(ii) Construct the locus of points inside the triangle which are equidistant from BA and BC
(iii) Construct the locus of points inside the triangle which are equidistant from B and C.
(iv) Mark as P, the point which is equidistant from AB, BC and also equidistant from B and C.
(v) Measure and record the length of PB.
Solution.
Steps : 1. Construct triangle ABC with BC = 8 cm,
ZABC = 60° and AB =5 cm
2. Draw bisector of ZABC .
3. Draw perpendicular bisector of BC.
4. Produce both of them, to meet at P, which is the re-
quired point. PB = 4.6 cm.

Exercises
1. State the locus of a point, which is equidistant from two fixed points Z and M.
2. State the locus of P so that it always remains at a constant distance from a fixed point Q.
3. A point P moves so that its distance from a fixed line YY i :
traced by P. is always same. What is the path
4. What is the locus of the tip of a minute hand of a watch?
Loci
275

. One end of a rope is tied to a cow and the other end to a peg fixed in a grassy land. What is the
locus of the end of the rope tied to the cow if it grazes the land by keeping the rope fully
stretched?
6. Find the locus of a point which is equidistant from two intersecting straight lines.
. Find the locus of a circular wheel which moves so that its distance from the circumference of a
circular field is constant.
8. Find a point equidistant from three given points X, Y and Z which are not collinear.
. LM is a fixed line. State the locus of the point P so that ZLPM = 90°.
. What is the locus of a point, equidistant from the arms of a given angle XOY ?
. Draw an angle ZABC = 70°. Construct a point which is at a distance of 2 cm from both the
arms of the angle.
. Construct a A ABC, in which AB = 3.6 cm, BC = 3 cm and CA = 4 cm. Construct a point P
which is equidistant from CA and CB and also equidistant fromA and C.
. Construct a A ABC, in whichAB = 5 cm, BC = 4.2 cm and CA =3.8 cm.
(i) Draw the locus of a point which moves so that it always 2.5 cm from A.
(ii) Draw the locus of a point which moves so that it is equidistant from the sides BC and C4.
Mark the intersection of the loci.
14. Take AB = 4 cm. Construct
(i) the locus of points equidistant fromA and B
(ii) the locus of points 2.5 cm from A.
Mark the two [Link] lie on both loci and measure the distance between them.
15. Construct a A ABC, in which BC = 5 cm, AB = 4 cm and AC =3.5 cm. Locate the points P and
Q where
(i) P is equidistant fromA and C and lies on AB.
(ii) Q is equidistant from AB and AC and lies on BC.

Answers

. Perpendicular bisector of LM.

Circle.
Parallel line.
A circle.
A circle.
Angle bisector.
A circle concentric with circular field.
Intersection of perpendicular bisector of XY and YZ.
eo
=ONAUW>AYWHN
. Acircle.
. Bisector of ZXOY.
——)
 at Ufc anifurcated)

660 O42. Chapter 14

Area of a plane figure is the amount of surface enclosed by its bounding lines.
Area of a triangle = +base x height
Area of a parallelogram = base x height
Area of arectangle = length x breadth

Area of arhombus = ; x Product of diagonals

of a trapezium = 1
Area > (Sum of parallel sides) x height
2
and so on.

Base and Height of a Triangle

Any side of a triangle is called the base, and the length of the A
perpendicular drawn from the opposite to the base is called the
height.
In the adjoining figure, BC is the base and AD is the height.

Area of AABC = 5x BC x AD. Height

B So
5G

Base and Height of a Parallelogram

Any side of a parallelogram is called its base, and the length of per-pendicular O_E Cc
drawn from any point on the parallel side to the base is called the height.
In the adjoining figure, AB is the base and EF is the height. Height
Area of parallelogram ABCD = AB x EF.
A B
Two figures are called equal if and only if they have equal areas. IS
oral a
if area of AABC area of A DEF,
then A ABC = A DEF.
If area of a polygon ABCDE..... area of a polygon PORST
then polygon ABCDE ..... = polygon PORST..... .
Area
277

Difference between Congruent and equal Figures

Since congruent figures have equal areas, congruent figures
are equal figures.
But, two equal figures may not be congruent.
For example, consider two right angled triangles ABC and DEF given
below.
Area of AABC = 5 BC x AB
:
6 cm
= ;x 8cm x 6cm = 24cm’.

AreaofADEF =+xEF
5} x DE D

; 4

Area of AABC = Area of ADEF 12cm 3

.. AS ABC and DEF are equal figures.
But A ABC is not congruent to A DEF.
Note:
When figures are congruent the sign ‘=’ is used.
When figures are equal in area, the sign ‘=’ is used.

Between the same parallels

Parallelograms are said to be between the same parallels when their bases are in the same straight line
and their sides opposite to these bases are also in another straight line parallel to the first.
In the adjoining figure, parallelograms ABCD, PORS x p C U TS Rie ¥
and POTU are between the same parallels as their bases
AB, PQ and PQ lie on LM and their opposite sides CD, RS,
TU lie on XY where XY ||LM.
Triangles are said to be between the same parallels
when their bases lie on the same straight line and their
opposite vertices lie on a straight line parallel to the first. L A B le Q M

In the adjoining figure, triangles ABC, DEF and GEF x A G D Y

are between the same parallels because their bases BC, EF
and EF are on the same straight line LM and their opposite
vertices A, D and G are on the same straight line XY, where

bee Cc E F M

Theorems on Area : x $ “ :
Theorem. Parallelograms on the same base and between the same
;
parallels are equal in area.
Given : Two parallelograms ABCD and BCFE on the same base BC
and between the same parallel lines BC and AF.
To Prove : Area of ||2™ ABCD = Area of ||" BCFE. B Cc
278 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Proof :
Statements Reasons

In AS ABE and DCF, AB = DC. Opposite sides of ||?" ABCD.

ZBAE = ZCDF Corresponding angles,
*.’ AB ||DC, AF cuts them.
ZBEA = ZCFD Corresponding angles,
*.” BE ||CF, AF cuts them.

A ABE=A DCF - (A.A.S)

A ABE=A DCF Congruent triangles are equal.
Quad ABCF — A DCF = Quad ABCF — A ABE
2. 8 ABCD = ||8™ BCFE

Theorem. The area of a parallelogram is equal to the area of a rectangle D a C E

on the same base and of the same altitude i.e. between the same parallels.
Given : Parallelogram ABEF and rectangle ABCD on the same base AB
and having the same altitude AD.
To Prove : Area of ||?" ABEF = area of rectangle ABCD. i i
Proof :
Statements Reasons
In AS ADF and BCE,
AD = BC Opposite sides of rectangle are equal.
ae BE Opposite sides of ||S™ ABEF.
ZADF = ZBCE = 90° Angles of a rectangle.
A ADF = A BCE R.H.S
= A ADF = A BCE Congruent triangles are equal.
Quad ABED — A BCE = Quad ABED — A ADF
“. Rectangle ABCD = ||8™ ABEF.
Corollary :
Area of a parallelogram = base x height.
Since Area of parallelogram = Area of rectangle —9
Area of parallelogram ABEF = Area of rect. ABCD (From theorem above)
Area of ||2™ ABEF AB x BC (.” area of rectangle =1x 6) —<(ii)
Area of parallelogram = base x height. — (From (i) and (ii))
Theorem. The area of a triangle is equal to one half the area of a parallelogram
on the same base and
between the same parallels.
Given : A triangle ABE and a parallelogram ABCD standing on the E one ee F C
same base AB and between the same parallels AB and EC.

To Prove: AABE = ile ABCD.

Construction ; Draw BF ||AE.
 279

Statements Reasons
AAEB = 5 |S" ABFE Diagonal BE divides ||*” into two equal parts.

|" ABFE = ||" ABCD |?" on same base AB and between same
parallels AB and EC
AAEB = ; \8" ABCD.

Corollaries to Theorems
1. Parallelograms on equal bases aid between the same 2 C S. R
parallels are equal in area.
In the adjoining figure,
|?" ABCD = ||" PORS.
A BE Q
2. Ifa triangle and a parallelogram are on equal bases and A P N
between the same parallels, then the area of the triangle
is half that of the parallelogram.
In the adjoining figure,

AABC = s lI" LMNP B Cade M

3. Triangles on same base or equal bases and bet- A L P S
ween the same parallels are equal in area.
In the above figure, “
A ABC=ALMN and A PQR=A QRS. B CM N Q R

Applications :

Example 1. Show that a diagonal of a parallelogram divides it into two

triangles of equal areas.
Solution. Given : ABCD is a parallelogram and AC is its one diagonal.
To Prove : Area of AABC = Area of AADC.
Proof:
Statements Reasons

In AS ABC and ADC,

AB=DC Opposite sides of ||"
BC = AD Opposite sides of ||°"
AC = AC Common

A ABC = AADC S.S.S

«= AABC=AADC
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
280

of equal A
Example 2. Show that a median divides a triangle into two triangles
area.
Solution. Given : A A ABC and AD is the median.
To Prove : Area of AABD = Area of A ADC.
Construction : Draw AL 1 BC. B Dp = Cc

Proof:
Statements Reasons

Area of AABD = +BD x AL. * Area of A = +basex height.

Similarly, Area of AADC = +DC x AL. "* Area ofA = +basex height.
But BD= DC. *.. AD is median.
Area of A ABD = Area of A ADC.

Example 3. Prove that area of a trapezium = 4 (Sum of parallel sides) x height.

Solution. Given : ABCD is a trapezium in which AB ||CD. uw D C

Construction: Join AC. Draw CL 1 AB and AM 1 CD. |
CL=AM
(perpendiculars between same parallel lines). | .
Let CL=AM=h (height of trapezium) A L B
l ;
Area of ABC = > AB xCL — (i)

Area of ADC = +CD x AM — (ii)

On adding (i) and (ii), we get

‘Area of AABC+ Area of AADC = SAB xCL+3CDx AM

=> Area of Trapezium = 5AB xh+ +CD xh

ot$(AB +CD)xh
a +(Sum of parallel sides) x height.

Example 4. Prove that area of a rhombus = > x Product of diagonals. D C

Solution. Given ABCD is a rhombus. AC and BD, are two diagonals
intersect at O. Diagonal AC 1 Diagonal BD because diagonals of rhombus cut i
at right angles.

Area of AABC = fAC x OB

A B
(es area of a A is
, 1 ‘
= > base x height). —.(i)
Area
281

AreaofAACD = 4AC x OD — (if)

On adding (i) and (ii), we get,

Area of AABC + AreaofAACD = ;AC x OB+ 5AC x OD

> Area of Rhombus ABCD = ;AC(OB+OD)
= + AC x BD.
x Product of diagonals.

Example 5. Prove that diagonals of a parallelogram divide it into four triangles of equal area.
Solution. A parallelogram ABCD. AC and BD are the diagonals intersecting at O.
To Prove: Area of A AOB= Area of A BOC D C
= Area of ACOD = Area of AAOD Ps ag
Proof : In A ABC, BO is the-median
(Because in ||2™ diagonals bisect each other). wee,
Area of A AOB = Area of A BOC
—( ‘
(median divides a AS into two AS equal in area)
In A BCD, CO is the median.
is Area of A BOC = Area of A COD —. (ii)
In A ACD, DO is the median.
Area of A COD = Area of A AOD —. (iil)
* From (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
Area of A AOB = Area of A BOC = Area of A COD = Area of A AOD.
Example 6. Prove that the line segment joining the mid-points of a pair of opposite sides of a
parallelogram divides it into two equal para-ilelograms.
Solution: Given : A parallelogram ABCD in which E and F are mid D F C
points of AB and CD. ED is joined.
To Prove : Area of parallelogram AEFD = Area of parallelogram EBCF.
Proof : AE = EB (Given E is the mid point of AB)
\" AEFD and ||” EBCF, both have same base and both are between A = B
same parallels AB and CD.
Area of |” AEFD = Area of ||" EBCF.
Example 7. The diagonals of a quadrilateral divide the quadrilateral into four triangles of equal area.
Show that the quadrilateral is a parallelogram. D C

Solution: | a)

Given : A quadrilateral ABCD whose diagonals AC and BD in-tersect at O.

Area of A AOB = Area of A BOC = Area of A COD = Area of A AOD.
ies
To Prove : ABCD is a parallelogram.
(Givéh)
A °

Proof : Area of AAOD = Area ofA BOC.

282 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Adding area of A AOB to both sides,

of ABOC.
Area of AAOD + Area of AAOB = Area of AAOB + Area
=> Area of AABD |= Area of A ABC
Since A ABD and A ABC are on same base AB and equal in area,
+. Altitudes D and C corresponding to AB are equal.
DC || AB —. (i)
i.e.
Similarly, AD || BC —. (ii)
. From (i) and (ii), we get ABCD is a parallelogram. (*." Opposite sides of a quad. are parallel)

Example 8. In AS ABC and DEF, AL is perpendicular to BC and DN is perpendicular to EF and AL =

Area ofA ABC _ BC
DN. Prove that Wied of KDEF = TF:

Solution.
Given: AS ABC and DEF.
AL 1 BC and DN 1 EF and AL = DN.

_ AreaofANABC _ BC
Sa Area ofA DEF EF
Proof : AL =DN (Given)
bet AL = DN =h (Say)
: Area of AABC =4 BC x AL A
— 5x BC xh x

Area of ADEF = 4x EF x DN
a + EF ih B L Ge N F
AreaofA ABC _ 7BCxh
AreaofADEF lEFxh
as, Area of A ABC BC
Area of A DEF EF
Example 9. In the given figure, BC = EF and AL 1 BC and DN 1. EF. Prove that
Area ofA ABC _ AL
AreaofA DEF DN’
Solution. A
Given : AS ABC and DEF in which BC = EF.
,
and AL 1 BC, DN 1 EF.
To Prove: AreaofA ABC _ A,
Area ofA DEF h, 8 L C E N e
Proof : BC = EF
(Given)
Let BC = EF =x units.
Area
283

Area of AABC = 4 BC x AL

= + xh.

Area of ADEF = +EF x DN

= 4x xh,.

Areaof AABC _ 3 xh, * A,

Areaof ADEF txh, fh,
AreaofA ABC _’,
AreaofA DEF — h,”
Example 10. In the adjoining figure POR is a triangle and PL is one of its P
medians. If M is any point on PL, show that A POM = A PRM.
Solution. Given : A A PQR in which PL is the median. M is any point on PL
and OM, RM are joined.
To Prove : Area of A POM = Area of A PRM
Proof:
Since PL is the median of A POR, 4 : Z é
é Area of A POL= Area of A PRL — (i)
(".” median divides AS into two AS of equal area)
-_ aa: ML is the median of A MOR.
Area of A MQL= Area of A MRL — (ii)
ccitaaeiee (ii) from (i), we get
Area of A POL — Area of A MOL = Area of A PRL — Area of A MRL.
= Area of A POM = Area of A PRM.

Example 11. In the adjoining figure DEF is a triangle in which L is the mid D
point of EF and M is the mid point of DL. Prove that
Area of AEML = 1Area of ADEF .
Solution. Given : A A DEF , DL is the median and M is the mid point of DL.

To Prove: AreaofA EML = +Area of A DEF. m a a

Proof : Since DL is the median of A DEF,

Area ofA DEL = Area of A DEF
(‘." median divides AS into two A® of equal area).

Area of ADEL = Area of ADEF —(i)

Similarly, since EM is the median ofA DEL,
Areaiobaen, = +Area of ADEL —(ii)
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
284

[Using (/)]
25 Area of AMEL _= 4(5Area of A DEF)

= Area of AMEL = Area of ADEF.

P
Example 12. If D, E and F are the mid points of the sides of a A POR.
Prove that Area of ADEF = +Area of APQOR.

Solution. Given : A POR in which D, E and F are the mid points of PO, OR D é
and RP respectively. D, E and F are joined.

To Prove : Area of ADEF = +Area of APOR Q E R

Proof: In POR, Dis the mid point of PQ and F is the mid point of PR.
DF ||OR and DF = SOR. (By mid point theorem)
=> DF =QE (*." E is the mid pt. of QR)
Ee QDFE is a||*". (Ina quad. one pair of opp. sides are equal and ||) _
In ||8™ ODFE, DE is the diagonal.
Area of A ODE = Area of A DEF — (i)
(diagonal of a ||f" bisects it into two ASequal in area).
Similarly, DFRE is a parallelogram and FE divides it into two equal AS.
és Area of A EFR = Area of A DEF — (ii)
Also Area of A DPF = Area of A DEF —.(iii)
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
Area of ADEQ = Area of AEFR = Area of A PDF = Area ofA DEF. .
“.A PQR is divided into 4 AS equal in area and each = Area of ADEF (say).

Area of ADEF = +Area of APOR.

Example 13. In the following figure, ABCD is a trapezium in which D &

AB || DC and diagonals AC and BD intersect at O. Prove that A AOD is =
equal in area to A BOC.
Solution. Given : Trapezium ABCD. AB ||DC and diagonals AC and
BD intersect at O.
To Prove: Area of AAOD = Area of A BOC. A B
Proof : Area of AABD = Area ofA ABC. at
(Both A® standing on same base AB and between same ||S AB and DC)
Subtracting Area of AAOB on both sides of(i), we get
Area of AABD — Area of AAOB = Area ofA ABC — Area of AAOB
= Area of A.40D = Area of A BOC.
Example 14. In the adjoining figure AD = 8 cm and BC = 10 cm.
Find (i) Area of A ABC.
(ii) Area of parallelogram BCEF.
Area
285

Solution. Given: AD=8 cm F A E

BC= 10cm

(i) AreaofA ABC = ;BC x AD

i5 * 10cm x 8cm t=ae 40cm ie : B 2
D C
(ii) Area of ||"" BCEF = BC x AD 0 on
= 10 cm x 8 cm = 80 cm?
Example 15. PORS is a parallelogram, PD = DQ, A PDS = 15 cm’. P D Q
Find (2) Area of A DOR
(ii) Area of ||2™ PORS.
Solution. PD =DQ (Given)
A PDS = 15 cm? (Given)
i). Area of ADOR = 15 cm? S R
(Base are same, both AS are between same ||S PQ and SR).

(ii) Area of A DSR = +Area of ||°" PORS

(*.” A' and ||"" standing on same base and between same ||'< lines).
Area of ||"" PORS = Area of A DSR + Area of A PDS + Area of A DOR
=30\cm?+ 15 cm? + 15 ¢m?
= 60 cm?
(*.” A DSR is half of ||°" . .. Other two are equal to half of ||°" )
Example 16. ABCD is a parallelogram. Given A APD = 36 cm? and A BPC = 27 cm’.
Find (i) Area of ||?" ABCD,
(ii) PA: PB.
Solution. Given A APD = 36 cm? A P B
A BPC =27 cm?
Cy: A APD +A BPC = (36 +27 )cm?
= 63 cm?
] D C
Area of A PDC = 5 Area of ||°" ABCD.
(both are standing on same base and between same ||lines)

A APD +A BPC = +2 Area of ||? ABCD.

x 63 cm? = +Area of|@" ABCD.
=> Area of ||" ABCD = 126 cm’.
(ii) A APD = 36 cm?
=> 4x AP xheight = 36cm’
A BPC =27 cm?
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
286

vet 5x BP xheight = 27cm"

AAPD _ 36
ABPC 27
Ls 7 AP x height _ 36 (height is same in both AS as they are between same || line}
1x BPxheight 27
Eales. 4
ire BP. 3
=> PA: PB =4:3.

Example 17. In ABC, BL = LC and LM1 AC. Given AC = 4.8 cm and A ABC = 57.6 cm’. Find LM.
Solution.
Given : A ABC = 57.6 cm? A
Since AL is the median,

AALC = 278 om” = 28.8cm’

(*.. median divides A into two AS equal in area) M
In A ALC, Given AC =4.8 cm,
Area of A ALC = 28.8 cm? (Proved) B LE c
A ALC = 28.8 cm’
= +x AC x LM =28.8cm’
= +x 4.8em x LM =28.8cm"

=> LM
28.8 x2
=———=
ee
— LM = 12 cm.

Example 18. In the adjoining figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. A ABC = 25 cm*

Find (7) Area of A APB, where P is any point on CD.
(ii) Area of ||" ABCD. D p C
Solution. Given : A ABC = 25 cm’
(i) A APB =A ABC
(‘."Both AS are standing on same base AB and are
between same parallels AB and CD)
A APB =25 cm’. A B
(ii) Area of ||" ABCD =2 A ABC (diagonal bisects ||" into two AS equal in area)
Area of|"" ABCD = 2 x 25 cm? = 50 cm’.

Example 19. In the adjoining figure, PO || SR. If PO = 10 cm and RO = 6 q “a

culate the area of A POS. e QO = 6 cm and ZPR Q= 90°. Cai-
Area
287
Solution. S R
Given : PQ =10cm
x
RQ =6cm
6 cm
PQ’ = PR’ +RQ’ (by pythogroras theorem) AY
10° = PR’ +6 R Q
— PR =8cm. Sy Qi? ae
Area of APOR = 4x PRxRQ

=~ hy
2
GemuiiGomn DAenG
A POR =A POS
(*.” both AS are on same base PQ and between same parallels PO and RS)
A POS = 24 cm’.
Example 20. In the adjoining figure APOR = 44.8 cm’, PL = LR F
and QM = MR. Find the Area of ALMR.
Solution. 2
Given : A POR = 44.8 cm’
Since QL is the median, Q M R

ALQR = >A PQR (*.’ median divides A® into two A‘ equal in area)

ALOR = Zx 44.8 cm? =22.4cm’

In triangle QLR, LM is the median.
AreaofALMR = +Areaof AOLR (‘." median divides A into two A* equal in area)
Area of ALMR = +x22.4cm’ =11.2cm’

Suggested Questions
Question 1. (a) In the adjoining figure, ABCD is a trapezium with B Cc
AD and BC are parallel sides and ZBAD = 90°. BD and AC cut at E.
Prove that A ABE is equal in area to A CED.
(b) In part (a) if AB = 5 cm and ZBDA = 30°, calculate the
length of side AD.
A D
Solution.
(a) A ABD = A ACD
(‘.” both AS are on same base AD and between same parallel lines AD and BC)
Subtract A AED on both sides,
— A ABD - AAED= A ACD - A AED
= A ABE = A CED.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
. 288

(b) In right angled A ABD,

AB =5 cm, ZBDA = 30°.
._ AB
tan 30 = AD

gee 5
wa AD
= AD = 5N3
= AD =5 x 1.732cm
=> AD = 8.66 cm.

Question 2. In the adjoining figure, ABCD is a parallelogram, O is D Cc

any point on the diagonal AC of the parallelogram. Show that area of A
AOB is equal to the area of A AOD. os
Solution. Given : ABCD is a parallelogram. O is a point on AC. J
To Prove : Area of A AOB = Area of A AOD.
Construction: Draw BM.L AC and DN 1 AC. Join BO and DO. (A B
Proof : AC, the diagonal divides parallelogram into two AS ABC and ACD equal in area.
A ABC =A ACD

= $ACxBM =3ACxDN
=> BM = DN (i.e. heights are equal)

A AOB = 34AOx
BM :
4 AOD =+4Ox DN
A AOB =A AOD (*.” both have same base and their heights are equal)
Question 3. In the figure shown below, ABC is right angled at B, squares are drawn on the side AB and
the hypotenuse AC of the right triangle ABC. If BH is perpendicular to FG, prove that
Area of square ABDE = Area of rectangle ARHF
Area
289

Solution. Given : A ABC with 2B a right angle. Squares on AB

and AC are drawn and BH . FG.
To Prove : Area of Square ABDE = Area of rectangle ARHF.
Construction : Join EC and BF.
Proof : Because “ABD is aright angle (i.e. angle is a square)
and 4ABC is a right angle. (given)
; DB and BC are in one straight line. (adj. angles)

In AS EAC and BAF, EA = AB (sides of a square)

AC =AF (sides of a square)
ZEAC = ZBAF (each rt. Z + ZBAC)
A EAC =A BAF (S.A.S)
> A EAC =A BAF gem)
The square ABDE and A EAC are on the same base EA and between the same parallels EA and DC.
Area of square ABDE =2A EAC — (ii)
Also the rectangle ARHF and A BAF are on the same base AF and between the same parallels AF and
BH.
“ Area of rect. ARHF =2A BAF "ar
But A EAC =A BAF.
; Area of square ABDE = Area of rect. ARHF. [using (i), (ii) & (iii)]
Qvestion 4. In the figure given along side AB ||CD ||EF, AD ||BE and DE ||AF. Prove that the area of
||'8™ DEFH is equal to the area of ||6™ ABCD.
Solution. Given : AB ||CD ||EF, and AD ||BC and DE ||AF. A B
To Prove : Area of DEFH = Area of ABCD.
Proof : ||" ABCD and \||"" ADEG, are on same base AD and bet-
ween same parallels AD and BE. D C
Area of ||" ABCD = Area of ||P" ADEG — (i)
Also, ||®" DEFH and ||"" ADEG, are or same base DE and between
same parallels DE and AF.
Area of ||" DEFH = Area of ||" ADEG — (ii) E F
From (1) and (i), we get
Area of DEFH = Area of ABCD.

Question 5. In the figure below, M and N are the mid points of the sides DC and AB of the parallelo-
gram ABCD and the area of the parallelogram ABCD is 36 cm?.
(i) State the area of the triangle BEC.
(ii) Name the parallelogram which is equal in area to the triangle BEC.
Solution.
Given. ABCD is a parallelogram. M and N are mid points of DC and AB.
Area of ||*" ABCD = 36 cm’.
ls BC and AE.
(i) ||P" ABCD and A BEC, both are on same base BC and between same paralle
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
290

A N fe >|
Area of||"" ABCD = 2 ABEC
=> 36 cm’ =2 A BEC
—— A BEC = 18 cm’.
AN =NB | : ZA
(ii)
and DM = MC (Given)
=. AB =DC (Opp. sides of ||*™)

= +5l AB _/51 D pe

=> AN =DM E
Now, since AN ||DM and AN = DM.
..ANMD is a parallelogram.
Similarly, BCMN is also a parallelogram. Both the parallelograms have equal bases and between same
parallel lines AB and CD.
Area of ||" ANMD = Area of ||" BCMN — (i)
Area of |" ABCD = Area of ||" ANMD + Area of ||°" BCMN.
= Area of |" ABCD = 2 Area ||" BCMN [using (i))
=> 36 cm’ =2 Area |®" BCMN
= Areaof||S™ BCMN = 18cm’.
Area of ABEC = +Area of ||™ ABCD (Proved)
Area of A BEC = Area of ||E™-BCMN (Proved above)

Question 6. In the adjoining figure, DE ||BC. Prove that

(i) Area of AACD = Area of AABE
(ii) Area of A OBD = Area of A OCE.
Solution. Given. A ABC, DE ||BC, DC and BE intersect at O.
To Prove: (i) Area of AACD = Area ofA ABE.
(ii) Area of AOBD = Area of A OCE.
Proof : A DCE and A DBE are on same base DE and between same
parallels DE and BC.
A DCE =A DBE — (i)
(i) Adding A ADE to both sides,
A DCE
+ A ADE =A DBE+AADE
=> Area of AACD = Area of A ABE.
(ii) Subtracting A DOE on both sides, of (i)
A DCE - A DOE = A DBE-A DOE
=> Area of A OCE = Area of A OBD.

Question 7. ABCD is a parallelogram; any line through A cuts DC at a point P

and BC produced at Q.
Prove that A BPC is equal in area to A DPQ.
Area
291

Solution. Given : ABCD isa parallelogram. Any line through A cuts DC

at P and BC produced at Q.
To Prove : Area of A BPC = Arga of A DPQ.

Proof : Area of AAPB = +Area of ||2™ ABCD.

(both are on same-base AB and between same |S AB and CD)

Area of AADP + Area ofABPC = +Area of |IS™ ABCD. a,

Area of AADQ = +Area of ||8™ ABCD.

(.. both are on same base AD and between same ||S BQ and AD)

Area of AADP + Area A DPQ = 5 Area ||S™ 4BCD — (ii)

Area of A ADP + Area of A BPC = Area of A ADP + Area of A DPQ [using (i) & (ii)]
= Area of A BPC = Area of A DPQ.

A B

D C

Question 8. In the figure PORS and PXYZ are two parallelo-

grams of equal area. Prove that SX is parallel to YR.
Solution.
Given.
Area of Parallelogram PQRS = Area of Parallelogram PXYZ.
To Prove: SX||YR.
Construction : Join XR, SY, XS and RY.
Proof: Area of ||8™ PORS = Area of ||B™ PXYZ
(Given) Z

= Area of ||2™ OXOR = Area of ||8™ OYZS

(Subtracting common area of ||8" PXOS on both sides).
= Area of A XOR = Area of A SOY (Diagonal bisects |[2™ into two AS equal in area).
Adding Area of A YOR on both sides, we get
Area of A YRX = Area of A YRS.
SX ||YR.. :
(‘." These two AS are standing on the same base YR, between two lines SX and YR).
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
292

a A B Q
Question 9. In the figure given below, ABCD is eg
that BP:P C
parallelogram, P is a point on BC such
= 1:2. DP produced meets AB produced at Q. Given
area of triangle CPQ = 20cm?, calculate
(i) area of triangle DCP,
(ii) area of parallelogram ABCD.
D
Solution. Given ABCD is a parallelogram.
BP: PC =1:2 and area of ACPQ = 20cm?
(i) A BPQ and A QPC have the same vertex Q
Area of ABPQ _ BP
Area of ACPQ CP
(A* with the same vertex have their area in the ratio of their bases)
AreaofABPQ_ 1
20 2
. Area of ABPQ = 10 cm?.
In A* DCP and BPQ,
ZDPC= ZBPQ (vertically opposte angles)
ZPDC= ZPQB (alt Z* DC ||AQ and DQ is the transversal)
ZPCD= ZPBQ (alt Z* DC ||AQ and BC is the transversal).
ADCP ~ AQBP (A.A.A)
Area of ADCP _ CP?
Area of AOBP pp?
Area of ADCP _ 2?
10 12
”. Area of ADCP = 40cm?.
(ii) Area of AQDC = Area of A DCP + Area of A CPQ.
Area of AQDC = (40+20)cm? = 60cm?
Area of parallelogram ABCD = 2 Area of A QDC,
(because both are standing on the same base DC and between same parallels DC and AQ).
.. Area of parallelogram ABCD = 2 x 60cm? = 120cm?.
Question 10. In the figure, PORS and POXY are parallelograms.
(i) Prove that SX and RY bisect each other.
" =
(ii) If SX = RY, prove that angle RSY = 90°.
Solution.
Given : PORS and PQXY are parallelograms.
Required to prove (i) SX and RY bisect each other
(ii) If SX = RY, then prove ZRSY = 90°. P Q
Area
2

Proof.
() PO|SR, PO=SR —( ;
(opposite sides of parallelogram PORS)
PQ ||YX, PQ= YX — (ii) Ja/
(opposite sides of parallelogram PQXY)
“. SR || YX and SR = YX (from i & ii)
; ‘. SRXY is a parallelogram. ze Q
(-. in a quadrilateral one pair of opposite sides are equal and parallel)
*. &X and RY bisect each other.
(-. diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other).
(ii) Given diagonals SY = RY.
“. SRXY is a rectangle. (-.. diagonals of a parallelogram equal).
ZRSY = 90°.

Exercises

1. In A ABC in which AC = 12 cm, 2A = 90° and hypotenuse BC = 15 cm. P and Q are two points
on the hypotenuse BC such that BP = PQ = QC = 5 cm.
Calculate the area of (i) AABC (ii) AAPQ.

2. PQRS is a rectangle. Find the area of Ss ek

(i) Area of ALRM. ~
(ii) Area of A PLM. 8

P - 10

3. In the adjoining diagram, Area of parallelogram ABCD is 35 cm’. Calculate

(i) Area of parallelogram DEFC. D
(ii) Height of parallelogram ABCD if EF = 7 cm. oak

P
4. S is any point QR such that QS : SR = 2 : 3. T is the mid point of PS.
|
Area of A POR is 20 cm?. Calculate the area of triangle TSR.

A
294
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

QR = RS, M N
5. In the adjoining figure, P, Q, R and S are collinear. PO =
If area of A NRS = 15 cm’, Calculate the area of
(i) AMPQ
(ii) A MQS.
(iii) A MPS. S - 4 :

6. PORS is a quadrilateral. O is the mid point of PR. S

Prove that quad POOS= +-quad PORS. 3

Oo R

7. ABCD is a parallelogram. X is any point in CD. Prove that B C

Area of A BCX + Area of A ADX = Area of A ABX. X

A D

8. ABCD is a parallelogram L and M are mid points of AD and BC D Cc

respLM
ecti
||AB .Provevely
that Area of.
AALM =AAOD. a ae

9. ABCD is a trapezium with AB ||CD. Diagonals intersect at O. Prove that

Area of A AOD = Area ofA BOC.
10. Draw a quadrilateral PORS. Through S draw a straight line parallel to PR to meet QR produced
in T. Prove that Area of A PQT = Area of quadrilateral PORS.
11. L, M, N are the mid-points of AB, BC and CA of AABC. Prove that
quadrilaterals BMNL, MCNL and ALMN are parallelograms and equal
in area.

M
12. ABCD is a trapezium with AB ||CD. P is the mid-point of BC.
Through P draw LM ||AD. prove
that Area of parallelogram ADLM = Area of trapezium ABCD.
Area
295

13. ABC is a right angled triangle, right angled at B. AB = 8cm,

A
BC = 15cm. P and Q are points on AC such that AP = PQ = (QC.
Find the area of A BPQ. 3
8cm
Q

B Cc
15cm
14. Find the area of shaded region.

15. ABCD is a rectangle. The triangle ADP is cut off froin rectangle, 4
find the area of the trapezium ABCP.
aw ay
B

8cm

D P .
16. In the adjoining diagram, SR = 18 cm, PQ = OR = 13 cm. Find the s T R
areas of PORS and PORT. oe

P Q
rf: In the adjoining diagram, PC = 3 AP, Q is the mid-point of BC
and area of AABC = 64.8 Sq cm. Find the area of ABPQ. A

aloes Q C
18. In AABC, P is the mid-point of BC, Q is the mid-point of BP and R is the mid-point of AQ.
Prove that Area of AABR = : area of AABC

19. ABCD is a rectangle. O is any point inside the rectangle. Join OA, OB, OC and OD. Prove that
Area of A AOD + Area of ABOC = Area of A AOB + Area of DOC.
20. In the adjoining diagram PQ ||BC. Prove A
(i) Area of A BOP = Area of A COQ.
(ii) Area of AABQ = Area of A ACP. p

21. LM isa line ||" to OR of A POR. QS ||PR and RT || QP meeting LM in S and T respectively.
prove that Area of A POS = Area of A PRT.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
296

ram is 70cm. Ss R
22. In the given diagram the perimeter of the parallelog
area of
Calculate the lengths of the sides of the parallelogram and
the parallelogram.

aNETTY, Q
23. PORS is a quadrilateral. A line through S parallel to PR meets QR produced in 7. Prove that
Area of A PQT = Area of quadrilateral PORS.
MN = 15 cm,
24. In the given diagram, XY = 3 cm, LY =
MX = 7 cm,
5ZY and area of ALMN = 80cm’.
Calculate
(i) The area ofA LXY.
(ii) The area of A LZN.

M xX Y N

25. In the adjoining diagram, ABCD is a parallelogram. L and M D L Cc

are any two points on DC and AD respectively. Prove that
Area of A ALB = Area of A BMC.

A B.

Answers

1. (i) 54 cm’ (ii) 18 cm? 2. (i) 15 sq. units (ii) 34 sq. units
3. () 35 cm’ (ii) 55cm 4. 6cm
5. (i) 15 cm’ (ii) 30 cm? (iii) 45 cm? 13. 20cm?
14. 54 cm? 15. 56 cm?
16. 186 cm’, 156 cm? 17. 21.6 cm?
22. 15 cm, 20 cm, 180 cm 2
23. (i) 16 cm? (ii) 215 cm?.
 Chapter 15

Circles

Circle
Definition. The path (locus) traced by a moving point, at a fixed
distance from a fixed point, is calied a Circle.
The fixed point O is called the centre, the fixed distance OA is called Centre
the radius and the path so traced out is called the circumference.

Circumference

Chord of a Circle
A line segment joining any two points of a circle is called a chord of a
circle.
In the adjoining figure AB is the chord of circle with centre O. The distance
AB is called the length of the chord. ‘ B

Diameter of a Circle
A chord of a circle passing through its centre is called a diameter of a
circle.
Diameter
A diameter divides the circle into two equal parts, each part being a semi-—
circle.
Length of diameter = 2 x radius.
In the figure, POQ is the diameter.

Secant of a Circle
A straight line of indefinite length which cuts the circumference an
mo
of the circle at two points is called a secant of a circle.
ceo
In the figure, the line LM cuts the circle at two points P and Q.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
298

of S
Tangent to a Circle
is called a
A straight line which meets a circle at-one and only one point
tangent to the circle.
In the figure, RS is the tangent and P is the point at which a tangent
P
touches the circle. This point is called the point of contact.

tangent
R

Arc of a Circle Arc

Any part of the circumference of a circle is called an arc of a circle.
In the adjoining figure, AB denotes the arc of the circle. A B

Angle subtended by an Arc A

The angle formed by the two radii of an arc of a circle at the centre of the circle
is called the angle subtended by the arc.
In the adjoining figure, ZAOB is the angle subtended by the arc of a circle with
centre O. a

Sector of a Circle
The part of a circle (1.e. an arc) enclosed by any two radii of a circle is called a
sector of a circle.
In the adjoining figure, the arc CD is enclosed by two radii OC and OD.

Segment of a Circle
A segment of a circle is the figure bounded by a chord and one of the two
arcs into which the chord divides the circumference.
The part containing the minor arc is called the minor segment and the part
containing the major arc is called the major segment.

segment
Circles ‘
99

Concyclic Points
The points which lie on the circ umference of the same circle a
Concyclic Points.
alae
In the figure, P, Q, R, S are Concyclic.

Concentric Circles
Two or more circles which have the same centre are called
Concentric Circles.

Chord Properties of Circles

Theorem. The straight line drawn from the centre of a circle to bisect a chord,
which is not a diameter, is perpendicular to the chord.
Given : A circle with centre O and OC bisects the chord AB.
To Prove : OC 1 AB.
Construction : Join OA and OB.
Proof :
Statements Reasons

In AS OAC and OBC,

OA = OB Radii of same circle,

AC =CB C is the mid point of AB, given.

OC =OC Common

”. AOAC = A OBC 5.9.9

-. ZOCA = ZOCB c.p.c.t

But ZOCA + ZOCB = 180° ACB is a straight line.

*- ZOCA = ZOCB = 90° Adj. angles are equal.

24O€ LAB aes

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
300

Theorem. (Converse of theorem)

bisects the chord.
The perpendicular to a chord from the centre of the circle
to AB.
Given : A circle with centre O, and OC is perpendicular
To Prove : AC = CB.
Construction ; Join OA and OB.
Proof :
Statements Reasons

In AS OAC and OBC,

OA = OB Radii of same circle.
OC=OC Common
ZOCA = ZOCB = 90° since OA 1 AB. Given,
A OAC=A OBC R.H.S
AC=CB c.p.c.t
Theorem. One and only one circle can be drawn through three points
not in a straight line. ~
Given : Three points A, B and C, which are not in the same straight
line.
To Prove : One and one only one circle can be drawn through A, B
and C.
Construction : Join AB and BC. Draw perpendicular bisectors of AB
and BC. Let these bisectors meet at O. Join OA, OB and OC. i
Proof :
Statements Reasons
OA = OB O lies on the perpendicular bisector of AB
(locus).
OB =OC O lies on the perpendicular bisector of BC
(locus).
A OA = OB = OC
. If a circle is drawn with O as centre and
radius OA, it passes through
A, B and C.
.”. Perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC can Two straight lines can intersect in one point
intersect in one point only, hence only one only.
circle can be drawn passing through three
points, not in a straight line.
Theorem. Equal chords of a circle are equidistant from the centre.
Given : A circle with centre O, in which Chord AB = Chord CD. OL 1 AB
and OM 1 CD.
To Prove : OL = OM
Construction : Join OA and OC.
Proof :
 Circle 301

Statements Reasons
7 ;AB Perpendicular from centre bisects the chord.

OM = +CD Same as above.

3 AL = CM Halves of equal chord.
In AS ALO and CMO,
AO=CO Radii of same circle.
AL = CM Proved
ZALO = ZCMO = 90° Given, since OL 1 AB and OM L CD.
A ALO = A CMO RHS.
OL = OM C.p.c.t.
Theorem. (Converse of theorem)
Chords of a circle that are equidistant from the centre are equal.
Given : A circle with centre O. Chords AB and CD are equidistant from
the centre O, i.e. OL 1 AB and OM 1 CD and OL = OM.
To Prove : Chord AB = Chord CD.
Construction : Join OA and OC.
Proof :
Statements Reasons
In AS OAL and OCM,
OA = OC Radii of same circle.
OL = OM Given
ZALO = ZCMO = 90° Given, LO 1 AB and OM L CD.
A OAL = A OCM [Link].
AL = CM cpiet
Bot aE = 4ABand CM = +CD. ee from centre bisects

AB =CD *., AL=CM (Proved)

Chord AB = Chord CD

Arc Properties of Circles

Theorem. In equal circles (or in the same circle), if
two arcs subtend equal angles at the centres (or centre)
then they are equal.
Given : Two equal circles with centre O and O’. Arcs
AB and CD subtend equal angles at centre ie. ZAOB=
ZCO'D.
To Prove : Arc AB = Arc CD.
Proof :
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
302
ea
Reasons
Statements

Place centre O of first circle on centre O' of

second circle so that O and O’ coincide and
OA lies along @’C.
ZAOB =
+. Point A falls on point C and OB lies along | OA = O'C radii of equal circles and
O'D. ZCO'D. (Given)
_ Point B falls on point D, i.e. Arc AB | OB = O'D, radii of equal circle. A and B fall
coincides with Arc CD. on C and D respectively in equal circles.
Arc AB= Arc CD.

Theorem. (Converse of Theorem)

In equal circles (or in the same circle) if two arcs are equal
then they subtend equal angles at the centres (or centre).
Given : Two equal circles with centres O and O’.
Also Arc AB = Arc CD. hook
To Prove : ZAOB = ZCO'D. A B C D
Proof :

Statements Reasons
Place the centre O of first circle on the centre
O' of the second circle, so that A falls on C
and AO falls on CO’ and arc AB falls on arc
ED.
. OB falls on O'D. *.” OA = O'C radii of equal circles and Arc AB
= Arc CD (Given)
.. ZAOB coincides with ZCO’D.
«. ZAOB = ZCO'D,

Theorem. In equal circles (or in the same circle) equal

chords cut off equal arcs.
Given : Two equal circles with centres O and O’. Also
Chord AB = Chord CD.
To Prove : Arc AB = Arc CD.
Construction : Join OA, OB, O'C and O'D. A di eee ce Falge’ O
Proof:
Statements Reasons
In AS OAB and O'CD,
OA = O'C Radii of equal circles.
OB=O'D Radii of equal circles.
AB=CD Given.
A OAB=AO'CD S.S.S
ZAOB = ZCO'D C.p.c.t
Arc AB= Arc CD Arcs of equal circles subtend equal angles at
centre, the arcs are equal.
Circles 303
Theorem. (Converse of theorem)
In equal circles (or in the same circle) if two arcs are
equal then their chords are equal.
Given: Two equal circles with centre O and O’. Also
Arc AB= Arc CD.
To Prove : Chord AB = Chord CD.
Construction : Join OA, OB, O'C and O'D. ‘ Py ’ i i °
Proof :

Statements Reasons
Arc AB = Arc CD Given
ZAOB = ZCO'D Equal arcs of equal circles subtends equal
angles at the centre.
In AS AOB and CO'D,
AO=O0'C Radii of equal circles.
OB=O'D Radii of equal circles.
ZAOB = ZCO'B Proved.
A AOB=ACO'D SAS.
AB=CD c.p.c.t
Chord AB = Chord CD

Angle Properties of Circles

Theorem. The angle subtended by an arc of a circle at the centre is double the angle subtended by it at
any point on the remaining point of the circumference.
C
=. B

f) A

. y oS,
(i) (ti) (iii)
ZACB at the circumference standing
Given : A circle with centre O. Arc AB subtends ZAOB at centre.
on the same arc AB.
To Prove : ZAOB=2 ZACB.
Construction : Join CO and produce it to D.
Proof :
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
304

Statements Reasons
OA = OC Radii of same circle.
ZOAC = ZACO Angles opp. to equal sides of A OAC are equal.
ZAOD = ZOAC + ZACO Ext. angle = Sum of int. opp. Z°.
ZAOD =2ZACO (i) *.. ZACO = ZOAC (Given)
Similarly, ZBOD=22ZBCO (ii)
In figs (i) and (iii)
ZAOD + ZBOD=2 ZACO +2 ZBCO Adding above two statements (i) & (ii).
=> ZAOB =2 ZACB.
In Fig (i)
ZDOB — ZDOA =2 (ZOCB- ZACO) Subtracting (i) from (ii).
= ZAOB=2 ZACB.
Hence in all cases
ZAOB=2 ZACB
.. Angle at centre is twice the angle at circum
ference.

Theorem. Angles, in the same segment of C_ OD C

a circle are equal.
> Ary
Given : Circle with centre O, ZACB and
ZADB are angles in the same segment.
To Prove : ZAOB= ZADB.
Construction : Join OA and OB.
Proof :
Statements Reasons
ZAOB=2 ZACB Angle at centre is twice the angle at the
circumference, both standing on the same arc
AB.
Also, ZAOB=2 ZADB Same reascn as above.
2 ZACB=2 ZADB From above two statements.
=> ZACB= ZADB
In Fig (ii),
Reflex ZAOB =2 ZACB=2 ZADB
ZACB= ZADB.

Theorem : The angle in a semi circle is a right angle.

Given: A circle with centre O. AB is the diameter and ZACB, an angle is a
semi circle.
To Prove: ZACB = 90°.
A
Proof: B
Circles
305

Statements Reasons
ZAOB=2 ZACB Angle at centre = double the angle at
circumference.
But ZAOB = 180°. AOB is a straight line.
2 ZACB = 180°. From the above two statements.
= ZACB=90°.

Definition of Cyclic Quadrilateral

If the vertices of a quadriiateral lie on the circumference of a circle, then it is
called a Cyclic Quadrilateral. c
In the adjoining figure, ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral as A, B, C, D all lie on
the circumference of the circle.
A

D
B
Theorem. The opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral are supplement—
ary.
Given: A cyclic quadrilateral ABCD with centre O.
To Prove: ZA+ZC= 180°. A
ZB+ ZD= 180°. C
Construction: Join OA and OC. ee
Proof: D
Statements Reasons

ZAOC =2 ZB Angle at centre = double the angle at the cir-

cumference on same arc.
Reflex ZAOC =22ZD Same as above.
22B+2 ZD = ZAOC + Reflex ZAOC Adding statements | and 2.
2(ZB + ZD) = 360° Sum of angles around a point = 360°.
= ZB+ ZD = 180°.
Similarly, ZA + ZC = 180°.
Theorem. The exterior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral is equal to the interior opposite angle.
Given: Cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, with AD produced to any point E. B
To prove: ZCDE = ZABC.
Cc
Proof:

A
306 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Statements Reasons

Opposite angles of a cyclic quad. are

ZABC + ZADC = 180°.
supplementary.
ZCDE + ZADC = 180°. Adj. angles standing on straight line ADE.
ZCDE = ZABC. From above two statements.

Tangent Properties of Circles

Theorem. The tangent at any point of a circle and the
radius through the point of contact are perpendicular to each
other.
Given: A circle with centre O. APB is a tangent to the
circle at point P. OP is the radius.
To Prove: OP 1 AB.
Construction: If OP is not perpendicular to APB, draw
OQ perpendicular to APB meeting the circle at L. A p Q B
Proof:
Statements Reasons

OP = OL Radii of the same circle.

In A OQP,
ZOQP = 90°. By construction.
ZOPQ < 90°. In a right angle triangle, other two angles are
acute.
ZOPQ < ZOOQP. From above two statements.
OP > O°. In A, side opp. to greater angle is greater.
OL > OQ *.” OP = OL proved. Radii of the same circle.
But OL > O°. A part cannot be greater than the whole st.
line.
.. Our supposition is not true.
Hence OP 1 APB.

Theorem. If two tangents are drawn from an external point

to a circle, then
(i) the tangents are equal in length
(ii) the tangents subtend equal angles at the centre of the
circle, and
(iii) the tangents are equally incline to the lint joining
the point and the centre of the circle.
Given: P is an external point to a circle with centre O. PA
and PB are two tangents drawn from P to the circle, where A
and B are points of contact.
Circles
307

To Prove: (i) PA=PB

(ij) ZAOP= ZBOP
(iii) ZLAPO= ZBPO
Proof:
Statements Reasons
In AS APO and BPO,

AO= BO Radii of same circle.

ZOAP = ZOBP = 90°. Radius through the point of contact is
perpendicular to tangent.
PO=PO Common.
A APO=A BPO R.H.S.
(i) PA=PB
(ii) ZAOP = ZBOP ep.c.t
(iii) ZAPO= ZBPO

Theorem. If two circles touch each other. the point of contact lies on the straight line through the
centres.
T T

Fig.(i) Fig. (il)

Touch Externally Touch Internally

Given: Two circles with centres A, B and they touch each other at the point P.
To Prove: P lies on the line AB.
Construction: Join AP, BP. Draw a common tangent PTthrough P.
Proof:
Statements Reasons

ZAPT=90° and ZBPT= 90° Radius through the point of contact is

perpendicular to the tangent.

In Fig. (4), ZAPT + ZBPT= 180°. Adding above statements.

”. APB is a straight line. Two adjacent angles are supplementary.

In Fig. (if), ZAPT = 90° = ZBPT Each being right angle.

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
308

:, AP and BP are both perpendicular to the

tangent PT at the same point P.
AP and BP lie on the same line. Only one perpendicular can be drawn to a line
through a point in it.

.. ABP is a straight line.

. P lies on the straight line AB.
-. In both cases APB or ABP is a straight line.

illustrative Examples

Example 1. Calculate the length of a chord which is at a distance of 8 cm frorn the centre and the
diameter of the circle is 34 cm.
Solution. | Given diameter of circle = 34 cm.

Radius = + = en.

Perpendicular distance from centre O to chord AB = 8 cm.

In right angled A OAC,
OA’ = AC’ +OC’ . (By Pythagoras theorem)
= 7 = ACS.
=> ACA = 225
=> AC = 15cm
But AB=2 AC (Perpendicular from centre bisects the chord)
AB=2
x 15 cm = 30 cm.

Example 2. PQ is a chord of a circle with centre O. The perpendicular from O to the chord cuts the
chord at R and meets the circle at S. If PO = 8 cm and RS = 2 cm, find the radius of the circle.
Solution. Chord PQ=8cm
RS = 2 cm
ae PR=4 cm (' from centre to the chord bisects chord)
Let OR =x.
Then OP =x + 2 (radius).
In right angled A OPR,
2 2 2
OP’ = PR’ +OR (By Pythagoras theorem)
= (x+2) =47 4x? |
2 2
=> x’ +4x4+4=164+x _—: 7

=> 4x = 12 S
= x=3
Radius = x + 2 = (3 +2) cm=5 cm.
Circles 309

Example 3. Two parallel chords of lengths 8 cm and 4 cm are placed 2 cm apart in

a circle. Find the
radius of the circle.
Solution.
Given : Chord AB = 8 cm
Chord CD = 4 cm
Distance between AB and CD = 2 cm.
Let OE=x and OC=OA=r (radius)
AE=4cm and CF=2cm
(L' from centre to the chord bisects the chord)
In right angled A OAE,
OA* = AE’ + OE ° (By Pythagoras theorem)
— r=4 +x’

=> r? =16+x° — (i)

In right angled A OCF,
OC’ = OF’? +CF’ (By Pythagoras theorem)
= r? =(x+2)
+2’
= r =x +4x+44+4

=> r =x +4x+8 = (@)

From (i) and (ii), we get
x’ +4x4+8=164+x°
= 4x= 8
=> x=2.

From.(i), r =16+x =16+4=20

= r= 20 =4.47cm
Radius of circle = 4.47 cm.

Example 4. AB and CD are two equal chords in a circle with centre O, intersecting at a point L within
the circle. Prove that OL bisects ZALD.
Solution.
Given: Chord AB = Chord CD.
Chords are intersecting at L. Y

To Prove: ZALO= ZDLO.

Construction: Draw OM 1 AB and ON 1 CD. ax
Proof: In AS MOL and NOL, C B
MO = NO (Equal chords of circle are equidistant from centre)
ZOML = ZONL = 90° (By construction)
OL=OL (Common)
A MOL = A NOL (R.H.S)
 s for Class X
310 A Textbook of Mathematic

: ZMLO = ZNLO (c.p.c.t)

=> ZALO = ZDLO.

OO’ and LM cut in P. Prove that

Examples 5. Two circles with centres O and O' intersect at L and M.
(i) P is the mid-point of LM.
(ii) OO’ is perpendicular to LM.
M. OO’ and LM cut in P.
Solution. Given: Two circles with centres O and O’ intersect at Land
To Prove:(i) P is the mid-point of LM.
ke: PL=PM
(ii) OO' is L to LM.
Construction: Join OL, OM, O'L and O'M.
Proof:
In AS OLO' and OMO’"
OL =OM Radii of same circle
O'L =O'M Radii of same circle
OO’ = 00" Common
A OLO' =A OMO' S.5:5)
. ZLOO' = ZMOO' ©p:c.t
In AS LOP and MOP,
OL =OM Radii of same circle
ZLOP = ZMOP (Proved)
OP =OP Common
A LOP =A MOP (S.A.S)
LP =PM
and ZLPO =2ZMPO
POLLM (adjacent angles on a straight line LPM are
equal, and hence each angle = 90°)
OO' is LF to LM.
B
Example 6. Find ZABC and ZADC.
Solution. ZAOC = 100° (Given)
ZABC = ;ZAOC (angle at centre = twice angle at
circumference standing on same arc) Coy
ZABC = 5 x 100° = 50°,
EN in ¢
ZABC + ZADC = 180°. (Opp. angles ofa cyclic D
quadrilateral are supplementary)
Y 30° + ZADC = 180°.
=> ZADC = 180°
— 50° = | 30°.
Circles
311

Example 7. Find ZABD.

Solution.
Construction: Join PQ.

ZCAP + ZPOC = 180° (Opp. angles of cyclic quadrilateral are supplementary)

= — 70° = 110°.
ZPQC= 180°
ZCQOP + ZPQD = 180° (Adj. angles standing on the same st. line)
=> ZPQD = 180°— 110°
= 70°.
ZPQD + ZPBD = 180° (Opp. angles of cyclic quadrilateral are supplementary)
= ZPBD = 180° — 70° = 110°.
= ZABD = 110°.

Example 8. Find ZACB.

Solution.
Given. ZAOB = 80°.

ZACB = + ZAOB
(angle at centre = twice angle at circumference both standing on the same arc)

ZACB = ; x 80° = 40°,

Example 9. Find ZABC.
Solution.
Given. ZDAB = 80°, ZEDF = 15° and DF ||BC.
ZDAB + ZBCD = 180°
(Opp. angles of cyclic quadrilateral
are supplementary)
=> ZBCD = 180° — 80° = 100°.
ZBCD = ZCDF (alt ZS, *.“ DF ||BC and DC is the transversal)
ZCDF = 100°.
ZEDC= 15° + 100° = 115°
ZEDC + ZADC = 180° (Adj. angles standing on the straight line ADE)
ZADC= 180° - 115° = 65°
ZADC + ZABC =180° (Opp ZS of cyclic quadrilateral are supplementary)
= ZABC= 180° — 65° = 115°.

Example 10. Find ZPQR.

312 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Solution.
Given. ZOPR = 30°, ZORS = 100°.
Construction. Join OS.
ZRPS = 180° — (100° + 30°) (Opp. angles of cyclic
quadrilateral are supplementary)
ZRPS = 50°
ZOPS— S0°\+ 30° = 80°.
In APOS, PQO=PS. (given)
ZPOS = ZPSQ = 50° (Isosceles A property)
ZRPS = ZSQR = 50° (Angles in the same segment)
ZPOR = ZPQS + ZSQR = 50° + 50° = 100°.

Example 11. POR is an isosceles triangle with PQ = PR, LM is a straight line parallel to OR, cutting
PQ, PR in L and M respectively. Prove that ORML is a cyclic quadrilateral. 2
Solution. Given: A POR an isosceles triangle with PO = PR, LM ||OR.
To prove: ORML is a cyclic quadrilateral
Proof: In A POR, PO- PR (given)
o ZPOR = ZPRO =x (Isosceles A property)
ZQOLM= 180° -x L 180cx a
(Co-interior angles are supplementary
*.” LM ||OR and PQ is the transversal) @
Also, ZLMR = 180° — x (Co-interior angles are supplementary
*.” LM ||OR and PR is the transversal)
ZLOR + ZLMR = x + 180° — x = 180° (Opp. angles of quad. are supplementary)
Similarly, ZQOLM+ ZMRQO= 180° -x+x= 180° (Opp angles of quad are supplementary)
. Quadrilateral ORML is a cyclic quadrilateral.

Example 12. PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral. PL is perpendicular to OR and L lies between QO and R.
PM is perpendicular to RS and meets RS produced in M.
Prove that ZLPQ = ZMPS.
Solution.
Given: PORS is a cyclic quadrilateral. PL 1 RO and PM 1 to RS produced,
To prove: ZLPQO= ZMPS.
Proof: ZMSP = ZPQR (Exterior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral is equal to interior opposite angle)
In A’ LPQ and MPS, Ms
ZPQL = ZPSM (Proved above)
ZPLO= ZPMS=90° (Given) :
ZLPQ= ZMPS. (By A property)
ZLPQ = ZMPS.
L
Circles $13

Example 13. In the adjoining figure AB = AC and CD = AC. Prove that BE bisects
ZABC.
Solution. A
Given : A circle with centre O.
AB = ACand CD
= AC,
To prove: ZABE= ZEBC ice. BE bisects ZABC.
Proof: In A ABC, AB = AC
2 ZABC = ZACB=x (Isosceles A property) - B
In A ACD, AC = CD,
ZCAD = £CDA = y (Isosceles A property)
ZBCA = ZCAD+ ZCDA (Ext. angle of is equal to sum of int. opp. _ )
=> x= 2y
ZCBE = ZCAE= y (Angles in the same segment of a circle)
ZCBE = ZEBA=y (*.. x = 2y)
BE bisects ZABC. A C
Example 14. In the adjoining figure PQ in the diameter. APB and CQD are
tangents, to the circle at P and Q. Prove AB is parallel to CD.
Solution. x Q
Given: A circle with PQ as diameter. APB and CQD are tangents at P and Q.
To prove: AB|| CD.
Proof: ZAPO = 90° B D
(Radius through the point of contact is | to the tangent)
Similarly, ZCQO=90° (Same as above)
AB ||CD (Co-interior angles are supplementary ‘.° AB and CD are cut by PQ)

Example 15. In the adjoining figure / is the incentre of A ABC and A

the incircle touches the sides at P, Q, R. Find the angles of the triangle Ve
ABC. R
Solution. ZRIQ=360° — (100° + 120°) Ss ‘e
(Angle around a point = 360°) e,
ZRIQ = 140°
In quadrilateral AR/Q, B P C
ZARI = ZAQI = 90° (Radius through the point of contact is | to the tangent)
ZRAQ = 360° — (90° + 90° +140° )(By Quadrilateral property)
ic ZRAQ = 40°
Similarly, 2B = 80° and ZC = 60°.
ZPTO = 80°. Calculate ZPRQ.
Example 16. In the adjoining figure PT and O7 are tangents to the circles.
Solution. Join OP and OQ.
In quadrilateral OPTO
314 , | A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

ZOPT = ZOQT = 90° (Radius through the point of contact

is | to the tangent)
ty)
ZPOQ = 360° — (90° + 90° + 80°) (Quadrilateral proper
ZPOOQ = 100°.
Reflex ZPOQ = 360° — 100°= 260° (angle around a point = 360°)
9°

ZPRO = 5Reflex ZPOQ (angle at centre = twice angle at T<60R

circumference both standing on same arc)

— /PRO= s x 260° = 130°.

ZPRO = 130°.

Example 17. In the adjoining figure ABC is a right angled triangle

with AB = 12 cm, BC = 5 cm. A circle with centre O has been inscribed
inside the triangle. Calculate the value of x, the radius of the inscribed A
circle.
Solution. \n right angled A ABC,

AC’ = AB’ +BC° (By Pythagoras theorem)

= AC’ =e
= AC = 13:em:
Since the tangents to a circle from an external point are equal in
length,
CR=CQ=5-x (°“ BO=BP=x
as OPBQ is a square)
and AR = AP = 12 -x
But AC > ARGaRe
a 13 =12-x+5-x
<> 2 Cie

Example 18. In the adjoining figure the sides of quadrilateral touch the S N
circle, prove that PO + RS= OR + SP.
Solution.
Given: Sides of quadrilateral PORS touch the circle at points say L, M, N, O. e)
To prove: PQO+RS=QR+ SP.
Proof:
PL and PO are two tangents from external point P and so they are
equal in length.
i. Q
a PL=PO — (i)
Similarly, LO=QM — (ii)
NR= RM — (iii)
SN = SO
— (wv)
Adding (i) to (iv) we get,
Circles
315

(PL + LQ) + (SN +NR) = (PO + OS )+(QM + MR)

= PQO+SR=PS+OR
PQ + RS= QR + SP.
Example 19. Two circles touch each other BM
externally. Prove that the length of tangents drawn
to the two circles from any point on the common
tangent are equal. 3
Solution. Given: Two circles with centres O B
and O’, touch each other externally at P.
T is any point on the common tangent. 74 and
TB are tangents drawn from T to circles.
To prove: 7TA=T7B
Proof: TA = TP
(Tangents from an external point Tto circle
with centre O are equal)
Similarly, TB=T7P (Tangents from an external point 7to circle with centre O’ are equal)
From above two statements, we get
TA = TB.
Example 20. In the adjoining figure witl centres P,O and
R three circles are drawn touching each other externally. If PO
= 10 cm, QR = 8 cm and PR = 4 cm. Find the radii of three
circles.
Solution. Let r,, r, and r, be the radius of three circles.
PQ=r,+r, =10cm — (i)
QOR=r, +r, =8cm — (ii)
RP =r, +r,=4cm — (iii)
Adding (J), (ii) and (iii),

2(r aes +r,) = 22cm

— (r,+r, +r,)=11em — (iv)
Subtracting (i), (ii), and (iii) from (iv), we get,
r, = 1 cm,.7,53-cm, ¢,:= [Link].
Radii of 3 circles = 3 cm, 7 cm and | cm.

Example 21. Prove that two arcs intercepted between two parallel chords of a
circle are equal.
Solution.
BD.
Given: Two parallel chords AB and CD intercept two arcs AC and
To prove: Arc AC = Arc BD
Construction: Join BC
316 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Proof: ZABC = ZBCD (alt Z, *.’ AB|| CD and BC is the transversal)

angles)
=> Arc AC = Are BD (In a circle equal arcs are subtended by equal

Suggested Questions

Q.1. O is the centre of a circle of radius 5 cm, P is any point in the circle such
that OP = 3 cm. 4 is the point travelling along the circumference and x is the
distance from 4 to P. What are the least and the greatest values of x in cm? What is
the position of the points O, P and A at these values?
Solution. Given: r=5cm
OP =3 cm
Least value of x = AP =5-—3=2 cm.
Greatest values of x = AP=5+3=8cm
The position of three points O, P and A are collinear. ——y¥ Ss

Q 2. In the figure given, O is the centre of the circle. Calculate the values of a ¥
x° and y°:

Solution. = x°= 5 x 120° (Angle at centre of circle = twice the angle at

circumference, both standing on same arc)
x° = 60°.
y° = 180° — 60° (Opp. Z° of acyclic quad. are supplementary)
y? = 120°.
Q 3. In the figure, ABCD is a parallelogram. A circle passes through A
and D and cuts AB at E and DC at F. Given 7BEF = 80°, find ZABC.
Solution.
Given: ZBEF = 80°.
ZADF = 80° (Ext. angle of cyclic quad. is equal to
interior opp. angle)
ZABC = ZADF = 80° (Opposite angles of a
parallelogram are equal)
ZABC = 80°.

7 Q 4. In the adjoining figure, ABCD is a quadrilateral inscribed in a

circle with centre O. CD is produced to E. If ZADE = 70° and ZOBA =
45°. Calculate (i) ZBAC (ii) ZOCA.
Solution.
Construction: Join BO, AO, CO and AC.
ZABC = 70°
(Ext. 2 of cyclic quad. is equal to int. opp. angle)
ZOBC = 70° — 45° = 25°.
In A OAB, OA = OB (Radii)
Circles 317

ZOBA = ZOAB = 45° (Isosceles A property)

ZAOB = 90° (by A property)
ZACB = 45° (Angle at the centre of a circle = twice the
angle at the circumference, both standing on the arc)
(i) In A BAC,
ZBAC = 180° ~ (70° + 45° ) (By A property)
ZBAC = 65°
(i) In A OBC, OB = OC (Radii)
ZOBC = ZOCB = 25° (Isosceles A property)
ZOCA = ZBCA ~ ZOCB
= 45° — 25° = 20°
ZOCA = 20°

Q. 5. In the figure, if ZBCD = 125° and AD is the diameter of the circle,

calculate
(4) ZDAB Cc
(ii) ZADB to as
Solution. Join BD. //
(i) ZDAB = 180° — 125° = 55° (Opp. angle of cyclic
quadrilateral are supplementary)
(ii) In A ABD,
ZABD = 90° (Angle in a semicircle is a right angle)
ZABD = 180° — (90° + 55°) (By A property)
= 180° — 145° = 35°
ZADB = 35°.

Q 6. In the adjoining figure, M, A, B and N are points on a circle having centre O. AN and MB cut at Y. If 2

EX,
NYB = 50° and ZYNB = 20°, find ZMAN and the reflex ZMON.
Solution.
Given: ZNYB = 50° and ZYNB = 20°.
In ABYN, ZYBN= 180° —(50° + 20°) = 110° (By A property) eS eee
ZMAN = ZMBN = 110° (Angles standing on the
same segment are equal)
ZMAN = 110°
Reflex ZMON = 2 x 110° = 220°
g on the same arc)
(Angle at centre of a circle is = twice the angle of circumference both standin
= 40°.
Question 7. In the figure given AB ||DC. If 2BCD = 100°, ZBAC
Calculate (i) ZCAD (ii) ZCBD (iii) ZCBA.
Solution.
318 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Given: ZBCD = 100° and ZBAC = 40°

ZDAB = 180° — 100° = 80° (Opp. angle of cyclic quad.
are supplementary)

(i) ZCAD = ZDAB — ZBAC

= 80° —- 40° = 40°.
= 40°
ZBAC = ZACD (Alt Z, AB || CD & AC in
the transversal)
(ii) ZCBD = ZCAD = 40° (Angles standing on the same segment)
ZCBD = 40°.
(iii) In A ADC,
ZADC = 180° — (40° + 40°) = 100°. (A property)
ZCBA = 180° — 100° = 80°. (Opp. angles of cyclic quadrilateral are supplementary)

Q 8. In the figure given, AB ||CD and O is the centre of circle. If ZADC

= 25°, find ZAEB.
Solution. Join AO and OB.
ZDAB = 25° (Alt. Z’, *." AB ||CD and AD is the transversal)
ZAGE = 50° (Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference,
both standing on same arc)
Similarly, .
ZBOD = 50° (Same as above)
ZAOB = 180° — (50° + 50°) (St. line property) a
= 80°.

ZAEB = ;x 80° (Angle at centre = twice angle at the

circumference, both standing on same arc)
ZAEB = 40°.

Q 9. In the adjoining figure, ABCD is a cyclic trapezium in which in which A esa

AD ||BC and ZB = 70°, find (i) ZBAD (ii) ZBCD.
Solution.
(i) ZBAD = 180° — 70° = 110°
(Co-interior angles are supplementary,
5
*.” AD ||BC and AB is the transversal)
(ii) ZBCD = 180° — 110° = 70°.
(Opp angles of a cyclic quad. are supplementary)

Q 10. In the figure, AB is the diameter of the circle APBR. APQ and RBQ are straight
lines, 7A = 35°, ZO
= 5°. |
Find ({) ZPRB (ii) ZPBR (iii) ZBPR.
Solution. Construction: Join PB.
Circles a

(i) ZPRB = ZPAB = 35°

(Angles on the same segments)
ZPRB = 35°.
(ii) ZAPB = 90°
(Angle is a semicircle is a right angle)
In A APB,
ZABP = 180° — (90° + 35°) (By A property)
ZABP = SS° — (i)
ZAPR= 60° (Ext. angle ofa A is = sum of two int. opp angles)
ZABR= ZAPR = 60° (Angles standing on the same segment)
ZABR = 60° — (ii)
ZPBR= ZPBA+ ZABR [From statements (i) and (ii)]
=o. +1003.
5 4PBR= 115°.
(iit) ZBPR= ZAPB-— ZAPR
= 90° — 60° = 30°.
Q 11. Points P, Q, R are taken on the circumference of a circle such that PS P Q
drawn at right angles to PO meets the circle at S, and RT drawn at right angles to
PR meets the circle at 7. Prove that PO = ST
Solution. S +
Construction: Join ST and QT.
ZPST = ZPRT = 90° (Angles in the same segment) R
ZOPS=ZQTS = 90° (Sum of opp. Z of acyclic quad. are supplementary)
ZPST = ZPQT = 90°.
POQTS form a rectangle.
POST - (Opp sides of a rectangle)

Q 12. In the adjoining figure, O is the centre of circle. Given ZAOB = 80°, C
calculate ZOAB and ZOAC.
Solution.
Construction: Join AB.
InA OAB, OA=OB (Radii)
ZAOB = 80° (Given) A
ZOAB = ZOBA=50° ___(Isosceles A property)
ZOAB = 50°. B

ZACO= x 80° (Angle at centre of circle = twice the angle at circumference,

both standing on same arc)

ZACO = 40°,
InA ACO, OC=OA (Radii)
ZOCA = ZOAC =40° ___ (Isosceles A property)
ZOAC = 40°.
 A Textbook for Mathematics for Class X
320
of lengths 8 cm and 6 cm respec-
Q 13. Ina circle of radius 5 cm, AB and CD are two parallel chords
if they are on
tively. Calculate the distance between the chords,
(7) the same side ofthe centre
(ii) the opposite sides ofthe centre.
Solution. Given AB = 8 cm, CD = 6 cm, radius = 5 cm.
(i) In Fig. (i) both chords on same side of centre.

AE =EB=4cm ~ {/ Perpendicular from centre to chord

CF = FD =3cm bisects the chord

In right angled A BOE and DOF,

OB’ = BE’ +OE*; OD’ = DF’ +OF”

(By Pythagoras theorem)

5° =47+0E’;5 =3'+OF
OE=3cm;OF=4cm
Distance between chords = EF
=4cm-3 cm=1cm
(ii) In Fig. (i/) chords on opposite sides of centre O.
AE = EB =4cm Perpendicular from centre to the chord
[Link]
CF = FD=3em {bisects the chord
In right angled AS BOE and DOF,
OB’ = BE’ +OE° ; OD’ = DF’ + OF” (By Pythagoras theorem)

5° = 4° +OE’ 55° =3° + OF”

OE=3cm;OF=4cm

Distance between chords = EF = 3 cm+4cm=7 cm.

Q 14. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle. ZOAB and ZOCB are
30° and 40° respectively. Find ZAOC.
Solution. Join BO.
In A AOB, AO= BO (Radii)
ZOAB = ZOBA = 30° (Isosceles A property)
InA BOC, BO=CO (Radii)
ZOCB = ZOBC = 40° (Isosceles A property)
ZABC = ZOBA + ZOBC
ZABC = 30° + 40° = 70°,
ZAOC = 2ZABC (Angle at centre = twice the angle at
circumference, both standing on the same arc)
ZAOC = 2 x 70° = 140°
Circles a

Q 15. Chords AB and CD intersect at right angles at a point inside the circle
C
and ZBAC = 40°.
(/) Sketch the chords 4B and CD and mark the angle BAC, in the circle.
A fel
rm B
(i) From the figure, calculate the value of ZABD. a

Solution.
Construction: Join BD.
In A APC, ZACP = 180° — (90° + 40°) (by A property)
ZACP = 50° D
ZACP = ZABD = 50° (Angles in the same segment)
ZABD = 50°

Q 16. In the figure given, O is the centre of the circle. If ZBAD = 30°, find the A E
values of p, g, r
_ Solution. p= 180° — 30° (Opposite angles of cyclic fe
quadrilateral are supplementary)
p= IS50":
q =2 x 30° (Angle at centre = twice the angle at
circumference, both standing on same arc) BSS D
g = 60° c
r= 30° (Angles in the same segment)

Q 17. In the figure, AB is a diameter of the circle. If ZBCD = 140°, find D

ZDBA.
Solution. ZDAB= 180° — 140° (Opp. angles of cyclic NN Cc
quadrilateral are supplementary) \
ZDAB = 40°. A B
ZADB = 90° (Angle in a semicircle is a right angle)
ZDBA = 180° — (90° + 40°) (By A property)
ZDBA = 50°.

Q 18. In the figure, ZBAD = 65°, ZBDC = 45° and ZABD = 70°. Calculate (i) ZBCD (ii) ZADB and
show that AC is a diameter.
Solution.
(i) ZBCD = 180° — 65°
(Opp. angles of cyclic quadrilateral are supplementary)
ZBCD = 115°.
(ii) In A ABD,
ZADB = 180° — (65° + 70°) (By A property)
ZADB = 45°
ZADC = ZADB + ZBDC = 45° + 45° = 90° = ZABC.
right angle.
- AC isa diameter, since angle in a semicircle is a
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
322

Q.19. AB and CD are two intersecting chords of a circle as shown in the

figure. Name two triangles which are similar. Hence calculate the length CP,
given that AP = 6 cm, PB= 4 cm and CD = 14 cm (PC > PD).
Solution.
A APD ~ ACPB (A.A.A)
ZDAP = ZBCP
(Angles in the same segment)
ZADP = ma
ZAPD = ZCPB (Vertically opp. angles)
A APD ~ ACPB (A.A.A)

AP _ PD
GR. BP
Given AP=6cm
PB=4cm
CD = 14cm.
Let PD = x cm, then
CP
= (14 — x) cm.

y (oS
Oni. 3
14-x 4
14x-x’? =24
x’ -14x+24=0
x’ -12x-2x+24=0
x(x-12)-2(x-2)=0
(x-12)(x-2)=0
x-12=0;x-2=0
UY
Yuudyd
x=2 or 12.
Since PC> PD,
PD=2cm
and CP = (14-2)
= 12cm.
Q 20. Calculate the length of a chord which is at a distance 12 cm
from the
centre of a circle of radius 13 cm.
Solution.
In right angled A OAC,
OA* = AC? +0C’ (By Pythagoras theorem)
rms 13° = AC? +12?
= AC=S5cm.
AB=2x5=10cm (Perpendicular from centre to the chord bisects the
chord)
Length of chord = 10 cm.
Circles 323

Q 21. In the figure along side, CD is a diameter which meets the chord AB in E
such that AE = BE =4
cm. If CE = 3 cm, find the radius of the circle.
Solution.
Construction: Join BO.
OE 1 AB (A straight line drawn from the centre of a
circle to bisect a chord, is 1 to the chord)
In right angled A OBE, let OE = x cm, then OB = x + 3 cm.

OB’ = OE’ + BE’ (Pythagoras theorem)

=> (x+3)) =x? 44?

=> x +6x+9=x'
+16
=> 6x= 7

= ee) cm
eo: 6 B iN
Radius of circle = (x + 3) cm el |
caf-(12+3)em
a 846cm. Cc

Q 22. In the figure given, OMNP is a square. A circle drawn with centre O cuts the square in X and Y.
Prove that A OXM =A OYP.
Solution. Join OX and OY.
In AS OXM and OYP,
OM = OP (Sides of a square)
ZOMX = ZOPY = 90° (Since each angle of square = 90°)
OX = OY (Radii of circle)
A OXM = A OYP (R.H.S.)
Q 23. In the adjoining figure, it is given O in the centre of the circle and ZAOC =
130°. Find ZABC.
Solution. C
Reflex ZAOC = 360° — 130° = 230° (Angle around a point is 360°) 0
ZABC = ;x 230° (Angle at centre = twice angle at
circumference, both standing on the same arc)
ZABC = 115°. A B

Q.24. In the adjoining figure, AB is the diameter of the circle whose centre Fc C
is O. Given that ZECD = ZEDC = 32°.
Calculate (i) ZCEF (ii) ZCOF.
Solution. B

(i) ZCEF = 32° + 32° (Ext. angle of a A is = sum of two

int. opp angles) D

ACEF = 64°.
324 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

(ii) ZCOF =2 x 32° (Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference,

both standing on the same arc)

*, ZCOF = 64%

Q 25. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle, ABD is a

straight line and ZCBD = 65°. Find (i) ZAEC (ii) ZAOC (marked x°).
Solution.
(i) ZAEC = 65° (Ext. angle of a cyclic quadrilateral
is equal to int. opp. angle)
(ii) ZAOC = 2 x 65° (Angle at centre = twice angle at
circumference, both standing on the same arc)
ZAOC = 130°:
“. Reflex angle ZAOC = 360° — 130° (Angle around a point = 360°)
= 230°
ZAOC marked x®° = 230°.

Q 26. In the adjoining figure, the diagonals of a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD intersect in P and the area
of the triangle APB is 24 cm’. If AB = 8 cm and CD = 5 cm, calculate the area of A CPD.
Solution. In AS APB and CPD,
ZPAB = Z,.
(Angles in the same segment)
ZPBA=ZPCDd
ZAPB= ZDPC (Vertically opp. angles) LZ]
A APB ~ A DPC (A.A.A) D

ACRD Ch’
24cm? _
88° C = 77
ACPD 5?
24X25 2
= AGER=
a
= A CPD=92cm’.
Q 27. In the given figure AB and CD are parallel chords of a circle whose
diameter is AC. Prove that AB=CD.
—e
olution A as 8
Construction: Join BC and AD.
In AS ABC and ADC, )
ZBAC = ZACD (Alt Z°, AB ||CD and AC is the transversal)
ZABC = ZADC = 90° (Angle in a semicircle is a right angle) — C
AC =AC (common)
A ABC = A ADC (A. A. S)
AB=CD (c.p.c.t)
Circles
325

Q 28. In the adjoining figure >ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral in which ZBAD = 75° : = 58° and
ZADC= 77°. Find (i) ZBDC (ii) ZBCD (iii) ZBCA. + aieigliecd
Solution. C
In A ABD,
ZADB = 180 — (75° + 58°) (A property)
ZADB = 47°
()) ZBDC = ZADC - ZBDA
.. ZBDC = TT° — 47° = 30°
(7) ZBCD = 180° — 75° (Opp angles of a cyclic quadrilateral
are supplementary)
“. \4BCD= 106—
(iii) ZBCA = ZBDA = 47° ; (Angles in the same segment)
-. ZBCA =4T?°.

Q 29. In the adjoining figure ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral in which ZDAC = 27°, ZDBA = 50°, ZADB =
33°. Calculate (7) ZDBC (ii) ZDCB (iii) ZCAB.
Solution.
(ij) ZDBC = ZDAC = 27° (Angles in the same segment are equal)
*. ZDBC =2T°
(ii) ZDAB = 180° — (S0° + 33°) (By A property)
ZDAB = 180° — 83° = 97°
ZDCB = 180° — 97° (Opp angle of a cyclic quad. are supplementary)
-. CDGB=€3".
(iii) ZCAB = ZDAB —- ZDAC
=97° —27°
.. LOAB=Te.

Q 30. There are two concentric circles of radii 3 cm and 5 cm respectively. Find the length of the
chord of the outer circle which touches the inner circle.
Solution.
Construction: Join OA and OC where C is point of contact.
OC 1 AB (Radius through the point of contact is
perpendicular to the tangent)
OC =3 cm Radius of inner circle (given)
OA=5 cm Radius of outer circle (given)
In right angled A OAC,
(By Pythagoras theorem) A @ 8
OA? = OC’ + AC”
Neop Cie
s = ci + AC?

= AC=4cm
AB=2x4cm (Perpendicular from the centre of the circle bisects the chord)
Length of chord AB = 8 cm.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
326
= 140° and ZOAC = 50° find (7) ZACB
Q 31. In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle. If ZAOB
(ii) ZOBC (iii) ZOAB (iv) ZCBA.
Solution.
Construction: Join AB.
(i) Reflex ZAOB = 360° — 140° (Angle at a point = 360°)
Reflex ZAOB = 220°

ZACB= 4 x 220° (Angle at centre = twice the angle at

circumference, both standing on the same arc)

2 ZACB = 110°.
(ii) ZOBC = 360° — (140° + 50° + 110°) (Quadrilateral property)
‘. ZOBC = 60°
(iii) In A OAB,
OA = OB (Radii)
ZOAB—20° (Isosceles A property)
(iv) ZCBA = ZOBC — ZOBA
= 60° — 20° = 40°.

Q 32. In the adjoining figure AC is a diameter of the given circle and

ZBCD = 75°. Calculate the size of (2)ZABC (ii) ZEAF.
Solution.
(7) ZABE=90° (Angle in a semicircle is a [Link])
(ii) ZBAD = 180° — 75° (Opp angles of a cyclic quadrilateral
are supplementary)
ZBAD = 105°
ZEAF = 105° (Vertically opp angle)

Q.33. In the adjoining figure, AB is the diameter of the circle whose

centre is O. AD and BC are perpen diculars to the line XY. CB meets the
circle at E. Prove that CE = AD.
Solution.
Construction: Join AE.
ZAEB=90° (Angle in a semicircle is a right angle)
AECD is a rectangle.
(Opp. sides are parallel and each angle = 90°)
CE = AD (Opp. sides of rectangle).

Q 34. Equal circles, O and O’ touch each other at X, OO' is produced to meet a circle O' at A. AC isa

tangent to the circle whose centre is O. O'D js perpendicular to AC. Find the value of (i) AO’
(ii) area of AADO' ao,
area of AACO ©
Circles
327

Solution.
Construction: Join OC.
OC 1 AC (Radius through the point of contact is perpendicular to the tangent)
In AS AO’D and AOC,
ZADO' = ZACO = 90°.
ZA is common.
ZAO'D= ZAOC (By A property)
A AO'D~ A AOC(A.A.A)
AO’. “AB 230"
AO AC CO
Given two circles are equal.
Let the radius of each circle = x
AO’ =x, AO=3x

-.(i) AO' x
=30 4
|
AO
2
(ii) area of A ADO’ _(40') -(1) =}
areaofAACO (4Q)’ * ‘

Q 35. Find the length of the tangent drawn to a circle of radius 3

cm, from a point distant 5 cm from the centre.
Solution.
Given: Radius = 3 cm A
AO=5cm <— 5cm
Construction: Join BO.
BOLAB (Radius through the point of contact is
perpendicular to the tangent)
In right angled A ABO,
AO’ = AB’ +BO™ (By Pythagoras theorem)

=> 5? = AB’ +3°

= AB=4cm.
Length of tangent AB = 4 cm.
with their
Q 36. Find the length of the direct common tangent to two circles of radii 3 cm and 5 cm
centres 10 cm apart.
Solution. Given : r, = 3 cm,
r, = sem
r—r, =2cm.
PT and P’T' are two direct common tangents.
PT=CB
(Opp sides of rectangle PTCB)
-. In right angled A ABC,
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
328

AB ACO RBG:
= 10:2 soe?
=> BC = V96 = 4V6 cm.
=> 4 x 2.45 =9.8 cm

-. Length of direct common tangent = 9.8 cm.

Q.37. In the given figure, sides QT and RS of a cyclic quad- R

rilateral are produced to meet at P. Given ZTSR = ZRQOT = 90°,
OR = 10 cm, PQ = 24 cm. Calculate PR. It is further given that S

aa z =, find PS and PT.

Solution. Q = D
In right angled A POR,
PR = PQ’ +RQ° (By Pythagoras theorem)
= PR =24° +10"
=> PR=26'cm:
In A® PTS and POR,
ZPST = ZPQR= 90° (Given)
ZPTS=ZPRO (Ext. angle of a cyclic quadrilateral is equal to int. opp. angle)
ZP is common.
A PST~ A PQR (A.A.A)
PS: Pi ST
?O” PR~ OR wa
;

Given = = =

Let PS=3x and SR=10x

a PR = 13x.
But PR=26cm (Proved)
13 x = 26 cm
x =2cm
PS = 3x2 cm = 6 cm, SR=2 x 10=20 cm.
iS
PO =eee
PR> 24e.7 96PT 7 PT e=6.5em
PT = 6.5 cm

Q 38. In the adjoining figure, ED and BC are two parallel chords

of the circle and ABE, ACD are two
straight lines. Prove that AED is an isosceles triangle.
Circles
329

Solution,. ZACB = ZADE =x -

(Corresponding angles, *.’ ED ||BC, DA is the transversal)
ZACB = ZDEB 6
(Ext. angle of cyclic quadrilateral = int. opp. angle)
-. ZADE=ZDEB (From above two statements)
In A ADE, base angles are equal. Therefore, A is isosceles. D C A

A
Q 39. In the figure, O is the centre ofthe circle, ZAOE = 150°, D
4DAO = 51°. Calculate the sizes of the angles CEB and CBE.
m
Solution.
Given: ZDAO= SY. A —_
as ZCEB = 51° Ss ‘ :
(Ext. angle of a cyclic quadrilateral = int. opp. angle)
Given ZAOE = 150°.
3: ZEOB = 180° — 150° = 30° (Adj. angles standing on same straight line)
InN OBE, OB=OE (Radii)
LOEB = ZOBE = 75° (Isosceles A property)
ZACBE = 180° — 75° = 105°. (Adj. angles standing on same st. line)

Q 40. In the figure, P and Q are the centres of two circles inter-
secting at B and C. ACD is a straight line, calculate the numerical value
of x.

Solution. —ZACB = +130

(Angle at centre = twice angle atcircumference, both standing on
the same arc)

LACE — 635":
ZBCD = 180° — 65° (Adj. angles standing on st. iin ACD)
ABCD: —Tis-
Reflex ZBQD = 2 x 115° (Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference,
standing on same arc)
Reflex ZBOD = 230°
x = ZBOD = 360° — 230° = 130°. (Angle at a point = 360°)
Q 41. In the figure, SP is the bisector of ZRPT and PQRS is a cyclic Q
quadrilateral. Prove SO = RS.
Solution. SP is the bisector of ZRPT: (Given)
ZRPS = ZIPS =x
ZORS = x
(Ext. angle of acyclic quadrilateral = int. opp. angle)
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class Xx
330

ZRPS = ZROS = x (Angles in the same segment)

In A ORS,
(Proved) ‘
ZROS = ZORS = x
RS = SQ (Sides opp. to equal angles are equal)
is the dia- B wy,
Q 42. In the adjoining figure it is given that ZABC = 40°, and AD
meter of the circle. Calculate ZDAC.
Solution. ZABC=ZADC=40° (Angles in the same segment)
ZACD = 90° (Angle in a semicircle is a right angle)
In AACD, ZDAC= 180° - (90° + 40°) (A property)
ZDAC = 50°. “Ie
A

Q 43. The adjoining figure shows two circles, wi:' \ :ntersect at A and B. C
The centre of the smaller circle is O and lies on the circumference of the ZO
larger circle. XAC and XBD are straight lines. Given ZAXB = 75°, caiculate ( y
the value of (i) obtuse ZAOB (ii) ZACB (iii) ZADB, giving clear reasons for :
your answers.
Solution. IN A
Construction: Join BC and AD BSN
(i) Obtuse ZAOB = 2 x 75°
(Angle at centre = twice angle at circumfei..ce both standing on same arc)
“. Obtuse ZAOB = 150°.
(ii) ZACB = 180° — 150° = 30°. (Opp angles of cyclic quad. are supplementary)
(iii) ZADB = 180° — 150°= 30°. (Opp angles of cyclic quad. are supplementary)

Q 44. In the given figure, AB is a side of a regular five sided polygon and AC
is a side of a regular six sided polygon inscribed in a circle with centre S.
Calculate the size of (i) ZASB (ii) ZACB (iii) ZABC. = A
Solution. Join CS NG
(i) AB is the side of a regular five sided polygon
360° :
. LASB = = 7 72 (Angle at centre is divided into 5 equal parts) ~

(ii) ZACB =al xi (Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference 3

both standing on same arc)

. ZACB = 36°.
(iii) AC is a side of a regular six sided polygon.
360°
. LASC= = 0
60 (Angle at centre is divided into 6 equal parts)

LABS > * 60
] °

(Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference both standing on same arc)

'. LABC = 30°.

Circles
331

Q 45. In the given figure, C is the centre of the circle and BD is the bisector
of ZCBA, prove that
(i) CD is parallel to BA.
(ii) Triangles ABE and CED are similar
Solution.
(i) BD is the bisector of ZCBA. (Given)
.. ZCBD= ZDBA=x (Say)
In A ABC, BC = AC. (Radii)
.. ZCBA = ZCAB=2x (Isosceles A property) B A
ZACD =2ZDBA (Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference both
standing on same arc)
~ ZACD =2 =.
. ZACD=2x= ZCAB (From above two statements)
But these form alternate angles to CD and BA and CA is the transversal.
“. CD is parallel to BA.
(ii) In AS ABE and CED,
ZBAE = ZDCE=2x (Proved)
ZBEA = ZDEC (Vertically opp. angles)
ZEBA = ZCDE (Alt angles, *.“ CD ||BA and BD is the transversal)
.. AABE~ A CDE (A.A.A) -

Q 46. In the adjoining figure, O is the circumcentre of triangle ABC in

which AC = BC. Given uiat ZACB = 56°, Calculate (7) ZCAB (ii) ZOAC.
Solution. \n A ABC,
(i) AC= BC (Given) Ne
.. ZCAB = ZABC = 62° (Isosceles A property)
= £CAB> 6 B gn’
(ii) Join BO.
ZAOB =2 x 56° (Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference,
-both standing on same ___)
ZAOB = 112°.
In A AOB, AO= BO (Radii)
ZOAB = ZOBA = 34° (Isosceles A property)
ZOAC = ZBAC - ZBAO 4

ZOAC = 62° — 34° = 28°.

AB at P, Q and R respectively.
Q 47. In a triangle ABC, the incircle (centre QO) touches BC, CA and
Calculate (i) ZOOR (ii) ZOPR, given ZA = 60°.
:
Solution. Join OO, OR, RP and PQ
because radius through the point of
(i) OR and O@ are perpendiculars to AB and AC respectively
contact is perpendicular to the tangent
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
332

In quadrilateral AROQ,
ZROOQ = 360° — (90° + 60° + 90°)
(Quadrilateral property)
“<RLOOR = 120°

(ii) ZOPR= 5x 120°

(Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference
both standing on same arc)
-. ZOPR= 60°.

Q 48. The radii of two concentric circles are 17 cm and 10 cm, a line PORS
cuts the larger circle at P and S and the smaller circle at O and R. If OR = 12 cm,
calculate PQ.
Solution.
Given:
Radius of big circle 7, = 17cm
Radius of small circle r, = 10 cm a S
OR = 12 cm <a
Draw OT 1 OR.
# OT=6cm (Perpendicular from centre to the chord bisects the chord)
In right angled A OQ7T,
OO’ = OF * +O (By Pythagoras theorem)
10° =6° +OT°
OT=8 cm
In right angled A OPT,
OP’ = PT’ +OT’ (By Pythagoras theorem)
ep] ee
Fa — tS com
PQ
= PT- QT=(15 —6)=9 cm.
Q 49. The sides AB and DC of a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD are
produced to meet at P, the sides AD and BC are produced to meet at
QO. If ZADC = 85°, ZBPC = 40°, calculate (i) ZBAD (ii) ZCOD.
Solution.
(1) In A APD,
ZBAD = 180° — (85° + 40°) (A property)
ZBAD = 55°.
(ii) ZABC = 180° — 85° (Opp angles of cyclic
quad. are supplementary)
ZABC = 95°.
Circles 333

In A ABO,
ZAQB = 180 — (95° + 55°) (A property)
-. ZAQB =30°.
*. Z£CQD = 30°.

Q 50. In the adjoining figure, / is the incentre of triangle XYZ. X/ produced to

meet the circumcircle of A XYZ at W. ZYXZ = 50°, ZXZY = 70°.
Calculate (i) ZWYZ (ii) ZIYZ (iii) ZYIW.
Solution.
(i) ZXYZ = 180° — (50° + 70°) (A property)
.. ZXYZ= 60°.
ZYXI = 25° (X/ is the bisector of ZX)
LXWY = ZXZY = 70° (Angles in same segment)
In AXYW,
ZZYW = 180° — (25° + 70° + 60°) (A property)
“-. LWYZ=2S°.
(ii) ZIYZ = 30° (Y/ is the bisector of ZY)
(iii) In A 1YW,
LYIW = 8 260° + 25° +'70°) (A property)
ZYIW=5S°.

Q 51. In the adjoining figure, ED is a chord parallel to the diameter AC of | B

the circle ABCDE. If ZCBE = 63°, calculate ZDEC.
Solution.
Given: ZCBE = 63°.
C
ZEAC = ZEBC = 63° (Angles in the same segment are equal) A
ZAEC = 90° (Angle in a semicircle = 90°) io)
InA AEC, ZACE= 180° — (63° + 90°) =27° (A property) en ee e
ZDEC = ZACE = 27° (Alt. ZS, ED ||AC, EC is the tansversal)
ZLDEC= 27°.

Q 52. In the figure, PORS is a cyclic quadrilateral in which PQ = OR

and RS is produced to T. If ZOPR = 52. calculate ZPST.
Solution.
Given: ZOPR=S2°.
In A POR,
ZPQR = 180° — (52° + 52°) (Isosceles A property)
ZPOR = 76°
ZPST = ZPQR= 76° (Ext. angle of cyclic quad. is = int. opp. angle)
ZPST= 76°.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
334

12 cm and 4 cm is 15 cm,
Q 53. The length of the direct common tangent to two circles of radii
calculate the distance between their centres.
Solution.
ED is the direct common tangent = 15 cm
From A. Draw AC 1 BD.
ACDE is a rectangle.
AE=4cm. BD= 12 cm
t BC =(12 -4)=8 cm
In right angled A ABC,
AB’ = AC’ +BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)
= AB’ =15' +8
AB=17cm
.. Distance between centres = 17 cm.
Q 54. In the adjoining figure, C is a point on the minor arc AB of the circle with centre O. Given
ZACB = P’, ZAOB = q°. Express q in terms of P. Calculate P if OACB is a parallelogram.
Solution. Given ZACB = p’, ZAOB= @°.
Reflex ZAOB = 360° — q (Angle at a point = 360°)

ZACB = 5x Re flex x ZAOB (Angle at centre = twice the angle at

circumference standing on the same arc)

P =5(360° —q)
=> g=360°-2p
=> q=2(180° —p)
If OACB is a parallelogram, then
ZACB = ZAOB (Opp. Z° of parallelogram are equal)
=e = (1 80° — r)
ssf = 360°
=P =-120°.

Q 55. In the given figure, PO is a diameter. Chord SR is parallel to PQ.

Given ZPQR = 58°. Calculate (i) ZRPO (ii) ZSTP. (Tis a point on the minor
arc SP).
Solution.
(1) Given ZPQR=58°
ZPRO=90° (Angle in a semi circle = 90°)
In A POR,
ZRPQ = 180° — (90° + 58°) (A property)
Circles
335

by ZRPQ = 32°
(ii) ZSRP = ZRPO = 32° (Alt. ZS, SR ||PO and PR isa transversal) '
ZSTP = 180° — 32° (Opp angles of cyclic quad. = 180°)
* ZSTP = 148°. B
Q 56. In the given diagram, chords AB and CD of a circle intersect at E. GAS ‘
(7) Prove that triangles ADE and CBE are similar A
(it) Given DC = 12 cm, DE = 4 cm and AE = l6 cm. é
Calculate the length of BE.
Solution.
(i) In AS ADE and CBE, A
ZADE = ZCBE (Angles in same segment are equal)
ZDAE = ZBCE (Angles in same segment are equal)
ZDEA = ZBEC (Vertically opp. Z°)
A ADE ~ A CBE (A.A.A)

(ii) ae

Snail all
CE BE

= BE = 2 cm.

Q 57. In the adjoining figure, a circle is inscribed in the quadrilateral ABCD. Given that BC = 38 cm, QB =
27 cm and DC = 25 cm and that AD is perpendicular to DC, find the radius of the circle.
Solution. O is the centre of circle.
OP 1 AD and OS 1 DC.
(Radius through the point of contact is | to tangent)
AD 1 DC (Given)
OPDS is a square.
BR=BQ=27 cm
(Tangents from external point to a circle are equal)
CR = CB —- BR= (38 —-27) = 11 cm
DS = DC — SC = (25 - 11)
em = 14 cm
Radius of circle = OP = DS = 14 cm.

the length of the direct

Q 58. Two circles of radii 25 cm and 9 cm touch each other externally. Find
common tangent
Solution. Two circles, touch externally at C.
QC =9 cm, CP = 25 cm
OP = 34cm
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
336

PT=PS-ST=25-9=16cm (.. ROTS is a triangle)

In right angled A PQT,
PQ’ =QOT’ +PT . (By Pythagoras theorem)
=> 347 =OT' +16
= OT = 30 cm
Length of direct common tangent = RS = OT = 30 cm.

Q 59. In the given figure PO = RO, ZROP = 72°, PC and QC are tan-
gents to the circle with centre O. Calculate (7) the angle subtended by the
chord PQ at the centre. (ii) ZPCQ.
Solution.
Join PO and QO.
) PQO=RQ (Given)
In A POR,
ZOPR= ZORP
(Angles opp. equal sides of A are equal)
ZOPR= ZORP = 54° (By Isosceles A property)
Angle subtended by the chord PQ at the centre = ZPOQ = 2ZPRO
(Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference, both standing on same arc)
ZPOQ=2 x 54° = 108°.
(ii) ZOPC = ZOQC = 90° (Radius through the point of contact is | to the tangent)
.“. In quadrilateral POQC,
ZPCQ = 360° — (90° + 108° + 90°)(By quadrilateral property)
ZPEQ—72°.

Q 60. In the given diagram, AB is a diameter. The tangent at C

meets AB produced at 0. ZCAB = 34°. Find (i) ZCBA (ii) ZCQA. X
Solution. Join BC and OC. Lair
(i) ZACB = 90° (Angle in a semicircle = 90°) "ta re
In A ABC, “ B Q
ZCBA = 180° — (34° + 90°) (By A property)
7 ZCBA = 56°.
(ii) OC TG (Radius through point of contact is 1 to the tangent)
ZOCQ = 90°.
OC = OA (Radii)
“. In A OCA,
ZOCA = ZOAC = 34° (isosceles A property)
ZACQ = 34° + 90° = 124°.
In A ACQ,
Circles
337

ZCQA = 180° — (124° + 34°) (By A property)

ZCQA = 22°.

Q 61. In the adjoining figure, chord ED is parallel to the diameter AC of B

the circle. Given ZCBE = 65°, calculate ZDEC. lS
Solution. ZAEC = 90° (Angle in a semicircle = 90°) -\
ZEAC = ZEBC = 65° A
(Angles in the same segment are equal) \ eee]
In AAEC, ZACE= 180° — (65° +90°) (A property) )
LACE = 25°. F ee
4DEC ='ZACE = 25° (Alt 2, AC ||ED and EC is the transversal)
ZDEC = 25°.

Q 62. C and D are points on the circumference of the semicircle described on BA

as diameter. Given 7BAD = 70°, ZDBC = 30°. Calculate ZABD and ZBDC. C
Solution. Mee D
ZBDA = 90° (Angle in a semicircle = 90°)
InA ABD, ZABD = 180° - (90° + 70°) (A property) me
es ZABD = 20°. B A
ZBCD = 180° — 70° (Opp. angles of cyclic quad. are supplementary)
ss ZBCD = 110°
InA BCD, ZBDC= 180° —- (110° + 30°) (A property)
ZBDC = 40°.

Q 63. In the given figure, AB is the diameter of the circle, centre O. CD ||BA. If
ZCAB = x°, find the value of (7) ZCOB (ii) ZDOC (iii) ZDAC (iv) ZADC. D
Solution. [oF
Given: LEABH ee
6) es ZGOB = 2x (Angle at centre = twice angle at A O B
circumference both standing on the same arc)
(ii) ZDCO = ZCOB=2x° (Alt. ZS, DC ||AB and AC is the transversal)
In A DOC,
OC =O0D (Radii)
ZOPe—IZ0CD = 2 x° : (Angles opp. equal sides are equal)
ZDOC = 180° — (2 x° + 2 x®) (A property)
ZDOC = 180° — 4 x®

(iil) ZDAC = 1 (130° = 4x") (Angle at centre = twice angle at

3 circumference both standing on same arc)

ZAC 90 2x
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
3

(iv) In A DAC,
ZADC = 180° —(90° -2x° +x°) (A property)
ZADC = 90° + x°.
cm, OR
Q 64. In the given figure, PR is a diameter of the circle, PO = 7
quadril ateral
~ 6 cm and RS = 2 cm. Calculate the perimeter of the cyclic
PORS.
Solution. ZPQR=90° (Angle in a semi circle = 90°)
In right angled A PQR,
PR’ = PQ’ +OR (By Pythagoras theorem)
> PR =7 +6
= PR’ =85
ZPSR = 90° (Angle in a semi circle = 90°)
In right angled A PSR,
PR’ = PS’ + RS” (By Pythagoras theorem)
= 85 = PS’ +2’
= PS=9 cm
Perimeter of cyclic quadrilateral = 7 cm +6 cm+2cem+9cm=24 cm

Q 65. In the figure given, X and Y are the centres of the two R Q
circles touching each other at A. The common tangent at A meets P
the common tangent PQ at R. Prove that the circle on PQ as
diameter, touches the line XY.
Solution.
Given : Two circles with centres _X and Y, touching each other
at A. The common tangent at A meets the direct common tangent
PQ at R.
To prove: The circle on PQ as diameter, touches the line XY i.e. ZPAQ = 90°.
Construction : Join AP and AQ.
Proof: PR = RA(Tangent from external point to a circle are equal in length)
% ZAPR= ZPAR=x (Say, Opp Z of equal sides of A)
Similarly, RO=RA
and ZRAQ= ZAQR=y (Say)
InAPAQ, 2x+2y=180° (A property)
= x+y=90°
=> ZPAR + ZRAQ=90°
=> ZPAQ=90°
A lies on the semi circle with PQ as diameter because angle in a semi circle = 90°.
Circle on PQ as diameter touches YY.
Circles 339

Q 66. In the given figure, PQ is a [Link] of the circle whose centre is

O. Given ZROS = 42°. Calculate 7RTS.
Solution. ZPRO= 90° (Angle in a semi circle = 90°)

ZROS = ;x 42°
(Angle at centre = twice angle at circumference both standing on same arc)
ZROS = 21°
ZRTO + ZROT = ZPRO
(Ext. Z = sum oftwo int. opp. angles)
ZRTQ= 90° — 21° = 69°
ZRTS = 69°
Q 67. In the adjoining figure, O is the centre of circle. ZPBA = 42°. Cal-

LS
culate the value of ZPOB.
Solution. ZAPB=90° (Angle in a semicircle = 90°)

ZPAB = 180 —(90° +42° ) (A property)

ZPAB = 48°
ZPOB = ZPAB = 48°
(Angles in the same segment are equal)
ZPQB = 48°.

Q 68. In the adjoining figure, the circles touch internally at P. O is the

centre of the bigger circle lies on the circumference of the smaller circle (PO
= OQ). POQ and PXY are straight lines. Prove that OX = ae
Solution. PO=0OQ (Given)
PQ=2PO
ZPXO = 90°
=a
(Angle in a semicircle = 90°) p Aone
Also LEO =F (Angle in a semicircle = 90°)
In ASPOX and POY,
ZPXO = ZPYQ =90° (Proved)
ZP is common.
ZPOX = ZPQY (By A property)
A POX ~ A PQY (A.A.A.)
PO
PO
_ Ox
OY
PO _ OX [Using (4)]
2PO OY
1
=-QY.
= OX 72
of the circle are produced to meet at O. oe): that
Q 69. In the adjoining diagram chords AB and CD
BO = 3 cm. Calculate AB.
triangles ODB and OAC are simila r. Given that CD =2 cm, DO=6 cm and
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
340

Solution. | \n A’ ODB and OAC,

ZODB = ZOAC (Ext. angle of cyclic quad. = int. opp. angle.)
ZOBD= ZACO (Ext. angle of cyclic quad. = int. opp. angle)
ZO is common.
A ODB ~ A OAC (A.A.A.)

BO _ DO
OC AO
Pa... ..DO
Re CD+DO~ AB+BO
=> ae
ass AB +3

= pes
8 AB+3
=> AB +3=16
= AB = 13 cm.

Q 70. The diagram shows a pentagon ABCDE inscribed in a circle, centre O.

Given AB = BC= CD and ZABC = 132°. Calculate the value of A
(i) ZAEB (ii) ZAED (iii) ZCOD. =
Solution. 0
(1) ZAEC = 180° — 132° (Opp. angles of cyclic quad. = 180°)
ZAEC = 48° E
AB=Be—CD (Given) Cc ae he
LAE — Z BEC = ZCED—24— D
4 ZAEB = 24°
(ii) ZAED = ZAEC + ZCED = 48° + 24° = 72°
(iii) ZCOD=22ZCED (Angle at centre = twice angle at
circumference both standing on same arc)
ZCOD=2x24 = 48°.

Q 71. In the adjoining figure ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral, ZADC = 80° and
ZACD = 52°. Find the value of ZCBD and ZABC.
Solution. In A ACD,

ZDAC = 180° — (80° +52”) (A property)

ZDAC = 48°
ZCBD = ZCAD= 48° (Angles in same segment are equal)
ZCBD = 48°
ZABC = 180° — 80° (Opp. angles of cyclic quadrilateral = 180°)
ZABC = 100°.
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X 34]
Q 72. In the figure, O is centre of the circumcircle of triangle XYZ.
Tangents at ¥ and Y intersect at 7. Given ZX7Y = 80° and ZXOZ= 140°.
calculate tne
u!
Solution. XT=YT (Tangents from external point to a
circle are of equal length)
InAXTY, ZTXY=ZTYX (Angles opp. to equal sides of A)
ZTXY = ZTYX = 50° (By A property)
OX 1 XT (Radius from a point of
contact is | to the tangent) 7
a . ZOXT = 90°, 3. 4GR¥— 90° —50° = 40°
InA OXZ, OX=OZ (Radii)
ZOXZ = ZOZX = 20° (By Isosceles A property)
ZZXY = ZZXO + ZOXY
= 20° +40° = 60°
Q 73. In the given figure, P and Q are centres of the circles, inter-
secting at B and D. O is the midpoint of PQ. Given ZABO = 90°
prove that AB = BC.
Solution. Draw PR | AB and QS 1 BC.
PR ||OB|| OS
PO=O0O0Q (Given)
RB = BS (Equal intercepts)

RB=1AB
But ‘ (L from centre to the chord bisects the chord)
BS = > BC

AB = BC.
Q 74. In the figure AB = AC =CD, ZADC = 38’, calcu- A
late (i) ZABC (ii) ZBEC. e
Solution. Given AB = AC =CD
ZADC = 38°.
(i) ZCAD:=38° (Isosceles A property)
B C D
ZABC = ZACB =2ZADC
(Ext. Z/€ = sum of int. opp. angles and iso A property)
. =2.% 387 = 76’.
ZABC
(ii) Join BE.
ZBAC = 180° —2(76° ) (A property)

ZBAC = 28°
ZBAC = ZBEC = 28° (Angles standing on the same segment)
ZBEC = 28°.
 X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class
342
centre O, chord BD is perpendicular to
Question 75. In the figure AC is the diameter of the circle,
AC. Write down the angles p, q, r in terms of x.

Solution. ZADB =>

(angle at centre is twice the angle at the circumference, both standing on
the same arc.)

In AADE, p=180° -(90 +3) (by A property)

o, &
p= 90 va

2
ae
(angle at centre is twice the angle at the circumference, both standing on the same arc)
ZADC =90° (Angle in a semi circle)
r=90° - ZADB
r= 90° -> [using (i)]
bop* =e7° 49=5
p=90 = = andr == 90 Offa.7"

Question 76. In the figure given, A, D, B, C are four points on the

circumference of a circie with [Link] AB = 2 arc BC and angie AOB =
108°.
Calculate in degrees : (i) angle ACB, (ii) angle CAB (iii) angle ADB.
Justify your calculations.
Solution.

(i) ZACB = 54"

(angle at centre is twice the angle at cir-cumference, both standing on the same arc)

108° Z
(ii) ZBOC = ° 54° (Arc AB = 2 Arc BC)

ZCAB = + £BOC
(angle at centre is twice the angle at circumference, both standing on the same arc)

. ZCAB = 4x 54° =27°

(iii) ZADB = 180° - ZACB_ (sum of opposite angles of cyclic quadrilateral = 180°)
ZADB = 180° —54°
wap =126 .
Circle
343

Exercises
. The radius of a circle is 5 cm and the length of chord is 8 cm. Find the distance of chord from
the centre of the circle.
. In the adjoining figure, PQ is the diameter which meets the chord RS
in T such that RT = TS = 8 cm. If QT = 4 cm, find the radius of the
circle.

Ne

. In the adjoining figure, OF 1 CD and OE = 12 cm, radius of inner

circle = 13 cm and radius of outer circle = 15 cm. Find the lengths of
CD and AB.

. In the adjoining figure, O is the centre of circle and BC is the dia-

meter. ODL AB. Prove CA = 2 OD.

. PQ and RS are two parallel chords of a circle where diameter is PR. Prove that PQ = RS.
. In the adjoining figure, O is the centre, ZBAC = 40° and ZBCD = 120°
Find (i) ZBDC (ii) ZDBC.

. In the adjoining figure, BC is the diameter of the circle and AD bisects

ZBAC. Find ZBCD. A
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
344
. Find x° and y’.
_ In the adjoining figure, O is the centre of circle

_ In the adjoining diagram, find a°, b° and c°.

10. In the adjoining diagram, O is the centre of the circle and ZOAB = 35°.
Calculate the values of p° and q°.

11. In the adjoining diagram, O is the centre of the circle. BCD is

a straight line. ZECD = 75°. Find (i) ZBAE (ii) ZBOE (mark- A
ed x°).

12. Show that any cyclic parallelogram is a rectangle.

13. If all sides of a parallelogram touch a circle, show that the parallelogram is a rhombus.
14. [Link] TP and 7Q are drawn to a circle with centre O such that ZPTQ = 120°. Prove that

15. Two circles touch internally

| at a point P and from a point
poi 7 on the common tangent at P
tangents TQ and 7R are drawn to two circles. Prove TQ = TR. .
16. In a circle of radius 6cm, PQ and PR are chords such that PQ= PR=7cm. ei
:
Find the length ofthe chord OR. =
Circle
345

17. Two chords PQ and PR are of a circle are equal. Prove that the centre of the circle lies
on the
angle bisector of ZOPR.
18. In an equilateral triangle, prove that the centroid and circumcentre of the triangle coincide.
19. In the given diagram, APOR is an isosceles triangle with PQ= PR.
A circle is drawn on PQ as diameter. Prove that the circle bisects OR. Ge

S R
20. In the adjoining diagram, AB is the diameter, OP the radius perpendicular
to AB. Q is any point on the arc PB. Find ZBAP and ZAQP. ie.

21. In the given diagram, PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral. The bisectors

of ZP, ZQ, ZR, ZS intersect each other at points A, B, C, D. Prove
ABCD is also a cyclic quadrilateral.

22. PORS is a trapezium with PS ||QR. Non parallel sides are equal. Prove PORS is a cyclic.

23. In the diagram, PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral. Sides QP and RS are pro- T
duced to meet in 7. Prove A TPS and A 7QR are similar.

P S

Q R

‘
24. In the adjoining diagram, PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral in which PQ ||SR.
Prove (i) PS = QR, (ii) PR=SQ. | S
P Q
346
A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

aa In the adjoining diagram, AB is the diameter. The chord

PQ = radius of
= 60.
the circle. AP and BQ are produced to intersect at R. Prove ZARB

ae y
26. O is the circumcentre of A POR. OL is perpendicular to QR. Prove that
ZQOL = ZP.

i a AB and CD are two chords of a circle intersecting at P inside the circle such that AP = 7cm, CP
= 5cm, PD = 3cm. Find PB.
28. AB and CD are two chords of a circle intersecting at P inside the circle such that AB = 10cm,
AP = 4cm, PD = Scm. Find PC.
+ B AB and CD are two chords of a circle which when produced meet at P outside the circle such
that AP = 12cm, PB = 4cm, PC = 9cm. Find PD.
30. AB and CD are two chords of a circle which when produced meet at P outside the circle such
that PA = 13cm, PC = 16cm, CD = 8cm. Find AB.
si. In the adjoining diagram PQR is a right angled triangle, right angled P
at Q. RQ is the diameter. A tangent at S intersects PQ at T. Prove that
T is the mid-point of PQ.
S) T

R Q

Se: The length of the direct common tangent to two circles of radii 8cm and 6cm is 15cm.
Calculate
the distance between their centres.
33. Two circles with radii 6.5cm and 4cm have their centres 15cm a
: Find th e len f
transverse common tangent to these circles. - .
34. a the length of the tangent drawn to a circle of radius Scm from
a point 13cm distance from
e centre.
35. Chords PQ and RS intersect at 7. Name two triangles which
are similar. Using these triangles
Circle 347

calculate the length 7R, given PT = Scm, 70 = 4cm, RS = 12cm (RT> TS), R

36. In given diagram, ZABO = 35°, ZADE =85°. Calculate ZBAC.

37. In the adjoining diagram, a circle is inscribed in a quadri-

lateral ABCD. Given ABLBC, BC = 14cm, CD = 30cm and
PD = 2\cm. Find the radius of the circle.

38. In the adjoining diagram LOM is the diameter, LM

= MQ. Prove (i) PN =NO, (ii) ON ||PQ.

39. In the figure, P and Q are the centres of two intersecting

at B and C. ACD is a straight line. Calculate the
numerical value of x.

40. In the given diagram, AOB is the diameter with centre O and -
ZCOD = 44°. Calculate ZBEC. |S Cc
348
A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X

bisector of ZOAC.
41. In the diagram, O is the centre of the circle and AB is the
If ZOAC = 56°, calculate (i) ZBOC, (ii) ZOBA, (iii) prove OB ||AC.

Answers
(1) 3cm (2) 10cm (3) 10cm, 18cm (6) (i) 40° (ii) 20°
(7) 45° (8) 50°, 130° (9) 20°, 40°, 160° (10) 70°, 145°
(11) 75°, 210° (16) 11.38 cm (20) 45°, 45° (27) 2.14 cm
(28) 4.8cm (29) 5.33 cm (30) [Link] (32) 15.13 cm
(33) 10.71 cm (34) 12cm (35) 10cm (36) 40°
G7) +Scm (39) 100° (40) 68° (41) 56°, 28°.
 Chapter 16

Constructions

Construction of Tangents
1. To construct a tangent to a given circle at a point on its circum-
ference.
Given. A circle with centre O and P is any point on the circumference of
the circle.
Construction. Step 1. Join O to P. Say
—_|

Step 2. At P draw PA perpendicular to PO and produce it to B. Thus B p

AB is the required tangent.

2. To Construct tangents to a circle from an exterior point.

Given. A circle with centre O and an exterior point P.
Construction. Step 1. Join O to P and taking OP as diameter draw
a circle cutting the given circle at T and 7’.
_ Step 2. Join PT and PT’. Thus PT and PT" are the required
tangents.
3. Construction of common tangents to two given circles.

(a) Direct common tangent: When a straight line touches two circles in such a way that both the
circles are on one side of the straight line, then the straight line is called direct common tangent.

To Construct direct common tangents to two circles of radii r, and rz (r; > rz) whose
centres are at a distance of xcm:
circles with radii 7, and
Construction. Step 1. Draw a straight line AB = x cm with A and B as centres, draw
r, respectively.
difference of the radii of two circles).
Step 2. With A as centre and radius (r,AL ),draw a circle. (i.e. the
at points C and D.
Step 3. With AB as diameter draw a circle to cut the new circle
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
350

outer
Step 4. Join AC and AD and produce them to cut the
circle at points P and Q.
g
Step 5. Through B draw BP’ || AP and BO’ || AQ. Cuttin
the circle B at points P’ and Q".
Step 6. Join PP’ and QQ’. Thus, PP’ and QQ’ are the
required direct common tangents.

(b) Transverse common tangent : A common tangent to two circles is called a transverse common
tangent if the circles lie on opposite sides of it.

To Construct transverse common tangents to two circles of radiir,; andr, whose

centres are at a distance of x cm:
Construction. Step 1. Draw Straight line AB = x cm and at A
and B as centres and radii 7, and r, respectively draw two circles.
Step 2. With 4 as centre and radius (7,+r,) (i.e. sum of the
radii of the given circles), draw a circle.
Step 3. With AB as diameter draw a circle to cut the new circle at
points C and D.
Step 4. Join AC and AD to cut the given circle at P and Q.
Step 5. Through B draw BQ" ||AQ and BP’ ||AP, meeting the
circle B at points Q' and P’. respectively.
Step 6. Join PP’ and QQ’. Thus PP’ and QQ’ are the required transverse common tangents.

Note : Length of direct common tangent = Jae -(r ete ;

Length of transverse common tangent = uz ~(r, ae y é

Construction of circumscribed and inscribed circles

(a) To construct a triangle with the given data and circumscribe a circle about it :
Construction. Step 1. Construct A ABC with the given data.
Step 2. Draw perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC. Let these bisectors A
meet at the point O. AW
Step 3. With O as centre and radius OA, OB or OC, draw a circle. 5
Step 4. This circle will pass through 4, B and C.

. Step 5. This circle is known as circum circle and its centre O is known
as circum 8 Cc
centre.
ee

(b) To construct a triangle with the given data and inscribe a circle in it :
Construction. Step 1. Construct A ABC with the given data.
Constructions ,
51

Step 2. Draw bisectors of 2B and ZC. Let these bisectors meet

at
the point /.
Step 3. From /, draw /L perpendicular to side BC.
Step 4. With / as centre and radius /L draw a circle which will touch
the sides of the triangle. This circle is known as inscribed circle and its
centre | as incentre.

Construction of Regular Figures in or About a Given Circle

1. To construct an equilateral triangle in a given circle.

Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of given radius with O as centre.

Step 2. Draw three radii OA, OB, OC making angles of 360. = 120° with one
another.
Step 3. Join A to B, B to C and C to A. Thus A ABC is the required equilateral A
triangle in the given circle.

2. To construct an equilateral triangle about a given circle.

Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of given radius with centre O.

Step 2. Draw three radii OA, OB and OC and making an angle of 20.

= 120° with one another.

Step 3. Draw tangents to the given circle at the points A, B and C. Let
those tangents intersect at points P, Q and R.
Thus PQR is the required equilateral triangle about the circle.

3. To construct a square in the given circle.

Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of given radius with centre O.
Step 2. Draw two diameters AC and BD perpendicular to each other, since 8

360. = 90°

Step 3. Join A to B, Bto C, Cto D and D to A. Thus, ABCD is the required Bs

AN
square in the given circle. c

4. To construct a square about a given circle.

D
Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of given radius with centre O.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
352

to each
Step 2. Draw two diameters AC and BD perpendicular

other, since 260 = 90°.

Step 3. Draw tangents at points A, B, C, D and let them intersect at P,

Q, Rand S. Thus, PORS is the required square about the given circle.

5. To construct a regular pentagon in a given circle.

Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of given radius with centre O.

Step 2. Draw radii OA and OB such that ZAOB = 72°, since oO ay

Step 3. Cut off arcs BC, CD and DE equal to arc AB.

Step 4. Join A to B, B to C, C to D, D to E and E to A. Thus, ABCDE is the
required regular pentagon in the given circle.

6. To construct a regular pentagon about a given circle :

Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of given radius with O as centre.

Step 2. Draw radii OA and OB such that ZAOB = 72° since 30 =72.
Step 3. Cut off arcs BC, CD and DE equal to arc AB on the given circle.
Step 4. Draw tangents to the given circle at points A, B, C, D and E
and let them intersect at points P, 0, R, S, and T.
Thus PQRST in the required regular pentagon about the given circle.

7. To construct a regular hexagon in a given circle.

Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of given radius with O as centre.

Step 2. Draw radii OA and OB such that ZAOB = 60°, since 360 = 60°.

Step 3. Cut off arcs BC, CD, DE, EF equal to arc AB on the given circle.
Step4. JoinA to B, Bto C, Cto D, Dto E, Eto F and F to A.
Thus ABCDEF is the required regular hexagon in the given circle.

8. To construct a regular hexagon about a given circle.

Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of given radius with O as centre.

Step 2. Draw radii OA and OB such that ZAOB = 60°, since 30 =60.
Step 3. Cut off arcs BC, CD, DE and EF equal to arc AB on the given circle.
Step 4. Draw tangents to the given circle at the points A, B, C, D, E and F
and let them intersect at
points P, O, R, S, T and U.
Constructions
353
3 i a PORSTU is the required regular hexagon about the given
circle.

Construction of Circle Satisfying Specific Conditions

1. To construct a circle of given radius and passing through two given
points.
Let the radius of circle be 3.5 cm and A and B are given points which are
5 cm apart.
Construction. Step 1. Mark points A and B such that AB = 5 cm.
Step 2. Draw the perpendicular bisector of AB.
Step 3. With A (or B) as centre and radius 3.5 cm draw an arc to cut the A
perpendicular bisector of AB at O.
Step 4. With O as centre and radius equal to OA (or OB) draw a circle.
The circle so drawn is the required circle satisfying the given conditions.
2. To construct.a circle touching a given line at a given point in it and passing a given point
outside the given line
Let AB be the given line and P be the given point in it. Let 0 be a
point outside AB.
Construction. Step 1. Draw a straight line AB and mark the given
point P on it.
Step 2. Mark the exterior point Q and join PQ.
Step 3. Through P draw perpendicular to AB and draw
perpendicular bisector of PQ, let these two intersect at O.
Step 4. With O as centre and radius equal to OP draw a circle which touches AB at P and passes
through Q. B
The circle so drawn is the required circle satisfying the
given conditions.
3. To construct a circle of given radius and touching the
arms of an angle or two intersecting lines
Let the given angle AOB = 60° or two lines AC and BD
intersect at O such that ZAOB = 60”. Let the radius of circle be
2 cm.
Construction. Step 1. Construct the given angle AOB = 60°
354 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

:
Step 2. Draw the bisector of ZAOB.
Let this straight line meet the
Step 3. Draw a straight line parallel to AO at a distance of 2cm from it.
angle bisector of ZAOB at P.
OA and OB.
Step 4. With P as centre and radius equal to 2 cm draw a circle which touches
The circle so drawn is the required circle satisfying the given conditions.
4. To construct a circle touching a given circle and a given line at a given point
The centre O ofa circle of a radius 1.5 cm is at a distance
of 4 cm from-a given straight line AB. Draw a circle to touch
the given straight line AB at a point P such that OP = 5 cm and
M|
to touch the given circle externally.
Construction. Step 1. Draw a straight line AB. Take a point
L on it, draw a perpendicular to AB.
Step 2. With L as centre and radius 4 cm draw an arc, such
that OL = 4 cm.
Step 3. With O as centre, radius 5 cm draw an arc to meet
AB at P, so that OP = 5 cm.
Step 4. At P draw PN perpendicular to AB.
Step 5. Produce LO to M to meet the given circle at M. /
Step 6. Join PM to meet the given circle at the point Q. A
Step 7. Join OQ and produce it to meet PN at R.
Step 8. With R as centre and radius RP draw a circle with touches the given line AB at P and the given
circle at Q.
The circle so drawn is the required circle satisfying the given conditions.
5. To construct a circle of given radius touching a given circle and a given line
Let AB be the given line at a distance 5.5 cm from the
centre O ofthe given circle of radius 2.5 cm. Let the radius
of the required circle be 2.0 cm.
Construction. Step 1. Draw any straight line AB. Take
any point LZ on it and draw a perpendicular to AB at L.
Step 2. With Z as centre and radius 5.5 cm draw an arc
cutting the perpendicular at O.
Step 3. With O as centre radius 2.5 cm, draw a circle.
Step 4. Draw a straight line XY parallel to AB at a dis-
tance of 2 cm. x
Step 5. With O as centre radius (2.5 + 2) cm = 4.5 cm (i.e.
sum of radii) draw arcs to meet the straight line at C and D. A L
Step 6. With C and D as centre and radius 2 cm draw ;
circles. These circles touch the given st. line AB and the given circle of radius 2.5.
These circles so drawn are the required circles satisfying the given conditions.

6. To construct a circle of given radius touching circle and passing through a given
point
Let the radius of given circle with centre O be 2.5 cm and a point P such
that OP = 5.5 cm. Let the
Constructions 355

radius of the required circle be 2 cm.

Construction. Step 1. Draw a circle of radius 2.5 cm
with centre O. Mark a point P such that OP = 5.5 cm.
<
Step 2. With P as centre and radius 2 cm draw a circle.
\
Step 3. With O as centre and radius (2.5 + 2) cm i.e. 4.5 Ka wee
cm (i.e. sum of radii) draw an arc to cut the circle with cen-
tre P at points L and M.
‘
| Step 4. With centres L and M and radius 2 cm draw
circles. These circles touch the given circle with centre O
and pass through the given point P.
The circles so drawn are the required circles satisfying the given conditions.
7. To construct a circle of given radius to touch two given
circles
Let two circles with centres P and Q have radii 2 cm and !.5
cm respectively and with their centres i.e. PO = 5 cm. Let the
radius of the required circle 2.5 cm.
Construction. Step 1. Draw a straight line PO = 5 cm.
Step 2. With P and Q as centres and radii 2 cm and 1.5 cm
draw circles.
Step 3. With P as centre and radius (2 + 2.5) cm = 4.5 cm
draw an arc and with QO as centre and radius (1.5 + 2.5) cm draw
an arc cutting the previous arc. Let this point be R.
Step 4. With R as centre and radius 2.5 cm draw a circle, which touches the two given circles.
This circle so drawn is the required circle satisfying the given conditions.
8. To construct a circle touching a given circle at a given point and touching another given circle
Let the radii of two circles with centres P and Q be 2 cm
and 1.5 cm respectively PO = 4.5 cm. Let R be a point on the
first circle.
Construction. Step 1. Draw a straight line PQ = 4.5 cm.
Step 2. With P and Q as centres and radii 2 cm and 1.5
cm respectively draw circles. Nee
Step 3. Take a point R on the first circle i.e. the circle tT:
with centre P. A
Step 4. Join PR. Draw Q7 || PR. Join RT cutting the
circle with centre Q at U.
Step 5. Join OU and produce it to meet PR produced at S.
; ae :
Step 6. With S as centre and radius RS draw a circle
is the required circle satisfying the given
which touches the other two circles. The circle so drawn
conditions.
in pairs
9. To construct three circles touching externally
RP = 4.5 cm. Three circles with centres P, Q,
A triangle POR with sides PQ=4 cm, QR =3.5 cm and
356 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

R to be drawn to touch externally in pairs.

data.
Construction. Step 1. Construct A POR with the given
the
Step 2. Draw the internal bisectors of ZQ and ZR. Let
bisectors meet at the point O.
Step 3. From O, draw OS 1 QR and OFAPR.
Step 4. With P, QO and R as centres and radii PT, OS, RS
respectively draw three circles.
The ciréles so drawn touch externally in pairs.
The circles so drawn are the required circles satisfying the
given conditions. j

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Draw an equilateral triangle of side 4 cm. Draw the circum-
circle of it. ;
Solution. Steps of Construction ; a
Step 1. Construct A ABC, in which AB = BC = CA =4 cm.
Step 2. Draw perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC. Let these two intersect
at O.
Step 3. With O as centre and radius OA or OB or OC draw a circle which
pass though points A, B and C.

Question 2. Using ruler and compasses only

(i) Construct a A ABC with the following data :
Base AB = 6 cm, BC = 5.2 cm and ZCAB = 60°.
(ii) In the same diagram, draw a circle which passes through the points
A, B and C and mark its centre O.
(iii) Draw a perpendicular from O to AB which meets AB in D.
(iv) Prove that AD = BD.
Solution. Steps of Construction:
Step 1. Construct A ABC with the given data.
Step 2. Draw the perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC. Let these intersect at O.
Step 3. With O as centre and radius OA or OB or OC draw a circle which pass through points A, B
and C.
Step 4. Draw OD AB. Join OA and OB.
In AS OAD and OBD,
OA = OB (Radii)
OD is common.
Constructions
357

OD is common.
ZODA = ZODB = 90° (By construction)
A OAD =A OBD (R.H.S)
AD = BD (c.p.c.t)
Question 3. Inscribe a regular pentagon in a circle of radius 3 cm. Measure the sides of the pentagon.
Solution. Steps of Construction:
1. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm.

2. Draw radii OA and OB such that ZAOB = 72°, since 360° _ oa

5
3. Cut off arcs BC, CD, DE equal to the arc AB.
4. JoinA to B, Bto C, Cto D, D to E and E to A. ABCDE is the required
pentagon.
Length of each side = 3.5 cm.

Question 4. In the adjoining figure, ABC is an angle. Construct a circle of radius 2 cm. that touches
AB and BC.
Solution. Steps of Construction:
1. In the given angle ABC, draw the bisector.
2. At B draw a perpendicular to BC, cut off BD = 2 cm on
this perpendicular. —
3. Draw a line parallel to BC from the point D. Let this t
intersect the angle bisect or at O. By
4. With O as centre and radius 2 cm draw a circle which
touches AB and BC.
Za C
B
Question 5. Draw a triangle ABC; given that BC = 4 cm, ZC = 75° and that
radius of circumcircle of A ABC is 3 cm.
Solution. Steps of Construction:
1. Draw BC = 4 cm. Draw the perpendicular bisector of BC.
2. With B as centre and radius 3 cm draw an arc O on the perpendicular
bisector and draw a circle passing through B and C.
3. At ZC, construct 75° and produce it to meet the circle at A.
4. JoinA to B. Thus, A ABC is the required triangle.

Question 6. Draw circles of radii 3.5 cm and 2.5 cm respectively with their centres 7 cm apart. Draw
a transverse tangent to the two circles and measure its length.
Solution. Steps of Construction: | 7
radius 2.5 cm
1. Draw AB = 7 cm withA as centre, radius 3.5 cm draw a circle and with B as centre,
draw a circle.
2 WithA as centre radius [(3.5 + 2.5) cm. = 6 cm, draw a circle.
and D.
3. With AB as diameter, draw a circle to cut the new circle at C
4. JoinAC and AD cutting the inner circle at P and Q respectively.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
358

5. Through B draw BP’ and BO" parallel to

AP and AQ respectively.
6. Join PP’ and QQ’, which are the required
two transverse tangents.
Length of tangents = 3.6 cm.

Question 7. Using ruler and compasses only, draw an equi-

lateral triangle of side 5 cm and draw its inscribed circle. Mea-
sure the radius of the circle.
Solution. Steps of Construction :
1. Construct equilateral A ABC of side 5 cm.
2. Draw bisectors of ZB and ZC and let these bisectors
meet at /.

3. From /, draw JD perpendicular to BC.

4. With /D as radius and / as centre, draw a circle which
touches all the sides of the triangle and which is the required
inscribed circle.
Radius of Incircle = 1.4 cm.

Question 8. Using ruler and compasses only, draw tangents to a circle of radius 3 cm from a point 5
cm from the centre. What is the length of each of them?
Solution. Steps of Construction:
1. Draw AP = 5 cm.
2. With A as centre, radius 3 cm draw a circle.
3. Draw a circle with AP as diameter cutting the circle with centre A
at 7 and 7’.
4. Join PT and PT’ and these are the required tangents.
Length of Tangents = 4 cm.
| Question 9. Using ruler and compasses only draw a rhombus ABCD having its sides
AB = 5 cm and its
diagonal AC = 7.5 cm. Draw a circle passing through points 4, B, and C. What is the radius?
Solution. Steps of Construction:
|. Construct rhombus ABCD with side AB = 5 cm. and diagonal AC = 7.5 cm.
Constructions
359

2. Draw perpendicular bisectors of AB and BC and let these meet at O.

3. With O as centre, radius OA or OB or OC ’. draw a circle, which
pass through 4, B and C. This circle is the required circle.
Radius of circle = 3.8 cm.

. Question 10. Using ruler and compass, only, construct a

circle to touch the line AB at the point P and to pass through the
point QO.
Solution. Steps of Construction:
1. At given point P on line AB, draw PL 1 AB.
2. Join P and other given point Q. Draw perpendicular bisec-
tor of PQ, meeting PL at O.
3. With O as centre and OP as radius draw a circle which
touch AB at P and pass through point Q. This circle is the re-
quired circle.

Question 11. Circumscribe a rhombus outside a circle of radius 4 cm

when one angle may be 60 . Measure its one side.
Solution. Steps of Construction:
1. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm with O as centre.
2. Draw two diameters AOC and BOD such that ZAOB = 120°.
3. At A, B, C, D, construct tangents to the circle and let them inter-
sect at P, O, R, S. PORS is the required rhombus.
Length of each side = 9.5 cm.

10 cm
Question 12. Draw two circles of radii 5 cm and 3 cm respectively such that their centres are
Measure the
apart. Construct, using ruler and compasses only, a direct common tangent to these circles.
length of the tangent.
Solution. Steps of Construction.
1. Draw AB= 10 cm
3 cm respectively.
2. With A and B as centres, draw circles of radii 5 cm and
a circle.
3. With A as centre radius (5 — 3) cm. = 2 cm draw
at points C and D.
4. Draw a circle with AB as diameter to cut the new circle
AD to produce it to meet the outer circle at Q.
5. Join AC and produce it to meet the outer circle at P. Join
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
360
|
7
6. Through B, draw BP’ parallel to AP and BQ" ||AQ.
p .
7. Join PP’ and QQ’, which are the required direct common
tangents.
Length of tangents = 9.8 cm.

Question 13. Construct two circles of radii 3 cm and 4

cm with their centres 8 cm apart. Construct a circle of radius
3 cm to touch the above two circles externally.
Solution. Steps of Construction.
1. Draw AB= 8 cm.
2. With A and B as centres and radii 4 cm and 3 cm
draw circles.
3. With A as centre radius (4 + 3) = 7 cm draw an arc,
with B as centre radius (3 + 3) = 6 cm draw an arc meeting
the previous arc at C.
4. With C as centre, radius 3 cm draw a circle which
touches two given circles.
This is the required circle.

Question 14. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Escribe a regular hexa-

gon about the circle. Measure the length of one of the sides of the
hexagon.
Solution. Steps of Construction.
1. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm.

2. Draw radii OA and OB such that ZAOB = 60°, since 360" = 60°.

3. Cut off arcs BC, CD, DE, EF equal to the arc AB on the given
circle.
4. Draw tangents at points A, B, C, D, E, F to the circle. Let these
circles meet at points P, O, R, S, Tand U. Then PORSTU is the required escribed hexagon about the circle.
Length of side of hexagon = 4.6 cm.

Question 15. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm using ruler and compasses only, construct a regular
figure
of4 sides about it.
Constructions

Solution, Steps of Construction :

1. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm with centre O.
2. Draw two diameters AOC and BOC perpendicular to each other, since
a60> a0
a > 90°.

3. Draw tangents at points 4, B, C, D to the circle. Let these tangents

intersect at the points P, QO, R and S. Then PQRS is the required regular 4
sided figure.

Question 16. Draw a circle of radius 4.5 cm. Mark its centre as C and mark a point Q such that CO = 8
cm. Using ruler and compasses only construct two circles, each of radius 3 cm to touch the circle with
centre C externally and to pass through Q. Measure the distance between their centres.
Solution. Steps of Construction :
1. Draw a circle of radius 4.5 cm with centre C. Mark a point
Q such that CO = 8 cm.
2. With centre QO and radius 3 cm draw a circle.
3. With centre C and radius (4.5 + 3) = 7.5 cm draw an arc of
a circle to meet the circle with centre Q at two points A and B.
4. With A and B centres and radius 3 cm draw circles which
touch the circle with centre C externally and pass through the
point Q. These two circles are the required circles. The distance
between their centres AB = 5.5 cm.

Question 17. Draw a line AQ = 7 cm. Mark a point P on AQ such that AP = 4 cm. Using ruler and
compasses only construct:
(i) acircle of radius 2 cm. to pass through P and Q.
(ii) a tangent to the above circle from A. Measure its length.
Solution. Steps of Construction:
|. Draw a line AQ =7 cm. Mark a point on AQ such that AP = 4 cm and PQ = 3 cm.
2. Draw the perpendicular bisector of PQ with P as centre radius 2 cm draw an arc on the
perpendicular bisector. Let this point be O.
3. With O as centre, radius OP or OQ that is 2 cm. Draw a circle a ae

which pass through points P and Q.

4. Join AO and draw a circle on AO as diameter. This circle cuts the
circle with centre O at points 7 and 7’.
5. Join AT and AT’. These are the required tangents from A to the A
circle with centre O.
Length of PT = PT’ =5.3cm.

Question 18. Using ruler and compasses only

6 cm and ZABC = 60°.
(i) Construct a triangle ABC, where AB = 5 cm, BC =
(ii) Using the A ABC draw in (i) above.
 : matics for Class X
A Textbook of Mathe
362

and AC.
Construct a circle of radius 2 cm to touch AB
Solution. Steps of Construction.
|. Construct triangle ABC with the given data.
2. Draw the bisector of BAC.
3. Draw a line parallel to AB at a distance of 2 cm. Let this
line intersect the bisector at O.
4. With O as centre and radius 2 cm draw a circle. The circle
so drawn will touch AB and AC. This circle is the required circle.

Question 19. Use ruler and compasses only in this

question.
(i) Draw a circle on AB = 6 cm as diameter.
(ii) Construct a circle of radius 2 cm to touch the circle
in (i) above and the diameter AB produced.
Solution. Steps of Construction.
|. Draw AB = 6 cm with AB as diameter, draw a circle
with centre O.
2. At A, construct AX | AB and cut off 2 cm. Draw DY
parallel to AB so that distance between DY and AB is 2 cm.
3. With O as centre, radius (3 + 2) = 5 cm draw an arc on DY. Let this point be C.
4. With C as centre and radius 2 cm draw a circle which touches the first circle at P and the diameter
produced at Q. This circle is the required circle.
Question 20. Construct a A ABC, given that
AB = 4.5 cm, BC = 7 cm and median AD = 4 cm
construct inscribed circle of A ABC and measure
its radius.
Solution. Steps of Construction
1. Draw BC =7 cm. Bisect BC at D.
2. Construct A ABD such that AB = 4.5 cm
and AD = 4 cm. Join AC. Then ABC is the re-
quired triangle.
3. Bisect ZB and ZC. Let these bisectors
intersect at /.
4. Construct /P perpendicular to BC, with / as
centre, /P as radius draw a circle which touch the
sides AB, BC and AC.
This is the required incircle. Radius = 1.6 cm.
Constructions 363

Question 21. Construct a triangle ABC, in which BC = 7.5

cm ZB = 60°, altitude AD = 3 cm.
Construct a circle to touch BC at its mid point and to pass throug
h A.
Solution.
Steps of Construction : x
Y
1. Draw BC = 7.5 cm cons-
truct ZCBY = 60°.
2. Draw ZL parallel to BC at
a distance of 3 cm. ZL meets BY
at A.
3. Join AC. From A draw AD
perpendicular to BC. Then AD =
3 cm. The required A is ABC with
altitude = 3 cm.
4. Bisect BC at M. Join AM.
5. Draw perpendicular bisec-
tor of AM. This perpendicular bi-
sector and bisector of BC meet at O.
6. With O as centre and radius
OA or OM draw a circle. This circle
touches BC at M and passes through
A. This circle is the required circle.

Question 22. Construct the rhom-

bus ABCD whose diagonals AC and
BD are of length 8 cm and 6 cm res-
pectively. Construct the inscribed circle
of the rhombus. Measure and record its
radius.
Solution. Steps of C onstruction:
1. Draw AC = 8 cm. Bisect AC at /
2. With / as centre cut off 3 cm on
either side of AC at B and D.
3. Join AB, BC, CD and AD,
whichis the required rhombus.
4. Draw /P perpendicular to AB
with / as centre and /P radius draw a
circle. This is the required inscribed
circle of rhombus which touch all four
sides.
Radius /P = 2.4 cm.
a point D on BC such that BD
Question 23. Use ruler and compasses to construct ZABC = 75°. Mark
D. Measure and record its radius.
= 5 cm. Construct a circle to touch AB at B and also to pass through
 A Texthook of Mathematics for Class X
364

Solution. Steps of Construction.

1. Construct ABC = 75 , on BC cut off BD = 5
cm.
2. Make an angle ABE = 90 . Draw perpen-dicular
bisector of BD. Bisector of BD and BE meet at O.
3. With O as centre, and OB or OD as radius draw
a circle. This is the required circle which touch AB at B
and also pass through D.
Radius OB = OD = 2.6 cm.

Question 24. Use ruler and a pair

of compasses to construct triangle ABC
in which BC = 7.5 cm, ZABC = 60°,
AC — AB=1.S5cm construct a circle of
radius 2 cm to touch the arcs of ZACB.
Solution. Steps of Construction.
1. Draw BC = 7.5 cm. Construct
ZXBC = 60".
2. On AB produced cut off BD = 1.5
cm. Join DC and draw perpendicular
bisector of DC and produce it to meet
XB at A.
3. Join AC. Then ABC is the re-
quired triangle.
4. Bisect angle BCA. Draw LM pa-
rallel to BC at a distance of 2 cm.
5. ML and the bisector of C meet
at O.
6. With O as centre and radius 2
cm, draw a circle which touch AC and
BC.
This circle is the required circle. Y

Question 25. Using ruler and compasses only, construct :

(i) AABC with BC = 6 cm, ZABC = 120°, AB = 3.5 cm.
(ii) Draw a circle with BC as diameter.
(iii) Find a point P on the circumference which is equidistant from AB and BC. Measure
ZBCP.
Constructions
365
Solution. Steps of Construction.
1. Construct A ABC in which BC = A
6cm, ZB= 120 andAB=3.5 cm
2. Draw a circle with BC as dia-
meter.
3. Bisect ZABC to meet the circum-
ference of circle at P. Join PC. ZBCP =
30.

Question 26. Draw a line segment OA, 5 cm long. At O, using ruler and compasses only, construct OB
such that ZAOB = 37.5°, construct a circle to touch OA at A and to touch OB.
Solution. Steps of Construction. B

1. Draw OA = 5 cm, construct at O, such

that ZBOA = 37.5°. /
2. Bisect ZAOB and draw perpendicular x
to OA at A to meet the bisector at P.
3. With P as centre and radius PA., draw
a circle which touch OA at A and OB.
This circle is the required circle.

Question 27. Draw line segments OA = 4.5

cm, OB = 3.2 cm such that ZAOB = 45 . (use a
pair of compasses and ruler only). Construct a
circle touching OA at A and passing through B.
Solution. Steps of Construction.
1. Draw OA = 4.5 cm. Construct ZAOB =
45° and cut off OB = 3.2 cm
2. Join AB. Draw perpendicular to OA at A
and perpendicular bisector of AB. Let these two
meet at P.
,
3. With P as centre and PA as radius, draw,
d circle.
a circle which touch OA at A and pass through B. This circle is the require
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
366

Question 28. Use a pair of compasses and a ruler to

construct triangle ABC, given BC = 4 cm, ZBCA = 75 and
the radius of the circumcircle of the triangle to be 3 cm.
Construct the circle touching BC at its mid point and also
touching side AC ofthe AABC.
Solution. Steps of Construction :
1. Draw BC = 4 cm construct BCX = 75°.
2. Draw perpendicular bisector of BC meeting BC
at L, with B as centre and radius = 3 cm, draw an arc on
perpendicular bisector at O.
3. With O as centre and radius = OB = 3 cm draw
a circle cutting CX at A.
4. Join AB. Then A ABC in the required triangle.
5. Draw bisector of ZBCA meeting perpendicula
bisector of BC at P.
6. With P as centre and radius PL, where L is the
mid point of BC, draw a circle which touches BC at its
mid point L and side AC. This circle is the required
circle.

Question 29. Construct triangle ABC having

given that the radius of the circumcircle of triangle
ABC is 3.5cm, ZBCA=45 and ZBAC=60 .
Solution. Steps of Construction.
1. Draw a circle of radius 3.5 cm. Draw radii
OB and OC making an angle of 120°. Join BC.
2. At ZC, construct 45° and produce it to
meet the circumference of the circle. This point
is A. Join AB. Measure ZBAC. This is equal to
60° because angle at centre is equal to twice
angle at circumference, both standing on same
arc. The A ABC is the required triangle.

Question 30. Construct a triangle ABC, in which AB = 5.0 cm, BC = 3.6 cm and ZABC = 672°.
(Use a
pair of compasses and ruler only). Construct a circle to touch AB at B and to pass through C.
Solution. Steps of Construction:
|.-Construct A ABC with BC = 3.6 cm, ZB = 674° and AB=5 cm
2. At B, draw ZABX = 90°. Draw perpendicular bisector of BC. This bisector and
BX meet at O.
Constructions
367
3. With O as centre and radius OB or OC, draw
a circle
which touch AB at B and pass through C. This circle
is the
required circle.

Question 31. Draw a circle of radius

2 cm. Produce AB, a diameter of this cir-
cle to_X, so that BX = 2 cm.
Construct a circle to touch AB at X
and to touch the circle (drawn earlier)
externally. (Use ruler and a pair of
compasses only).
Solution. Steps of Construction.
1. Draw a circie of radius 2 cm with
centre O. Draw diameter AB.
2. Produce AB to X such that BX =
2 cm.
3. At O and X draw perpen-diculars.
Let the perpendicular at O cut the circle
at P.
4. Join PX to cut the circle at Q.
5. Join OQ. Produce it to meet the
perpendicular at X at R.
6. With R as centre and radius RX
draw a circle which touches AB at_X and the circle with AB as diameter externally.
This circle is the required circle.

Question 32. Use ruler and compasses only for this question.
(i) Draw two circles of radii 4 cm and 2.5 cm with their centres 9 cm apart.
length,
(ii) Construct a transverse common tangent to the above circles. Measure and record its
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
368
nt and write down the difference between
(iii) Calculate the length of the transverse common tange
one decimal place.
the calculated value and the measured value, correct to
Solution. Steps: _—— <<,

1. Draw AB = 9 cm with A and B as centres a ai

draw circles of radius 4 cm and 2.5 cm
respectively.
2. With A as centre draw a third circle of
radius 4+2.5=6.5cm which is the sum
of the given two circles radii.
3. With AB as diameter draw a fourth circle
cutting the third circle at L and M.
4. Join AL and draw AL parallel to BM cut-
ting the given circles at P and Q respec-
tively.
5. Join PQ which is the required Transverse
Common tangent.
(ii) Length of T. C. Tangent = 6.2 cm.

(iii) T. C. Tangent = |D? -(r, +1, y

Length of T. C. Tangent = V9? —- (442.5)?

= y81- (6.5)?

= /81-42.25
= 438.75
=6,22.
Difference between calculated value and measured value
= 6,226.2 =0.02
=0. (Correct to one decimal place)

Question 33. Use ruler and compasses only for this question.
Construct the cyclic quadrilateral ABCD in which AB =
5cm, BC = 8cm, angle ABC = 671° and D is equidist-ant
from B and C. Measure and write down the length CD.
Solution.
Steps : 1. Draw BC = 8cm, construct ZB = 671° and
cut off AB = S5cm.
2. Draw L' bisectors of BC and AB and produce these
to meet at O.
3. With O as centre, radius OA or OB or OC, draw a
circle to pass through ABC.
_ 4. Produce the 1" bisector of BC to intersect the
circumference of the circle. This intersection point is D.
Constructions 369

5. Join CD and AD.

ABCD is the required cyclic quadrilateral. Length of CD = 6.4cm.

Question 34. Ruler and compasses only may be used in this question. All construction lines and arcs
must be clearly shown, and be of sufficient length and clarity to permit assessment.
() Construct triangle ABC, in which AB = 9 cm, BC = 10cm and angle ABC = 45°.
(ii) Draw a circle, with centreA and radius 2.5cm. Let it meet AB at D;
(iii) Construct a circle to touch the circle with centreA externally at D and also to touch the line BC.
Steps : 1. Construct A ABC in which BC =
10cm, ZABC = 45° and AB = 9cm.
2. Draw a circle, with centre A and radius 2.5,
meeting AB at D.
3. Draw a tangent to the circle with centre A, at
D and produce it to meet BC at E.
4. Draw bisector of ZBED meeting AB at O.
5. With O as centre, radius OD draw a circle
which touches the line BC and touch the point D.
This is the required circle.

Exercises (For all these constructions use ruler and compasses only)
1. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. Take a point P on the circumference of circle. Construct a tangent
at P.
2. Draw a circle of radius 3.5 cm. Take a point P out side circle such that OP = 6 cm, where O is
the centre of circle. From P construct two tangents to the circle. What is the length of each of
them?
3. Draw two circles of radii 3.5 cm and 25 cm with their centres 7.5 cm apart. Construct direct
common tangents. Measure each tangent.
4. Two circles with radii 2.5 cm and 3.5 cm and distance between their centre is 8 cm. Construct
‘ transverse common tangents to two given circles. Measure each tangent.
5. Construct a triangle ABC in which AB = 4.8 cm, BC = 4.5 cm and 2B = 45°. Draw a
circumcircle of it.
6. Construct a triangle ABC in which AB = 6 m, AC = 7 cm and ZC = 30°. Draw its inscribed
circle.
7. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Construct an equilateral A ABC in it.
8. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm. Construct a square in it.
9. Draw a circle of radius 3.5 cm. Construct a regular pentagon about it.
10. Draw a circle of radius of 2.5 cm. Construct a regular hexagon about it.
BP =
11. Draw a circle of radius 1.5 cm. Produce AB, a diameter of this circle to a point P, so that
2.2 cm. Construct a circle to touch AB at P and to touch the circle (drawn earlier) externally.
a circle
12. Construct a triangle ABC, in which BC = 3.5 cm, AB = 4.5 cm and ZB = 60°. Construct
370 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

to touch AB at B and to pass through C.

ct a circle
13. Draw a line segment OP = 5 cm, OQ = 3.5 cm such that ZPOQ = 60°. Constru
touching OP at P and passing through Q.
to
14. Construct ZPQR = 45°. Mark a point S on QR such that QS = 4.5 cm. Construct a circle
touch PQ at Q and also to pass through S.

Answers

2. 4.9 cm 3. 7.4cm 4.5.3cm

 ‘Unit 4
Trigonometry
R.B.A.N.M's (Biforcated)
High School Library
Bangalore ~ 580 G49. Chapter 17

Trigonometrical Ratios

The word trigonometry is derived from three Greek words: ‘trio’ meaning three, ‘gonia’ meaning
angle and ‘metron’ meaning measure. Thus, Trigonometry signifies the study or measurement of three
sided figures i.e. triangles. In our study we shall deal with the right angled triangles only.
With trigonometry we can find the height of a building or width of a river without actually climbing or
crossing it. The study of trigonometry is of great importance in surveying, astronomy, navigation and
engineering.

Concept of Opposite or Perpendicular, Adjacent or Base and Hypotenuse in a

Right angled Triangle
For any acute angle (which is also known as angle of reference) in a right angled triangle, the side
opposite to the acute angle is called opposite side or perpendicular, the side adjacent to it is called adjacent
side or base and the side opposite to the right angle is called the hypotenuse.
Example 1. Angle of reference = ZA,
Opposite side or perpetidicular = BC. c
Adjacent side or base = AB. =)
Hypotenuse = AC. ga
%
a

B Opposite side ©
or perpendicular

>
Example 2. Angle of reference = ZC,
Opposite side or perpendicular = AB.
Adjacent side or base = BC.
Hypotenuse = AC.
Opposite
side
perpendicular
or
B Adjacentside ©
or base
372 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Notation for Angles

te in a general way the number of
The following Greek letters are used generally in trigonometry to indica
(v) 5 (delta) (vi) o (phi).
degrees in angle. (i) a (alpha) (ii) B (beta) (iii) y (gamma) (iv) 9 (theta)

Trigonometrical Ratios
etrical ratio.
The ratio between lengths of any two sides of a right angled triangle is called a trigonom
The three sides of a right angled triangle give six trigonometrical ratios or for short t—ratios.
(i) The ratio of the opposite side to the hypotenuse is A
called the sine of angle, say 9, and is written as sinO.
opposite side AB
anos hypotenuse AC

Opposite
side

B Adjacent side z
(ii) The ratio of the adjacent side to the hypotenuse is called the cosine of angle, say 6 and is written
as cos®.
_ adjacent side — BC
cos8
~ hypotenuse AC
(iii) The ratio of the opposite side to the adjacent side is called the tangent of angle, say 6 and is
written as tan®.
_ opposite side AB
an adjacent side BC
(iv) The ratio of the hypotenuse to the opposite side is called the cosecant of angle, say 9 and is
written as cosec 0.
_hypotenuse _ 4C
aii oa opposite side AB
(v) The ratio of the hypotenuse to the adjacent side is called the secant of angle, say @ and is written
as sec 9.
hypotenuse _ AC
sec
8=
adjacent side BC
(v) The ratio of the adjacent to the opposite side is called the cotangent of angle, say 6 and is written
as coté.
cana adjacent side BC.
opposite side AB

Reciprocal relations
It is clear from the above that

sind = Qbbosite side and _cosec @ = —hYPotenuse

hypotenuse opposite side”
Trigonometrical Ratios
373
sin® and cosec 6 are reciprocal of each other.

sin@ |
n = Fh and
|
cosec 0 es ara

Similarly, cos@= 25 and a

secO cos®
1. l
mos. ‘
” core and cot® tan®

Quotient relations
opposite side
sin® _ hypotenuse — opposite side _
cos® adjacent side adjacent side — tang
hypotenuse
sin®
Bie
os® ?
Similarly, cost = cot

Square Relations
In a right angled triangle ABC, by Pythagoras theorem, we get
AB’ + BC’ = AC’
(1) Dividing both sides of (i) by AC’, we get

(42) +(48) Z C
AC AC
— sin 0@+cos @=1 S)
(2) Dividing both sides of(i) by BC’, we get
ee) ee (4g)
BC BC
Z
= tan 0+1=sec 0

(3) Dividing both sides of (i) by AB’, we get B A

1+cot’ 0 = cosec’0
To find the values of all t—ratios if the value of one t—ratio is given.

Illustrative Examples

Example 1. If sin0 = a find the remaining trigonometrical ratios.

Solution.
at ZB. Take any acute angle as 9, say ZA = 90.
To find the five ¢ ratios, draw a triangle ABC, right angled
374 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

12 opposite side. BC
Given. sin = 73 - “hypeeme AC.

+. If the length of BC = 12 x units and length of AC = 13 x units.

By Pythagoras theorem, we get
AC* = AB’ + BC’
> (13x) = AB? +(12x)
AB = 5 x units (Adjacent side)
_ adj side “Same 5
(@) cos® hyp. Taig =3

2 _ oppside
_12x _ 12
@) ee” adiside eee 5
ee * : hypyigeitie 13
uD oe > opp steams 12
__hyp_ _ 13x _ 13
2) ae > adj side eaenaes
_ adj side, gee 5
) ee opp side 12x 12°

Example 2. If cos0 = 7 find the value of 2 sin8 —4tan®, where @ is acute.

Solution. Take ZA = 0.

|
Given. cos® = a b2 AB
AC 3
AC* = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)
(13)’ =(12)°
+ BC? 5 IS
BC=5S.

sin® = BC = Sa | &
Ac . 13 B 12 A

tan8 = ee
AaB 12
2sin@—4tan® =2x2--4x >= 10 _5 _ 30-65 _ -35
13 ize 13-. 3 39 a
Example 3. If tan0 = ae find the value of 3sin@+4cos0, where 0 is acute.

Solution. C
Let (2A = 80.

Given. TL BG
iven tan® =—4 =—
= AB : 25

HG? = AB’ + BG; (Pythagoras theorem)

AC* =(24)' +7? = :
Trigonometrical Ratios
375

; 6 =
)s,SEES —
—— = =
AB
— _= 24
—_ ne 25° cose ac 625
: == Say
3x —7 Radiata SF
241 an 21+96_ 117r
3sin8—4cos80 cos ee
35 eee 4 17"f

Example 4. In triangle ABC, right angled at B, AC = 15 cm and tan A = *,calculate the

measures of
AB and BC.
Solution.

G iven : a BC
tan A a “are A

Let AB=3 xcm, BC=4x cm.

AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (Pythagoras theorem) 5 Sem

(15)? =(3x)? +(4x)’ nm
225 = 25x"
=> x =9 B 4x cm Cc
— x=3.
AB =3x%—=—3%5—9em. and BC =4y=4x«3=12cm.

Example 5. If cos6 = 2x >» find the values of sin® and tan@ interms ofx.
+x
Solution. Let ZA = 9.

3
Given rs
cos8 = a AB
= aes

AG = AB + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)

(14.27) =(2x)? + BC?

{toe ee = 4:7 HBG:
=" BC? =x* —2x’ +1

= BC? =(x?-1)
2

= BE=x -—1

sin® AC te tan0 =

Example 6. From the adjoining figure, find the value of

eae e: b ] 2
(i) COSX (ii) tan’ x —sec’ x (iii) siny (iv) SE ee
sin’ y
Solution.
In A ABD, AB’ = AD’ + BD” (By Pythagoras theorem)
AB? =3° +4’

AB=5.
376
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

InA BCD, BC’ =BD>+DC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)

(12) =47 + DC’
DC = J128
=82
(i) cose
AB 5
°F BD». 4 _ ABS
(ii) tank ==, SeCxX ==
2 5 2
2 2 ce ee __ [i
tan” x — sec x-(4) 3 B

16 25255. 9
o® ‘ 9 9 9 12
(iii) sinyoee ed
BG fei? i*S
a. tiny IE
DC 3/2 2/2 ta
2 A235 —>D
—tan 2 y= l l
=| —=)
|
=3=————=§—
7
sin’ y fly = 8 8 8
3

Example 7. If tan® = = find the value of eee sin®

8 cos®@—sin®
Solution.
Method
I:
Let ZA =8.

G iven tan® =
12,
We
— =
Oe
— Cc

AC* = AB’ + BC? (By Pythagoras theorem)

AC? =8 +(15)° 15 '7
AC*
= 644225
AC =47-
AB_ 8 BC.= 15
(0 Sea’ eld B= 8 = A

815)
cosUysin’
_ 17 17 _ Tyiepues= 32
cosQ=s0° 8 15 “Fae = 7
Aa | 17
Method II :

Given tan = ©.

cos8 + sin®@
cos0 =e (Divide numerator and denominator by cos@)
7 rigonometrical Ratios
377

cos8 + sin® ee a
_ cos®__c
cos® cos®
os® _ l+tan® _ +.
ee te
cos8_ sin® =1-tan0 fe a laa 7
cos8 cos® 8 8
Example 8. If 5sin@ = 4, find the value of 5¢¢9-/an9
sec0+tan0°
Solution. Given Ssin8 =4
, 4
a sin G==—5

al 2 sind 1—sin® pu4 1

sec0—tan® _ cos®@ cos®@ __cos@__I1-sin@_ | 5_5_1
sec0+tan® 1 , sin®~§ 1+-sin0 Pasig gd 9 195
cos8 cos® cos® ee

Example 9. If 3cor = 4, find the value of 5sin8+3cos0-

25/70 =3cos
Solution. Given 3cot@=4

—> +4
cata

5sin® —3cos0
(Divide the numerator and denominator by sin®@)
5sin8+3cos0
sin® cos® 4
2 end > sin@ __ 5-3cot® * 3... po 1
5 sin® , cos® 5+3cot® 5,5,4 5+4 9°
sin® sin® 3
Example 10. If tan8 + cot® =3, find tan’ 0+cot’ @.
Solution. Given tan8+cot8 =3
Square on both sides,
(tan® + cot 0)” =3°

tan’ @+2tan®@cot@+cot’ 6=9

tan’ 0+2+cot’0=9 ([Link]® = tan6 I -1)

tan®

tan’ 0+cot’ @=7.

Example 11. If tan A+ ? pe 4, find the value of

‘anA

(i) tan’ (=
tan’ A

(ii) tan’ A+- ete

3
tanA
l
Solution. Given tan A+~- =4
tan A
(i) Square on both sides,
2
1 | = 42
(«an 4+ 2
21-4)
 ss X
378
A Textbook of Mathematics for Cla

tan’ A+[Link] A. + =16

; tanA tan’A

tan’ A+2+ " =16

tan’ A

tan? A+—1t— = 14.

an A
(ii) Cube on both sides,
3
l 3
(«an 4+) =4

tan’ A+[Link]’ A. +3tan A. —+ : = 64

tan A tan A tan A

tan’ A+—* +3(tanA+ )=64

tan A tanA

tan A+ L +3x4=64
tanA

tan’ A+— — = 64-12 =52.

tanA

Suggested Questions

Question 1. If sin8 = ee find without using table, value of

10
cos8+tan®.
Solution. Let ZA = 0. Cc
|
Given 6.
S110’ = 10 oe
we

AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem) 6 iO

10° = AB’ +6"
AB=8.

cos® pas 8
AC = 10° ees
8 = FER =8 ia
8 5 i ~

cos + tang = 8 4 6 - 32430 _ 62 _31_, M1

10° 8 40 40 20 20°

Question 2. In a right angled triangle, it is given that angle A is an acute angle and that éan A = >
Without using tables find the values of (i) cos A (ii) sin A. C =
Solution.

Given tan A = 2. a
12. AB
AC’ = AB’ + BC’
2

(By Pythagoras theorem) IS

AC? =(12)' +5?

AC= 13.
Trigonometrical Ratios
379

AB _ 12 9 Bes
(i) cos A =
AC = 1B (ii) sin A el 7 — = C

Question 3. In the figure given along side, A ABC is right

angled at B. If AB = y units, BC = 3 units and CA = 5 units, find 5
(i) sinx’ (ii) y. 3
Solution.

(i) sinx’ = BC _3 Fe a
AC 5 A y B
(ij) AC’ = AB? + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)
5 =y' +3”
=> y=4 units.

Question 4. In a right angled triangle, it is given that the angle A is an acute angle and tan A=—.
Without using tables, find the value of (i) cos A (ii) cosecA~cot A.
Solution. ’

i
Given tan _3_
A= 7, BC
oa

AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)

AC’ = 4° +3” ) 3
AC=5
; cos 2A
(i) A= 1C 4S
75 : |

, ee
(ii) cosecA= BC 7 3’ cot A= BC 73 a a! A
=
. cosecA—cot ale 4_5=4
A=Re 373 Ie 1
a 3.
Question 5. In the adjoining figure, AABC is right angled at B, ABSC is right angled at S, and ABRS is
right angled at R, AB = 18 cm, BC= 7.5 cm, RS=5 cm, ZBSR= x’, ZSAB = y’ Cc

Find (i) tanx’ (ii) siny’ (iii) cosy . (Leave your

answer in fractions).
Solution.
AS ARS and ABC are similar
(By A.A.A. property)

AAR _
= RS >
— = = ARS > AR=ds 12cm
ABSUReGS AS. .7.5 A
-. RB=AB-AR=18-12=6cm. LOC
eee
InA ARS, AS’ = AR’ + RS°
(By Pythagoras theorem)
AS? =(12)
+5°
AS = 13 cm.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class Xx
380

(i) tanx® = ma 6
RS 5

(ii) siny° =A. =e

AS= 13

(iii) cosy° = Mee

As 13
Question 6. Using the measurements given in the figure along side.
(a) Find the value of (i) sing (ii) tan®.
(b) Write and expression for AD in terms of 0.
Solution. Construction: Draw DE perpendicular to AB.
BCDE is a rectangle.
CD = BE=5 (Opposite sides of rectangle)
BC =ED=12 (Opposite sides of rectangle)
and AE = AB— EB= 14-5=9.
pena:
4 tan® abe
(ii) =~ = 12-4
Cae

16 2. ap
(b) sin® =F =

cos® AES
Fine a=

ti = 12 9
sin® cos®

Question 7. For any angle 9, state the value of sin 0+cos 0.

Solution. Let ABC is a right angled triangle, in which 7B = 90°. C
Let 2A =0.
2

sin® = ma sin’ 0 = eo
(AC)
cos0 _= AB
a cos’.0
2
= : A B
(AC)

(ey (Ac (acy ee

( BC’ + AB’ = AC’ by Pythagoras theorem)
For any angle 6,
yee | 2
sin 0+cos 0=1.,
Trigonometrical Ratios
381

Question 8. If sin6 = 2,and @ is acute angle find (i) cos@ (ii) tanO.

Solution. C
Given =. BC
sin §===——
ao a6

AC’ = AB’ +BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem) 3

5° = AB’ +3”
AB=4.
;
(7) cos SeAB
AC — _4
75 : BC
(ii) tan® Re Sou 4
ye B

Question 9. In A ABC, AB = AC = 15 cm, BC = 18 cm. Find

cos ZABC. A
Solution. Construction: Draw AD 1 BC.
BD= DC=9 cm
(In an isosceles triangle | bisects the base) I5em Sem
InAABD, cosZABD= BE
iT ® 223
ae

cos ZABC =wo5" B ra

D C
2 acer ==: 18 cm ——————_ >

Question 10. Given sin8 = a find cos8+sin® in terms of p and q.

Solution. Let ZC = 9.

)
Given mp
sind =— AB
= AC

AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)

q p + BC? q p

BC=\q -p
—
BC
cos8 = te
_Vq95 -P. >
Be ie <
sin®
7
pF
=—_— ¢ 42 = pe : -;
B

ae D_ lq? =p? +p
cos8+ sin8 = Maer P
q q q

Question 11. If tan6 = , find without using tables, the value

of sin8+cos® (both sin® and cos@ are positive).
Solution. Let ZA = 9.
M
tan9 eS
= mey A ;
Given

AC? = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)

AC? =3° +4
AG=5.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
382

sin@ =
BCa=)
OA cos8 _=AB _35

A = 8. At 3. an 2
sin8+cos®
] =— 5 + 5 5 5
ee 5
&
Question 12. If sin® = “ 9 is less than 90°, find the value of cos6 + tan®.

Solution. Let ZA= 0.

)
Given Wee ae
sin® = in

AC? = AB’ + BC’

(13) = AB’ +(12)
2 ee 2 2
- = =
AB=5

Be
cos§ = AC 7 13? tan® wae
ae 12
Ss

cos® + tan® =~Agia

5
+ 5 254 ibe asl = 5255:
@Semeares 51
Question 13. If 6 is an acute angle and sin® = cos, find the value of 2tan’ 0+ sin’ 0-1.
Solution. Let ZA =9
Given sin8 =cos®

— |
sin® _
cos®

= ian@ = ta
AB
AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)
AC’ = Tarde
AC = V2
BC 1
AC
sin® = —= = —.,,
Tg tan®8
=1
A
2

2a? +sin'0-1=2314[ +) -1=2+

J2
Question 14. If6 is an acute angle and tan0 = a
15° find the value of sin®.
Solution. Let ZA = 0. S
Given

AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem) \7 8

AC’ =(15)° +(8)’
AC =17 2
7. Boe
sin® = Aaa A I5 :B
Trigonometrical Ratios
383

Question 15. If sin@ = a and 0 is less than 90°, find the value of tan@ + l
cos®° C
Solution. Let 2A = 60.

G iven sin® = a§.

ss Ts
ARG
Ge

AC’ = AB’ +BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem) 13 5

(13)
= 4B? +5?
AB= 12. LO a
tang = BC . 5 soc@ = eee A 12 B
AB. X= AC ©A3
mit oe Be co S38 3 = 14
cos@,. d2 mt? 12 2 12 Oe ales
13
; i —3cos0 5 sin®8
Question 16. If Stan6 = 4, find the value of ————————~—..
5sin8+2cos0
Solution.
Given S5tan8 =4,
4
=> tan® = =5

sin® _ ,cos® 5x 4 a
SsimQa aces _~-cos@ _ éas@ _ Stan0-3 25 *)_ 4-34
5sin8+2cos8 5 sin8 7 cos Stan8 +2 Stan 6442.08
cos® ~~ cos® 5
(Divide numerator and denominator by cos@)

|
Question 17. In the adjoining figure, ZABC = 90°, ZCAB = x’, tanx = r| and BC = 15 cm. Find the
measures of AB and AC. A

Solution. Given tanx° 3 _ BC x?

4 AB
Let AB=4xcm and
BC =3x cm.
But, Given BC = 15 cm
3x=15cm
x=5
Cc B
AB=4x=4x5=20cm.
AC? = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)

AC? =(20)° +(15)”

= 25 cm.
AC ’. AB=20 cm
AC =25 cm.
5sin A-—2cosA
e without using tables
Question 18. Given A is an acute angle and 13 sin A =5, evaluat tan A
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
384

A =5
13sin C
Solution. Given

ST eo
13 BE
AC

AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem) =

(13) =AB’+S 5
AB = 12.
; A 13” 5 cos AB _ 12
AC 13° (9
BCS
AB 12 ; = 4
sin = SS A=—=—

52s 25824
isin Aa Dee AG Ta I 1 ee 12" 12°
tan A 5, ee 13 “2 13" S 3 Gs"
12 12
sin A+cosA
Question 19. Given Scos A —12 sin A = 0, evaluate without using tables Tee aS E

Solution. Given Scos A-—12sinA=0 10 9indoScos A

cosA 12
sinA
sinA+cosA _ cosA
ey eae 5 ~_sin
sind (Dividing numerator and denominator by cos A)
cos A
mets
223 2 ee,
7 iy 19:08
12

Exercises
I. In the adjoining diagrams ZB is a right angle. Find all the trigonometrical ratios of ZA and ZC.

(1) € A (ii) (iii)

is

vl -_ : ~~
A 4 B B 8 Cc B l2 C
2. A triangle ABC is right angled at 7B. AB 24 cm, BC = 7 cm. Find the hypotenuse and sin A.
cos A, tanC. A
3. In the adjoining diagram find out the following cases
are true
or false.
. BC
(i) tan®O
t ——

(ii) secO= ae.

Trigonometrical Ratios
385
4. Answer true or false :
Ina “i right angled at B, the ratio AB :BC is same as the ratio of sin A : cos A.

5. If tan®= 3, find without using tables sin ®—cos@, where 0 is acute.

on If tan = é without using tables find (i) sin’? 6+cos’ @ (ii) sec’ @-tan’ 0.
7. In A ABC,AB = AC = 13 cm, BC= 10 cm, find cos ZABC.
ye In the figure given along side, A ABC is right angled at
4B. IfAB=
cm, 9
AC= 41 cm and BC=y cm, find >
®y
(ii) sin A
(iii) tan A b,* 9cm
(iv) sinA+cosA.

€ y cm
9. If cos6 = 0.8, find the value of 3 sin® —4 tan®O.

10. If13cos
A =12, find (i) sinA (ii) cosec A-tanA (iii) cosec? A—cot’ A.
11. In the figure given along side, find
(i) tan®
(ii) sing
(iii) sin@-—cosd. \1
@

12. If sin@ +cosec 0 = 3, find the value of sin’ 0 +cosec’ 0.

33: If cos +—1~ = 4, find the value of cos’ 0 + a ;
cos® cos 9
sinA+cosA
14. Given tan A=
3° find sin A-—cosA~
ee. 5sin A—cosA
O97
15. If sinA =s find the value of a

5sin8 —2cos0
16. If tan8 = e.8 is acute, then find the value of Fone ea

17 5sin8—2cos9
17. If secO = 1s” find the value of <a 3cos0

4cos0-—4 sin®
-
18. If cosec8 = %, find the value of AREAL A <inA
386 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

l , ‘, 5
a 5 e467) 1 GD ip 13

| BO sin2 cay eee9.

40 cm (ii) 41 (iii) 9 (iv) A]
8. (i) It RC
10. (i) 13 (i) 20 (iii)1

~ 8. Seen 1d
11. (i) 5 (ii) 5 (iil) — 3% 12,7 13. 14

14. 7 ioe.
he 15
 Chapter 18

Trigonometrical Ratios of 45°

Let ABC be a right angled isosceles triangle with the right angle at 7B. Then ZA = ZC = 45°.
Let AB = BC = x units.
Then AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem)
2 2 2
AG =z: +x
AC? =2x’
AGS Px
: ° ]
sin45 =—— = ——
a) /2
° ]
cos45 =—~— = ——=
By {2
tan4S° = = =]
x

cosec45° = m2 =e

sec45 =22 -

cot4s =~ =1
Bp

Trigonometrical Ratios of 30° and 60°

Let ABC be an equilateral triangle with each of its equal sides having length x units. oy angle of the
equilateral triangle is 60°. Draw AD | to BC, which bisects BC.
In A ABD, AB’ = BD’ + AD (By Pythagoras theorem)
 388 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

ale x
sin60° = 2 a
x

x
cos 60 22
x

Asie:
tan60° = = = V3

cosec60° = 2
~~ x ===
3.0 wes
2

sec 60 ag

2:
x
3 DD ]
cot60° = —£— = —_
13.
D) aC
a3
x
sin30 ae
mea anea|

ae v3. eee
cos30 = = —
x Z

x
3 -) l
Bs
tan30° = = —

gesees 0" = Aa

wecs0: = —2 2 2)
v3. V3
2

nS
cor30° = -2_— = a
Z

Trigonometrical Ratios
of 0°
In triangle ABC, right angled at
ZB, if angle ZA approache
Then AC = AB and ZCAB s to 0°, then the point C
= 0° and BC = length ten coincides with B.
ds to zero,
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
389

BC _ tends to zero _=0

sinQ® = —= =
AC AC
> AB _ re 4
cos0 oT! CAC= AB)
C
. . BC _ tends to zero
tan’ = — = ——_— =
heleey AB 0
cosecQ° = ee ae ean
tends to zero

sec Ooey =-4

(a =
AB ]

A B
tanQ°® == AB
——————_ = ©

tends to zero

Trigonometrical Ratios of 90°

In triangle ABC, right angled at 2B, if ZA approaches to 90°, then the point A coincides with B and
then
AC = BC and AB = length tends to zero Cc
n90° ==)
in BC hae
(-- BC = AC)
- _.4B _ tends to zero _
cos90 = amd tC =0

os pena BC é
a en aden verb 1
cosec90 + _= AGS
AB l

ao = aie zero %
tends to zero
A B
cot 90 See BC

The standard angles can be easily remembered with the help of the following table:
 ss X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Cla
390

Evaluation of t-Ratios of the Standard Angles

Illustrative Examples
30° + tan’ 45°.
Example 1. Without using mathematical tables find the value of cos’ 30° + sin’
Salufion. cos’ 30° +sin' 30° + tan’ 45°

Example 2. Find the value of sin30° cos60° —2tan30° tan60 +2sin90.

Solution. _ sin30° cos60° —2tan30° tan60° +2 sin90°
x5 H 2K x 34+2xI1
V3

Example 3. Without using tables, find the value of 3(tan’ 30° + sec’ 30° - 2(sin?45° + sec’ 45° ).
Solution. —3(tan” 30° + sec? 30" ~2( sin? 45° + sec? 45° )

3) 8) a) 7

Example 4. Find the value of cos90° + sin’ 45° cos60° tan45°.

Solution. —_cos90° + sin’ 45° cos60° tan45°
2
] l ]
= 0+]
(J. Globe
— = =—

Example 5. Evaluate 2cos60° +2 sin90° —3cos0°

31an30° tan60°
2cos60° +2sin90° —3cos0°
Solution.
3tan30° tan60°
]
2x hi aha

l
3x x /3
V3
Example 6. If 6 = 30", verify the following
(1) sin20=2sinO0cos0 (ji) cos20 = cos’ 0-sin’®@.
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
39]

Solution. Given 0 = 30°

(i) LHS = sin20 = sin2 x 30° = sin60° = 33

RHS = 2 sin8cos0

= 2sin30° cos30° Sg hele iS.

1 Sri. 2
. LHS =RHS.

(ii) LHS = cos20 = cos2 x 30° = cos60° = +

RHS =cos’ 0-sin’ 0

7 ° - 2 °
=cos 30 —sin 30

.. LHS=RHS.

Example 7. If 6 = 30’, verify the following

(i) cos20 =2cos’ 0-1
2 tan
(ii) tan20 = ;
1-tan’ 0
Solution. Given 9 = 30°.

(i) LHS =cos20 = cos2 x 30° = cos60° =

.. LHS
= RHS.

(i?) LHS = tan20 = tan2 x 30° = tan60° = 3

7x! 20
_ 2ian®.. 21an30° aie 2)
RES eg 1-tan' as
l1-tan’® 30
pee
1 fae
1-—| — 3
5)

D0
=3 ge
3Se gs)
Se

., L.H.S =[Link].

Example 8. If 6 = 60°. Prove the following identities

(i) cosec’@ — cot” @=1 (ii) sec’ @- tan’ 0 =1.
Solution. Given 9 = 60’.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for C lassX
392

,
(i) LHS = cosec’0-cot @=1= cosec’ 60° —cot’ 60°

Came co
o(-2.) _( 1 eh 4-0
2 2

Hence proved.
(ii) LHS = sec’ @-tan’ 0
= sec’ 60° — tan’ 60°
= (2) -(V3) =4-3=1=RHS
Hence proved.

Example 9. If 6 = 30, prove the following

(i) sin30 = 3 sinO—- Asin’ ®
(ii) cos30 = 4cos 0 —3cos®
Solution. Given 9 =30°.
(i) LHS = sin30 = sin3 x 30° = sin90 =1

RHS = 3sin@—4sin’ 0=3sin30° —4sin 30° = 3x3-4x(5)

.. LHS = RHS. Hence proved.

(ii) LHS = cos30 = cos3 x 30° = cos90° = 0
RHS = 4cos’ 0 —3cos®
= 4cos’ 30° —3co0s30°

pe

2 oa
.. LHS = RHS. Hence proved.

Example 10. If 9 = 60’, prove the following identities

(i) (1~cos” a)(1 + tan” 0)= tan’ ®

(ii) 2sin’° @-1=1--2cos’@.

Solution. Given 0 = 60°,
(i) LHS =(1~cos? 6)(1+2an’ 6)
= (1—cos? 60° )(1+ tan? 60°)

bar]
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
393

(Ing )ia)= pads

RHS = tan’ @ = tan’ 60° = (V3) =3
*. LHS = RHS. Hence proved.
(ii) LHS =2sin° @-1=2sin’ 60° -1
2

of ¥3 eenSy. t
2 4 2
2

RHS =1-—2cos?
0 = 1—2cos’ 60° = 1-2x()

‘. LHS = RHS. Hence proved.

Example 11. If A= 60° and B =30°, prove the following
(i) sin( A+B) =sinAcosB+cos AsinB
(ii) cos( A— B) = cos Acos B+ sin AsinB
; tan A—t
(iii)
tan A—tanB
anb-
an( A - B)= 1+ta
n AtanB™
Solution. Given A=60° and B =30°.
(i) sin( A+ B) = sin Acos B+cos AsinB

LHS = sin( A+B) = sin 60°+ 30°) = sin90 =1

RHS = sin AcosB+cos AsinB

sin60 cos30 +cos60 sin30

BOB 2a
a +5%5> eRe a
*. LHS = RHS. Hence proved.
(ii) cos( A- B) =cos AcosB+sin AsinB

LHS = cos( A- B) = cos(60" - 30°) ='c0s30"= y|S

RHS =cos Acos B+ sin Asin B = cos60 cos30 +sin60' sin30°

slip ng} 3 dal 2d
Z Z 4 oo 3
-. LHS = RHS. an ae
a?
(iii) LHS= tan( A- B) = tan(60’ — 30° )= 1an30" BS
J3-
ays - fanA=tanB _ tan60" -tan30° ____V3_
~ 1+tanAtanB |}+ ¢tan60° tan30 L413 x
 s for Class X
A Textbook of Mathematic
me

-- LHS = RHS. Hence proved.

Example. 12. If 9 = 45°, prove the following identities

(i) sin20 =2sinOcos®
(ii) cos20 = 1-2sin’ 0.
Solution. Given 8 = 45°
(i) LHS = sin20 = sin2x 45° = sin90° = 1
RHS =2sin@cos@ =2sin45 cos45

.. LHS = RHS. Hence proved.

(ii) LHS = cos20 = cos2 x 45° = cos90° =0
2
RHS =1-2sin’
0=1-2sin’ 45° -1-2x(+5]
2:
air— 2X,pie 1-1=0
=)

.. LHS = RHS. Hence proved.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Without using mathematical tables, find the value of cos’ 30° + sin30° + tan’ 45°.
2

Soluuome ~cos’ 30° + sinsix30+ tan?

an 45°—| 2
5 52, +(1)
(1)? <34+5t! 27°

Question 2. Without using mathematical tables. find the value of

4(sin* 30° +cos* 60" )—3(cos? 45° - sin? 90° ).

Solution. a(sin’ 30° + cos* 60° ~ 3(cos? 45° — sin’ 90°)

Question 3. Find the value of 7 sin30° cos60’.

Solution. 7sin30 cos60 =7x 1 ches ek 12

) ae ae 4°
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
395

Question 4. Evaluate without using tables sin30'—

sin90° +2cos0°
tan30° x tan60°
sae w act gale 2 5 -1+2x!
Solution, S20 asint +aco
tan30° x tan60 as} 2

Question 5. Find the value of 3 sin’ 45° +2 cos’ 60°.

Solution. 3sin’ 45° +2cos* 60°
2

3 1
(45)
SS - 2 —
eae
«(3) besa +>eis a
a tex—=—-+-—=
= —

Question 6. Prove that sin60° = 2 sin30° cos30°

Solution. LHS = sin60° = v3

=
RHS = 2sin30° cos30° =2 x 3M3 =
LHS = RHS. Hence proved.
Question 7. Find the value of
(i) cos’ 45° + sin’ 60° + sin’ 30°
(ii) sin’ 30° +cos’ 60°
Solution.
(i) cos’ 45° + sin’ 60° + sin’ 30°

(ii) sin’ 30° + cos’ 60°

Ce erases
menveys ) co. Ormeet

Question 8. If x = 30°, without using tables, verify that tan2x = uae

—tan x
Solution. Given x = 30°
LHS = tan2x = tan2 x 30° = taan60° = V3
2x 4.
z Se Qianw Ve Ztans0’ ioe, 23
Sats eae 1—tan?x 1-tan* 30° my oe 1-1
3

(2ans
ae ee J3

| ° ° ey? °
=cos’ 30° - sin’ 30°.
Question 9. Without using tables, verify cos60°
 X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class
396

Solution. LHS =cos60° =

Nl—

2 2
5 l 3. ta
RHS = cos’ 30 ~ sin’ 30 -(4) -(3] may aera:

LHS = RHS. Hence proved.

sin’ 45° oe 45°

Question 10. Without using tables, find the value of
tan’ 60°
Ne, ° 2 °
sin 45 +cos 45
Solution. —
tan 60

= (is) Ga) bd
;l

(J3]
:
l
el te
=
ipl

3
=
3

Question 11. Find the value of cos90° + cos’ 45° sin30° tan 45’.

Solution. _cos90° +.cos’ 45° sin30° tan45° _ gates )(F)=4

6 .
Question. 12. Find the value of —————
cull —31an30 +5cos90.
cos 45°

Solution. adue —3tan30 +5cos90°

cos’ 45°

=
13
2
(4) -—3
]
ame
—+5
SESo ae
° SS5 x7 7N3 ==V3_-V3 —=0.

1p) |
Question 13. Without using tables, find the value of sii 30 cos 45 +4tari 30 +5sink90 —2c0s90 +

fhlte
Solution. sin’ 30° cos’ 45° +4 tan’ 30° +3 sin’ 90° —2cos90° re

(La)
24

St | a
m3 9 aoe
= 2+32+12+1_ 48 _
24 am
Question 14, Find the value of sin’ 45° cos’ 30° sin? 90° cos60°.
2 2
Solution. sin’ 45° cos’ 30° sin 90° cos60° = (| (33 (1)*(
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
397

Question 15. Without using tables, find the value of (cos +sin45 +sin30 \(sinoor
~cos45 +cos60 )
Solution. (cos0 +sin4S +sin30 )(sin90 —cos45 +cos60

Question 16. Without using tables, evaluate 2/2 cos45° cos60° +2V/3 sin30° tan60° —cos0"
Solution. 22 cos45° cos60° + 2/3 sin30° tan60° —cos0"
-2VA{ 4.\(4)+203()\v3)-1
=1]+3-—l=3.

Question 17. Without using tables, find the value of

¥tan’ BO; 4 sin? 60 dees 60+ 3tan’ 60° 2 tan’ 45°.

2 2
: At J 3 1 : 3 2 2
Solution. 4(+) (3 -(5) +3 (V3) 31)

Be I a RSE
gePe ayWen ea
_4, 9 ge l6+l~ 25
-o' go 36 36°
Trigonometric Equations
A trigonometrical equation is an equation involving the trigonometric function or functions of unknown
angles, e.g. sin® = x tan8 =1 etc.

A solution of a trigonometric equation is a value of the unknown angle that satisfies the equation and
the solution lying between 0° and 90°.
Note : As the angle increases from 0° to 90°,
(i) the value of sin increases from 0 to 1.
(ii) the value of cos decreases from | to 0.
(iii) the value of tan increases from 0 to «.
Let ZA =8,
then ZC =90° - 0
Let AB = a, BC = b then

AC =Va +b (By Pythagoras theorem)

 ss X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Cla
398
- b
sin(90° _@) ae ee cos(90 _9) a
a+b a +b
b
cos0= ee : sin8 = : 5
a+b a +b
-. Whatever be the measure of angle 9 , we get
(i) sin(90° - 0]= cos® (ii) cos(90° — 0)= sin®

(iii) tan(90° - 6)= cor (iv) cot(90° -@) = rand

(v) sec(90" - 9)= cosecO (vi) cosec(90° - e)= secO

Example.
(i) If 8= 60°, then sin(90 - 60") = sin30 = + and cos60° = 5

sin(90° — 60° )= cos60°

=> sin30° =cos60 =5

(ii) If 8= 45°, then sin(90° - 45°] = cos45°

=> sin45_=cos45 =——.

. ° ° 1

ND)
Itlustrative Examples
Example 1. Find 6 for the following equations where 0 <0 < 90’.

(i) tan8 = a (ii) sec8 =2 (iii) sin20 = >

Solution.

(i) tan0 = V3 (ii) sec@ =2 (iii) sin20 = 5

= tan® = tan60" => sec® = sec60° => sin20 = sin30°
=> 0=60° => 6=60° => 20 =30°

=> 62":
Example 2. If 2 sin@ —1=0, find the value of @ in degrees, where 0 is an acute angle.
Solution. Given 2sin8-1=0
eet l
sin >

=> sin® = sin30°

=> 6=30.

Example 3. If 4sin’ 0 = 3, 0 is less than 90°, find the value of 6, without using tables.
Solution. Given 4sin’ 0 =3
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
399

a oe
sin 0= 4

sin0 = ve (Take +ve value as 0 is acute) \

=> sin® = sin60°
=> 6 = 60’.
Example 4. From the adjoining figure find x°.

Solution. — sinx = v3
¢ 2
=> sinx =sin60
= x =60.

<2 ad

Example 5. If 0° < x < 90’, find the numerical value of x for which 4cos’ x —1=0 and hence find the
value of (7) tanx (ii) sec’ x—tan’ x.
Solution. Given 4cos’ x-1=0

cos x= 1
4

cosx = 5 (Take +ve value as x is acute)

= cos x =cos60
= x = 60°.

(i) tanx = tan60° = V3

Z
(ii) sec’ x—tan x = sec’ 60° —tan’ 60° = (2) _(J3) =4-3=1.

Example 6. Find 9 for the following equations where 0° <0 < 90’.
(i) cosec0 = J2 (ii) V3 cot0 =1 (iii)tan30 = 1.
Solution.
(i) cosec0 = /2
=> cosec® = cosec45°
=; §@=45°
(ii) J3cot® =
— cot8 = A,

— cot ® =cot60"
= 6 =60
 X
A Textbook of Mathematics for C lass

tan30 = |

tan30 = tan45
30 =45

p= 4 ae

Example 7. Find @ for the following equations where 0 <6<90

(i) cos38 = 7 (ii) 2sin20 = 13 (iii) tan20 = ‘oe
apt

Solution.
l
() cos 30 = eo

cos30 =cos45°
30 =45°
Sey
2 sin20 = V3

sin20 = sin60
20 = 60°

6 = 30

tan280 = alts
V3
tan20 = tan30°
20 = 30°
B= loi

Example 8. If tan0 = cot®, and 0° <8 < 90’, find the value of 6 and hence find
(i) sin® (ii) sin’ 0+cos’ @.
Solution. Given tan® = cot®
= tan® = a5

=> tan’ 0 =1
=> tan® = 1 (Take +ve value as 0 is acute)
—> tan® = tan45
— §@=45°

(i) sin@ = sina’ = —L

V2
;

, pe 2 re? s 2 ~
(ii) sin 04+cos @=-sin’ 45 +cos 45
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
401

2 2 ?
l l
Sete ae ee | ee
ee| ee
(F (5 22
Example 9. Solve the following equations for 8, where 0° <0 < 90’.
(i) (2sin0- 1)(tane - 3) =0

(ii) cos20(2cos@-1)=0.
Solution.

(+) ([Link]® —1)(tan@ - V3) =0

— 2sin0-1=0 tano -/3 =0

— sin8 = 5 : tan0 = V3

= sin® = sin30° : tan® = tan60

=> 6 =30° : , 6 =60°

*. 8=30 or 60
(ii) cos20(2cos®-1)=0
= cos20=0 : 2cos8-1=0

= cos28 = cos90° : cos8 = ;

=> 20 =90° : cos® =cos60°

=> @=45° : 6 =60°
~. 6=45° or 60°.

Example 10. If sin20 = cos30, find sin5@.

Solution. Given sin28 = cos38

=> sin20 = sin(90° ~ 30) fs sinl90° - @)= cos

= 20 = 90° -30
=> 50 = 90°
sin5@=sin90 =1. |

Suggested Questions
Question 1. If 0° < x < 90’, state the numerical value for which sin x’ =cosx
Solution. Given sinx =cosx

=> one
sinx
|
cosx
= tanx =1

=> tanx =tan45

— x = 45°.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
4 02
the value of
Question 2. If 4sin? 0-1=0 angle 0 is less than 90°, find the value of 8 and hence
cos 0+ tan’ 0.
Solution.

Given Asin’? 0-1=0

= sin’ Q= 1

=> sin® = 4 (Take +ve value as 6 is acute)

=> sin® = sin30°

= 6 = 30°
cos’ 0 + tan’ @ = cos’ 30° +tan’ 30°

_(J3) , (2a 3.1 _ oeaine 1

2

a) ii. 43° «(eee a2

Question 3. Given f(x°) =3-—2sin’ x°, evaluate f (30°).
Solution. f(x’) =3=2Zsin? x°
f (30°) = 3-2 sin? 30°

£(30")=3-2x(4)

{GC o) )=3
= eee 2x7 525.
1

Exercises
Evaluate the following without using tables:
2 tan60
I.
1-tan’ 60°
2. sin30 cos60° +cos60° sin30°

3 sin’ 60° +cos* 30°

sin’ 45°
4. sin’ 60° +cos’ 30° +tan’ 30° sin90° +2.c0s90°

5 sin’ 60° — cos’ 60°

+ tan45-
sin’ 30° +cos’ 30°
4
6. =tan’ 60° - ° 2
~2 3 an"2 30 °
5 sin 30° 4

7, sin’ 60" +cos’45°__

tan 60° —sin90° cos90°
g sin’ 30° + tan’ 30°
sin’ 30° + tan’ 60°
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
403

9. cos30° tan60° + sin60° tan30°

(sin? 45° +cos’ 30° (cos? 45° + sin 60°)

. If 2cosx—1=0, find the value of x, if x is acute and also find (i) sinx (ii) tanx.

_ If tan’ 0-3 =0, 0 < 90’, find (i) 8 (ii) sin® (iii) cos®.

_ If 3tan’ 9@—1=0, 0° <@< 90" find (i) 0 (ii) cos20.

. If sin2® = cos46, hence find (i) 8 (ii) tan30 (iii) sin? 20+ cos? 40.
. From the adjoining diagram calculate the value of (i) cos® (ii) 0.
Hence show that 2
=tan’ O= 1.
cos 8

. In the adjoining diagram BC = AB = | unit and AC = V2 units, >

ZACB =, find (i) sin® (ii) ®, 0 is acute (iii) tan9.

Answers

chet Fae A 35:3 40355

59
17 Ve
5
rp) 8
2
39 9°72

60° (i). _ (ii). V3

(i) 60° (ii) (iit) ,

(i) 30° (ii) s

Gris: Gp" 1 (iii) 5

1S:

16. yee= Gi) 457 Gil) |1.

 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
404

Trigonometrical Ratios of Any Angle

Use of Trigonometrical Tables

are given to four places of
The approximate values of sine, cosine and tangent of all acute angles
natural cosines’, and natural
decimals in the trigonometrical tables. They are titled as ‘natural sines’,
nt from the standard ones i.e.
tangents’. The table help us to solve right triangles which have angles differe
30°, 45°, 60°.
A degree is subdivided into 60 equal parts. Each part is called a minute. Again a minute is subdivided
into 60 equal parts. Each equal part is called a second.
1 degree = 60 minutes or 60’.
1 minute = 60 seconds or 60".
The table consists of 3 parts:
(i) The first column on the extreme left contains 0° to 90°.
(ii) Next, there are 10 columns at the interval of 6’ headed by 0’, 6’, 12’, 18’, 24’, 30’, 36’, 42’, 48’,
54’.
(iii) After this there are 5 more columns headed by 1’, 2’, 3’. 4’, 5’ known as mean differences.

Use of Sine Tables

To find the value of sin27’, first locate 27 in the first column (degree column). As 27° is a whole
degree (having 0’) proceed horizontally along 27° and read the value of 27°0’. The value is 0.4540.
. This means sin27° = 0.4540
For finding sin 44°36’ ,first locate 44 in the first column and then proceed horizontally along 44 and
read the value under 36’. The value is 0.7022.
”. sin44°36’ = 0.7022
To find sin 56°38’ , first locate 56 in the first column and then proceed horizontally along 56 and note
the value under column 38’. Then find the value under 2' in the mean differences column along the same
horizontal line. Then add two values.
sin56 36’ = 0.8348
+ pad = + 3

sin 56 38’ = 0.8351

sin56°38' = 0.8351.

Cosine Tables
Follow the same procedure but when using the mean differences table, subtract the
mean differences,
because, as § increases, the value of cos@ decreases.
(i) cos36°29'
cos36 24' = 0.8049
+ FJ wc 8

c0s36'29' = 0.8041
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles 405

Tangents Tables
me i amg as in natural sine, i.e. add the mean differences when required to refer
to

(i) tan5S4°52'
tan54°48' = 1.418 cones ee
+2 =+ 3
tan54°52'= 1.421
“shee” “rep C42.

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the value of the following.
(i) sin33°25' (ii) sin72°20' (iii) cos42°17'
(iv) cos6514' (v) tan81°4' (vi) tan54°37'.
Solution.
(i) sin33°25' = 0.5507 (ii) sin72°20' = 0.9529
(iii) cos42°17' = 0.7398 (iv) cos65'14' = 0.4190
(v) tan81°4' = 6.36 (vi) tan54°37' = 1.408.
Example 2. Use the table to find the acute angle 0
(i) sin®8 = 0.8608 (ii) sin® = 0.4879
(iii) cos® = 0.9363 (iv) cos® = 0.1575
(v) tan® = 0.8234 (vi) tan® = 2.5241.
Solution.
(i) sin® = 0.8608 (ii) sin8 = 0.4879
6 = 59°25’ 6 =29-12’
(iil) cos8 =0.9363 (iv) cos8 = 0.1575
6 = 20°34’ 6 = 80°58’
(v) tan® = 0.8234 (vi) tan® = 2.5241
8 = 39°28’ 6 = 68 23’.

Example 3. If x = sin20°25' + cos25°20' — tan40 45’, find x.

Solution. x = sin20°25' +.cos25°20' — tan40°45'
x = 0.3489
+ 0.9038 — 0.8616
x=O398rE

Example 4. If x = 4.sin50°12' —2cos82°12' + 3tan75 20’, find x.

Solution. x =4sin50°12' —2cos82°12' +3tan75 20’
x =4x 0.7683 —2 x 0.1357 +3 x 3.821
x = 3.0732 —0.2714+11.463
x = 14.2648.
 ss X
A Textbook ofMathematics for Cla
406

Example 5. If cos® =0.7918, find 9.

Solution. cos0 =0.7918
@=37 39’.

Example 6. If can@ = 1.251, find 0.

Solution. tan9 = 1.25]
Ose123'.

Example 7. If tan9 = 7 find 6.

Solution. tan®8 = 4

tan8 =0.2
§=1119'.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Use tables to find the measure of 8, when
(i) tan8 = 0.2679.
(ii) Find the value of 2 sin® —cos® when 0 = 35°
Solution.
(i) tan9 = 0.2679
= o=15-
(ii) 2sin8 —cos® =2sin35 —cos35
=2 x0.5736—0.8192
= 1.1472 —0.8192 = 0.3280.
Question 2. If sinx = 0.67, find the value of (7) cosx° (ii) cosx' +tanx .
Solution. sinx =0.67
> x =A2-4i
(i) cosx’ =cos42°4' = 0.7423
(ii) cosx +tanx’ =cos42°4' +tan42°4'
= 0.7423 + 0.9025
= 1.6448.
Question 3. Using trigonometric table, find the measure of angle A when sin A = 0.1822.
Solution. sin A=0.1822
=> A =10°30’.
Trigonometrical Ratios of Standard Angles
407

Exercises
Use trigonometrical tables to find the values of the following;—
1. (d sin74°18' (ii) sin25°24' (iii) cos17°42'
(iv) cos20°24' (v) tan31°54' (vi) tan65 41’.
2. If tan® = 0.2679, find 0.
3. If sin® = 0.8241, find 6.

os . If cos8 = 0.7647, find 0.

5. If sin® = 0.8336, find 0.

Answers

l. (i) 0.9627 (ii) 0.4289 (iii) 0.9527 (iv) 0.9373 (v) 0.6224 (vi) 2.2130
ts? 3. 55°30’ 4. 40° 7' 5. 56°28’.

M
6856
[Link].M's (Bifurcated)
Fligh School Library
Barcalore ~ S60 G42.
 Chapter 19

Solution of Right-Angled Triangles

A triangle has three sides and three angles, called the six elements of a triangle. If three elements of a
triangle are given, one of which must be a side, then the remaining elements can be calculated. This is
known as “solving a triangle.”
To solve a right angled triangle:
One angle of a triangle is a right angle, hence, right angled triangle can be solved if
(i) one angle and one side are given or
(ii) two sides are given.

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. In the figure given, find x° and y° and side PR.
Solution. In right angled A POR,

sinx = oR gO

sinx =0.9
= x =64°9'
* =90° —64°9’ Co x +y S390)
y =25°51'
tany a Te

fan25°51' = ‘e
=> PR=9x tan25'51'
=> PR=9x 0.4845
= PR= 4.3605.

Example 2. In the adjoining figure 4B = 20 m, ZDAB = 30°, ZCAD

= 30° and ZB = 90° Find BD
and CD.
Solution. In right angled triangle ABD,
Solution of Right —Angled Triangles
409

tan30° = BD _ BD
AB 20
BD = 20x tan30°

BD =20x—1_ ~ 20V3 _ 20x1.732

3 3
In right angled triangle ABC,

tan60° = BC _ BC
AB 20
BC = 20x tan60° = 20x V3 = 20x 1.732 == 34.64m.
CD = BC - BD Ze
=> CD = (34.64 -11.55) m= 23.09 m A 20m
— CD = 23.1m.
Example 3. Find x and y in the adjoining diagram.
Solution. in right angled A ABC,

tan60° =75

x =10tan60° = 10x
J3 = 10x 1.732
SS x = 17.32 cm
In right angled
A DCB,

tan70 -_= BC
BD _ BD
10

BD =10xtan70° =10x2.747
BD = 27.47 cm
y = BD-x =(27.47-17.32)cm
y= 10.15 cm.
Example 4. In the following diagram find x and y.
Solution. ZAED = 60° (Corresponding Z°,*» DE|| BC and AC is the transversal)
In right angled A AED,

cos60 = 15
a5

a 126
gee
= x=30cm
In right angled A EFC,
tan60 -_= FC
EF _ FC
30
roa = 30,_ 3093 — 9/3 = 101.732
tan6o V3
FC = 17.32 cm.
410 A Texthook of Mathematics for Class X

In right angled triangle DAG,

ZDBG = 30° (By A property)

tan30 DG amBG
. = BG
—2°— = 3013 =30x1.73
BG =tan30° 2
=51.96
BG = 51.96
cm
m= bG + GF +FC
y = (51.96 +30+17.32)cm
y = 99.28 cm.
Example 5. From a point A, which is 52 cm
from the centre O of a circle of radius 25 cm a
line ABC is drawn cutting the circle in points B
and C. If the size of the angle OAB is 2,
calculate without using tables, the length BC.
Solution. Draw OD L AB.

Given sin ZOAB = a

OD 3%
in ZOAB = —— = ——
Bea) = Oe
But given OA=52 cm.
: i= 52cm
x =4cm
+) OD =5x =5x4=20cm
In right angled triangle OBD,
OB’ = BD’ + DO” (By Pythagoras theorem)
(25)° = BD’ +20°
BD= 15cm
BC=2 BD
=2x15=30cm. (L from centre of circle to chord bisects the chord)
Example 6. Find PS in the adjoining figure.
Solution. QR=TS=4cm (Opposite sides of rectangle ORST)
RS = OT = 16 cm (Opposite sides of rectangle ORST)
In right angled triangle POT,

PT = 16x tan40° = 16x 0.8391

PT= 13.43 cm
PS = PT + TS =(13.434+4)com
PS = 17.43-cm. R
Solution of Right —Angled Triangles
411
Example 7. In the following figure calculate AB.
Solution. FC=DE=4cm (Opposite sides of a rectangle) A

EC = DF =2 cm (Opposite sides of a rectangle)

. AE = AC- EC =(8-2)cm = 6cm
8cem
In right angled triangle AED,
AE -6 3 - E
tan- ZADE = —~ =—===
pe 43 |
ZADE = 56'19' ie
AE _ 6
sin ZADE = AD =——
AD B Preggtnzs: 4cm eS

AD =6=sin "Ge,
sin56 56 19'= 0.8322 = 7.21 cm

ZDBF = 56 19' (Corresponding Z*, *.. DE ||BC, AB is the wansversal)

In right angled A DBF,
y2
geile
sin56 19'= BD BD

() eee ES ar cm
sin56°19' 0.8322
AB = AD+ DB =(7.21+2.40) cm
AB = 9.61 cm.
Example 8. In the given diagram all right angles have been marked. If AG = 21 cm, BG = 9 cm and
AC = 50 cm, calculate
(i) the size of angle GAB
(ii) the length of EF to the nearest whole number.
Solution.
(i) In right angled A ABG,

PO eae apa
AGe 21-.7
sin ZGAB = 0.4286
AGAR =25 12°,
(ii) In right angled A ACD,

cos _ AD
ZCAD = AC

AD
cos25 22'=
“50
AD = 50x cos25°22' = 50 x 0.9036
= 45.18 cm
AD

GD = AD— AG =(45.18-21) cm
GD= 24.18 cm
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
412

But GD= EF = 24.18 cm (Opposite sides of rectangle).

EF = 24 cm (nearest to whole number)
from the ground. It swings
Example 9. A perpendicular of length 1.5 m is attached to a point 2 m
at the ends of its path
through an angle 40° each side of the vertical. Calculate its height above the ground
and the horizontal distance between the ends.
Solution. In right angled A OMB,
tx, OM OM
cos 40 =a = Tae

OM =1.5xcos40° =1.5x 0.7660

OM= 1.149m
Height above ground 2m — 1.149m = 0.85 m.
In right angled A OMB
»,n°. MB Me
sin40 = OB 7 mee

MB =1.5x sin40 =1.5x 0.6428

MB = 0.9642 m
Horizontal distance between ends = AB =2 x MB
=2x0.9642 m
= 1.93 m.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. ABC is a triangle in which ZB = 90°, ZA =71° and AC =
10 m. Calculate the length BC.
Solution. In right angled triangle ABC,
a: BC ae
B= ae

BC =10x sin71’ =10x 0.9455

BC = 9.455m
BC=9.5m.

Question 2. Without calculating other lengths, use tables to find the angles x and y
Solution. In right angled A ABD, )
S
mee
Inx —
5
10
——_—= 0.5

= x° = 30°
In right angled A BCD,
Solution of Right —Angled Triangles
413
Question 3. In the given diagram 4BC is an obtuse angled triang]
g gle. BC = 60 cm and ZABC = 26°.
is | BC and its length is 20 cm. Calculate r 7 ae
(‘) the length BE (to the nearest number) A
(ii) the angle between the sides AC and BC.
Solution.
(7) In right angled triangle ABE,

tan26 = AE 20
BE = ——
BE ‘are) en .

tan26
BE A0.4877 = 41.008 cm

- BE=4l1 cm. (to the nearest whole number)

(ii) EC = BC- BE =(60—41) cm
EC= 19cm
In right angled triangle AEC,
AE 20
Ap
tan ACE = EC ~ 19

=> tan ACE = 1.0526

= ACE = 46°28’.
.. Angle between the sides AC and BC = 46° 28.

Question 4. ABCD represents the vertical cross-section of the roof of a factory shed. DA is horizontal
and equal to 5 m; AB = 3 m, CD = 2 m, ZCDA = 60° and ZBAD = 47°. CE and BF are perpendicular to
AD and CG is perpendicular to BF. Calculate (i) CE (ii) BF (iii) inclination of BC to the horizontal.
Solution.
(i) In right angled A CDE,
get
sin60 GEo:
= ChineLs

CE =2~xsin60

CE =2x oeNE
CE = 1.732 m

Also cos60 « _= DE SDE

ieee a|

DE =2xcos60 =2x75 Im.

(ii) In right angled A ABF

e , BE).BF
4B 3
BF =3xsin47 =3x0.7314
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
414

BF =2.1942 m

Also cos47 ._= FA_FA

53

FA =3xcos47 =3x 0.6820

FA = 2.046 m

(iii) BG = BF-FG = BF-CE

= (2.1942 -1.732) m
= 0.4622 m
BG =0.4622 m
CG = EF = DA-DE-FA
CG =(5—1-2.046) m=1.954 m
In right angled A CBG,
a BG 0.4672
tan BCG = CG ~ 1.954 = 0.2365

=> BCG =13°18'.

Question 5. In the adjoining figure AB and EC are
parallel to each other. Sides AD and BC are 2 cm each
and perpendicular to AB. Given that ZAED = 60° and
ZACD = 45°, without using tables calculate
(i) AB’ (ii) AC (iii) AE.
Solution. ecm
(‘) In right angled A ADC,
on» AD» see
tan45 = = —
.. DC
eZ.
DC
DC =2 cm E
AB = DC=2 cm. (Opposite sides of a square)
(ii) In right angled A ADC,

sinas’ = AB _ 2
AC AS
ee gC = 29
oe Ae ieee
AC =2x 1.414 =2.828 cm
se AC =2.8 cm
(ii) In right angled triangle AED,

gin60’ - 22 2g
AE AE
eo
oy = WTo
2 AE
4
= V3 = 2.309 cm
Solution of Right —Angled Triangles
415

a yes 6. In the adjoining figure, triangle ABC is right angled at B, D is the foot of the perpendicular
from
0 AC. Given that BC = 3 cm, AC=4 cm, without using tables find (i) tan ZBCD (ii) sin ZDCA.
Solution. In A DCB,
2 3); See
then let ZBCD = 90° -—x (By A property)
InA ACD, ZDCA=x he 90° -(90° - x) = x|
and AADAC Oia (By A property)
; ZBCD = Z CAB
ZDBC = ZDCA
InA ABC, AB’ =BC’+AC (By Pythagoras theorem)
AB’ =3° +4
AB=5
(i) tan ZCAB = a =
*.. tanZBCD= 3 [By using (7)]

(ii) sin ZABC = x “ 4

‘ sinZDCA = . [By using (i/)]

Question 7. In the figure given, BCDE is a rectangle, ED = 3.88 cm, AD = 10 cm and ZA = 23°35’
calculate withou< using Pythagoras theorem (i) length of CD, (ii) length of AC (iii) the size of ZAEB.
Solution.
(i) In right angled A ADC,
E 3'88cm D
DE-- DC
sin23 35’ =
10 pec
DC =10x sin23°35'
DC =10x0.4=4 cm

(ii) Also cos

23 35’ PACS
AD
AC
10 A
os,

AC = 10x cos23 35’

AC = 10x 0.9165
AC = 9.165 cm
(iii) EB = DC=4cm (Opposite sides of rectangle)
ED = BC = 3.88 cm (Opposite sides of rectangle)

AB = AC-— BC = AC- ED
AB = (9.165 — 3.88) cm = 5.285 cm
In right angled A AEB,
5.285
tan ZAEB = =~ = A
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
416

tan ZAEB=A.3213
ZAEB = 52°53’,
BD is perpendicular to AC, find
Question 8. In the figure 2B = 90°, ZC = 30°, AB= 12 em and
(i) BC (ii) AD (iii) AC.
A
Solution. ~

(i) Inright angled A ABC, p

tan30 = AB _ 12
BC l2cm

gy BC
3 ual \
BC = V3 = 12x 1.732=20.78om c :
(ii) In A ABC, ZA = 60° We : BYA ona)
In right angled A DAB,

cos 60° _ AD _ AD
AB =

i AD , si
7 Spiga AD=6em,
(iii) In right angled A ABC,

= al = Ae
245
sin30 rG

feo.. Ac=
sad 24 cm

Question 9. In the figure given‘ABS 4 cm, BC = 12 em, ZAEB = 90°, ZB = 50° and ZC = 30°. Calculate
the length of (i) BE (ii) AC,
Solution.
(i) In right angled A ABE,
_ BE _ BE.
cos50° 4B 4

BE =4xcos50°
BE =4x0,6428
BE =2.57 cm

(ii) EC = BC- BE =(12-2.57) em

EC = 9.43 cm
In right angled A AEC,
EC _ 9,43
cos30° 3 = 4c" wal

2 9.43
AC ; AC =
9.43x2
a = 10.89 cm

AC = 10,89 cm,
Solution of Right —Angled Triangles
417
Question 10. ABC is an equilateral of side 6 cm. D is a point in BC such that BD = | cm and E is the mid
pt. of BC. Calculate (i) AE (ii) tan ZADC (iii) ZADC to the nearest degree (iv) 7 BAD to the nearest degree.
Solution.
(‘) In right angled A ABE,

Gor
sin60 «ae
we) ae
ony A

AE = 6x sin60° =6x3

AE = 3N3 = 5.196 cm
AE = 5.196 cm
(1) In right angled A ADE,

tan ZADE = A = 28
‘ tan ZADE = 2.598
(iii) tan ZADE = 2,598 BicmD 2cm E Cc
= ZADC ® 68°57’
= ZADC = 69° (Nearest to degree)
(iv) ZDAE =21 (By A property)
In A BAE, ZBAE 330° | (By A property)
ZBAD = 30-21 =9".
Question 11. In the figure given, the radius of a circle is given as 15 cm and chord AB subtends an angle of
131° at the centre C of the circle. Using trigonometry calculate (/) the length of AB (ii) the distance of AB from the
centre C. :
Solution. Draw CD L AB.
Then CD bisécts AB and CD bisects ZACB. (By chord property)
(i) In right angled A ACD,
een, AD -- AD
sin65 30 = AC is

AD = 15x sin65 30’

AD = 15x 0.9100 = 13.65 cm
AB =2AD=2x13.65= 27.3 cm
:
(ii) pe
cos65 30 = 4c cD. CP
arts

CD = 15x cos65°30' = 15x 0.4147

CD = 6.22 cm.
ZB = 36°52’. Calculate the
Question 12. In the given figure AD 1 BC, AB = 8 cm, BC = 10 cm and
length DC and size of ZACD. |
Solution. \n right angled A ABD,
cos36 52 egny BBs
=p BD
8
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
418

BD =8xcos36 52’
BD =8x 0.8000= 6.4 cm
DC = BC- BD =(10-6.4) cm
DC = 3.6 cm

16°Sj
sin36 52-— ins AD
AD =8x sin36 52' =8x 0.5999
AD = 4.7992 cm
AD = 4.8 cm
In right angled A ACD,

tan _ ADG36
ZACD = _4.8
tan ZACD = 1.3333
ZACD
= 53 7'.

Question 13. In a triangle POR, given that ZR = 90°, PO = 16 cm and OR = 8 cm. (i) Calculate the
value of ZPOR (ii) if OX bisects ZPOR, calculate XR correct to one decimal place.
Solution.
(i) In right angled A POR,

cos ZPQR= GR_ 8

rie NG
cos ZPQR =0.5
ZPQR=60.
(ii) Since QX bisects, ZPOR,
: ZXOR = 30°
In right angled A_XOR,

eo Q 8 em R

‘XR = 4.6 cm. (Correct to one decimal place)

Question 14. In the figure given AB = 25 cm, ZACB = 48° and ZADB
= 35°35’. Calculate CD correct to
one decimal place.
Solution. In right angled A ADB,
me = 4B.
tan35°30' oS
48 ~ 25.
ga BD BD
ie 25 25
~ tan35°30' 0.7133
Solution of Right—Angled Triangles
419

BD = 35.0483 cm A
In right angled A ABC,
tan48° _= AB 35
= = <>
“i BC BC
BC=se” tan48° =———_
25
1.1106 = 22.5104 cm 25cm

CD = DB- BC
CD = (35.0483 — 22.5104) cm -
CD = 12.5 cm 4 Ayre
(Correct to one decimal place) D C wo

Question 15. In A ABC, ZB = 25°, ZC = 90° and BC = 25 cm. Find the length of AC correct to three
decimal places.
Solution. In right angled A ABC, a
tan25 » = heat
BC 25

as AC = 25x tan25°
AC = 25x 0.4663 a) BR
AC = 11.6575 B 25cem eC
AC = 11.658 cm (Correct to three decimal places)
Question 16. In the figure given along side, calculate the length of XZ to one decimal place.
Solution. In right angled A XYZ,
<jgc ee BA
cos75 40 = V7 = 37

= See SS
cos75°40’ 0.2476
XZ = 33.925 cm
XZ = 33.9 cm. (Correct to one decimal place)

Question 17. In A ABC, AB = 12cm, ZB = 58°, the perpendicular from A to BC meets it at D. The
bisector of Z ABC meets AD at E. Calculate (i) the length of BD (ii) the length of ED. Give your answers
correct to one decimal place.
Solution. Given A ABC, in which AB = 12cm, ZB = 58°, AD 1 BC, BE is the
bisector of ZB.
|
(i) In A ABD, cos58 -_= BD
AB

BD =12 x 0.5299 = 6.3588

Length of BD = 6.4cm (correct to one decimal place)

(i) INABED, —_tan29° ==>

420 A Textbook for Mathematics for Class X

0.5543 = ED
6.4
= ED= 6.4 x 0.5543 = 3.54752
Length of ED = 3.5 cm (correct to one decimal place)

Exercises

1. Find PQ.

2. Find AC.

3. Find x°.

4. Find x.
Solution of Right—Angled Triangles 421
5. Find PS and QS. | Ld

Q@ S k
eae aan 50¢m.——_________»

6. Ina right angled triangle ZA=30°, BC = 10 cm and ZB = 90°. Find BA and AC.
7. In a right angled triangle A= 250°, AB= 100 cmand ZC = 90°. Find BC and AC.
8. Find x.

25cm

9. Find AB.

10. Find AD. B 14cm C

422 A Textbook for Mathematics for Class X

A
11. Given AD = 170m, CD = 50m and sinx® = <=.find (i) AB (ii) BC
(iii) y®.
S
XN

/\ -/\ =B
n—>
12. Given AD = 130m, Z BCA = 35° and cosx’° = ~, find (i) AB (ii) i
BC (iii) CD.
Ne)
&

7) [3 at.
C
13. Given BD = 80m, CD = 30m and tanx’ =z, find (i) AB (ii) x°
(iii) y°.

14. If AP = 150m, ZBAC = 45°, ZPAR = 30° and ZBPQ = 60°, find
BC.

15. The longer side ofa parallelogram is 20cm and the shorter is 12cm. If the
longer diagonal makes
an angle 35° with the longer side, find the length of the longer diagonal.
16. Find h in terms of k, « and fp.
Solution of| Right-Angled Triangles
423
2
17. In the adjoining diagram, BCDE is ar ectang = b.
with CDle Find
the length ofAB interms of b, « and . ¥ ‘

: ao | tm lad
b

Cc a = B

18. Given CD = 150m, tanx°=, tany* = 5,find AB. A

Z) / a.
Pe
<—150m—>
19. Find AB.
C

S ,
A

& (\
B D A
; -
20. Find PQ.
45°

55m 2
Ss aa R

Answers
1. 45.25cm 2. 2.29cm 3. 56°26
20cm 5. 19.1 cm, 22.74cm 6, 17.32,20 cm
4.
64.28 cm 8. 12.5cm 9. 6.3lcm
7. 76.6cm,
10. 41.34cm 11. (i) 80 m (ii) 100 m (iii) 38°40’
12. (i) 50m (if) 71.41 m (iii) 48.59 m13. (i) 60 m (ii) 36° 52’ (iil) 50° 12’
_ 1, fana
15. 19.904 cm 16. h=k =
14. 204.9m

17, Blane . 18. 2250m 19. 80.46 m

tanB
20. 30.393 m
 Chapter 20

Heights and Distances

One of the main applications of trigonometry is to find the height of a building or width of a river
without actually climbing or crossing it.
For this, the following two terms are often used: P( object)
(i) Angle of elevation (ii) Angle of depression.
(i) Angle of Elevation
If an object is above the horizontal plane of an eye, then we have
to raise our head to look at it. In this process our eyes move upwards at
an angle. This angle is called angle of elevation.
Suppose a person at O is looking up towards an object P. P is
obviously at a higher level than O. Let OR be the horizontal line ul
drawn through the point O. OP is called the ‘line of light’. Then Ofeye) Horizontal R
the angle made by line of sight and the horizontal i.e. OP and OR
is called the angle of elevation. ZPOR in the figure is the angle of
levation. :
ies, ae R Horizontal O(eye)
(ii) Angle of Depression
angle of
If the object is below the horizontal plane of our eyes, we have to depression
move our head downwards to look at it. In this process our eyes move
downwards at an angle. This angle is called the angle of depression.
Suppose an observer positioned at some height and with his
eye at O sees an object below at P. Then the angle which his ‘line
of sight’ OP makes with the horizontal OR is called the angle of
depression. ZPOR in the figure is called the angle of depression.
P (object)
Note:
1. Angle of elevation and angle of depression are always measured with the horizontal.
2. Numerically angle of elevation is equal to angle of depression.

lilustrative Examples
Example 1. The angle elevation ofa tower at a distance of 40 m from its base is 60°. Find the height
nt
vi f the tower.
Heights and Distances
425

Solution. Let AB = Tower

A
Distance from base = BC = 40 m
Angle of elevation ZACB = 60°
In right angled A ABC,

tan60 © = —
AB_ AB
= ——
Towe
on BC 40 :
; AB
=> = ——
v3 40
=> AB = 40V3 = 40x 1.732 Cc Ae. 3
=" AB =69.28 m <— 40m base-— >
Height of tower = 69.28 m.

Example 2. The shadow of a tree is 15/3 m and the height of the tree is 15 m. Find the angle of
elevation of the Sun.
Solution. Height of tree = AB= 15m A
Length of shadow = BC = 15V3
Let 6 = angle of elevation.
In right angled A ABC, Tree
15 m
tan8 = AB = os me
Co isda 3 9 angle of
= tan8 = —— C7) elevation

=> tan® = tan30° Shadow

= 6 =30°
.. Angle of elevation = 30°.

Example 3. If the length of a shadow of a flag staff is V3 A

times its length, find the angle of elevation of the Sun.
Solution. Let flag staff = AB = x
Its shadow = BC = xV3
Let 8 = angle of elevation. Ab,:
In right angled A ABC, x
l |
tan0 = —~— = —=
xv3. V3 Z 8
> tan® = tan30 ~— K/3 -———
’ Shadow
= 6 = 30
Angle of elevation = 30°.
ed from two points on i se ee
Example 4. In the given figure, the top of a tower is observ and 4
angles of elevation at the two points be
line through a point on the base of the tower. Ifthe
of the tower.
the distance between them is 20 m, find the height
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class Xx
426

Solution. Let Tower = AB = Im.

Given : ZACB = 45°°, ZADC = 30°

and DC=20m
In right angled A ABC,
- =_ AB A
tan45 BC

= — BC =xm
bs BC °
en:
: AB=BC=xm
xm
In right angled A ADB,
_ AB_ = |
1an30'= DR - DCHEB rt
sme )
= eer 20-43 D<— 20m—3C
= 20+x =x 3
= x(/3 -1) =20
= 20(/3+1) — 20(/3 +1)
am eee = een? 932
oo] (3 -1)(/3 +1) 2
=> x = 27.32 m
Height of tower = 27.32 m. .
Example 5. From a light house the angles of depression of two ships on opposite sides of the light
house were observed to be 45° and 60°. If the height of the light house is 120 m and the line joining the
two ships passes through the foot of the light house, find the distance between the two ships.
Solution. Light house = CD = 120 m
Angles of depressions ZECA = 45°and FCB = 60°
ZCAD =45°and ZCBD=60° ~— (Alt Z* *." EF ||AB & AC & BC are transversals)
In right angled A ACD,

tangs’ = <2 ae .
a 1-18 ; °, AD = 120m
In right angled A BCD,
house
tan60 = A

—
am BD= ‘ci aes = 40/3 Ss
B.
= BD = 40 x 1.732 = 69.28 m
Heights and Distances 427

Distance between two ships A and B = AB = AD+ DB

= 120 m + 69.28 m
= 189.28 m.
Example 6. Two men are on the opposite sides of a building. They measure the
angles of elevation of
the top of the building as 30° and 60° respectively. If the height of the building is 50/3
m, find the
distance between the men.
|
Solution. Height of building = CD = 50/3 m.
Angles of elevation ZCAD = 30° and ZCBD = 60°
A and B are the position of two men. C
In right angled A ACD,

tan30
an
x. =——
€D
AD

x A _ 50V3
J3 AD
=> AD =50x3=150m
In right angled A BCD,

tan60 -_CD
= BD

= _ 50V3
en
= BD
= 50m
Distance between two men = AB= AD+ DB = 150 m + 50 m = 200 m.
Example 7. From the top of a house 20 m high, the angle of elevation of the monument is 45° and the
angle of depression of its foot is 15°. Find the height of monument.
Solution. Height of house = AE = 20 m
Angle of elevation ZBAC = 45°
Angle of depression ZCAD = 15°
Height of monument = BD
In right angled A ABC,
BC
tan45 =
AC
BC
— ] = ——
AC’ ; . AC = BC

AE=CD=20m
(Opposite sides of rectangle)
In right angled A ACD,
2
tan|5 -_= CD
AC

re
2 oes 02619
20 = 20 =74 65 m
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
428

But AC = BC (Proved)
BC = 74.65 m
Height of monument = BD
=BC+CD
= (74.65 + 20) m = 94.65 m.
distant 100 m from
Example 8. The angle of elevation of the top of an unfinished building at a point
n at the same point
its base is 45°. How much higher must the building be raised so that its angle of elevatio
may be 60°?
Solution. Let DC = 100 m A
Angles of elevation
ZBDC =45
ZADC = 60° ym
Let the height of unfinished building = BC = x m. |
Portion raised = AB=ym B
In right angled A BDC,

tan45 ‘or
= DC

=> l== ee
100 : =
x=100m xm

In right angled A ADC,

« AC _ AB+BC Vy 5 | =
tan60 esDC DC

ra y+ 100 Soom
0.
100
= y+100 = 100/3
= y = 100(V3 -1) = 100 0.732
> y7 32m
.. The building to be raised to a height of 73.2 m.
Example 9. Two lamp posts of equal heights are standing opposite to each other on either side of a
road, which is 80 m wide. From a point between them on A Cc
the road, the angles of elevation of the tops are 30° and
60°. Find the position of the point and also the height of
the posts.
Solution. Distance between two posts = BD = 80 m xm
AB and CD are two posts and each = x m
Angles of elevation
ZAEB = 60°
ZCED = 30° gL ave lp
Let BE = ym and then ED =(80-y)m 4 = lied
Heights and Distances 429
In right angled A ABE,

tan6o’ = 48
BE

=> V3 ==
y¥

x= v3 —(i)
In right angled A CDE,

an
tan30 CD
ED
=——

— l
en a
J3 80-y
> xv3 = 80-y
=> yv3V3 =80-y [Using (i/)]
= 3y =80-y
= 2y=40
=> y=20m
.. Point E is 20 m from B and 60 m from D.
- x = yV¥3 = 20x 1.732 = 34.64 m
.. Height of each posts = 34.64 m.
Example 10. The angle of elevation of a helicopter from a point P on the ground is 45°. After 15 secs.
flight, the angle of elevation changes to 30°. If the helicopter is flying at a height of 4000 m, find the speed
of helicopter. Q R
Solution. Height of helicopter = OT = 4000 m.
~ Angles of elevations are ZOPT = 45° and ZRPS = 30°.
Time taken for distance QR = 15 secs
~ In right angled A PQ7,

tan45 a = fT
PT

4000 -
PT = 4000 m p
=> mie

In right angled A RPS,

RS
-_ === QT 2.) ae ”
= Pee PT+TS Be
RS =
eee
OT, *.” opposite sides of rectangle)

1 _ 4000 _ 4000
7 3 PT+TS 4000+ 7S
= TS +4000 = 4000V3
=. TS = 4000(V3-1) = 4000 x 0.732
= TS = 2928 m
TS = OR = 2928 m (TS = QR, *.’ opposite sides of rectangle)
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
430
Distance _
Speed of helicopter = Time taken
_ 2928m = 195.2m/s.
1Ssecs

Suggested Questions
= 45°. Assuming
Question 1. PQ is a vertical pole resting against an inclined pole PR such that ZPRQ
your answer. What is the
that P is beyond your reac 1, how will you find the length of the pole PR? Justify
reaction between the distarice OR and the length PQ ?
Solution. |PQ= Vertical pole
PR = Inclined pole :

ZPRO=45
In right angled A POR,

tan45 = -
PQ le FE
> = RO R Q

PQO=RQ
The relation between PQ and RQ are equal.
Let PO = RO =x units,
aE
sin45 = PR

= a Ps
Ja PR
PR= x/2 units.

Question 2. A ladder 6 m long rests against a vertical wall. If the

foot of the ladder is 5 m from the foot of the wall, find the distance of the
other end of the ladder from the ground.
Solution. Ladder = AC = 6m
Foot of ladder from foot of wall = BC =5m
AB = wall Wall
AC’ = AB’ + BC’ (By Pythagoras theorem) mS
6 = AB’ +5"
= AB’ =11
= AB =3.32m c =m S
The distance of the other end of ladder from the ground = 3.32 m.

Question 3. Some students wished to find the height x of a building and the height y of the
flag pole
on the building. They made measurements as shown in the diagram. Find x and y.
Heights and Distances 431

Solution.
. Given: ZADC = 63° and ZADB = 3°
ZBDC = 63° - 3° = 60° A,
In right angled A BDC, y
tan60 oe = ——
BC
6
= ==>
v3 50
=> x = 50V3 = 50x 1.732 ie ;
— x = 86.6 m “ |
In right angled A ADC, D J” - Cc
tan63° = AC ~ AB+ BC ——
De” De a
D hp+x
= tan63 = 50

=> y =50x tan63° - x

= y =50x1.963-86.6
=> y = (98.15—- 86.6)m = 11.55 m
y= 11.55 m.

Question 4. A pole 15 m long rests against a vertical wall at an angle of 60° with the ground. Calcu-
late (7) how high up the wall will the pole reach? (ii) how far is the foot of the pole from the wall.
Solution. Pole = AC= 15m A
Wall = AB ‘
ZACB = 60° Pol
In right angled A ABC, e ’
(i) He
sin60 = ACAB RS
‘> Wa

V3 _ AB °
7 15 60
1 oe ie 15%1.732 = 17.99 m C Ground 8B
Pole reach the wall at a height of 12.99 m.
|
(ii) cos60 -_= BC
AC

4 de oeBC.
BS
— BC =7.5m
-. Foot of the pole is at a distance of 7.5m from the wall.
angle of 30° with the ground
Question 5. The upper point of a tree broken over by the wind makes an
top of the tree meets the ground
and the horizontal distance from the root of the tree to the point, where the
nearest metres.
is 25 m. Find the height of the tree before it was broken to the
 X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class
432

Solution. Let ABC be the tree.

BA, meets the ground at 30° and AC = 25 m
It is broken by the wind at a point B. The broken point
In right angled A ABC, A
é pa
tan30 T ae

1 Fe
34 25
25
BC=—=m
Ae
Bie
cos 30 ="AB

=> v32m
2 AB
50
—> AB =—= m
Bie Am—— 25m——
.. Height of tree = AB+ BC

— s0aE25"5
(eee
= 9544
=275.X49132
= 43.3m.
.. Height of tree =43m (nearest to metre).

Question 6. If AB represents a vertical pole and CD

“represents a 40 m high tower both of which are standing on
the same horizontal plane. From the top of the tower, the
angles of depression of the top and the foot of the pole are
24° 30’ and 48°20’ respectively. Calculate
(7) the horizontal distance between the pole and the
tower
(ii) the height of the pole.
Solution. Pole = AB
Tower = CD
Angles of depression
ZECA = 24°30' and ZECB = 48°20'
Draw AF 1 CD.
ZCAF = 24°30! (Alt Z° *." EC ||AF & AC is the transversal)
ZCBD = 48°20' (Alt Z *." EC ||BD and BC is the transversal)
(i) In right angled A BCD,
CD
tan48 20' =
BD
Heights and Distances 433

— 40
1.1237 = ——
BD
= BD = ——~40
=
[OSS iapamaehe le
-. The horizontal distance between the pole and tower = 35.6 m
(ii) BD = AF = 35.6m (Opposite sides of reciangle)
In right angled A CAF,

tan24 snee. es
“Cr
an 30

CF = 35.6 x tan24°30'
Y CF = 35.6x 0.4557 = 16.22 m

FD=CD-CF = 40 m-16.22 m= 23.78 m

But FD = AB = 23.78 m (Opposite sides of triangle)
.. The height of pole = 23.78 m.
Question 7. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower at a distance of 150 m from its foot on a
horizontal plane is found to be 30°. Find the height of the tower correct to one place of decimal.
Solution. Tower = AB
Horizontal distance = BC = 150 m A
Angle of elevation ZACB = 30°
In right angled A ABC, : Tower

tan30 -_= AB
BC : €

= a bey <"v C 150m B

JF

“ gue. 1503 5
ifs 3
=> AB = 86.6 m
. Height of tower = 86.6 m (correct to one place of decimal).
Question 8. A guard observes an enemy boat, from an
observation tower at a height of 180 m above sea level to be
at an angle of depression of 29°.
(i) Calculate to the nearest metre, the distance of the
boat from the foot of the observation tower.
(ii) After some time, it is observed that the boat is
200 m from the foot of the observation tower,
° D B Sea
calculate the new angle of depression.
Tower=AB= 180m (boat) <200m-> level
Solution.
Angle of depression = ZEAC = 29°
ZEAC = ZACD = 29° (Alt ZS *." EA ||CB & AC is the transversal)
(i) In right angled A ABC,
434 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

tan29 ._= AB
BC

= BC =
180
180
_ 180 = 324.73 _
ian29° 0.5543
+ Distance of boat from the foot of the tower = 325 m (nearest to metre)
(ii) After some time the boat is at D, and DB = 200 m.
In right angled A ADB,

= ZADB = 41°59’.
. New angle of depression ZAED = 41°59’.
Question 9. In the figure given the angle of elevation of the top of
a vertical tower PQ from a point X is 60°, at a point Y, 40 m vertically
above X, the angle of elevation is 45°. Find
(i) The heightof the tower PQ
(ii) Find the distance XQ.
(Give your answer to the nearest metre) p
Solution. Given: XY = 40 m
ZPXQ=60 and ZPYR =45°
Let PO=xmandX¥Q=ym
In right angled A PXQ, 7

tan60 = a

=> V3 ==DS x Q
= x= yv3 aos
XQ= YR=ym (Opposite sides of rectangle)
In right angled A PYR,
+ see
tan45
an45 =——
YR

a i PR
y
=> PR=y
—— x-40=y
. Substituting (i/) in (1),
- x= V3(x — 40)

x(V3-1) = 40,3
Heights and Distances 435

_aov3 __40V3(V3
+1)
> x J3-1 "Waa et)

> x = 20x 4.732 = 94.64 m

Height of Tower = 95 m (nearest to metre)
Distance XO = y = x —40
= (95 — 40 )m
=55 m.
Question 10. A vertical tower is 20 m high. A man at some distance from the tower knows that th:
cosine of the angle of elevation of the top of the tower is 0.53. How far is he standing from the foot of the
tower.?
Solution. Tower = AB =20m
Given : cos ZACB = 0.53
= ZACB = 58° (From tables)
In right angled A ABC,

tan58 -_= AB
BC

= BC 3 eee
tan58 1.6
= BC = 12.5m
~. He is standing at a distance of 12.5 m from the foot of the tower.

Question 11. The shadow of a vertical tower on level ground increases by 10 m, when the altitude of
the sun changes from 45° to 30° Using the given figure, find the height of the tower correct to one place c*
decimal.
Solution. Let Tower = AB=xm

Given ZACB =45 x

and ZADB =30 a A

and CD=10m
In right angled A ABC,
: B Tower
tan45 = BC xm

s
=> 1=— ;BC=xm
BC At SS wy
-, AB=BC=xm D 10m C B
In right angled A ADB,
RapAR _ x
nD ee 10+x
Es
Ae
nd
SOR10+x
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
436

= x(V3-1)= 10

10( 3 +1
=> =| ae ( = 5(/3 + 1)
foe (ian
= x =5x2,7 32m,
= 13.66
-. Height of tower = 13.7 m. (Correct to one decimal place)
DC = 30 m,
Question 12. In the figure, it is given that AB is perpendicular to BD and is of length x metres,
ZADB = 30°, ZACB = 45 . Without using tables find x.
Solution. Given AB = xm
ZACB =45°
ZADB
= 30
and DC =30m
In right angled A ABC, A

tan45 -_= BC
AB
x a
=> l =—:
BC x
BC=xm

In right angled A ADB.

on SAR b
tan30 =——=
DB 30+x
RE pein fo) q
- Faeeeex
Vie atex D<—30m —>C B
= xVJ3 =x+30
=> x(V3-1) =30
Seen «30 a
> “See 0.732 40.98 m..

Question 13. A person standing on the bank of a river observes that the angle of elevation of the top of
a tree standing on the opposite bank is 60°, when he moves 40 m away from the bank, he finds the angle of
elevation to be 30°. Find
A
(i) the height of the tree, correct to 2 decimal places
(ii) the width of the river.
Solution.
Let Tree = AB=xm Tree
Width of river = BC xm
Given ZACB = 60°
and ZADB = 30
and DC = 40m eee /> a
In right angled A ACB, <——— 40m ——> — width of—>®
| river
Heights and Distances 437

tan60 = AB
BC
>
— = —
V3 BC
—, X
BC =—— m
V3
In right angled A ADB,
aR AB
Oe Se DC +CB
=
l
—_—_ =
x
V3 40+ ~
J3
=> 3x = 40/3 +x
= x = 20V3 = 20x 1.732 = 34.64 m
Height of tree = 34.64 m_ (Correct to 2 decimal place)

Width of river = BC = *- = 20¥3 — 90 m.

TH
Question 14. From a boat 200 metres away from a vertical cliff the angles of elevation of the top and
the foot of a vertical concrete pillar at the edge of the cliff are 21° and 18°30’. Calculate (i) the height of
the cliff (ii) the height ofthe pillar.
Solution, Let Pillar = AB = ym
Cliff =BC =xm
Given : ZADC =21 and ZBDC= 18° 30’, DC = 200 m.
(i) In right angled A BDC, At

tan18°30' = Fe = Pillar
=> x = 200 x tan18
30’ = 200 x 0.3346 of
= x = 66.92 m
.. Height of cliff =66.92 m is
(ii) In right angled A ADC,
AC _ AB+BC _y+66.92 (Boat) a |
CN = OA! OF O06 <==. 200i
y = 200x tan21° — 66.92
y = 200 x 0.3839 — 66.92
8 m
-66.92)
y = (76.7
Ue
y
esd y = 9.86 m
.. Height of the pillar = 9.86 m.
tree on the bank of the
Question 15. The angles of depression of two boats on a river from the top of a
the line wit the tree on the same
river are 30° and 50°. If the height of the tree is 30 m and the boats are in
side of it. find the distance between the boats.
 Class X
438 A Textbook of Mathematics for

Solution. Tree = AB = 30 m
Let D and C are positions of two boats.
Let DC =xmandCB=ym
Angles of depression ZYAD = 30° and ZXAC = 50°
ZACB =50° and ZADB = 30 (Alt ZS, *.° XA ||DB & AC & AD are transversals)
In right angled A ACB, .

tan50° - 4

=> tan50 aa8

5 aa
In right angied A ADB,

tan30° oi

gigs
30
yy ee + 25.17

= x+25.17 = 30V3
= x = (30x 1.732-25.17) m pe ES <—ym—>
=> x = (51.96—25.17) m=26.79 m
Distance between two boats = 26.79 m.

Question 16. A boy of height 1.7 m is standing 20 m away from flag staff on the same level ground. He
observes that the angle of elevation of the top of the flag staff is 24° . Calculate the height of the flag staff.
Solution. Height of bby = CD= 1.7m
Height of flag staff =AB
BC =20m (Given)
Angle of elevation of flag staff ZADE = 24°
Let AE=xm
CD=BE=1.7m (Opposite sides of rectangle)
CB = DE=20m (Opposite sides of rectangle)
In right angled ZADE,
© AE x
tan24 ~ DE ~ 30

x = 20x tan24° = 20x 0.4452

= x=8.9m

AB = AE +EB

=8.9 m+1.7 m=10.6m

“. Height of flag staff = 10.6 m.
 oa
Heights andDistances

Question
; 17,' From a point P on level ground, , the angle
gle of elevation of the top of a to ) 30°. :
tower is 100 m high, how far is P from the foot ofthe tower. ‘ angina ae:
Solution. ‘Tower=RO*= 100m
Angle of elevation ZRPQO = 30° | R
In right angled A POR, |
-_ RO _ 100
— PO PO Tower
j 100 100m
— Soa

= PO =100V3 =100«1.732=1732m ? Q
”. P is about 173.2 m from the foot ofthe tower.

Question 18. From a light house the angles

of depression of two ships on opposite sides of
the light house were observed to be 30° and 45°
If the height of the light house is 90 m and the
line joining two ships passes through the foot of
the light house, find the distance between two
ships. Give your answer to two decimal places.
Solution.
Height of light house = AB = 90 m
Angles of depression of two ships
ZEAC =30 and ZFAD =45 C
ym B xm D
C and D are positions of two ships.
Let BD =x mand BC=ym
ZACB = 30° and ZADB =45 (Alt 25, *.” EF ||CD, AC & AD are transversals)
in right angled A ABD,
tan45 -_= 2p
AB
—- Jj=— ; x=90m

In right angled A ABC,

— G =

= y =90V3 = 90x 1.732 = 155.88 m

CD = x+y =90 m+155 m= 245.88m
Distance between two ships = 245.88 m.

uestion 1 9. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower

from a point A (on the ground) is 30° On
to be 60°. Calculate
: 50 m towards the tower, the angle of elevation is found
walking
 | A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
440
decimal place)
(i) the height of the tower (correct to one D
(ii) the distance of the tower from A.
Solution. Let height of Tower = CD = x m
Angles of elevation of tower
Tower
ZDAC =30° and ZDBC =60
xm
AB=50m (Given)
Let BC=ym.
pe 50" a |
In right Pics A BDC,
— 50 m = 8 ym Cc
tan60 Dod.
7 BC y
= V3==
BY
pti)
3 — = yv3 m
In right angled A DAC,

tan30° = < os
5
13 SOae
Be Gi
xV3 =50+ y
Substituting the value of (i) in (ii)
yv3 J3 =50+ y
2y-= 50 5.>9— 23M
yv3 = 253 =25x 1.732 m
x=43.3m
”. Height of tower = 43.3 m (Correct to one decimal place)
.. The distance of tower from 4 = 50 m+ y=50 m+25 m=75 Mm.

Question 20. A man on the top of a vertical observation tower observes a car moving at a uniform speed
coming directly towards it. If it takes 12 minutes for the angle of depression to change from 30° to 45 ,how soon
after this will the car reach the observatior. tower. Give your answer correct to the nearest second.
Solution. Let the tower = AB=xm
D is the initial position of car and C is the position after 12 minutes.
Angles of depression
ZEAD =30 and ZEAC =45°
Let BC=ym
and CD=zm
Time taken to cover z m = 12 minutes.
ZACB =45' and ZADB =30° (Alt ZS, *." AE ||DB & AC & AD are transversals)
in right angled A ABC,
¢.. Ae
tan45 = BC = =
Heights [Link]
441
= l=~y-:y= y

In right angled A ADB,

tan30° = 48 _ _x
DB z+y

—"
]
—_ =
y
V3 zt+y
— V3y=z+y
a pels 1) =:
ie Zz Z
4.) 07”
Distance covered Time taken
zm 12 minutes

See sae ?
0.732
Shy
aa i s x 12minutes
a
= 16.39 minutes
= 16 minutes 24 secs
.. Time to reach the observation tower = 16 minutes 24 secs.

Question 21. At a point on level ground, the

angle of elevation of a vertical tower is found to be
such that its tangent is =. On walking 192 m
towards the tower, the tangent of the angle is found
to be A. Find the height of the tower.

Solution.
Let the height of tower = AB =x m
D
Angle of elevation ym

tan ZADB =

and tan ZACB =

DC = 192m (Given)
Let BC=ym
In right angled A ABC,
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class ¢
442

“ae
— (i)
= y= ax

In right angled A ADB,

tan ZADB = DB _ AB
_ Se:
ae 12 192+y
= 12x = 960+5y

=> 12x = 96045 5x [Using (i)]

=> 36x — 20x = 2880

x = 28 = 180 m

.. Height of tower = 180 m.

Question 22. A kite is flying at a height of 75 metres from the level ground, attached to a string
inclined at 60° to the horizontal. Find the length of the string to the nearest metre.
Solution. Let A be the kite and AB = 75 m. A Kite
Length of string = AC which makes an angle with the ground
= 60°
In right angled A ABC,

sin60
as AB
AC Ts m

x oe,75.
i = AC
= Ac = 15*2 _ 150V3 _ 59/5 = 96.6 m
B 3
.. Length of string = 86.6 m.

Question 23. From the top of a building AB, 60

metres high the angles of depression of the top and
bottom of a vertical lamp post CD are observed to be
30° and 60° respectively. Find
(i) the horizontal distance between AB and CD
(ii) the height of the lamp post CD.
Solution.
Height of building = AB = 60 m
Let Lamp post = CD
Angles of depression
ZEAC =30 and ZEAD =60°
Draw CF 1 AB,
Heights and Distances 443

| <ADB = 60 and ZACF = 30° (Alt 2’, *.. AE ||BD, AE ||FC and AD & AC are transversals)
(‘) In right angled A ABD,

= 60 =_ 60V3
BD = —= ~~” = 20/3“ = 34.64 m
WE 3
’. Horizontal distance between AB and CD = 34.64 m
(ii) BD = FC = 34.64 m (Opposite sides of rectangle)
In right angled A ACF,

tan30 = AF
FC
FAP
7. UF ae
= AF=
34.64 _ 34.64 _ 0
J3 L732
FB = AB-— AF =60m-20m=40m
But FB=CD (Opposite sides of rectangle)
CD=40m
.. Height of lamp post CD = 40 m.
Question 24. From a boat, 300 metres away from a vertical cliff angles of elevation of the top and the
foot of a vertical concrete pillar at the edge of the cliff are 55°40’ and 54°20’ respectively. Find the height
of the pillar to the nearest metre.
Solution. _ Height of pillar = AD A
Height of cliff = CD
B is the position of boat BC = 300 m (Given) Pillar
Angles of elevation of pillar
ZABC = 55°40’
ZDBC = 54°20’ D
In right angled A BCD,
see ©D Cliff
tan54 20 = BC
Jeon!
= oa! = 300 x 1.394
CD == 300 1an54°20' 20 Sas ae
= CD = 418.2 m C B
In right angled A ABC, <=———— _300m ———>
eee
tan55 40° = BC (a
= AC = 300 tan55 40'
AC = 300x 1.464 = 439.2 m
 ss X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Cla

AD = AC- dp = (439.2-418.2) m
: AD=21m
. Height of pillar = 21 m.
of two vehicles on a road, at
Question 25. From the top of a church spire 96 m high the angles of depression
=3 and tany =;
the same level as the base of the spire and on the same side of it, are x and y , where fanx
Calculate the distance between the vehicles.
Solution. Height of church spire (AB) = 96 m
Angles of depression
ZEAD = y and ZEAC =x
D and C are positions of two vehicles.

tanx” =3 & tany =5 (Given)

ZACB=x° & ZADB=y° (Alt ZS, *.° EA ||DB, AC and AD are transversals)
In right angled A ABC,

Oe D Cc B
3° DC +128
DC +128 =96x 3
DC = (288-128) m
y
Yuy DC = 160m
.. Distance between vehicles = 160 m.

Question 26. In the figure along side, AD is perpendicular to BC, A

tan B= 43 and tanC = 2, BC = 56 cm. Calculate the length of AD.

Solution. Given AD | BC, BC= 56cm, tan B= 3 and tanC = *

12°
In A ABD, tan B = AP
BD B D C
> Se AD
4 BD
4
—_ D 3 AD
BD=—
— (i)
In A ADC, janC = 42
DC
Heights and Distances
445

=> » .AD
12. BD
12
> DC = GAD ee |}

Adding (i) and (ii)

= BD+DC=+AD+12 AD
=> “2
BC ={ (4
2422
+ 5 Jap

— > 56cm =» {5
55 4? ie aoe a
(*.. Given BC = 56 cm)

— AD= 15cm
.. Length of AD = 15 cm.

Question 27. In the figure, not drawn to scale, 7F is a tower. The elevation of 7
T from A is x°, where tanx° =2 and AF = 200m. The elevation of 7 from B,
where AB = 80m is y’. Calculate :
(i) The height of the tower 7F.
(ii) The angle y, correct to the nearest degree.

Solution. Given tanx° = Z,AF = 200 mand AB = 80m. A B

() INATAF, — tanx = 2

a TF = 80m.
(ii) BF = AF-AB
BF = 200-80 = 120m.

In A TBF, tany° = _

Pe |,
fany = bo

tan y° = 0.6667

y =33°4' > y’ =34 (Correct to nearest degree).

Exercises
m, Find the elevation of the road.
1. Ifa road rises to a height of 5 m in a horizontal distance of 25
foot B which is 9 m away from the
2. The angle of elevation of the top A of a ladder AB from its
wall is 30°. Find the length of ladder.
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
446

3. Find the height of the adjoining pillar.

Pillar

a] ae
<— 50m —— >

4, A boy 1.5 m tall, is 20 m away from a building 30 m high. Determine the angie or eievauon
from his eye to the top of the tower.
_ From a boat 500 m away from a vertical cliff the
angles of elevating of the top and foot of a vertical Pillar
concrete pillar at the edge of the cliff are 60° and 45°
respectively. Find the height of the pillar.

Cliff

. Aman 2 m tall is 100 m away from a building 52 m high. What is the angle of elevation of the
top of the building from his eye.
. The shadow of a tower, when the angle of elevation of Sun is 45° is found to be 10 m longer
than when it is 60°. Find the height of tower.
. The angles of depression at a point on the level ground viewed from 20 m high window and the
top of the building are 30° and 45° respectively. Calculate the height of the building.
. There are 2 trees, one on each bank of a river, just opposite to each other. One tree is 40 m high.
As observed from the top of this tree, the angles of depression of the top and foot of the other
tree are 12°30’ and 21°48’ respectively. Find, in metres the width of the river and the height of
the other tree.
. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower observed from a point is 30° and from a point 60 m
nearer the foot of the tower, it is 60°. Find the height of the tower.
. The angle of elevation of a stationary cloud from a point 10 m above a lake is 30° and the angle
of depression of its reflection in the lake is 60°, prove that the height of the cloud is 20 m.
. The angle of elevation of the top of a vertical pillar from two points distant x and
y from the
base and in the same line with it are complementary. Prove that the height of the pillar
is Vy =.
13. An aeroplane flying horizontally 1 kmabove the ground is observed at an
elevation of 60°. If
after 15 sec the elevation is observed to be 30°, find the uniform speed
per hour of the aeroplane.
Heights and Distances
447

14. The angles of elevation of a helicopter at two consecutive kilometre posts

respectively are a and
2 Find the height of the helicopter above the ground taking it to be between the
two kilometre
ones.
i. A building subtends an angle 60° at a point on the same level as the foot of the building
and at a
second point 20 m above the first, the depression of the foot of the building is 30°. Find the
height ofthe building ce
16. Two trees P and Q are on the same side of a river. From a point 2 in the rive’, the distances of
the trees P and Q ue 300 m and 420 m respectively. If the angle Q is 30°, find the distance
between the trees. Give your answer correct to the nearest metre.
17. A tower stands vertically on a hill side which makes an angle of 18° with the horizontal. From a
point 40 m directly down the hill from the base of the tower, the angle of elevation of the top of
the tower is 60°. Find the height of the tower.
18. A man in a boat being rowed away from a tower 280 m high situated on the bank of the river
es
takes 15 minutes to change the angle of elevation of the top of the tower from 60° to 40°. Find
the speed of the boat.

19. At the foot of the mountain, the elevation of its summit is 45°. After ascending 1 kilometers
towards the mountain up an incline of 30°, the elevation changes to 60°. Find the height of the
mountain.
20. A building stands on a horizontal plane. On top of building, there is a flag staff of height 4. Ata
point D on the plane, the angle of elevation of the bottom of the flagstaff is B and that of the top
: . ha htanB
is a. Prove that the height of the building is eatin

74 An aeroplane when 6000m high passes vertically above another plane at an instant when their
angles of elevation at the same observing point are 60° and 45° respectively. How many metres
higher is the one than the other?
79 A man standing on the top of a building observes a car coming towards the building. If it takes 6
minutes for the angle of depression to change from 30° to 60°, how soon will the car reach the
building.
23. From a point 100m above a lake the angle of elevation of an object is 35° and the angle of
depression of its image in the water of the lake is 55°. Find the height of the object above the
lake.
24. Two towers of height 15m and 25m respectively stand on level ground. The angles of elevation
of their tops from a point between the two towers on the line joining their feet are respectively
45° and 60°. Find the distance between the two towers.
25. The angles of elevation of the summit of a hill from the top and bottom of a tower are 45° and
the hill is
60° respectively. If the height of the tower is h metres, prove tha the height of
¥3(1+V3)h m.
Oe
448 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Answers
Le’ 2. 10.39 m 3. 43.3 m 4. 54°56’
5. 366 m 6. 26°34 7. 23.66 m 8. 34.64 m
10. 51.96 m 13. 415.68 km/hr tana. tan B
9. 100 m, 17.83 m 14. eae aay
15. 60m 16. 578 m 17. 53.53 m 18. 1.91 m/sec
19. 2.049 km 21. 2536 m 22. 3 minutes 23. 292.42 m
24. 29.43 m
 M
Unit 5
Co-ordinate Geometry 5984
Higighh Scho
Sheol
Lib; rary _ Chapter 21 |

Distance and Section Formula

Introduction
Analytical geometry is that branch of mathematics which treats geometry algebraically, that is, in
which geometric figures are studied by means of equations. Equations of geometric curves reveal to us
their nature and properties. The equation of a curve represents the fundamental properties of different
points on the curve which can be located by means of a pair of real numbers called coordinates. So
analytical geometry is also known as coordinate geometry or plane Cartesian geometry, the former name
being commonly used and the latter is after the name of the inventor Rane Descartes. (1596— 1650).

Definition of Coordinate Geometry

Coordinate geometry is that branch of geometry in which two numbers, called co-ordinates, are used
to indicate the position of a point in a plane and which makes use of algebraic methods in the study of
geometric figures.

Directed Line or Axis

The very basis of analytical geometry is the representation of real numbers by points on a directed line
or axis.
Consider any straight line. Take any point ‘O’ on it. It divides the line into two parts. One part extends
from ‘O” to its right and the other to its left. One of these two directions is regarded as positive and the
other opposite to it is negative. A straight line to which a positive direction is assigned is called a directed
line or an Axis. Positive direction is indicated by the arrow head. Conventionally, the direction from left to
right is taken as positive.
OR
AGEo:
|
Number Scale i) Line
Real numbers include positive numbers, negative numbers and
Ditection
zero. Let us represent real numbers on an axis. Take a point ‘O’ on the
EES eee
axis which corresponds to the number zero. This point is known as
to the Xx peel
origin. Then take a unit of length and mark points one unit apart
mark Heats g
right of the origin as +1, +2, +3, and so on. In the same way
When a directed
points to the left of the origin as —1, —2, —3 and so on. :
on it, then we say a Fig.1
line or an axis is made to represent numbers
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
450
l number
number scale has been established on it. There can be both horizontal number scale and vertica
. When the
scale. The horizontal number scale is called the x-axis and the vertical number scale, the y-axis
where they cross eac h other is called the origin. If the axes are
mutually
two axis cross each other, the point are
at right angles then they are called rectangular axes. If the axes are not mutually at right angles, they
called oblique axes.

Coordinate Axes
Let X’OX and Y'OY be two mutually perpendicular lines
taken as axes whose positive directions are shown by arrows on
the axes. 3
Fig. 2 Origin
3 ua’
These lines are called coordinate axes.
tsi Oe 42 43 +1
X' OX is called the x-axis.
Y'OY is called the y—axis. Horizontal number scale
Y 0 Origin
As the axes are mutually perpendicu-
lar, they are rectangular axes. The point =|
‘O’ i.e. the point of intersection of the axes axis of y
is the origin. . —2

ie)
: ‘
=D
xis of x Vertical number
X x scale

Fig. 3

Quadrants
The axes divide the plane area into four parts called quadrants.
XOY is the first quadrant.
YOX' is the second quadrant
X' OY’ is the third quadrant
Y'OX is the fourth quadrant.

Coordinate of a Point
. Oi . .
Distance and Section Formula

Let P be any point in the plane in Fig. 5. From P,

draw PL and PM perpendiculars on y-axis and x-axis
respectively. Then the length LP is the x—coordinate or
abscissa and MP is the »—coordinate or the ordinate of
the point. The point P is denoted as P(x, y).
Note. In naming the co-ordinate of a point, x—coor-
dinate is written first and then the )—coordinate, se-
parated by a coma and written with in parenthesis (_).
(origin)} abscissa K- OX1S

Fig. 5 b

Signs of Coordinates
A point of the plane may lie in any of the four quadrants.
(1) For distances along the x axis, positive values are
measured to the right of the origin and negative values
to the left.

|
Fig. 6.1 Y

(ii) For distances along the y—axis, positive values are measured (—,+) (5)
up-ward and negative values downwards from the origin.
In accordance with the above convection the coordinates of a point
in different quadrants is shown in figure 6.2.
In the | quadrant x > 0, y> 0 or (+, +).
In the II quadrant x < 0, y > 0 or (-, +).
In the III quadrant x < 0, y <0 or (-, -).
In the IV quadrant x > 0, y <0 or (+, -).
If the abscissa or x coordinate of a point is zero, it would lie some where on the y-axis. Thus any point
on the y- axis is of the form (0, y).If the ordinate or y—coordinate of a point is zero, it would lie some where
0) as it lies on
on x-axis. Thus, any point on the x-axis is of the form(x, 0), the coordinates of origin are (0,
both the axes.

Plotting of Points
Points can be more
The process of locating a point whose coordinates are given is called plotting.
known as graph paper. Suppose we
easily and correctly plotted by the use of squared paper, commonly
have to plot points P(2, 3), O(-3, 4), R(—5, —2) and S(4, -3).
452 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

The point P(2, 3) is in the first quad-

rant. To plot this point count 2 units from
O along OX to the right of O and then
count 3 units upwards and then mark the
point thus obtained as shown in figure 7
and then write P(2, 3) near it.
Q (-3,4)4%—------
l
The point Q(-3, 4) is in the second
quadrant. Count 3 units from O along OX’
to the left of O and then count 4 units
upward. Mark the point as in Figure 7.
The point R(—5, —2) is in the third
+1 +2 +3 +4 +5
quadrant. Count 5 units from O along OX’
to the left of O and then 2 units down- =
ward. Mark the point so obtained as in a 3 ‘
R(-5,-2) i
Figure 7.
The point S(4, -3) is in the fourth —- kS(+4,-3)
quadrant. Count 4 units from O along OX —4
to the right of O and then 3 units _5
downwards. Mark the point so obtained
as in Figure 7.

Distance Formula
To find the distance between two points whose coordinates
are given.
Let P and Q be the given points in Fig 8 and let their
coordinates be fs y,) and (x,,y,) respectively. Let ‘d be the
distance between the points P and Q.
Draw PL and QM perpendiculars on x—axis and PR | to OM.
Then PR= LM= OM - OL = x, -x,
RO = MQ - MR = y, -y,
From the right angled triangle POR,
2 2
FO =fR + RQ? (By Pythagoras theorem)

d’ =(x,-x,) +(y, -y,)

2 2

2
d= (x, -x,) +(y, -y,)’
Corollary. Distance from the origin :
The distance ofthe point (x, 1) from the origin is

d= (x, =i) +(y, =O):

—— d= x+y
Distance and Section Formula
453
Example. Find the distance between points (5,-8) and (3,-6)
.
Solution. Here x=5, y, =-8.

d= (x, -—x,)° +(y, - y,)

d = (3-5) +[-6-(-8)]
=V4+4 =V8 =22.
Note. To prove that a triangle is a
(4) Scalene triangle, show that all three sides are different.
(11) Isosceles triangle, show that two sides are equal.
(ii) Equilateral triangle, show that all three sides are equal.
(7) Right angled triangle, show that the square on one side equals to the sum of squares on the other
two sides.
(v) Right angled Isosceles triangle, show that square on one side equals to sum of squares on other
two equal sides.
To prove that a quadrilateral is a
(i) Parallelogram, show that opposite sides are equal.
(ii) Rectangle, show that opposite sides are equal and diagonals are equal.
(iii) Rhombus, show that all sides are equal.
(iv) Square, show that all sides are equal and diagonals are equal.

lilustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the distance between points (5, 7) and (3, —4).
Solution. Here x,=5, yp=7
= 3, ¥,=-4

d=\(x,-x,) +(y-»)
d= (3-5) +(427) = V125 =55.
Example 2. Show that the points (5, 1), (3, 2) (1, 3) are collinear.
Solution. Let A (5, 1), B (3, 2) and C (1, 3) be the given points.

a asee
5)’ +(2-1)
e=V5 A B C
y (1-3) +(3-2)' =5 CI SE Siar
nes (1-5)? +(3-1) = /20 =2V5
AB+ BC=V5+ =2V5
V5= AC.
*. Points are collinear.
454 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

vertices are (-1, 3), (1, 1) and (5, 1).

Example 3. Find the perimeter of a triangle whose
vertices of the triangle.
Solution. Let A (-1, 3), B (1, 1) and C (5,-)) be the

AB = [1-(-1)] +(1-3) = v8 = 2.828

=, (5-1) +(1-1) =¥16=4
CA =,|[5—(-1)} +(1-3)° = (40 = 6.325
Perimeter ofa triangle = AB+ BC + CA
= (2.828 + 4 + 6.325) units
= 13.153 units.
= 13.2 units.

Example 4. Prove that the points (1, 1), (—4, 4) and (4, ©, are the veriices of an isosceles triang
Solution: Let A (1,1), B (4,4) and C (4,6) are the vertices of the triangle.

AB=, (-4-1) 44-1) =

BC= ,[4-(-4)] +(6-4)° = 68
cA=, (4-1) +(6-1)7 =034.
Here AB = CA. Since two sides are equal, it is an isosceles triangle.

Example 5. Show that the points (1, 1), (—1,—1) and (23 ; V3 ) are the vertices of an equilateral triangle.
Solution. Let A (1, 1), B (-1,-1) and C (V3, V3) are the vertices of the triangle.

AB=,| (1-1) +m = /g=2/2

BC =| | |-v3 (-1)] +[v3-( -1)] = v8=2V2
CA = mere
+(yap) meee Say
Here AB = BC = CA = 22. Since all three sides are equal, it is an equilateral triangle.
Example 6. Show that the points (3, 3), (9, 0) (12, 21) are the vertices ofaright angled triangle.
Solution. Let the points be A (3, 3), B (9, 0) and C (12, 21).

AB =| (9-3)"+(0-3)" = v4s
BC = |(12-9)
9)’ +(21-
+(21-00)
)? = /450

GAs J (12=3)° +{21-3)° =./405

> AB’ = 45, BC’ = 450, CA?= 405
AB’ +CA®* = 45+ 405 = 450 = BC?
. AABC 1s aright angled triangle, it is right angled at A. (By Pythagoras
theorem)
Distance and Section Formula
455

Example 7. P is a point on the x-axis with abscissa —2 and Q is a

point on the y—axis with ordinate 10.
Find the length PQ.
Solution. Given P (—2, 0) and Q (0, 10).

PQ=,| [0-(-2)]’ +(10-0)* = J104 = 10.2 units.

Example 8. If P is the point (x, 2), Q is (2, -2) and PQ = 5 units. Find the possible values of x.
Solution. Given P (x, 2) and Q (2, -2) are the points and PO = 5.

POQ= J -s)4G223)
=> S=v¥x° —4x+20
Squaring on both sides,
25=x° —4x+29.
x -4x-5=0.
x’ +x-5x-5=0.
x(x+1)-5(x+1)=0.
(x+1)(x-5)=0.
x+1=0 ; x-5=0.
et
ee
a
oe
Ud x =-Ior
,5.
=-1 or S are the possible values.

Example 9. Find the coordinates of the points on y-axis which are at a distance of 10 units from the
point (6, 6). |
Solution. Let a point on y—axis be A (0, y), and given B(6, 6) and AB = 19 units.

AB=, (0-6) +(y-6)

= 10= Jy? -12y+72.
Square on both sides,
100 = y’ -12y +72.
y -12y-28=0
y’ -14y+2y-28=0
y(y-14)+2(y-14)=0
(y-14)(y+2)=0
y-14=0;y+2=0
ye
Pat
YoU y = 14 or -2.
-. Coordinates of points on y—axis are (0, 14) or (0, -2).
are the vertices of a parallelogram.
Example 10. Show that the points (0, 0), (3, 2), (7, 7) and (4, 5)
(3, 2), C (7, 7) and D (4, 5).
Solution. Let the given points be A (0, 0), B
456 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

AB =, (3-0) +(2=0) = v13

7)

pe=4 (7—3)° sige =v41

ep= | (4-7) 46en) =V13
pA={ (4-0)
0) +(5-0)= Ja
= DA = V41.
AB=eCD = V13 and BC
Her
Since opposite sides are equal, hence the points form a parallelogran:.
Example 11. Show that the points (0, 2), (1, 1), (4, 4) and (3, 5) are the vertices of a rectangle.
Solution. Let the given points be A (0, 2), B (1, 1), C (4, 4) and D (3, 5).

AB = | (1-0) eee = a2
BC =, (4-1) +(4-1) = 418
Cp = me =J2
2

A=4| (3-0) +(5-2) = V18

“ (4-0) +(4-2) =V20
Bp (3-1) Hee =20
2 EES SCD
=fry 7
Here meres sides are equi
BC=DA= 18
and AC =BD= J20 iteesals are equal. Since opposite sides are equal and diagonals are
equal, hence the points form a rectangle.
Example 12. Show that the points (4, 6), (—1, 5), (-2, 0) and (3, 1) are the vertices of a rhombus.
“<"tion. Let the given points be A (4, 6), B (—1, 5), C (-2, 0) and D (3, 1).

AB =, (--1-4)' +(5~6)* =/26

=, [-2-(-1)} +(0-5)° = /26
[3-(-2)]' +(1-0)? = /26
DA =, (3-4)' +(1-6)? = /26
Here AB = BC = CD = DA= V26.
All sides are equal, hence the vertices form a rhombus.

Example 13. Show that the points (5, 3), (1, 2), (2,—2) and (6, —1) are the vertices ofa square.
Solution. Let the points be A (5, 3), B (1, 2), C (2, —2) and D(6, -1).

AB =, (1-5)° +(2—3)° = J17

Distance and Section Formula
457

AC = J (2-5) +(-2- 3)" = 134

BD =, (6-1) +(-1-2)° = V34.
_ Here AB= BC = CD = DA = V17 ice. all sides are equal and AC = BD =V34 ice. diagonals are equal .
Since all sides are equal and diagonals are equal, hence the points are the vertices of asquare.

Example 14. Find the radius of a circle whose centre is (4, 0) and which passes through (7, —4).
Solution. Given centre C (4, 0) and a point : P (7, —4) on the circumference.
Radius = PC.

Radius = | (7-4) +(-4-0)° = J25 =5

Radius = 5 units.

Section Formula

Formula for Internal. Division

To find the coordinates of the point which divides in-
ternally the line joining two points Ux y,) and (x,, y,) ina
given ratio m,.m,.
Let A (x,, y,) and B (x, y,) be two given points 'P’
be a point on AB which divides it in the given ratio m,:m,.
It is required to find the coordinates of P. Let us suppose
they are (x, y). Draw perpendiculars AL, BM and PN on OX
and AQ, PR on PN and BM respectively.
ASAPQ and BPR are similar.
APPB _ AQ _ QP eS bow
Eee
Now AP SED aah, (Given)
AQ=LN=QN- OL=x-x,
PR=NM=OM
—- ON= x, -x
OP = NP'— NO= NP - LA.-y—y,
RB = MB —- MR= MB -NP= y,-y
~. From (/), we get

OH eae 2,
Msn rdeXaicerrovnlen Vg Y
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Oe i BH;
‘he first two relations give, = ———
The | eX,

= m,X, —m,X = m,X — MX,

=> x(m, +m, )= 1,X_ + Way

mx, +m,X,
= Sar heli aa
m, +m,

Similarly from the relations,

my y,
ated aot Y
my, +m,y,
we vel ee
m, +m,

a ; m,xX,+m,XxX, my, +My,

-. The coordinates of P are |—————— .——
m +m, Wit

Corollary : Mid-Point Formula

If P is the mid point ofthe line joining A(x, y,) and B(x,, y,) then the ratio is | : 1 and the co-ordi-
nates are

_ Lal ly, +ly,

xX = 5 eS
1+] 1+1
i: 2be EY ee
2 2

“. The coordinates of the mid point of AB are mee. Ji 2

pers a2

Centroid of a Triangle
To find the coordinates of the centroid ofa triangle whose vertices are given. Centroid of a triangle is
the point of intersection of its medians.
Let A(x, y }; B(x,, y,) and C(x,, y,) be the vertices ofthe triangle ABC.
Let D, E and F be the mid—points of BC, AC and AB respectively. Then the coordinates of D, E and F
arn'| |ee Ss }[A Roe yy tt
are a) and X, +X, VY, ty,
— 25 | IfG is the centroid, then G divides AD
2 2 2 2 4
in the ratio 2: 1. A(X,,y,
1? )
Let the coordinates of G be (x, y). Then the :
coordinates ofG are
2(x, +x, ) . F
ae ’ ¢) +1X, _ % +X, +X,
E
Pa | me os
2(y, +y,)
_
and -?
y= 2 5.1 ae 3
ae —_ a B (X5,Y5) i C(x, y,)
Fig. 10 a
Distance and Section Formula
459

Hence the coordinates of the centroid are given by

Set ahs
3
a la a
3

illustrative Examples
Example 1. The coordinates of two points A and B are (2, 1) and (7, 6) respectively. P is
a point on the
line AB such that AP : PB = 3 : 2. Find the coordinates of P.
Solution. Let (x, y) be the coordinates of P which divides A (2, 1) and B (7, 6) in the ratio 3 :
2.
x a SX T+2x2 _3x6+2x1
pee! !” 445
=> x= 2, y= 3 P(x,y) 2
OO

= x=5, 3-4. A(2,1) B(7,6)

.. Coordinates of P are ( 5,4 ).
Example 2. Find the ratio in which the point (2, 1) divides the join of the points (1, —2) and (4, 7).
Solution. Let the coordinates of A and B be (1, —2) and (4, 7). Let (2, 1) divides AB in the ratio 2 : I.
Then the coordinates of the point of division are
5. Ak) Se:
A+1° A+1
Taking the first relation, P (2,1)
> 2=
_4h4]
aay
-———<_%*_____—_———
A Xr | ae

=> Oh 247.41 (1-2) 97)

= 2A =1

= exul
h=>-

*. The required ratio is xs =D.

Example 3. The point P (3, 5) divides the line joining the points A (2, 4) and B in the ratio | : 3. Find
the coordinates of B.
Solution. Given the coordinates of A and P are (2, 4) and (3, 5) respectively. Let the coordinates of B
be (x, y).
Given P divides AB in the ratio | : 3.
_.. The coordinates of division are
5 _ Lyt3x4 P(3,5) 3
3 = Lx+3x2
a we 20=y+ nce12. B(x,y)
= igs
12=x+6, A(2,4)
=, x= 6, y=8.
, The coordinates of B are (6, 8).
Q. Find the coordinates of P and
Example 4. In the adjoining figure R (4, 3) is the mid-point ofP and
2.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
460
J
Solution. Given P and Q are points on x and y- axes respec- Q
(0,y)
tively. R (4,3), the mid-point of PQ. Let the coordinates of P
’
and Q be (x, 0) and (0, y) respectively.
_x+0 Day
ye 2 > 3= 2

= x= 8, y=6.
-. Coordinates of P and Q are (8, 0) and (0, 6).

P(x ,0)

Example 5. In the adjoining figure P(2,2) is a point on the line AB such that AP : PB=1: 2. Find the
coordinates of A and B.
Solution. Let the coordinates of A and B be (x, 0) and (0, y). P
(2, 2) divides AB in the ratio | : 2. (o,y)
_2x+10 4_2.0+1y
2+1 2+1
= 6=2x, 6=y.
= x= 3, y=6.

A(x,0) x
Example 6. Find the coordinates of the points of trisection of the line joining the points (—5, —S) and
(25, 10).
Solution. Let P and Q be the points of
trisection of the line segment AB. Then AP
: . - . 2

ES —————————E——————-_——————
= PQ= QB. But P divides AB in the ratio | A p Q B
2 (-5,-5) (25,10)
.. Let the coordinates of P be (x, y).
_ 1x25+2x-5 _ 1x10+2x-5
i 1+2 j aa 1+2
= x=5, y=0.
Coordinates of P are (5, 0).
PQ=QB
Q is the mid-point of PB.

Coordinates of Q are (538 ; ost)

= €i,32
‘. Coordinates of P and Q are (5, 0) and (15, 5).

Example 7. Find the lengths of the medians of the triangle whose vertices are (2, 2), (0, 2), (2, -4)
Distance
and Section Formula 461

Solution. Let the coordinates of 4, B and C be (2, 2), (0, 2) and (2, —4) respectively.
Let P, O, R be the mid points of AB, BC, CA respectively.

(72.252),o( 2.54), (292234

Then the coordinates of P?, QO, R are A(2,2)

P 0+2 242 0+2 2-4 242 2 2-

»(24+2
=> P(T, 2), 001; -)), RC. -1):

“. -
Length of median AQ= Li mey Ee hs
|
= J/10 =3.2
B(0,2)
Length of median BR= (2-0)' ee »)?= /13 =3.6

Length of median CP = | (1-2) +(2 -(-4)] = /37 =6.1 C(2,-4)

;
. Lengths of medians are 3.2, 3.6 and 6.1 units.
Example 8. Three consecutive vertices of a parallelo-
y) C(-5,5)
gram ABCD are A(8. 5), B(-7, —5) and C (-5, 5). Find the
Mi .
coordinates of the fourth vertex D.
Solution. Given the coordinates of A, B, C are (8, §).
(—7, —5) and (—5, 5) respectively.
Let the coordinates of D be (x, y).
Coordinates of mid point of diagonal AC are
5+5 3 me
8-5
( a: )=(5.5} A(8,5) Bee
; . peed | y-5
; EO.
C F
coordinates of mid point of diagonal BD are 5

other, therefore, the mid point of AC and BD are

Since the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each
same.

(3 5}= ll a
2" ye dae?

=p SE ll Sap abe
=
2 9 i
=> y= 15
x= 10,
- The coordinates ofD are (10, 15).
OABC is a rectangle in y
Example 9. In the adjoining figure
which B is (6, 4).
(i) Write down the coordinates ofA
and C. ‘ B(6,4)
(ij) Find the coordinates of P, the
mid-point of AC.
(0,4) 4
(iii) Find the area of A ABC.
Solution.
(6, 0) and (0, 4).
(i) Coordinates ofA and C are
4
Pof
(ii) Mid point ac =( 849,25 )=(3 2).
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class Xx
462

(iii) Length of AB = 4, length of BC = 6.

., Areaof ABC= = 5ABx BC = 5%4x6= 12 sq. units.

Q are the mid-
Example 10. A (-1, 3), B (I, !) and C (5, 1) are the vertices ofa triangle ABC. P and
points of AB and AC respectively. Show that PQ = +BC.

Solution. Given A (-1, 3), B (1, 1) and C (5, 1) are the vertices of A ABC. P and Q are mid—points of
AB and AC respectively.
.. Coordinates of P and Q are A(-1,3)

—-1+1 3+1 —-1+5 341

( 2 321) and ( 2 331)
=> (0, 2):and'@;,2).
(0,2)P (2.2
72) Q(2,2)
PO], (2-0) +(2-2) =V4 =2

1)
BC =, (5-1) +(1-=V1 6 =4.
BC =4.
PQ =2, and is PO= 7BC. B(1,!) C(5,1)
Example 11. Find the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are (—5, 7), (1, —1) and (1, 6)
Solution. Coordinates of centroid are
st Aa ped ARG
3 ; 3
= x=-l, y=4

Centroid is (-1, 4).

Example 12. The coordinates of centroid of a triangle are (-1 7

3
If the coordinates of A and B are (—4, —3) and (2, 1), find the coordinates A(- 4, 3)
of C.

Solution. Let the coordinates of C be (x, y).

at ae 3 gee a
hs eC Fae
=> ey y=5.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Given that the coordinates of points A and B are
(—3, 2) and (9, 7) respectively. Find with-
out using square paper
(i) the conrdinates of mid point of AB.
(ii) the distance between A and B.
Solution. Given the coordinates ofA and B are (—3, 2) and (9, 7). Let P (x, y) be
the mid point of AB.
Distance and Section Formula
463

(i) ». Coordinates ofP are (32.247) => (3, 4.5).

(ii) Distance 4B = | [9-(-3)]’ +(7-2)° = 169 = 13.

~. AB= 13 units.
Question 2. The coordinates of two points A and B are (—3, 3) and (12, —7) respectively. P is a point
on the line AB such that AP : PB = 2 : 3. Find the coordinates of P without using square paper.
Solution. Let (x, y) be the coordinates of P, which divi-
des A (—3, 3) and B (12, -7) in the ratio 2 : 3.
ee eee T+ 3x3, 2 P(x%y) 5
+3 2+3 C—O
1 as A B
=> ine ieee 7 (-3,3) (12,-7)

.. The coordinates of P are (3, —-1).

Question 3. The points A and B have coordinates (3, 5) and (x, y) respectively. The mid point of AB is
(2, 3). Find the values of x and y.
Solution. P (2, 3) is the mid point of A (3, 5) and B(x, y).

2—_3+x
7
iFsty
ae EE Si —
P(2,3)

= 4=34355 6=S+y lage B

= Be ase (3,5) (x,y)
.. Coordinates of B are (1, 1).
Question 4. The distance between A (1, 3) and B (x, 7) is 5. Calculate the possible values of x.
Solution. Given A (1, 3) B (x, 7) and AB=5.

AB =, (x-1) +(7-3)°
=> 5=Vx? -2x+17
Square on both sides,
25=x° -2x+17
x’ -2x-8=0
x’ -4x+2x-8=0
x(x-4)+2(x-4)=0
(x-4)(x+2)
=0
x-4=0,x+2=0
of
De.
Ue
Vey x=4 or-2.
. The possible values of x are 4 or —2.
per siltyi i 8
A
Question 5. Calculate the coordinates of the point (5,9)
P which divides the line joining A (-1, 3) and B(5, 9) — (-1,3)
in the ratio 1 : 2.
464 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

A(—1, 3) and B(5, 9) in the ratio 1 : 2.

Solution. Let (x, y) be the coordinates of P which divides
_ 1x54+2x-1 | _ 1x 9423
ie (22 oe eee
= x=l,y=5.
+. Coordinates of P are (1, 5).
l
Question 6. The mid point of the line joining A(2, py and BG, 4) is (3, 5). Calculate the numerica
values of p and g.
Solution. Given C (3, 5) be the mid point of A(2, P) and B(q, 4).
2+ q pr+4
3-557 5-5. c(3,5)
-————} +--+ B
=> 6=2+q,10=p+4 A
=> g=4,p=6 (2F3 (q,4)
p=6andg=4. .

Question 7. A is a point on the y-axis whose ordinate is 5 and B is the point (—3, 1). Calculate the
length AB.
Solution. Given A(0, 5) and B(-3, 1).
2. Se ea
AB = J (-3-0) +(1-5)’ = 25 =5
Length of AB = 5 units.

Question 8. Calculate the coordinates of the point P which divides the line joining A(—3,3) and B(2,-7)
internally in the ratio 2 : 3.
Solution. Let (x, y) be the coordinates of P which divides A(—3, 3) and B(2,-7) in the ratio 2 : 3.
2X 23x 3 ... DK-TF3RS
Sg a. I, Leas , 2 a 3
ley A B
. Coordinates ofP are (—1, -1). (-3,3) (2-73
Question 9. The mid point of the line joining (a, 2) and (3, 6) is (2, 6). Find the values of a and b.
Solution. Let C (2, b) be the mid point of A(a, 2) and B(3, 6).

eo PoTs ng EG:
aa c(2
( 9d)

be eyie 4 A B
fia43, bela
ga
=>. a=l1and5=4.
(a ,2) (3,6)
“. The values of aand b are | and 4 respectively.

Question 10. Calculate the coordinates of the point P that divides the line joining the points A(—1,
3)
and B(5, —6) internally in the ratio 1 : 2.
Solution. Let P(x, y) be the coordinates of point P which j et X,¥) 2
divides A(—1, 3) and B(5, -6) in the ratio 1: 2. ae
eK eS Nee eo
ERO -1.3 B
1 ae eT FE (1,3) (5,-6)
Distance and Section Formula
465

> x=l,y=0.
Coordinates of P are (1, 0).

Question 11. Calculate the distance between P(2,2), O(5,4) correct to 3 significant figures. (do not
consult the tables).
Solution. Given points P(2, 2) and Q(5, 4).

PQ=, (5-2)'+(4-2)° = V13

=3.605
PO=3.61 (correct to 3 significant figures)

Question 12. The line segment joining A(—3,1) and B(5,—4) is a diameter of a circle whose centre is O.
Find the coordinates of the point O.
Solution. O is the centre of circle. Therefore, it is the mid point of diameter.
Let O(x, y) be the coordinates of line joining A(—3, 1) and B(5, —4) which are the extremities of the
diameter.
2 =a 1-4
o> eee, 2
=> x=l,
3
E25 -

Question 13. The line segment joining A(2, 3) and B(6, —S) is intersected by x—axis at a point K. Write
down the ordinate of the point K. Find the ratio in which K divides AB.
Solution. The line joining A(2, 3) and B(6, —5) is intersected by x—axis at K.
Coordinates of K are (x, 0). A(2,3)
Let the ratio be A: 1.
6A +2 ht)
Coordinates of K are (
A+1° A+]
But K lies on x-axis, .". Ordinate of K is zero.

Ratio
is et > Beles: 3
(-1, 1).
Question 14. The coordinates of A and B are (-3, a) and (1, a + 4). The mid point of AB is
Find the value of a.
Solution. Given C (-1, 1) is the mid - point of A(—3, a) and B(1, a+ 4).
Sy see eet 4 c(-1,!)
ity F Ante Z S |
RAYE
= 2=2at4. A B
(-3,9) (1,944)
=> a=-l.
466 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

nt
Question 15. Calculate the ratio in which the line segme
joining (3, 4) and (—2, 1) is divided by the y—axis.
Solution. Let the points A(3, 4) and B(-2, 1) divided by the
y-axis at P in the ratio A: 1.
Let the coordinates ofP be (O, y).
Ee Gee eS
OF ol aoe
Taking the x—coordinate, we get ra 2° )
-2A+3=0. :
=> Bid
me

3
Ratio
is A: 1=> 5 pad be SEs ju

Question 16. Prove that the points A(—5, 4), B(-1, -2) and C (5, 2) are the vertices of an isosceles
right angled triangle. Find the coordinates of D, so that ABCD is a square.
Solution. Given points are A(—5S, 4), B(—1, —2) and C (5, 2).

AB = — ~-(-2) fpe
= /52 (5.4) (9)
BC = |(5-(-v} +[2-(2)P
E( I ==

AC = se = /104.
AB’
2 =52, BC’ 2 =52 and AC’ 2 =104. B i S
(5-2) (5,2)
B’ + BC’ =52+52=104= AC” : :
AB’ + BC’ = AC’. Also AB = BC.
A ABC is aright angled isosceles triangle (By Pythagoras theorem).
Let D (x, y) be the fourth vertex of the square ABCD.
But AD = DC.

(x+5) +(y-4)° = (x-5)’ +(y-2)’.

Squaring on both sides,
x’ +)" + 10x-8y+41=x° +y —-10x-4y+29.
— Sx-y=-3 — (i)
Also DC = BC.

(x-5)’ +(y-2)' = /52

Squaring on both sides,
x+y -10x-4y+29 =52
x+y -10x-4y =23 500
Solving (/) and (ii) we get,
Distance and Section Formula
467

x=landy=8.
.. Coordinates of D are (1, 8).

Question 17. The coordinates of the mid point

poi of the line segment PQ are ; (1, -2). The coordinates
of
P are (—3, 2). Find the coordinates of Q.
=
Solution. Given R(1, —2) is the mid point of P(—3, 2) and Q.
Let the coordinates of Q be (x, y). R(1,-2)
pote ye, -——_-—_1___
B — P
=> x=5, y=-6 (-3,2) (x,y)
_<. Coordinates of Q are (5, —6).

Question 18. P divides the distance between A(-2,1) and B(1,4) in the ratio 2 : 1. Calculate the coordi-
nates of P.
Solution, Let (x, y) be the coordinates of P which divides A(-2, 1) and B(1, 4) in the ratio 2 : 1.
ya 2Xkl+lx-2 _2x4+1x1
1+2 - 1+2
=> x=0, y=3.
Coordinates of P are (0, 3).

Question 19. A(2, 2), B(—-2, 4) and C(-2, 6) are the vertices of a triangle ABC. Prove that ABC is an
isosceles triangle.
Solution. Given A(2, 2) B(—2, 4) and C (-2, 6) are the vertices of A ABC.
AB={ (-2-2) +(4-2) = 20.
BC = | [2-(-2)] +(6-4)° = 20.
AC=y (529) 4(6-2) = 52.
Here AB = BC = 20.
Two sides are equal. Hence A is isosceles.

Question 20. In what ratio is the join of A(0,3) and B(4,1) divided by x axis? (4B produced if neces-
sary) write the coordinates of the point where AB intersects the x- axis.
Solution. Let P be point of intersection of line joining A(0, 3) and B(4, 1). Since P is a point on x-
axis hence the coordinates of P be (x, 0).
Let the ratio
be 1: 1.
_ 42.40 _A+3
Then x= 1+1” ees

Taking
;
0=AS
Ta We Beth = —
a

Point P divides externally the line AB in the ratio A: 1=> 3: 1.

Coordinates of P are (3, 0).
is (1, 2 a + 1). Find the
Question 21. The mid point of the line segment joining (2 a, 4) and (-2, 3 d)
values of a and bd.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class x
468

a, 4) and B(—2, 3 5).

Solution. Let P(1, 2 at+1) is the mid point of A(2

28-2 ei
aed = 2a—2, 4a+2=4+3b
d= 2,b=2,
- The values ofa and b are 2 and 2.

point
Question 22. The line segment joining 4(-1.3) and B(a, 5) is divided in the ratio 1 : 3 at P, the

where the line segment AB intersects y axis. Calculate

(i) the value of a.
(ii) the coordinates of P. ~

Solution. Let the coordinates of P be (0, y) which divides 4-1, )and B(a, 5) in the ratio 1:3.

ee
oj,
eae
ye4
=, a= 38 yi 2°

(i) value of a=3.

(ii) coordinates of P are (0,3),

Question 23.
(i) Write down the coordinates of the point P that divides the line joining A(—4, 1) and B(17, 10)
in the ratio |: 2.
(ii) Calculate the distance OP where O in the origin.
(iii) In what ratio does the y-axis divide the line 4B?
Solution. Given A(-—4, 1) and B(17, 10). P divides AB in the ratio 1 : 2.

. Coordinates of P are acca 1x1942x1) = (3,4). Ly re at, )

1+2 1+2
.. Coordinates ofP are (3, 4). Rh: 2
(ii) The distance OP, where O is O(0, 0).

OP = J(3-0)? +(4-0)? = 3? +42 =5 units.

(iii) Let L(0, y) is the point which divides AB in the ratio m:n.
mx|l7+nx-4 “
0.
m+n

=> 17m-4n=0.

=> m_
ote4
n ae
.". y-axis divides AB in the ratio 4 : 17.
Distance and Section Formula
469

Question 24. The mid point of the line segment AB shown in the diagra
m
is (4, —3). Write the coordinates of A and B.
Solution. Let the coordinate of A and B be (x, 0) and (0, y), given (4, -3)
in the mid point of AB
x¥+0_ O+y
5 =4 and = aaa
> x=8 and y=-6.
.. Coordinates of A and B are A(8, 0) and (0, -).
Question 25. Calculate the distance between A(7, 3) and B on the x-axis whose abscissa is 11.
Solution. Given A(7, 3) and B is a point on x-axis and whose abscissa is 11.
.. Coordinates of B are (11, 0)

AB = (7-11)? +(3-0)?
AB = J16+9 = J25=5 units.

Exercises
1. Find the distance between the points
(i) (0, -3), (-7, 0) (ii) (1, 1), (7, 1).
(iii) (4, -2), GQ, 1) (iv) (7, 1), (4, -2).
2. Prove that the points (5, 5), (3, 4) and (-7, —1) are collinear.
Ww. If (2, 6), (1, 3), (4, 5) are the vertices of a triangle, find the length of the sides of the triangle.
What type of a triangle it is?
. Find the length of the diagonal of a quadrilateral having opposite vertices (8, 4) and (—4, —1).
. Prove that (—6, 10), (-3, —4) and (2, 6) are the vertices of a night angled triangle.
Find the coordinates of point P which divides the join of A(—2, 4) and B(3, —1) in the ratio 2 : 3.
. Find the ratio in which the point (1, —3) divides the join of (0, --5) and (5, 5).
In what ratio is the line joining A(2, —3) and B(5, 6) divided by x—axis?
. In what ratio is the line joining the points (—3, 2) and (6, 1) divided by the y axis?
. The mid point of a line segment is (1,—1) and one end is (—1,—3). Find the other end.
. Find the coordinates of the centroid of a triangle whose coordinates are (—2,—3), (2, 1) and (6,—3).
. A-1, 1), B(-3, -2) and C(2, -1) are the vertices of a triangle. If P and Q are mid points of AB
and AC, Prove PQ = +BC ,

. Prove (-1, 1), (2, -2), (5, 7) and (8, 4) are the vertices of a rectangle.
_ Find the radius of a circle whose centre is at (-2,-3) and passes through (4, 5).
if the
_ One end of the diameter of a circle is (2, 5). Find the coordinates of the other end of it,
centre of the circle is (2, —1).
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
470

, find the value of a.

_ If the distance between (—4, a).and (—2, 7) is V8
(3, 5) and (2, 3).
_ Find the value of x so that (x, 0) is equidistant from
5. Find the equation of this moving
_ A point (x, y) moves such that its distance from (4, 6) is
point.
point (7, 9) and 1 from a
_ Find the coordinates of a point which is at a distance of 5 from the
point (3, 5).
prove that
_ If the point (a, 5) is equidistant from the points (x+y, y-x) and (x-y, x+y),
bx =ay.

. The line is of length /50 and one end is at the point (—2, 4). If the ordinate of the other end is
5, find the abscissa.
. Find a point on the y-axis that is equidistant from (—4, 2) and (1, 7).
. Find a point on the x-axis that is equidistant from (—5, 3) and (2, 6).
. Prove that the points are collinear
(i) (3, 0), (6, —4) and (-3, 8)
(ii) (-8, 7), (6, 5) and (2, —3).
. Prove that the points (x, y), (a, b) and (x-—a, y—b) are collinear if bx = ay.
. Ifthe points (a, b) (-1, 2) (-3, 4) are collonear then prove that a+b-1=0.
. Find the centre of the circle passing through the points (6, 2), (—1, 3) (-3, —1).
. Show that the point (3, 2) is the centre of the circle passing through the points (3, 7), (0, 6) and
(=I, 5).
. ABC is a iriangle whose centroid is (2, 6). If A is the point (3, 7) and B, C lie on x and y axes
respectively, find the coordinates of B and C.
. Find the ratio in which the line joining the points (-2, 7) (6, —7) is cut by the y-axis.
. Find the ratio in which the line joining the points (6, 3), (-3, —12) are cut by x-axis.
- Find the points of trisection of the line segment AB, where A and B are (-2, 3) and (4, 6)
respectively.
. Find the coordinates of the points which divide A(—4, -6) and B(12, 2) into 4 equal parts.
. A line AB is divided internally at P(4, -8) in the ratio 2 : 3 and at Q(0, -10) in the ratio 3 : 2.
Find A and B.
33; If (2, 1), (—2, 3), (4, 5) are three of the consecutive vertices of a parallelogram, find the fourth
vertex.
36. P(5, K) is a point on the line joining A(1, 5) and B(6, —5). Find
(i) the ratio in which / divides AB
(ii) the value of K.
a. A(4, —2), B(-2, 3) and C(6, 5) are the vertices of a triangle. find the length
of the median AD.
13 7 ; ; :
38. If (2, -1), (2. 0),& 1 are the mid-poi nts of the sides of a triangle, find the coordinates of
the triangle.
Distance and Section Formula
47\

39. Show that the points (-3, -2), (-2, 3), (3, 4) and (2, —1) are the vertices of a rhombus.
40. Show that the points (1, -8), (-7, -7), (5, 7) and (13, 6) are the vertices of a parallelogram.
41. Show that the points (2, —2), (8, 4), (5, 7) (-1, 1) are the vertices of a rectangle.
42. Show that the points (-1, -1), (2, -1), (2, 2) and (-1, 2) are the vertices of a square.
43. The point (1, 5) is the intersection of diagronals of a parallelogram and two of whose consecu-
tive vertices are (8, 5) and (9, 2). Find the coordinates of the remaining two vertices.
44. The points A(3, 1), B(2, 2), C(O, 1) and D(1, 0) form a paralleogram. Find
(i) P a pont of trisection of AC,
(ii) Q the mid-point of AB,
(iii) length of PQ.
45. Prove that the middle point of the line joining points (-5, 12) and (—1, —12) is a point of
trisection of the line joining the points (-8, —5) and (7, 10).

Answers
1. (i)V58 (ii) 6 Git)
VIB (iv) JI8-—3.. J10, V1, V5, Scaiene A 33)
6. (0, 2). Lis S122
9.1:2. 10. 3, 1) 11. (2.3)
14. 10. 15. (6, -7) 16. Sor9
17. 10.5 18. x7 +y* -8x-12y+27=0 19. (3, 6)or(4, 5)
21. -9 or 5 22; (G3) 23. (1,0)
17.0. 29. B(3, 0), C(O, 11) 30. 1:3
31.1:4 32. (0, 4), (2, 5) 33. (0, —4), (4, -2), (8, 0)
34. A(12, 4), B(-8, -14) 35. (8, 3) 36. (i) 4:1 (i) K=-3
37. 2V10 38. (-1, 0), (5, -2), (8, 2) 43—~(—6, 5), (-7, 8)
S. 3) a
44. P(2, 1), of. 3), 3
 Chapter 22

Equation of a Straight Line

Slope or Gradient of a Straight Line

Definition. The slope or gradient of a line is the tangent of the angle
which the part of the line above the x axis makes with the positive
direction of the x axis. The slope of a line is indicated by the letter ‘m’.
If AB is the portion ofthe line above the x—axis and if ZxAB = 8,
then
m= tan.

Note. 6 is measured positively from 0° or 180’.

Equation of a Straight Line

Lines Parallel and Perpendicular to the x—axis

(i) Ifa line is parallel to the x-axis, its inclination is 0° and so its slope is fan0°
= 0.
(ii) Ifa line is perpendicular to the x-axis, its inclination is 90° and so its Slope is
tan90° =a,

Slope of a Line Joining two Points

Let A(x,, y,) and B(x,, y,) be the two given
points. Let © be the inclination of the line AB with a
positive direction of the x-axis. Y
Draw horizontal and vertical lines parallel to x
axis and y axis respectively through A and B intersect-
ing at C.
In right angled A ABC,

tano = BC. 2
x, —%,

ve J)

x, — xX,

Parallel and Perpendicular Straight Lines

(/)) Parallel lines
If we consider two straight lines having the
same slope, then their inclinations with x-axis are
equal. Therefore the straight lines are parallel.
Conversely, if we consider two parallel lines, then
their inclination are equal and hence they have the
same slope.
Therefore two straight lines are parallel if their
slopes are equal.

(i) Perpendicular straight lines

Let AB and CD be two straight lines perpendi-
cular to each other.
Let ZXCD=89.
Then ZXAB = 90° +8.
(Exterior angle is equal to sum of two interior
opposite angles)
+, Slope of AB = tan(90° +6).
= -cotO0=m,
474 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Slope of CD = tan® = m,
Product of their slopes
= mm, =(-cot®)(tan®).
= mm, =-1.
Hence if two straight lines are perpendicular, then the product of their slopes is —1.
if two straight lines are given and if m, and m, are their slopes, then
(i) m, =m,, if the lines are parallel.
(ii) m,m, =—1, if the lines are perpendicular.

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. What is the slope of a line whose inclination is
(i) 0° (ii) 45° (iii) 60° (iv) 30°.
Solution.
(i) Slope of a line = tan® = tan0’ =0.
(ii) Slope ofa line = tan® = tan45° = 1.
(iii) Slope of a line = tan® = tan60° = fi
(iv) Slope of a line = tan® = tan30° = aI

Example 2. Find the inclination of the line whose slope is (i) 1 (ii) V3 (iii) 1.428 (iv) 0.56.
Solution.
(7) Given slope = | (ii) Slope = V3
=» iano =I => tan®=tan60
=> tan®=tan45° => 9-60.
Ss “b= 45"
(iii) Slope = 1.428 (iv) Slope = 0.56
=> tan9=tan55 => tan®=tan0.56
= soe. => tan® = tan29°15'
=. §=29 15",
Example 3. Find the slope and inclination of the line passing through each pair of following
points:
(i) (1,3) (4,6) (i). (0, 0) (3, V3).
Solution.
(i) Let A(1, 3) and B(4, 6) be two points.
and let A(1, 3)=(x,, y,)
B(4, 6) =(x,, y,)
Slope of AB = 22%! = §=3 3)
X,=x, 4S
Equation of a Straight Line
475
“. Slope = |
=> tanO=1
=> tanO=tan45°
>. 6=45°.
(ii) Let —-P(0, 0) =(x,, y,)
and (3, V3)=(x,, y,)
-. Slope of PQ =22—™ V520, ob
es, 30

.. Slope = ——l
V3
=> tan0= ie
JS
=> tan® = tan30°
=> 0=30°.
Example 4. Find the slope of a line which is

(i) parallel to a line whose slope is *.

(ii) perpendicular to a line whose slope is —3.

Solution.
(i) Let the given line be AB.

Given slope of AB = a
2
Slope of a line parallel to AB = Slope of AB = 5 ( m, = m,)

(ii) Let the given line be PQ.

Given slope of PQ = -3.
l eee
Slope of a line 1 to PQ = loneegro SC ie
Ch (hs mm, )
=-—]).

Example 5. Find the slope of a line which is

(i) parallel to a line passing through (5, 3), (—1, —3)
(ii) perpendicular to a line passing through (0, 6), (—3, 1).
Solution.

() Let (5, 3) =(x,, »,)

B(-1, —3) = os y,)

a; —3-3_ -6
Slope of AB = 227! = = = =2=
: 2

Slope ofline parallel to AB = Slope of AB =1. (-. m, =m, )

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
4 76

Slope of PQ = a = —4_q sieoes

av)

(-. m,m, = -1)

I
BOP f the line
OO pe eidiculartoRO= =
Slope ofPO rr.
55
. 3 ee 4 ]
Example 6. Find x if the slope of line joining (—6, 13) and (3, x) is 3°

Solution.

Let A(-6, 13) =(x,, )

B(3, x)=(x,, »,)

Slope of AB eee
x, —%,
an Pee x-13
3a—6)
es _toes
3 9
=> —3=x-13.
= x= 10.

Example 7. The line joining A(-2,4) and B(3,—5) is parallel to the line joining C (0,4) and D(-3, y).
Findy.

Solution. Slope of AB = 5-4 ae

32(2)
-4 y-4
Slopeope ofof CD
CD = 2——
320 =u 2ae
5

Since AB is parallel to CD.

aMee 2os
den ——,
— 27 =(y-4)5
2
= Vere
=9=.,

Example 8. The line joining A(—4,6) and B(-1,-3) is perpendicular to the line joining C (0,—4) and
D(3,x). Find x.

Solution. Slope of AB = 2-3 ae =3,,

=] = (.4) se
Slope of CD = a ca Sake
3-0 3
Since AB perpendicular to CD,
Equation of a Straight Line
477

censor AB =
P Slope of CD & mm, = -1)
=> as ae
x+4
3
=a 3
+3 = easy

> x+4=1.
= 43:
Example 9. Given that the points P(3, 2), O(0, —4) and R(-3, x) are collinear. Find x.
Solution. Since P, QO, R are collinear,
Slope of PO = Slope of OR.

=> 439) eke)

0-3 -3-0
84
= eg
= —6=x+4
=> x=-10.

Example 10. Without using distance formulae, show that the points P(3, 2), O(0, —1), R(—3,—2) and
S(0, 1) are the vertices of a parallelogram.
Solution. Given points P(3, 2), O(0, —1), R(-3, —2) and S(O, 1).
Baia? 2438
Slope of PO = m4 l

Slope of OR == 2atag
Ayalh alas en

Slope of RS =
(
Slope of SP mis? . shat3
= 7-3 =
Here,. Slope of PQ = Slope of RS =1 “. PQ is ||RS.

Slope of OR = Slope of SP = 7 *. ORis ||SP.

. P, Q, R, S are the vertices of a parallelogram as opposite sides are parallel.
Example 11. A(—1, 2), B(2, 1) and C(O, 4) are the vertices of a triangle ABC. Find
(i) Slope of AB (ii) Slope of altitude of AB
(iii) Slope of median through A.
(iv) Slope of the line parallel to BC.
Solution. Given A(—1, 2), B(2, 1), C(O, 4).

(i) Slope of AB = oeay = -i.

te (mm,mn, =-1 )
i Slope ofaltitude of AB =~ Slope of AB meBie i73
(ii)
3
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
478
: , 2 4+!1 5
(iii) Mid point of B andC is (°5 é 441) (1, 5):

Let the mid point of BC be of}, 3).

5
.. Slope of AD = 2 hy ee
i-(-1) 2 4
; Slope of BC ork
(iv) = Na, SE *

Slope ofthe line parallel to BC = Slope of BC = -5 =-l} (-. m, =m, )

Straight Lines
In this section we shall study the various forms of the equations of a straight line.
Equations of axes of coordinates. The x coordinates of every point YA
on OY is O. Therefore the equation of OY is x =.0.
The y coordinate of every point on OX is O. Therefore the equation of
OX is y= 0.

Equation of a straight line parallel to the x—axis. Let AB be a

straight line parallel to the x—axis and at distance ‘b’ from x — axis. Then Y
y — coordinate of every point on AB is b.
.. The equation ofAB is y = b. :

Equation of a straight line parallel to the y-axis. Let CD be a

straight line parallel to y—axis and at a distance ‘a’ from y-axis. Then x
—coordinate of every point on CD is ‘a’.
“. The equation of CD is x = a.
Equation of a Straight Line
479
Equation of a straight line passing through the
origin
and whose slope is ‘m’. Let | be a straight line throu
gh the
origin such that it makes an angle 6 with the positive direct
ion
of the x axis. Take any point P(x, y) on the line /, Draw PM
perpendicular tox axis. Then OM =x and PM= y.

Then tand=2
x

x
= y=m.
’. y=meis the required equation of the straight line
passing through the origin and whose slope is ‘m’.

Definition of Intercepts
If a straight line / meets the x — axis at A and y-axis at B, then OA
the distance of A from the origin is known as x — intercept and OB, the
distance of B from the origin is known as y — intercept.

Slope—intercept form of the equation of a straight line. To find the equation of a straight line when
slope ‘m’ and y — intercept ‘c’ are given.
Let AB be a straight line which makes an angle 8
with OX and cuts OY at QO. Let OQ = C. Let P(x, y) be
any point on AB, through P draw PM perpendicular
to x — axis and QL perpendicular to MP.
Then ZPQL=8. (Corresponding gy
From right angled triangle PQL,

tan§ =see
OL -©

> m=* Ss
=> y=mx+c
“. y= mx +c is the required equation.

find the equation of a line passing through a

Point-slope form of the equation of a straight line. To
point (x, y) and with given slope ‘m’.
 t

A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

480

The equation ofthe line having slope ‘mis

y=mx+c mie so

where c is an unknown constant.

Since the line at (1) passes through a (x,, y, ),the coordinates -- y, )will satisfy the equation.
y, =mx, +c — (2)

Subtracting (2) from (1) (to eliminate c), we get

y-y,=m(x-x,)
which is the required equation of a straight line passing through (x, : y,) and having slope ‘m’.
Two-point form of the equation of a straight line. To find the equation of a line passing through two
fixed (, y,) and (x,, y,).
Let the straight line passes through two fixed points A(x, : y,) and B(x, i ).
Y> ee
Slope of the line AB = =m.
x,
Slope of the straight line is m, it passes through A(x, 3; ).
Equation ofline is y—y, = m(x —x,).
Va, am
= yn =[ ; ‘l-x)
which is the equation of a straight line passing through two fixed points (x, ie )and (x,, y> ).

lilustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the equation of a straight line whose
(7) Slope is 4 and y—intercept is —3.
(ii) inclination is 30° and y—intercept is 5.
Solution.
(i) Given m = 4 and c =-3.
Equation of a straight line in slope y intercept form is
y=mx+c
=> y=4x-3, which is the required equation.
(ii) Given inclination = 30°, y—intercept = 5.
— 6=30°, c=5
= tan® = tan30°

— tan® = a
vs

= m=
“. Equation of a straight line in slope intercept form is
Equation of a Straight Line |
481
y=mx+c,
=> l
y=—xt+5
V3
se V3y =x+5J/3 which is the required equation.

Example 2. Calculate the slope (m) andy — intercept (c) ofthe

following lines :
(i)) 2x-3 y+1=
2x-3y +1=0 i zee
GH) S# l t.

Solution.
(1) Given equation 2x-3y+1=0
= 3y=2x+]1

= ya2eed
Comparing with y = mx +c, we get

Slope of given equation (m) = 2 y—intercept (c) = i

3
=F ¥ yi
(ii) 2a45]

= :
ilepeee
ie 3+!

= Gasset

Comparing with y = mx +c,

Slope ofthe given line (m) = —

Wo|
y—intercept (c) = 4.

Example 3. Find the equation of a line whose slope is -} and passing through (1, —2).

I
Solution. Given slope of the line (m) = i)

Point (x,, y,)=(1, -2) ,

Equation of a line is

ao) = m(x-x,)

= y-(-2)=-F(2-1)
l
os yt+2=-5(x-I)
> 2y+4=-x+4+1
=> x+2y+3=0.

(2, 2).
Example 4. Find the equation of a line passing through the points (4, 0) and
482 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Solution. Given points (4, 0) and (2, 2)

Slope ofthe line = 3-4 = 2 ==],

Point (x,, y,) =(4, 0)

Equation of the line is
— y-y, =m(x-x,)

=> y-0=-1(x-4)
— x+y=4.

Example 5. If 3x -2y +4 = Oand ax+4y+3=0 are parallel lines, find the value of a.
Solution. Given two lines
3x-2y+4=0 ; ax+4y+3=0
ae : ne 3 Converting into the form
2 eS ll?
Slope of Ist equation is (m, )=3

Slope of 2nd equation is =(m, )= -%

4
Since these two lines are parallel,
my, = TR;
J2e2
Ee 2, ae
= a=-6.

Example 6. If 4x —Sy = 3 and bx —4y =2 are perpendicular to each other. Find the value of 5.
Solution. Given two lines,
4x-Sy =3 bx -Ay=2
eo
y=zx-% ae into the form
y=x-} {Converting y = mx+c.

Slope of |st equation is (m,)=

Slope of 2nd equation is (m, )= :

Given these lines are perpendicular,

mm, =-]

2 (3)(a)=-
S)\4

> b=-S.
Example 7. Find the equation of the line through the point P(-3, 1) and parallel to the line joini
points O(6, -1) and R(-2, =S). Soha € line joining the
Equation of a Straight Line 483

Solution. Slope Betine joinine O(6, —1) and R(—2, —-S)=

ili
fh
) _-4 vi
Slope of line parallel to OR = 5

Equation of the line through P(—3, 1) and having slope 4 is,

Bae 4 = m(x- x, )

4 y-1=5(x-(-3))
= 2y-2=x+3
=> 2y=x+5.

Example 8. A is a point on the y-axis whose ordinate is 4 and B is a point whose coordinates are
(—3, 1). Find the equation of a line passing through A and perpendicular to AB.
Solution. Coordinates of A are (0, 4) and B are (-3, 1).
1-4 _ -3
S] ope of AB== =
aa ay |

I
Slope li 1 to AB ee
offa a line Slope of AB

The line 1 to AB has slope = —1 and point (x,, y,) =(0, 4).
Equation of the line is y-y,= m(x =x, )
=> y—4=-1(x-0)
= x+y=4.

Example 9. Find a if the line 3x —4y =a intersects x — axis at the point (2, 0). What are the coordi-
nates of the point of intersection with the y—axis ?
Solution. Given the line 3x —4y =a intersects x—axis at the point (2, 0).
This point lies on this line.
3x2-4x0=a
= a=6,
Equation of the line is 3x-4y =6.
This line intersects the y — axis, when x—coordinate is zero.
= 3x0-4y=6.

= y = 2°
Point of intersection of this line with y—axis is (0,- 3).

Example 10. The points 4 and B have coordinates (2, 3) and (8, 5) respectively. Find
(i) Coordinates of C, the mid-point of AB.
(ii) Gradient of AB.
(iii) Equation of CD which is perpendicular to AB.
(iv) The value of a if (-1, a) lies on CD.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
484

mid—point of AB.
Solution. Given A(2, 3) and B(8, 5) and C is the
5 2
(i) Coordinates of c=(245, 345) 2(5,4)

- /
(ii) Slope of AB = 2-3 = pac

ie 1) ae I ee 3 Nn, =-1)
(“mm,
(iii) Slope of CD = Slope of AB

The line CD has a slope = -3 and pt. (x,, y,)=(5, 4)

Equation of CD is v=. = m(x-x,)
=> y-4=-3(x-5)
=> 3x+y=19.
(iv) Point (—1, a) lies on CD.
3(-1)+a=19
= a=22:

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Graph of the equation y=mxte passes through the points (1, 4) and (—2, —5). Deter-
mine the values of m and c.
Solution. Method I.
Given equation is y=mx+e —(l1)
This passes through points (1, 4) and (—2, —S5).
= 4=m+c —(2)
=> -5=-2m+c — (3)
Solving (2) and (3), we get m=3 andc=1.
Method II.
Given equation is y=mx+c, (i)
This passes through points (1, 4) and (—2,—5).

Slope of equation (1) (m) = a4 =.

Substituting the value of m in (1),

y=3x+c,
This passes through (1, 4).
4=3xl+c.. c=1.
m=3andc=1.
Question 2. Find the slope of the line joining the points (3, 4) and (0, 16). Hence or otherwise
write
down the equation ofthe line.

Solution. Given points (3, 4) and (0, 16).Slope of |ine joining these two points (m) = 5 = ‘ Sa

Let (x,, y,) =(3, 4)

Equation of a Straight Line
485
.. Equation of the line is

(y — »,)=m(x, x,)
=> y-4=-4(x-3)
=> 4x+y=16.
This is the required equation of the line.

Question 3. The graph of linear equation in x and y passes through (4, 0) and (0, 3). Find
the value of
K, if the graph passes through (K, 1.5).
Solution. Given a linear equation passes through (4, 0) and (0, 3).

.. Slope p of inear linear equation

equati (m) = ee
024 4"

Let (x,, y, )=(4, 0).

Equation of linear equation is

(y — y,)=m(x
-x,)
= y-0=-2(x-4)
= 4y=-3x+12.
This equation passes through (K, 1.5).
=> 4x1.5=-3K+12
=> 6 =-3K +12.
=. K =2.

Question 4. The equation of a line is y=3x-—S. Write down the slope of this line and the intercept
made by it on the y—axis. Hence or otherwise, write down the equation of a line which is parallel to the line
and which passes through the point (0,5).
Solution. Given equationis y=3x-5 —(l)
Comparing this with y=mxt+c,
Slope ofthe line (m) = 3.
y—intercept (c) = —S.
We have to write an Equation of a line parallel to (1) and passes through (0, 5).
Slope of the required equation = slope of equation (1) (.. m, = m, )
= 3.
Point (x,, y,)=(0, 5)
. Equation is y-y, = m( x - x,)
= y-5=3(x-0)
= y=3xt+5.

vely. Find
Question 5. The coordinates of two point, E and F are (0, 4) and (3, 7) respecti
(i) the gradient of EF
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
486

(ii) the equation of EF

ects the x — axis.
(iii) the coordinates ofthe points where the line EF inters
Solution. Given two points E(0, 4), F(3, 4h.
: 71-4
(i); Gradient of EF
eb = 320
= =|

(ii) Slope of EF (m) = 1, (x,, y,)=(0, 4).

.. Equation of EF is
=) Se
=> y—4=1(x- 0)

= y-4=x
.. Equation of EF is y=x+4.
(iii) The line EF intersects x—axis, where y= 0.
=> O0=x+4.
=> x=.
-. Coordinates of the point EF intersects x—axis are (—4, 0).

Question 6. Write down the equation of a line parallel to x -2y+8=0 and passing through the point
(2)
Solution. Given an equation,
x-2y+8=0.

=> y= ob +4

Slope of this equation (m) = ;

a 1
Slope of line parallel to this line = = (.- m, = m, )

~. The required line has slope = x and (x,, y,)=(1, 2).

~. Equation is y-y, =m(x-x,)

= 7 = 5l (x
y=2 (x — 1)

=> 2y=x+3.
.. The required equation is 2y = x +3.

Question 7. P, O, R have coordinates (—2, 1), (2, 2) and (6, -2) respectively. Write down
(7) the gradient of OR.
(i) the equation ofthe line through P and perpendicular to OR.
Solution. Given points P(—2, 1), Q(2, 2), R(6, -2).
—2-2
(i)i) Gradient of QOR = ——
Gradient of a = - Bs
Equation of a Straight Line

(4) Gradient ofa line | to OR=+1

Point (x,, »,) =(-2, 1)

Equation is y-y,= m(x — x,)
= ; y-1l=1(x+2)
=> y=xt3.

Question 8. The equation of a line PQ is 3y-—3x+7=0.

(7) Write down the slope of the line PQ.
(ii) Calculate the angle that the line PO makes with the positive direction ofx— axis.
Solution. Given an equation of line PQ is
3y—3x+7=0.

=> yax-Z,

(1) ~. Slope of PO (m)= 1.

(ii) m=
=> tan8 =1.
=> tan® = tan45’.
=> 6 =45°
‘. Inclination of PQ with x — axis in positive direction = 45.

Question 9. Write down the equation of the line perpendicular to 3x+8y=12 and passing through
the point (—1, —2).
Solution. Given an equation 3x+8y=12.

=> ae) a:
Dmg

Slope ofthe given line = -3.

Slope ofthe line perpendicular to this line = 3 fee

Hence the required equation has Slope= 5, point (x,, y,)= (-1, <2):

‘. The equation is y- = m(x- x,)

= pes 840
8 +1)
= y+2= 3(*
=> 3y =8x+2.

the line y = 2x + 3. Find its equation.

Question 10. A line passing through the point (3,1) is parallel to
Solution. Given an equation y = 2x +3.
 for Class X
A Textbook of Mathematics
488

Slope of this line = 2.

Slope of line parallel to this line = 2. =m,)

Hence for the required line m = 2, point i, y, )= (3, 1).

Equation is y-y,= m(x - x,)

=> y—1=2(x-3)

=> 2x5:

Question 11. The figure given represents the lines y=x+]

and y= J/3x +1. Write down the angles that the lines make with
the positive direction of the x — axis. Hence determine 9.
Solution. Let the given line AB be y= x +1 and line CD be
fe
yaev3x+1.
Slope of AB = |
= m, al
= tan = tan45
= d = 45°
Slope of CD = V3.
=> m, = V3

= tan = tan60.
= yw = 60°.
In the figure y=0+9. (Ext angle = sum oftwo int. opp Z>)
= 60 =0+45°
= = 15.

Question 12. If 3y-—2x =4 and 4y— px =2 are perpendicular to each other, find the value of P.
Solution. Given two lines,
3y-2x=4 4y—px=2

= ces
elit ae y= Fret

Slope of Ist line (m, )2

Slope of 2nd line (m, )= ;

Given there two lines are perpendicular,
mm, = =|,

= p=-6.
“. When these lines are 1, then p =-6.
Equation of a Straight Line
489
Question 13. Lines 2x —dy+5=Oand ax+ 3y = 2 are parallel.
Find the relation connecting a and b,
Solution. Given lines,
2x-—by+5=0 : ax+3y =2

oe. 5
os Ee ; y=-Sx+d

Slope of Ist line (m, )= ‘

Slope of 2nd line (m, )= =<

Given that these two lines are parallel.
m, =m,

=> 2 ee
b 3
= ab
= -6
Relation connecting a and 5 is ab = -6.

Question 14. Find the equation of the perpendicular dropped from the point (—1,2) onto the line joining
(1,4) and (2,3).
Solution. Given two points (1, 4) and (2, 3).

Slope of line joining these two points = ——— = -1.

Slope of a line perpendicular to this line = 1 (-. mm, = =f

Slope of required line m = 1, Point is (x,, y,)=(-1, 2).

The equation is y-—y, = m(x— 2 ).

= y-2=1(x-(-1))
= y-2=x+]l
=> y=x+3:

Question 15. Find the value of P, given that the line 5 = x — p passes through the point (—4, —4).

Solution. Given the line x =x-—p.

(—4, —4) is a point on the line.

4
1 ee
=> 5 p

= p=-2.

are parallel, find the value of a.

Question 16. Given that the line os= x — p and the line ax + 5 = 3y

Solution. Given lines,

5 =x-P ax+5=3y
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
490

= aa x 2p 7

Slope of Ist equation (m,) = 2.

Slope of 2nd line (m,) = 3

Given these two lines are parallel.

m, =m,

= 2=5

= a=6.

Question 17. A line intersects x—axis at (—2, 0) and cuts off an intercept of 3 from the positive side of
y-axis. Write the equation of the line.
Solution. Given a line intersects x—axis at (—2, 0) and cuts y—axis at 3.
Two points of the line are (—2, 0) and (0, 3).
3-0 3
Slope ofthis line (m) =
0-(-2) 2°
the point (x,, y,) =(-2, 0).
Equation ofthe line is
y=, = m(x x, )

=, y-0=3(x-(-2))
= 2y=3x+6.

Question 18. In the adjoining diagram write down

(i) The coordinates of AS B and C.
(ii) The equation ofthe line through A, parallel to BC.
Solution
(i) Coordinates of A, B and C are (2, 3), (—1, 2) and (3, 0) respectively.

(ii) Slope of BC = Ta - -3

. Slope of the line through A = Slope of BC = -+ (*." lines are ||)

". Slope of the line through A has slope (m) = 4

Point (x,, y,)=(2, 3)

. The equation ofthe line through A is

Be = m(x -x,)

= 2y=-x+8
— x+2y=8.
Equation of a Straight Line
49]
Question 19. Is the line through (—2, 3) and
(4, 1) perpendicular to the line 3x = y+lI ? Does the line
3x = y +1 bisect the join of (—2, 3) and (4, 1) ?
Solution. Given points (—2, 3) and (4, 1).

Slo
of line
pe through points (m,
gh points ) ae
(m,)=— !>3_ :
= _1

Sloof
pe line 3x = y+1.
> y=3x+l
(ms )=3.
(m)(m.)=(—1)x(a)
==
These two are perpendicular.
Mid point of points (—2, 3) and (4, 1) is

> (4 1) =(1 ay
2 2
If this point satisfies the line 3x = y +1, then it bisects the join of the two points.
LHS = 3x=3x1l=3,
R.H.S=y+1=2+1=3.
L.H.S = [Link].
The given line bisects the join of two points.

Question 20. Given that (a, 2a) lies on the line = = 3x —6, find the value of a.

Solution. Given the line - = 3x —6. Given a point (a, 2a) lies on it.

= ae 233-36
= a= 3.

Question 21. Find the value of m, if the lines represented by 2mx —3y = | and y = 1—2x are perpen-dicular
to each other.
Solution. Given two lines
2mx —3y =1 5 y=1-2x
=; 3y =2mx-1 ; y=-2x+1

_2mx_1 =—2x+1

2m
Slope of Ist equation (m,) = <a

Slope of 2nd equation (m) = —2.

Given that these two lines are perpendicular to each other.
mm, =-1.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
492

= (22 \-2)=-1
is
3
— m= ae

equation of
Question 22. A(2, —4), B(3, 3) and C(-1, 5) are the vertices oftriangle ABC. Find the
(i) the median ofthe triangle through 4
(ii) the altitude ofthe triangle through B.
Solution. Given A(2, —4), B(3, 3), C(-1, 5) are the vertices of aA ABC. A(2 974)

(i) Mid point of pc =(351 345) ati a

Let this point be D(1, 4).
4-(-4)
Slope of median AD = =-8.
1-2
-. Slope of median = -8, point (x,, y,)=(2, —4).
.. Equation of the median through A is
B D C
y-y, =m(x-x,) (3,3) (-1,5)
= y+4=-8(x—2)
= 8x+y=2 (which is the required equation of the median)
(iv) Let BE is the altitude of the triangle through B.
5—(24)
Sloper AC =—_— =—3
-1-2
. Slope of BE ss Slope IofAG me
3 a mm, a
(. = 1)

. Slope of BE = 3 Point (e y,) Ss. 3)

'. Equation of the altitude BE through B is

Ree m(x — x,}

= y-3= 5(x —3)

=> x-3y+6=0.
which is the required equation.
Question 23.
(1) Write down the equation of the line AB, through
(3, 2) perpendicular to the line 2y = 3x+5,
(ii) AB meets the x-axis at A and the y-axis at B. Write
down the coordinates of A and B.
Calculate the area of triangle OAB, where O is the
origin.
Solution.
(‘) Given an equation ofa line 2y=3x+5
Equation of a Straight Line
493

To write the equation of AB which is | to the given line and passes through
(3, 2).
The given line is yasrtd,

*. Slope of given line is m = >.

Slope of required line AB = -5 ("AB is 1 to (i), °. mm, =-1)

-. Slope of AB = -3, Point (x,, y,)=(3, 2)
*. Equation of AB is y-y, = m(x— x, )

= y-2=-2(x-3)
= 2x+3y=12.
.. Equation of AB is 2x+3y = 12.
(ii) AB meets x-axis atA and y-axis at B.
Substituting
y=0 and x = 0, we get x=6 and y=4.
.. Coordinates on x and y axes are A(6, 0) and B(0, 4).

Area of AOAB = +04 x OB

=F x6x4

= 12 Sq. units.

Question 24. Write down the equation of the line whose gradient is < and which passes through P,
where P divides the line joining A(—2, 6) and B(3, —4) in the ratio 2 : 3.
Solution. Given A(—2, 6), B(3, —4) and P divides AB in the ratio 2 : 3.
Then the coordinates of P are
2x3+3x(-2) 2x(-4)+3x6 > P 3
a i 243 a
A(-2,6) B(3,-4)
— (0, 2) )

Equation of the line whose slope = : and passing through P(0, 2) is

y-yY, =m(x—-~x,)
= y-2=3(x-0)
2y-4=3x
=> 3x-2y+4=0.

Question 25.
(i) The line 4x —3y +12 =0 meets the x-axis at [Link] down the coordinates of A.
icular to 4x —3y +12 =0.
(ii) Determine the equation of the line passing through A and perpend
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
494

Solution.
(i) Given 4x-3y+12 =0 meets x-axis at A.
Since the line meets x-axis, so y-coordinate is zero.
4x-3x0+12=0
=> x=-3
PointA is (-3, 0).
(ii) Given an equation
4x-3y+12=0
= 3y =4x+12

= yagx+d

«. Slope ofthis line is ..

Slope of a line 1" to this line is -3

Equation of a line whose slope =-2 and passing through A(-3, 0) is

A ee A =m(x-%x,)

=> y-0=-2(r+3)

> 4y=-3x-9
=> 3x+4y+9=0.

Question 26. Match the equation A, B, C, D with the line L,, L,, L,, L,, whose graphs are roughly
drawn in the adjoining diagram.
Az y=2x, B= y-2x+2=0, C=3y+2y=6, D= y=2.
Solution.
Az=y=2x=L,
(Reason : L, passes through the orgin and y-intercept = 0)
Bz=y-2x+2=0=L,
_ (Reason : slope = 2(+ve) .*. acute angle, y-intercept = -2)
C=3x+2y=6=L,
: 3
(Reason : slope = —7 Ore) .. angle is obtuse and y-intercept = +2)
Dz y= 2= L,

(Reason : line is ||'* to x-axis at y = 2)

Exercises
1. Find the slope and inclination of the line passitig through each pair of the followin
g points :
(i) (2, 3), (4, 6)
(ii) (0, =3) (2, 1):
Equation of a Straight Line
495
. Find the slope of a line parallel to the line throu
gh (3, —2) and (2, 6).
. Find the slope of a line perpendicular to the line through (2,
-3) and (—6, 2).
. Find P, if the slope of a line joining (-5, 15) and (4, p) is -3.
. The line joining A(—2, 3) and B(-1, 5) is parallel to C(0, 5) and D(-2, y). Find
y.
. The line joining A(-1, —2) and B(5, 6) is perpendicular to C(4, 2) and D(0, y). Find
y.
. Show that A(27, -7), B(3, -4) and C(-5, —3) are collinear.
A
NN
on. P, Q, Rhave coordinate (—2, 1), (2, 2) and (6, -2) respectively. Find
(‘) Gradient of OR
(ii) Gradient of PQ.
(iii) Gradient of the line parallel to PQ.
(iv) Gradient of the line perpendicular to OR.
. Find the equation of a line whose slope is —2 and y—intercept is 6.
10. Calculate slope and )—intercept of the following lines
(i) 3x-2y+1=0 (ii) 7x+4y-3=0.
. Find the equation of a line passing through points
(i) (0, 4) and (1, 0) (ii) (—3, -2) and (5, 6).
. Find the equation of a line (i) parallel (ii) perpendicular to 2y— x =3 and passing through the
point (2, —1).
. Prove that the lines 2x -3y-4 = Oand 3x+2y=7 are perpendicular.
. Find the equation of the line through P{ 2, 1) and parallel to the line joining (5, -1)and (0,4).
. Lines ax —5y+5 and 2x +y = are perpendicular. Find the value of a.
. A(1, 2), B(4, 4) and C(3, 7) are the vertices of a triangle
(i) Find the equation of median throughA.
(ii) Find the equation of a line perpendicular to BC passing through (0, —1).
(iii) Find the equation of a line parallel to AC passing through (2, 2).
19x For what value of K, the following points are collinear :
(i) (1, -1), (2, K), 4, 5)
(ii) (-S, 1), (5, 5), (, 7)
(iii) (K, 2 — 2K), (-K+ 1, 2K), (-4 -K, 6 - 2K)
(—2, 6).
18. Find the value of m and c if the line y = mx +c passes through the points (3, 4) and
60° with the x-axis.
19. find the equation of a straight line passing through (2, —3) and inclined at
20. Find the equation of a striaght line
(i) parallel to x-axis and passing through (-2, -5)
(ii) parallel to y-axis and passing through (3, —2)
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
496

30° with the x-axis and passing through

a.— Find the equation of a straight-line making an angle of
the mid-point of the line joining (—2, 3) and (8, 5).
Ze: Find the equation of a straight line parallel to the line 2x
-5y+1=0 and passing through a
point which divides the line joining (-5, 4) and (3, 1) in the ratio 2 : 1.
j6% (i) Find the point P at which the straight line x-4y+2 = 0 meets the x-axis.
(ii) Determine the equation of a straight line passing through P and 1 to 5x+3y+4=0.
24. Show that the points (2, —2), (3, —3) and (4, —4) lie on a straight line and find its equation.
25: Show that the points (4, —2), (2, -4) and (7, 1) lie on a straight line. Find its equation and the
points at which the straight line meets the axes. E

26. Find the equaion of a straight PQ where P is a point which divides the join of points (—1, —4)
and (3, 2) in the ratio 1 : 4 and Q is the mid-point of the line joining points (4, —1) and (2, —3).
also, write down the coordinates of R, at which PQ meets the y-axis.
pak The mid-points of the sides of a triangle are (3, 2), (-4, 8), (-5, —4). Find the equation of a sides
of the triangle.

28. If the straight line ~+5 = 1 passes through the points (4, —3) and (6, —5), find the values of a
and b.
29; A(9, 3), B(-3, 8) and C(—1, 0) are the vertices of the A ABC find the equation of the altitude
through A.
30. Points P(3, 0), Q(1, 3), R(3, 4), S(S, 1) are the vertices of a parallelogram. Find
(i) the slope of SQ.
(ii) equation of a line through P parallel to SQ.
(iii) equation of a line perpendicular to PQ, passing through the mid-point of SR.
Bgis Find K if the line 5x -2y = 3K meets the x-axis at the point (3, 0) write down the coordinates of
the point at which the line meets the y-axis.
JZ. The pointsA and B have coordinates (5, 4) and (-3, 2) respectively. Find
(i) coordinates of C, which divides AB in the ratio 2 : 1.
(ii) slope of AB.
(iii) equation of a line passing through C and perpendicular to AB.
Ee A, B, C have coordinates (—3, 2), (2, -4) amd (K, -2) resepectively. Write down
(i) the gradient of AB
(ii) equation of AB
(iii) the value of K, if C passes through AB.
34. A line ax—3y +4 =0 passes through the point (2, 0). Find
(i) the value of a
(ii) slope of this line
(iii) equation of a line parallel to this line passing through (—1,
4).
Equation of a Straight Line
497
35. A line intersects x-axis at (—5, 0) and cuts off intercept of 4 from the positive
side of y-axis.
Write the equation of the line.
36. Find
(i) D the mid-point of AC
(ii) slope of BC
(iii) equation of a line passing through D and perpen- C
dicular to BC (-3,0) (5,0)
(iv) area of A ABC.

37. Find the equation of a line that passes through (-3, —5) and has a slope = -+. Also find the y-
intercept of this line.
38. For what value of k, these lines are parallel : 4x —ky +3 =0; 3x+y-1=0.
39. For what value of k, the lines 5x +3 y-1=0; ke +7y +4 =0 are perpendicular.
40. A straight line through A(1, 1) meets the axis at B and C, such thatA is
the mid-point of BC. Find the coordinates of B and C and equation of BC. *

Answers
1. @) 14, 56°19’ (ii) 2, 63°26’ 2. -8
3. 8 4. P=h:

3. y=! 6. y=5

8. (i)-1 (ii) t (ii) 4 (iv) 1 9. y=-2x+6

10. 03,5
Ne @>4 4x+y=4 4G)(ii) xpx-y eee
VL (i)Gye ep
12. (i) x-2y=4 (ii) 2x+y=3 14. x+y=3

15. a=25
16. (i) 7x-Sy+3=0 (ii) x-3y=3 (iii) Sx-2y =6
17. () k=1 (ii) k= 10 (iii) K=-1 oF t
18. m=,= C=55 19, V3x-y-V3(2+V3)=0
20. (i) y+5=0 (ii) x-3=0 21. x-V¥3y+V3(4-V3)=0
23. (i) (-2,0) (ii) 3x-S5y+6=0
22. 6x—-15y+28=0
25. x-y=6, (6, 0), (0, -6)
24. x+y=0
498 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

26 eeeyei1=0, (0,1)
27. 12x- y-34=0; 3x-4y+44=0; 6x+7y+58=0 28: a=a 1

29. x-4y+3=0

30. (i) “= (ii) 2x +3y-6=0 (iii) 4x-6y-1=0 31. k=5, (0, -7.5)

32. (i) G 3) (ii) 7 (iii) 12x+3y-4=0

33. @ -% (ii) 6x +5y+8=0 (ii) k =4

34. (i)a=-2 (ii) -% (iii) 2x+3y-10=0 35. 4x—5y+20=0
36. (i) (1, 0) (ii) (iii) 3x+2y—3=0 (iv)
8squ 37. y=-2-3, =
trys
38. k=-15 39. -422
40. (2, 0), (0, 2), x+y-2=0.
 Chapter 23

Reflection

Reflection of a Point in a Line

Reflection in Mathematics has a similar meaning as in Physics.
When we see the image of an object in a plane mirror, we see that the
distance of the image behind the mirror is the same as the distance of P (Object)
the object in front of it. Also the line joining the object and the image is
perpendicular to the mirror line, i.e. the mirror line is perpendicular
bisector of the line segment joining the object and image.
Let us consider an object P placed in front of mirror AB. Its image
is P’. Then PP’ is perpendicular to mirror line AB and OP= OP’.
The line AB is called the mirror line or the mediator. It is also Plane] mirror
known as axis of reflection.
Reflection is usually denoted as M,, when M denotes reflection
and / is the line or point in which the reflection takes place.
Similarly M, represents reflection in x — axis. p! (Image)
M,, represents reflection in y — axis
M, represents reflection in origin.

Reflection in x—axis
Let us find the reflection of point P(x, y) in the x — axis.
From P draw PM perpendicular to x — axis and produce it to P’ such that PM = MP’. Now P’ is the
nage of P in the x — axis. The coordinates of P’ are (x,—y). Y
In symbols, reflection in x — axis is denoted by M, P (x,y)

Zi Macey) —> (x,y):

Therefore, to find the image of a point after its reflection in
the x-axis, keep the abscissa i.e. x—coordinate same, but change
the sign of the ordinate i.e. y—coordinate.
Example. Mas) —> (4, —3).
M_:€2, 5) > (-2, -5).
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class Xx
500

Reflection in y—axis
Let us find the reflection of point P(x, y) in they— axis.
P’ is the image
From P, draw PM perpendicular to y axis and produce it to P’ such that PM = MP’. Then
of P in the y—axis.
The coordinates of P’ are (—x, y).
In symbols, reflection in y — axis is denoted by
Pix ry)
M, : (x,y) > (-%y).
Therefore, to find the image of a point after its
reflection in the y-axis, change the sign of abscissa i.e. x —
coordinate, but keep the ordinate i.e. y — coordinate same.
Example. M, : (2, 5) > (-2, 5).
x!
M, : (-3, -4) > (3, -4).

Reflection in the Origin

Let us find the reflection of point P(x, y) in the origin.
Join PO and produce it to P’ such that PO = OP’.
Then P’ is the image of P in the origin.
The coordinates of P’ are (—x, —y).
In symbols, reflection in origin is denoted by
M, : (x, y) aid x, =y).

Therefore, to find the image of a point after its

reflection in origin, change the sign of both abscissa
and ordinate i.e. x — coordinate and y — coordinate.
Example. MM :(5,6) —(-S,-6)
M, :(-1, 1) > (1, -7).

Invariant Point
Any point that remains unaltered under a transformation is
called an invariant.
When a point P(3,0) is reflected in the x-axis, coordi- A(0, 4)
nates of its image are also (3,0), i.e. the coordinates are unal-
tered.
.. The point (3, 0) is said to be invariant under retlection P(3,0)
in x — axis.
Similarly, 4%9, 4) will be unaltered under reflection in y- (0,
axis.
Also, O(0, 0) is unaltered under reflection in both x — axis
and y — axis.
Therefore, in case of an invariant point, the point is its own
image.
Reflection
501
Some important points regarding reflection are listed below
(i) M.M y Means reflect the point in y — axis and then in x — axis.

(ii) M , M, means reflect the point in x — axis and then in y — axis. .

(iii) M,M, = M, = M,M,.

(iv) M,M, = M,M, = M,.
(v) M,M, = MM, = M,.
(vi) If a point is reflected in x — axis and again in x — axis, then the result will be the original point
itself.
Example. Pth,2).
M, : P(1,2)—> P’(1,-2).
M, : P(1, -2) > P" (I, 2).
M, M, = original point.
Similarly M, M, = original point.

lilustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the coordinates of the images of the following points under reflection in the x — axis:
(1) (2,7) (i) (-5, 6) (iii) (-2, -1).
Solution.
@ M.-C 7G, ?P.
(ii) M, :(-5,6) -—>(-5, -6).
(iii) M, : (-2,-1) — (2, 1).

Example 2. Find the coordinates of the images of the following points under reflection in the y—axis:
(i) (-3,4) (ii) (7, 8) (iii) (SS, -6).
Solution.
(i) M, :(-3,4) >G, 4).
(ii) M,:(7,8) —>(-7, 8).
(iii) M, :(-5, -6) > (5,-6).
in the origin:
Example 3, Find the coordinates of the images of the following points under reflection
(i) (1,2) (ii) (-2, 3) (iii) (-4, -5).
Solution.
(i) M,:(1,2) —(C1,-2)
(ii) M, :(-2,3) — (2, -3).
(iii) M, : (-4, -5) >, 5)-
 ss x
A Textbook of Mathematics for Cla
502
then reflected in the y — axis to P’. If P’
Example 4. The point P(a, 5) is first reflected in the origin and |
has coordinates (3, —4), evaluate (a,5).
then reflected in y — axis:
Solution. Given a point P(a, 5) is first reflected in origin and
M,: Pa, b) — P''(-a, —b)

M, : P'"(-a, —b) > P'(a, —6)

But given P’(3, —4).

P'(a, —b) = P’(3, —4)
a=3and b=4.

Example 5. 4'(4, —2) is the image of A when reflected in the line X = 0. B’(5, 6) is the image of B
when reflected in the line y = 0. Find the coordinates of A and B. Also calculate length of AB.
Solution. Given A'(4, —2) is the image of A.
B'(5, 6) is the image of B.
The point 4 is reflected in the line X = 0, i.e. in they— axis.
M AA, -2) 324643 2)
The point B is reflected in the line y = 0, i.e. in the x — axis.
M, : B'S, 6) — BOS, -6)

Distance AB = [s-(-4) +(-6-(-2)] = J97 =9.85 units.

Exampie 6. A point A(4, —2) is reflected to A’ in x — axis followed by the reflection to A” in the y —
axis. Find the coordinate of A”’ and hence find the distance of AA”.
Solution. Given a point A(4, —2).
Point A is reflected in x — axis.
M, : A(4, -2) > A'(4, 2)
The point A’ is reflected in y—axis.
M.A (Gy 2) => A N—Gs2)

Distance 4A” = (4 ~ 4)’ +(2-(-2)) = /80 = 8.94 units.

Example 7. Perform M,M, and M,M, on the point (—4, 6). State whether M, M, = M, M,. If yes,
then state whether it is always true.
Solution. Given a point P(—4, 6).
M, : Reflection in x-axis.
M, : Reflection in y—axis.

M,M, : P(-4, 6) + P'(-4, -6) — P'"(4, -6)

M,M, : P(-4, 6) > P'(4, 6) > P'"'(4, -6)

M,M, = M, M,.
This is always true. Because any point reflected in x — axis followed
; ae Pie b y y — axis or vice versa is always
equivalent to a single reflection in the origin.
Reflection
fl 503

. Example 8. Write down the reflection 4’ of the point A(0, 3) in the

origin and the reflection B’ of the
point B(S, 4) in the x — axis.
Find the equation of the line passing through 4 and perpendicular to the line
joining 4’ and B’.
Solution. Given two points A(0, 3) and B(S, 4).
A is reflected in origin and B in x — axis.
M, : A(O, 3) > A'(0, -3)
M_, : B(S, 4) > B'(5, -4)

Sl ope o f A'B’ =#~(-

= —___ 3)
ar _ = -_5
1
1
Slope ofa line 1 to A’B' = -——__-__ __=5§
Slope of A'B
Equation of a line 1 to 4’B’ has slope (m) = 5, passing through point A, i.e. (x,, y, )=(0, 3).

Equation of the line is = y—y, = m(x—x,)

=> y-3=5(x-0)
=> 5x-y+3=0
=> y=5x+3.

Example 9. A point P(—8, 1) is reflected in the x — axis to the point P’. The point P’ is then reflected in
the origin to point P’’.
(i) Write down the coordinate of P’’.
(ii) Write down a single transformation that maps P into P’’.
Solution. Given a point P(—8, 1) which is reflected in x-axis followed by reflection in origin.
(i) M,: P(-8,1) — P(-8,-1)
M,-F Cer (&, 1)
(ii) M, : P(-8,1) > P'(8, 1)
”. Reflection of a point in x—axis followed by reflection in origin is same as refiection in y — axis.
MoM

Example 10. A point A(—1, 5) is reflected in the y — axis to the point A’. The point 4’ is then reflected
in the origin to A’’. Prove that these two successive reflections is equivalent to a single reflection of A in x-
axis.
Solution. Given a point A(-1, 5). This point is reflected in y-axis, followed by the reflection in the
origin:
M, : A(-1,5) > Al, 5)
M, : A, 5) > A"G1,:-5)
M,M, : AC-1, 5) > A°CI, —5) — (i)
:
The point A(—1, 5) is reflected in x — axis.
Mi ACI, >) > A’(-1, -5) — (ii)

From (i) and (i/), we get M,M, = M..

 X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class
504
point P’. The point P’ is reflected inthe
Example 11. A point P(—4, 2) is reflected in the x-axis to the
axes is equivalent to a single reflection of
y — axis to P’”. Prove that these two successive reflections in the
P in the origin.
Solution. Given a point P(—4, —2).
This is reflected first in x — axis, following byy — axis.
M,: P(-4,2) — P'(-4, -2)
M a4; -2)—> P"'(4, -2)

M, M, : P(-4,2)> P"'(4, -2) — (i)

The point P(—4, 2) is reflected in the origin.

M, : P(-4, 2) > P'"(4, -2) —

.. From (i) and (ii), we get M,M,=M,.

Example 12. Find the coordinates of the image of P(—S, 4) after

(i) reflection in y = 0. P(-5,4)
(ii) reflection in the line y = 4.
Solution. Given a point P(-S, 4).
(i) Reflection in y = 0 i.e., in x — axis
M, : P(-5, 4) > P’(-5, -4)
y = 4.
(ii) Reflection on the line a ! os a =
oS -2
=- a

=a X
The point P(—5, 4) is on the line y = 4. <4
‘. Coordinates of its image is also (—5, 4) i.e., the x “3
coordinate remain unchanged. P'(-5,-4) -4
‘. Point P(-S, 4) is said to be invariant under vi
reflection in the line y = 4.
| ¥
x P'(4,7)
ny)
Example 13. Write down the coordinates of the
image of P(4, —3)
(i) reflection in x = 0.
(ii) reflection in line y = 2.
Solution. Given P(4, -3).
(i) Reflection in x = 0 i.e., in y — axis
M, : P(4, -3) = P'(-4, -3)
(ii) Reflection in the line y = 2.
M, : P(4, -3) = P’'"(4, 7).
 Reflection
505

Example 14. The points A(1, -1), B(4, -1

noted by 4’, B’ and C’. then (1, -1), B(4, -1)and C(4, 3) are reflected in x— axis. Ifthe images are de-
(‘) Find the coordinates of A’, B’, C’.
(ii) What kind of figure is A’B’C’?
(iii) Find the perimeter of the figure 4’B’C’.
Solution. Given A(1,—-1), B(4,-1) and C(4, 3). These points
are reflected in x axis.
(@) M,: A(Qi,-)) > A'(1, I
M, : B(4, -1) > B(4, 1)
M, : C(4, 3) > C(4, -3)
(ii) A’B'C form a right angled triangle.

(iii) A'B' = (4-1) +(1-1) =3 units

B'C = (4-4)? +(-3-1) = 4 units
, ’

C'A’ =,/(4-1)' +(-3-1) = 5 units

*, Perimeter of triangle = A’B’ + B'C’ + CA’ =3 + 4+5= 12 units.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. The image of a point P under reflec- Y
tion in the x — axis is (5, —2). Write down the coordi-
nates of P.
; : we P(5,2)
Solution. Given P’(5, —2), which is the image of
P in the x — axis.
M, : P'S, -2) > PG, 2) J
Lah SSS Ee
. Coordinate of P are (5, 2).
|
k
p'(5,-2)

8 Question 2. The triangle ABC where A(1, 2), B(4, 8), C(6, 8) is reflected in the x-axis. The A A’B'C’
Wnite
is then reflected in the origin to triangle A A”B’C”. Write down the coordinates of A”, B’, C’.
down a single transformation that maps ABC onto A”B’C”.
Solution. Given points A(1, 2), B(4, 8), C(6, 8). These points are reflected in x — axis.
: M, : A(1, 2) + A’(1, -2)
M, : B(4, 8) > B'(4, -8)
M, : C(6, 8) + C'6, -8)
Now A’, B’, C are reflected in origin.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
506

M, : A'(1,-2) > A’'(-1, 2)

M, : B'(4,-8) — B''(-4, 8) —()
M,: C'(6,-8) — C’'(-6, 8)

This is same as A, B, C reflected in y—axis, i.e.

M, : A(1,2) — A’'(-1, 2)
M, : B(4,8) > B''(-4, 8) — (Il)

M, : C(6,8) > C’'(-6, 8)

”. Land II are equal.

. Single transformation is the reflection in the y—axis.

Question 3. A point P is reflected in the x—axis. Coordinates of its image are (8, —6).
(i) Find the coordinates of P.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the image of P under reflection in the y—axis.
Solution. Given P'(8, —6), the image of P reflected in the x—axis.
(i) M, : P'(8, -6) > P(8, 6)
(i) M, : P(8,6) — P'(-8,6).

Question 4. B and C have coordinates (3, 2) and (0, 3). Find

(i) the image B’ of B under reflection inx axis.
(ii) the image C’ of C under reflection in the line
BB’.
(ii) Calculate the length B’C’.
Solution. Given points B(3, 2) and C(0, 3).
(‘) Image of B under reflection in x-axis is
M, : B(O, 3) > B(3, -2).
(ii) Image of C under reflection in line BB’ is
M, : C(0, 3) > C', 3).
(iii) Length of

Vee (6-3) +[3-(-2)] = /34 = 5.83.

Question 5. P and Q have coordinates (-1, 2) and (6, 3) respectively. Reflect P in the x—axis to P’.
Calculate the length of the segment P’Q. Leave your answer in the surd form.
Solution. Given points P(—1, 2) and Q(6, 3). P is reflected in x-axis,
M, : P(-1,2)-> P(-1, -2).
.. Length of P’Q= [o-(-1)] +[3-(-2)] = /74 units.

Question 6. A and B are points on the same side of the line m. Using rigid
transformations construct
the shortest route from A to B via a point on m. Give a proof to justify your
answer.
Reflection

Solution. Given A and B are two points on the same side of

line m. Let B is the image of B in the line m. Let AB’ intersect
line m at F.
We shall prove that APB is the shortest route.
Take other points P’, P’’ etc. on line m.
.. Other possible routes are AP’B, APB etc..
We shall prove now
AP’ + FP B>AP* PB.
In As BPO and BPO, BO = B'O
(Obdject distance = image distance from the mediator)
ZBOP = ZB'OP = 90°
(Line joining BB’ is | to mediator)
PO is common.
A BPO=A B'PO (R.H.S)
BP = B'P (c:p.c-t.) — (i)
Similarly we can prove
A BP'O=AB'P'O (R.H.S)
is BP = B'P’ (c.p.c.t) — (ii)
In AAP’B’, AP' + P'B'’> AB (Sum of any two sides of a A is greater than third side)
33 AP + PB >AP+PB
=> AP +B >APlPB (Using i)
Similarly, AP’ + P"B' > AP + PB.
The shortest route is APB.
Question 7. The point P(—3, —2) on reflection in x—axis is mapped on P’. Then P’ on reflection in the
origin is mapped as P’’. Find the coordinates of P’ and P”’.
Solution. Given P( -3, —2).
Reflection of P in x—axis
Mi PEs, =2) — Pi G3x2).
Reflection of P’ in origin
M..3.PiG3,2).—> P43, =2):

Question 8. Point A(5, —1) on reflection in x—axis is mapped as 4’. Also A on reflection in y—axis Is
mapped as A”. Write the coordinates of A’ and A’’. Also calculate the distance AA”.
Solution. Given A(5, —1),
A is reflected in x—axis.
M, : A(S, -1) > A’, 1).
A is reflected in y—axis.
M,, : AG, —1) > A'(-S, -1).

Distance AA” = ,(-5—5) +[-1-(-1)] = 10 units.

2 ”
 A Textbook of Mathematics for ClassX
508
B(—3, 2) is reflected in x-axis as B’.
Question 9. The point A(2, —4) is reflected in origin as A’. Point
answer correct to 1 decimal place
Write the coordinates of 4’ and B’. Calculate the distance 4’B’. Give your
(Do not consult tables).
origin.
Solution. Given points A(2, -4) and B( -3, 2), A is reflected in
hie Ae, A) > A'(-2, 4).
Point B is reflected in x-axis
M_:.B(-3, 2) > B(-3,-2).

Distance A’B’ = y{-3-(-2)] +(-2-4) = 37 =6.082=61 units. (Correct to 1 decimal place)

Question 10. Point A(4,-1) if reflected as A’ in y axis. Point B on reflection in x axis is mapped as
B'(-2,5). Write the coordinates of 4’ and B. Write the coordinates of middle point of the line segment A'B.
Solution. Given A(4, —1) and B’(-2, 5). A is reflected in y—axis.
: iM. ACA, —1) > ARS).
(+2, 5) is the image ofB on reflection in x—axis.
M: B(-2, 5) > Bez).

Mid point ofA’B is (+2. =) =a 23).

Question 11. Point A(1, —5) is mapped as A’ on reflection in the x-axis. The point B(3, 2) is mapped
as B' on reflection in the origin. Write the coordinates of A’ and B’. Calculate AB’.
Solution. Given points A(1, —5) and B(3, 2). A is reflected in x-axis.
M. : A(1, -5) > A'(1, 5).
B is reflected in origin.
M_, : B(3, 2) > B(-3, —2).

Length of AB’ = (2 I) +[-2 -(-5)]’ = /25 =5 units.

Question 12. Attempt this question on graph paper.
(i) Plot A(3, 2) and B(S, 4) on the graph paper.
Take 2 cm = | unit on both axes.
(1) Reflect A and B in the x - axis to A’, B’. Plot these on the same graph paper.
(411) Write down
(a) the geometrical name ofthe figure AB B’A’.
(b) the axis of symmetry of AB B'A’'.
(c) the measure of the angle ABB’.
(d) the image A” ofA, when J is reflected in the origin.
(e) the single transformation that maps A’ to A”.
Solution.
(a) The geometrical name of the figure AB B'A’' is Trapezium.
(b) The axis of symmetry of AB B'A' is x= axis.
Reflection 509

(c) !ABB'=45°.
(dq) M,: A(3, 2)> A"(-3,-2).
(e) The single transformation that maps 4’ to A” is reflection in y-axis.

‘Y Scale:Both axes B
= 1unit
4. 2cm (5, 4)

Question 13. Points (3, 0) and (—1, 0) are invariant points under reflection in the line L,; points (0, —
3) and (0, 1) are invariant points on reflection in line L,.
(i) Name or write equations for the lines L, and L,.
(ii) Write down the images of points P(3, 4) and Q(-5, —2) on reflection in L,. Name the images as
P’ and Q’ respectively.
(iii) Write down the images of P and Q on reflection in L,. Name the images as P” and Q” respec-
tively.
(iv) State or describe a single transformation that maps P’ onto P”.
Solution. Given points (3, 0), (—1, 0) are invariant points under reflection in the line L, and (0, -3),
(0, 1) are invariant points under reflection in line L,.
(i) Points (3, 0), (—1, 0) are invariant under reflection in x-axis.
. The L, is x-axis and the equation of x-axis is y = 0.
Points (0, —3), (0, 1) are invariant under reflection in y-axis.
. The line L, is y-axis and the equation of y-axis is x = 0.
(ii) M, : P(3, 4) > P’G,.-4)
M._:Q(-5, -—2)—>Q'(-5, 2)
(iii) M, : P(3, 4)> P"(-3, 4)
M,,:
yy
O(-5, -2)
3 Q"(5, -2)
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
510

(iv) M,: P'G3, -4)> P"(-3, 4)

ction in the origin.
”. A single transformation that maps P'to P” is refle

Question 14.
the values of a and b.
(i) Point P(a, 5) is reflected in the x-axis to P’(5, -2). Write down
coordinates of P”.
(ii) P" is the image of P when reflected in the y-axis. Write down the
(iii) Name a single transformation that maps PtoF".
Solution. Given :
(i) P(a, b) is reflected in the x-axis to P'(5, -2)
M, : P(a, b)—> P'(a, -5)
But given P’(5, —2).
. P’(a, -—b)=P'(5, -2)
* a=5,b=2.
(ii) M, : PG, 2)> P"(-5, 2)
(iv) M,: P'(S, -2) > P"(-5, 2)
. A single transformation that maps P’ to P” is reflection in the origin.

Exercises
1. Find the coordinates of the images of the following points under the reflection in x—axis:
(i) (7, 2) (ii) (-5, -3) (iii) (-3, 1).
2. Find the coordinates of the images of the following points under reflection in »—axis:
(i) (5, 6) (ii) (-2, 6) (iii) (-1, -2).
3. Find the coordinates of the images of the following points under reflection in origin:
(i) (4, 2) (ii) (-3, 3) (iii) (4, -5) (iv) (-6, -7).
4. The image of a point P under reflection in the x axis is (4, —1). Write down the coordinates of P.
5. A point P is reflected in the y-axis, coordinates of its image are (5, 1)
(i) Find the coordinates of P.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the image of P under reflection in x-axis.
6. P and Q have coordinates (2, 3) and (—4, 1)
(i) Find the image P’ of P under reflection in x—axis.
(ii) Find the image of Q’ of Q under reflection in y-axis.
(iii) Calculate the length P’Q’.
7. The poi ee on aa
1 mapped BYFiodthecocina Fame AP eee
8. The point A(0, 5) is reflected in origi
gin
'
as A’, the int B3, —5 i —ayi ;
E s%
Write the coordinates of A’ and B’. Calculate the nauk of pe dabei
9. Perform the operations M,M y on the point (—3, —2).
Reflection 511

10. Write down the reflection of the point P(2, 2) in the origin and the reflecti
on of O(-1 , 1) in y-
axis and call them as P’ and Q’ respectively. Find the equation of P’O’.
11. Complete the following table:

(ee ee
ay
6) Reection in orig
aye—y TT Refection in yranas
(iv) (0, 3) hk
Oa
(v) @, 5)

Answers
1. (i) (7, -2) (ii) (-5, 3) (iii) (-3, -1).
2. () (-5, ©) (ii) (2, 6) (iii) (1, -2).
3.@(C4,-2) =) G, -3) (iii) (-4, 5) (iv) (6, 7).
4. (4, 1).
5. @) (-5, 1) (ii) (-5, -1).
6. (i) (2, -3) (ii) (4, 1) (iii) 20.
7. (-8, 2), (8, 2).
8. (0, -5), (-3, -5), 109.
9. (3, 2).
10. (-2, -2), (1,-1), x-3y =4.
. (i) Reflection in x-axis
— —y (ii) (—9, -6) (iii) (1, -4).
(iv) Reflection in y-axis (v) Reflection in x-axis.
 Unit 6
| Mensuration

j : os ro) Olde Chapter 24

Circumference and Area of a Circle

A circle is a plane figure bounded by one curved line, every point of Circumference
which is equally distant from a certain point within, which is called its
centre. The boundary (or perimeter) of a circle is called its circumference.
Circumference of a circle is not a line segment. It is a closed curve. So,
it cannot be measured with the help of a scale.
A :
It has been found by experiments that the ratio of circumference to the Radius 9
diameter of a circle is approximately equal to 3.1416. The constant ratio is
denoted by 1 (pi) a Greek letter. This ratio is same for all circles, big or
small.
Circumference _
Diameter
Circumference = mn X Diameter.
or C=nx d, where d = diameter of the circle
Also Circumference = 2X 2 radius.
or C =2nr, where r = radius of the circle.
For calculation, approximate value of 7 is 22 or 3 1416.

Area
The surface enclosed within a circle is called its area.
2 ‘ ‘
Area = mr’, r = radius of the circle.
1. Circumference of a circle = nd d = diameter = 2r, r = radius.
- 2
2. Area of circle = nr , r = radius.

a circular ring. If R and r be the radius of outer and inner circles. the area of the
circular ring shown by the shaded portion, is given by

A =n"R’ -nr’ = n(R? -r*]

=n(R+r)(R-r).
Circumference and Area of a Circle
513
4. Circumference and area of a sector of a circle. : Let AOB
be the sector of a circle
i of radius
i r, i with
centre O. If the arc ACB subtends an angle @ at the centre,
Pe
i.e. ZAOB =80,
Rae Length of arc ACB a:
Circumference 360°.
Length of arc ACB =2nrx 0
360°
Penmiiof
ength arc
of arc = 2
180

Circumference of sector =r +r+Arc ACB

5.
=2r+ eee
180°

Area of sector AOB :

Area [Link] AOB _ 8°

Areaofthe circle 369° |
Area ofsector_ 9
mr° ~ 360°
Area of sector ate?
= mr° x x0
360°

5. Number of revolutions made by a circular wheel Distance

= ———~—
Circumference
No. of revolutions made by wheel = aD ;
2mr
where D= Distance and r = radius of wheel.
6. Circumference and Area of circumscribed and inscribed circles _ .
of an equilateral triangle :
Let ABC be an equilateral triangle of side a and height A. By using
Trigonometry, we can find the height h.
In A ABD, tan60" = 42
i3=4a
2
_ V3a
ge Seo
If R and r are the radii of the circumscribed and inscribed circles of A ABC, then
inbia3 h, =e i h.
PA
: 2 4
(i) Circumference of the circumscribed circle = 2nR = 2m x 34=3 th.
2
; ; 2 ae
(ii) The area of the circumscribed circle = mR’ = n{34) = g th
l 2
3h = 3 th.
(iii) The circumference of the inscribed circle = 2mr = 27 x
514 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

: ; 2 1,) _ 2h’3
(iv) The area of the inscribed circle =mr = 3h Aig

cir-
7. Circumference and Area of circumscribed and inscribed
cles of a regular hexagon :
Let a be the side of a regular hexagon and R and r be the radii of
circumscribed and inscribed circles respectively of the regular hexagon,

then R = a and aC hod

V3
Because A OAB is an equilateral triangle of length a, OP 1 AB.
ent == (By applying trigonometry)
AP
B- r
a
2

a r= afa.

(i) Circumference of the circumscribed circle = 3nR = 27a.

ad ° - ° 2 2
(ii) Area of circumscribed circle = tR° = 1a’.

(iii) Circumference of the inscribed circle = 2ar = 2n(Bo = /3na.

(iv) Area of the inscribed circle = ar* = “(] = 3na” ;

8. Perimeter and area of a semi-circular plate : Let ACB be a semi cir-cular plate of radius = r.
: la ae -
Perimeter = a circumference of circle + diameter.

= LS r+ 2r C
2
=mr+2r=r(n+2)

Area = $ area of circle

r B
= mr
A r 7

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the length of the circumference of a circle whose radius is 28 cm.
Solution. Given r =28 cm.
Circumference = 2rr,

=2x = x28 cm.

= 176 cm.
Circumference and Area of a Circle 515
Example 2. Find the length of the radius of a circle whose circumference
is 66 cm.
Solution. Given C = 66 cm.
2nr = circumference.
2nr
= 66 cm.

= gr = 66 66x7 | 21
In = 2x22
eee
2St
10.5 cm.

Example 3. A circular track has an inside circumference of 1320 m. If the width of the track is 7 m,
what is the outside circumference.
Solution. Given the circumference of inner circle of radius r = 1320 m.
Width of track =7 m.
2nr = 1320 m.
e Pe) <2
2n ;
Serseax?
= r = ea? m=2)0m. an

= R =r+ width of track.

R =210m+7m=217m.
Circumference of outer circle = 27R.

= 252x217 m.= 1364 m.

Example 4. Find the radius of a circle whose circumference is equal to the sum of the circumference
of three circles whose radii are | cm, 2 cm and 3 cm.
Solution. Given radius of 3 circles.
=> fee; F, = 2 cm, F=31cm.
Let R be the radius of circle whose circumference = sum of circumference of r,, r, and r,.
2nR =20r,+20r, +27r,.

2nR = 2n(r, =r. +r)

== 2nR =2n(1 +2+3)cm
=> 2nR=2n
x 7 cm
= R=7cm.
~. Radius of circle = 7 cm.

Example 5. Find the area of the circle whose radius is 21 cm.

Solution.
Given r =21 cm.

Area = mr.
22
Area = G X21x21 cm?

= 1386 cm”.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
516
28 cm. A, B. D C
Example 6. In the given figure, ABCD is a square of side
14 cm. Find the area of the
C. D are the centres of circular arcs of radius
[Take x = 22
7 |
shaded region.

Solution. Given the side of square = 28 cm.

Radius of arcs = 14 cm.
Area of shaded region = Area of square — Area of 4 arcs.
= Area of square — area of | circle of radius 14 cm

= (28 cm) -2(14 cm).

= 784 cm?— 616 cm? A i

= 168 cm?
-. Area of shaded region = 168 cm’.
Example 7. In the adjoining figure calculate the area of the shaded region.
Solution. Given length and breadth of rectangle = 8 cm and 6 cm.

Diagonal of rectangle = V8° +6 =100 =10 cm.

Diagonal of rectangle = Diameter of circle = 10 cm.
Radius of circle = 5 cm.
Area of shaded region = Area of circle — area of rectangle .
=nr —Ixhb.
-(2x5x5-8x6] cm

= (78.57
— 48) cm’
= 30.57 cm’.

Example 8. In the adjoining figure, O is the centre of straight line

AB. Find the
(i) area of the shaded region.
(i) perimeter of the shaded region.
Solution. Given AC = 5 cm, BC = 12 cm. O is the mid point of AB.
2 2
AB =vV12°+5° =13cm (By Pythagoras theorem)
is
OB=OA mee .
= a 6.5 cm (Radius of semi circle).
(i) Area of shaded region = Area of semi circle —Area of right angled triangle.

2yr? = hx ACx BC.

“a
=> ae
x > x(6.5) 2 em? 2 — «5x12 em’,

= 66.39 cm’ — 30 cm?

= 3
Circumference and Area of a Circle
517

(ii) Perimeter of shaded region = +circumference +AC + BC

= 5x2nr+AC+ BC

= 26.5 cm+5 cm+12 cm

= 20.43 cm + 17cm.
= 37.43 cm.
Example 9. How many plants can be put in a circular flower bed whose circumference is 880 dm allowing
35dm_° for each plant?
Solution. Given circumference of flower bed = 880 dm.
> 2nr = 880 dm.
= site 880x 7
= 140 dm.
2% 22
Area of flower bed = mr’

= 22140x140 dm?
Area of flower bed
No. of plants =
Area of | plant

2 x 140x140 dm?
35 dm?
_ 22, 140x140 = 1760
7 a5"
”. No. of plants = 1760
Example 10. A cart is driven at 7 km/hour. If each wheel is 70 cm in diameter, find the number of
revolutions made by each wheel per minute.
Solution. Given diameter of each wheel = 70 cm.
Speed = 7 km/hour.

Circumference of each wheel = rd = = x 70 cm = 220 cm

No. of revolutions = ___Distance_

1 circumference
Given speed = 7 km/hour.
In 60 mins it travels 7 km.
In 60 min it travels 7x 1000x100 cm.

In | min it travels = T1000 100cm.

Distance
No. of revolutions =
1 circumference
_ 7x1000x 100 _
meee
-. No. of revolutions = 53.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
518

3000 revolutions per minute. Find the speed of

Example 11. A wheel of diameter 21 cm is rotating at
a point on the rim in meter per second.
Solution. Given diameter of wheel = 21 cm.
No. of revolutions per minute = 3000.
Circumference of wheel = rd.
22 x21 cm.

= 66 cm.
Distance = No. of revolutions x 1 circumference.
Distance = 3000 x 66 cm

— 300066
100
,, _ 1980 m.
. Distance travelled in 1 minute = 1980m.
= in 60 secs = 1980m.
_ Distance
— Time
_ 1980 m _
Speed = 60 sec 33 m/sec.

Example 12. The radius of a circle is five times that of another circle. Compare their area and circum-
ference.
Solution. Let the _ radius (r,) of the second circle be x cm.
Radius of first circle (7, ) = 5 x cm.
Area of Ist circle = nr. = n(5x)° cm’.
= 25nx* cm?
and Area of 2nd circle =nr?

= n(x)’ cm’ = mx’ cm’.

.. Area of Ist circle : Area of 2nd circle = 25mx* : mx” = 25:1.
Circumference of Ist circle = 217,
= 2n5S x cm.
= 10x x cm.
Circumference of 2nd circle = 2Tr,.
= 2mx cm.
.. Circumference of Ist circle : circumference of 2nd circle .

10x
: 2nx.
2 >
ae

Example 13. Find the circumference of a circle whose area is 4 times the area of the circle with
radius 7 cm

22
(Take =
2)
——
Circumference and Area of a Circle
519
Solution. Given Radius of circle = 7 cm.

Area ofcircle = nr” = 2 x7x7 cm’.

= 154m?
Area of required circle = 4 times area of given circle.

=4x 154 cm?

=616 cm?

Area of required circle = 616 cm?

=> mR’ =616 cm?

= le ots T om? = 196 cm?

= R= 14cm.

*. Circumference of required circle = 2nR = we x14 cm.

= 8.8 cm.

Example 14. Find the circumference of a circle whose area is equal to the sum of areas of two circles
of radii 12 cm and 5 cm.
Solution. Given r, = 12 cm, r, =5 cm.
: 2 2
Sum of areas of two circles = mr, +17, .

=n 169 cm*
Given Area of required circle = = 169 cm :
=> mR? =1169 cm’
= R*’ =169 cm*
=> R = 13 cm.
Circumference of required circle = 27R.

=2x 2x13 cm

= 81.71 cm.
is 88 '
Example 15. The sum of radii of two circles is 140 cm and the difference of their circumference
cm. Find the diameters of the circles.
Solution. Let r, and r, be radii of two circles.
According to the given statement
7, +r, =140 cm.

Let arama
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
520

and 2nr,-2nr, = 88 cm
_ 88 _ 88x7
= OE
35 2x2
= 14cm.
r,t+r, =140 cm
r—-r, =14 cm
Adding, 2r, = 154 cm.
= pe 77 om.
= (140-77) cm = 63 cm.
-. Diameter of circles are 2 x 77 cm and 2 x 63 cm.
=> 154cm and 126 cm.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Find the length of circumference of a circle whose diameter is 7 cm.
Solution. Given diameter = 7 cm.
Circumference = td.

= 2x7 cm
= 22 cm.
Question 2. Find the length of diameter of a circle whose circumference is 44 cm.
Solution. Given circumference = 44 cm.
=> td =44 cm

44 44x7
=> [eC
= ro
oy) 14cm.

Question 3. A garden roller has a circumference of 3 meters. How many revolutions does it make in
moving 21 meters?
Solution. Given Circumference = 3 m.
Distance = 21 m

No, of revolutions Distance

= ———————_..
Circumference

Question 4. A road which is 7 m wide surrounds a circular park

whose circumference is 352 m. Find the area of the road.
Solution. Given Circumference of a circular park = 352 m.
Width of road = 7 m.
Let r be the radius of circular park.
2nr =352 m
Circumference and Area of a Circle 521
Radius of outer circle = (r + 7) m.
R=(56+7)m=63 m.
Area ofroad = n(R? =?)

=my 22(63°
4
-56°) 2 m’.
= *2(63 ~56)(63+56) m°
= 2.7119 m? = 2618 m’.
Question 5. How many times will the wheel of a car rotates in a journey of 88 km if it is known that

the diameter of the wheel is 56 cm. {Taket= 22

7 |:

Solution. Given the diameter of a wheel = 56 cm.

Distance = 88 km.
Circumference of a wheel = rd.

= 2 x56 cm = 176cm.

Distance covered by the wheel in | revolution = circumference = 176 cm.

Total distance = 88 km = 88x1000x100 cm.
Distance
No. of revolutions =
Circumference
_ 88x 1000x100 cm
= 50,000.
r 176 cm
Question 6. In the given diagram, the diameter of the circle is 3m and that
of the outer circle is 11 m. Taking 7 to be = , find the area of the shaded region.

Solution. Given Diameter of inner circle = 3m

Diameter of outer circle = 11m.

Radius of inner circle r = 3 m.

11
Radius of outer circle R = = m.

Area of shaded region = n(R’ -r ).

-2/(11_3\/11,,3)
Tamale ?2
= 2 4x7
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
522 ~

quarter of a circle of a radius 7 cm, bounded by

Question 7. A piece of card board is in the shape of
OY respectively such that OA = 3 cm and OB
perpendicular radii OX and OY. Points A and B lie on OX and
the perimeter of the remaining piece.
~ 4 om. The triangular part is removed. Calculate the area and
E22
(Take x aca ).

Solution. Given a quarter of a circle with r= 7 cm.

OA =3 cm, OB = 4 cm and OXL OY.
Area of AXBY = Area of OXY - Area of right angled triangle OAB. F

5=i Tu B
5 OA x OB. 4

= ($x Bxtx7-Fx3%4) om? |

Che 3 —A X
= (38.5-6) cm’. se Stal
= 32.5 cm’.
Perimeter of AXBY = Length AX + length of arc XY + length BY + length AB.
=4 em+£x2x 2x7 cm+3cm+5cm.

(Calculate AB by applying Pythagoras Theorem)

= 23 cm.
Question 8. A road 3.5 cm wide surrounds a circular plot
whose circumference is 44 m. Find the cost of paving the road
at Rs 10 per m’ ?
Solution. Given Circumference of circular plot = 44 m
Width of road = 3.5 m
Let r be the radius of circular plot.
21r =44 m.

= =
44x7
2
=> r=7m.
Radius of outer circle (R) = (7 + 3.5) m = 10.5 m.

Area of shaded region = a(R’ = )).

= “1(10.5)° -7°| m?,

= 2[(10.5—7)(10.5+7)] m’.
= £x35x17.5 m’,

= 192.5 m?.
Cost of paving the road for 1 m’ = Rs 10.
Cost of paving the road for 192.5 m* = Rs 192.5 x 10
= Rs 1925.
Circumference and Area of a Circle
523
Question 9. Find the area of a circle whose diameter is 7 cm.
Solution. Given diameter = 7 cm.

Radius = Jem.

Area of acircle = nr’.

= 38.5 cm’.
Question 10. A circular field has perimeter 660 m. A plot in the shape of a
square having its vertices on the circumference is marked in the field. Calculate
the area of the square field.
(xa 22)
Solution. Given circumference of circle = 660 m.
Square ABCD has its vertices on the circumference of the circle.
Given 2nr = 660 m.
at _ 660x7
2x22
=> r= 105m.
Diameter = 2 x 105 m=210m.
But diameter = diagonal of square.
Let x m be the side of the square.
Applying Pythagoras theorem for A ABC,
AB™ + BC’ = AC.
— eee = (210)

Zs 2x? = 44100 m’
=> x’ =22050 m’
Area of square = x’.
=> = 22050m’.
2
If the
Question 11. A copper wire when bent in the form of a square encloses an area of 121 cm’.
same wire is bent into the form of a circle, find the area of the circle.
Solution. Given Area of a square = 121 cm’.
Length of square (x) = V121 cm’ =11 cm.
s Perimeter of square = 4 x = 4 x 11 cm = 44 cm.
This perimeter of square is the bent in the form of a circle.
Circumference of circle = Perimeter of square.
=: 2nr = 44cm.
_ 44x7
=7 cm.
=> Sana
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
524
i 2
Area of circle = 17

= 2x 7x7 cm’.

=154 cm’.

Question 12. The boundary of the shaded region in the given

diagram consists of three semi circular arcs, the smaller being
equal. If the diameter of the larger one is 10 cm, calculate
(i) the length of the boundary.
(ii) the area of the shaded region. (Take m= 3.14)
Solution. Given diameter AC = 10 cm.
Diameter of small circles AE = EC =5 cm.
(i) Length of boundary = Length of semi circle ABC
+ length of semi circle CDE
+ length of semi circle AFE.

=inx 10 cm+ inxs em+ inxs cm.

=10mcm
= 10 x 3.14cm = 31.4 cm.
(ii) Area of shaded region = Area of semi circle ABC
+ Area of semi circle EDC
— Area of semi circle AFE.
2 2

=3 x 5x5 cm? +4n(3) cm? -}2( 3) cm?.

= 53.1425 cm:
= 39.25 cm’.

Question 13. Find the radius of a circular field if its area is 1386 cm’.

Solution. Given area of a circular field = 1386 cm’

=> nr? = 1386

cm?
os 2 [386% 7 2
roo=oe_eSSsS
7 peerstp
> r =63x7 cm
=
_y
Pp
2
=>
2
a7
2
a
2

=> r=21 cm.

Question 14. A lawn is in the shape of a semi circle of diameter 35

dm. The lawn is surrounded by a
flower bed of width 3.5 dm all round. Find the area of flower bed in dm.
Circumference and Area of a Circle 525
Solution.
Given semi circle lawn of diameter = 35 dm.
Width of flower bed = 3.5 dm.

Radius of lawn (7) = 2 dm = 17.5 dm.

Radius ofouter semi circle (R) = (17.5 + 3.5) dm= 21 dm

Area of flower bed = 1 a(R? -r° ).

2
1 22 (21?-17.5*) dm’.
= 5x22
= TE(21-17.5)(214 17.5) dm?
—-
Area of flower bed = a x 38.5x 3.5.

=211.75dm’.
Question 15. In the adjoining figure, the inside perimeter of a practice running track with semi circular
ends and straight parallel sides is 312 m. The length of the straight portion of the track is 90 m. If the track
has a uniform width of 2 m through out, find its area.
Solution. Given, the inside perimeter of a practice running track = 312 m. This consists of two parallel sides
each 90m.
.. Length of two semi circle ends= (312 — 180) m = 132 m.
Length of two semi circle ends= Circumference of | full circle. 2m width
A B
Circumference of circle= 132 m.
= 2ar= 32m
i a 1327
2x22
= r= 21m.
Radius of inner circle (r) = 21 m.
Radius of outer circle (R) = (21 + 2) m = 23 m.
Area of Track = Area of 2 semi circle rings + Area
of two rectangles ABCD and EFGH.

=2x2(R? -r?)+2xIxb

= n(23? -217)+2x90x2 m’.

=|72(23-21)(23+21) +360]m?.
-(22x2x44+360) m’.
= (276.57 + 360)m*= 636.57m’.
cm.
Question 16. Find the perimeter of semi-circular plate of radius 3.85
Solution. Given r=3.85 cm.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
526

Perimeter of a semi circular plate= 17 +2r

= r(x + 2)

=3, 85 22+ 2)cm

r r
= 3. 85x 32cm = 19.8 cm.

of the quarter ofthe circle

Question 17. In the adjoining figure radius = 3.5 cm. Find the perimeter
correct to one decimal place.
Solution. Given r =3.5cm

Perimeter of quarter circle AOB = +circumference + QF:

= 4X22

= (3x 2 x 3.5+2x 3.5 Jem.

35cm A
= (5.5 + 7) cm = 12.5 cm.

Question 18. A rectangle with one side 4 cm inscribed in a circle of radius 2.5 cm. Find [Link] of the
ctangle.
Solution. Given Rectangle ABCD inscribed in a circle of radius = 2.5 cm.
One side of rectangle is = 4 cm.
Diameter = diagonal = 5 cm.
In A ABD, BD’ = AB’ + AD° (By Pythagoras theorem)
=> 5° =4°+AD°
= AD=3 cm
Area of rectangle =/xb.
=4cm
x 3 cm=12 cm’.
Question 19. The area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral tri-
angle is 154 cm’. Find the perimeter of the triangle (Take 1 = 2 and

V3 =1. 73). Give your answer correct to one decimal place.

Solution. ID 1 BC (radius is 1 to tangent BC)
Let a cm be the side of equilateral triangle ABC and r cm be the
radius of in circle.
Given Area of incircle = 154 cm?

=> mr’ =154cm’.

si 2 _ 154x7 2
r oy) cm

— . = 7? cm’.
— r=7cm.
_ Circumference and Area of a Circle 527
Since As BD/ and CD] are congruent. (A.S.A)

BD=DC = ee
Applying trigonometry in right angle A BDI,

tan30° = JID
saleable tials 1

= a =14,3 om.
.. Perimeter of equilateral AABC =3 a=3 x 14V3 cm.
= 42V3 cm.
= 42 x 1.73 cm
= 72.66 cm
= 72.7 cm (Correct to one decimal place).
Question 20. Find the area enclosed between two concentric circles of radii 3.5 cm and 7 cm. A third
concentric circle is drawn outside the 7 cm circle so that the area enclosed between it and the 7 cm circle is
the same as that between the two inner circles. Find the radius of the third circle correct to one decimal

place. (Takewe 22)

Solution. Given r, = 3.5 cm, r, = 7 cm.

Let r, be the radius of outer circle.

Area between r, and r, = n(r2

sl - §r?)

= 22(7? -3.5*) em’, SA)

22(7- 3.5)(7
+3.5) cm’. %

a ae ,
= 115.5 om’.
Given area between two circles r, and r, is the same between r, and r,.
2
a n(r? —r?) =n(r? )

=. baa? hese eae

=> =(7-3.5)(7+3.5)+49 cm’
= r? =3.5x10.5+49 om’
as t, *85ETS
= r, =9.26 cm.

-. Radius of third circle = 9.3 cm. (Correct to one decimal place).

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
528
outside of a circular
Question 21. In the given diagram, a rope is wound round the
the rope. Find the
drum whose diameter is 70 cm and a bucket is tied to the other end of
1m.
number of revolutions made by the drum, if the bucket is raised by |
[Take 74_22
Solution. Given the diameter of circular drum = 70 cm.
Distance travelled by the bucket = 11m.
Distance
* No. of revolutions =
Circumference
_ 11100 cm
tXd
_ 11x100x7
> oie
= 5 revolutions.

Question 22. The given diagram represents the area swept by the wiper of
a car. With the dimensions given in the diagram, calculate the shaded area

swept by the wiper. {Take Tt = 2 |

Solution. Area of sector = sa x mr? ‘

where = angle of sector and r = radius of circle.

Area of shaded region = Area of sector BOC — Area of sector AOD.

aaloy
ar Befoaal
a (21-7)(21+7) cm’.:
= ee x 14x28 cm’.
12x7
SUS ee a
3 om = 102 5m

Question 23. In the adjoining figure the area enclosed between the
concentric circles, is 770 cm”. Given that the radius of the outer circle
is
21 cm,'calculate the radius of the inner circle. (t= 22
—-

Solution. Given Area of shaded region = 770 em?

Radius of outer circle (R) = 21 em
Let the radius of inner circle be r cm.

Area of shaded region = 770 cm’

Circumference and Area of a Circle ;
529

= n(R 2 —F 2
= 770cm
2

= 22(21° -r?) =770em’

=> 44)—7? = 0x7
2
=> 441-r? =245
=> r’ =441-245
> r’ =196 cm’
— r= 14cm.
.. Radius of inner circle = 14 cm.

Question 24. A student takes a rectangular piece of paper 30 cm long and 21 cm wide. Find the area of
the biggest circle that can be cut out from the paper. Also find the area of the paper left after cutting out the
circle. {Takeoe 22)

Solution. Length of rectangle = 30 cm, width = 21 cm.

The biggest circle cut out from the given rectangie is of dia- |a
meter 21 cm.
Area of paper left out = Area of rectangle — Area of circle. 2{¢em

= 30x21 em? ~22 x 21x21 cm? |

= 630 cm’ — 346.5 cm? <—\— 30 em >

= 283.5 cm’.
Question 25. The given figure represents a quadrant of a circle of radius 3.5 cm centre O.
(i) Calculate the area of the quadrant OACB.
22
{TakeT= 22)
(ii) Given OD = 2 cm, calculate the area of the shaded region.

Solution. Given OA =OB=3.5 cm.

OD =2 cm. B
l l ZZ ae: C ;
(i) Area of quadrant OACB =qmr = 4% *(3.5) cm.

= 9.625 cm* f
ee
(ii) Area of shaded region= Area of quadrant
— Area of rt Zld A AOD. \
ran | 2 5 = Son 0
= 9.625 cm RS %2.C cm
—=—x3.5x2

= 9.625 cm? — 3.5 cm’

= 6.125 cm’.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
530

bed in a circle of radius 7 cm. Calculate,

Question 26. In the following figure ABCD is a square inscri
(i) the area of the circle.
(Taket= 2).
(ii) the area of the shaded portion.

Solution. Given the radius of circle = 7 cm.

(i) Area ofcircle = tr = = 7x7 om? =154 cm’.

(ii) Join BD, then BD = 14 cm (Diameter of circle).

Let x cm be the side of square ABCD
In right angled A ABD,
BD’ = AB’ + AD
(By Pythagoras theorem).
2 niwii2
=> 14- =X
2
=> x =—=98cm

.. Area of square = 98 cm’.

Area of shaded region = Area of circle — Area of square
= 154 cm* —98 cm?
= 56 cm’.

Question 27. AOBC is a quadrant of a circle of radius 10 cm. Calculate the

area of the shaded portion. Take 1 = 3.14 and give your answer correct totwo A
significant figures.
Solution. Given radius of quadrant = 10 cm. C
Area of shaded region = Area of quadrant
— Area of right angled A AOB.

=
ere
ny? =! Vika Ge

=
|
4 %9.14x10x10—5 x10 10. 0— —_ |0Cm ——> °
= 0%10 13,14-2] = 25x 1.14.
= 28.5 cm’ = 29 cm’. (Correct to two significant figures)
Question 28. From a piece of card board, in the shape of a trapezium ABCD, and AB ||CD and ZBCD=9
0 ,
quarter circle BFEC is removed. Given AB = BC = 3.5 cm and DE = 2 cm, calculate the area of the
remaining
piece of card board. (TakeT= 2)
Solution. Given AB ||DC and ABCD is a trapezium.
AB = 3.5 cm, DC = 5.5 cm
(Parallel sides)
Height BC = 3.5 cm.
BCEF is a quadrant of radius = 3.5 cm
Circumference and Area of a Circle
531

Area of shaded region =Area of Trapezium — Area of quadrant

= +he(Sum of parallel sides) — ir?

a
= 5 BC( AB + DC) pal?
rai

eb
= 5 x 3.5(3.5+5.5) 1,22
ee x (3.5) :

= 5x3.5x 9-4 x 22x3.5%3.5 om”

= (15.75 — 9.625) cm?

= 6.125 cm’.
Question 29. The shaded area in the adjoining diagram, between the circumferences of two concentric
circles is 346.5 cm”. The circumference of the inner circle is 88 cm. Calculate the radius of the outer circle.

Solution. Given Area of shaded region = 346.5 cm’.

Circumference of inner circle = 88 cm.
Let r and R be the radii of inner and outer circles.
2nr =88
_ 88x7 _
7 FEE BS: er
Area of shaded region =346.5 cm?
—> n(R? -r?) =346.5
> 22(R? -14?) = 346.5
2 346.5x7
= R? -196 = 7

> R? -196 =110.25

R? =110.25+196
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
532

=> R? = 306.25
=> R=17.5 cm
+. Radius of outer circle = 17.5 cm
a, > ; _22
x = > calculate
Question 30. The circumference of a circle is 123.2 cm. Taking

(i) The radius of the circle in cm

(ii) The area of the circle in cm’, correct to the nearest cm?
(iii) The effect on the area of the circle if the radius is doubled.
Solution. Given the circumference of a circle = 123.2 cm
(i) 2nr = circumference.
= 2m = 123.2 cm
123.2x7
ms = See oe
=> r=19.6cm
(ii) Area of the circle =r”
= a x19.6x 19.6 cm?
= 1207.36 cm’
= 1207 cm? (correct to the nearest cm?).
(iii) Effect on the area of a circle if the radius is doubled
mr? mr? l

The area of the resulting circle is four times the area of the original circle.
Question 31. A bucket is raised from a well by means of a rope which is wound round a wheel of
diameter 77 cm. Given that the bucket ascents in 1 minute 28 seconds with a uniform speed of 1.1 m/s,
calculate the number of complete revolutions the wheel makes in raising the bucket. Take z to be 2

Solution. Given diameter of the bucket = 77 cm

Time taken by the bucket to ascent = 1 min 28 secs = 88 secs.
Speed = 1.1 m/s
Distance = Time x Speed
Distance = 88x 1.1 m
= 88x L1x 100 cm
= 9680 cm
Circumference of the wheel = nd

= 277 om

= 242 cm
Circumference and Area of a Circle
533

No. of revolutions =
Distance
Circumference
_ 9680
ery
= 40
-. wheel makes 40 complete revolutions in raising the bucket.

Exercises
. Find the circumference of the circle whose diameter = 49 cm
. Find the length of the radius of a circle whose circumference is 13.2 cm
. Find the perimeter of semi circular plate of the radius 3.85 m
NO. A wire is in the form of a circle of radius 42 m. It is bent into a square. Determine the side of a
WwW
-&
—

square
. A garden roller has a circumference of 7 m. How many revolutions does it make in moving a
distance of 560 metres.
6. Find the area of the circle whose radius is 2.8 cm

7. The area of a circle is 6.16 cm’. Find the radius of the circle.
8. The circumference of a circle to the perimeter of a square. The area of the square is 484 m’.
Find the area of the circle. (Takere 2)
. A horse is placed for grazing inside a rectangle field 40 m by 36 m and is tethered to one corner
by a rope 14 m long, over how much area can it graze?
10. From a copper plate, which is square of side 12.5 cm, a circular disc of diameter 7 cm is cut off.
Find the weight of the remaining part if 1 sq. cm of the plate weighs 0.8 gm. (TakeT= 2)

11. The circular circumference of a circular race track is 528 m. The track is everywhere 14 m wide.
22
Calculate the cost of levelling the track at the rate of 50 paise per sq. m (Take= 2)

12. Given a circle of radius 3.5 m, find the area of its sector with central angle 30°.
13. A playground has the shape of a rectangle with two semicircles on its smaller sides as
diameters, added to its outside. If the sides of the rectangle are 36 m and 24.5 m, find the area of
; 22
the playground. (Takex= 2)

14. Four circles are described about the four corners of a square so that each touches two of others.
Find the area of the space enclosed between the circumference of the circles, each side of the
(Taken= 22)22
square measuring 14 cm.

1S: In the given figure, if the three semi circles have diameters 54 cm, 27 cm and the diameter of
the small circle is 18 cm. Calculate the area of the shaded portion.
16. Find the area of a square that can be inscribed in a circle of radius a.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
534

another. Find the area of

Li. Three equal circles each of radius 3 cm touch one
al places.
the shaded region. Give your answer correct to two decim

2.5 m wide.
18. The inner circumference of a circular race track is 352 m. The track is every where
Calculate the cost of
(i) levelling the track at the rate of Rs.1.80 per m?
(ii) putting up a fence along the outer circle at the rate of Rs.3.25 per metre.
19. A wire bent in the from of a circle of radius 63 cm is cut and again bent in the form of a
rectangle of length 156 cm. Determine the width of the rectangle and compare the areas of the
regions enclosed in the two cases.
20. 4 equal circles each of radius 4.5 cm touch each other as shown in the
figure. Find the area of the shaded region.

21. A field is in the form of a circle. A fence is to be erected around the field. The cost of fencing
would be Rs.1210, at the rate of Rs.11 per metre. Then the field is to be ploughed at the cost of
Rs.2.25 per m?. What is the amount required to plough the field. ,
eZ. Prove that the area of a circular path of uniform width x cm surrounding a circular region of
radius y cm is mx(x+2y) cm?.
23. Area of a circular road round a circular garden is 8800 m?. If the radius of the circular garden
is 60 m, find the width of the road.
24. At what rate must a motorcycle travel in order that its wheels of 35 cm radius make 1200
revolutions every 15 minutes.

pik ABCDE is a hexagon with centre O. If the area of A OAB = 9 cm?, D

find the area of
(i) the hexagon
(ii) the circle in which the hexagon is inscribed. F c

A B
. A cart is driven at 8 km/hr. If the wheel of the cart is 70 cm in diameter, find the
number of
revolutions made by each wheel per minute.
N?~). A garden roller has a radius of 21 cm.
How many revolutions does it make in moving a distance
of 19.8 metres?
Circumference and Area of a Circle
535
28. A bicycle wheel has 77 cm in diameter and
makes 3 revolution per seconds. Find the speed of
the bicycle in km/hr.
29. POR is an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle of radius
3cm. Find
the avea of shaded region.

30. Find the area of the shaded region.

Answers
1. 154 cm . 2.1 cm . 19.80 cm
4. 66m . 80 . 24.64 cm?
7. 1.4cm . 8.616 m” . 154 m?
10. 94.2 gm . Rs.3388 3.21 m?
13. 1353.625 cm? . 42 sqcm . 318.2 cm?
16. 2a sq. units . 1.45 cm
18. (i) RS.1619.36 (ii) Rs.1195.07 19. 42 cin; 99 : 52 _ 17.36 cm?
2A; Rs.2165.63 . 20m 1. 22 km/hr
25. (i) 54 cm? (ii) 65.32 cm? . 60.6 revol pay|)
ot ees 2
28. 26.136 km/hr y = [8x 33 |cm _ 12.375 cm?
 Chapter 25

Cylinder

A solid, whose cross-section is uniform and circular such as a curtain

rod, or round tin is called a circular cylinder. The radius of the cross—section
is called the radius of the cylinder and the straight line which passes through
aia ie ‘

the centre of every cross-section is called the axis of the cylinder. The
length of the axis is called the height of the cylinder.
We know that, volume of uniform cross-section = (area of cross—
section) x length.
.. Volume of cylinder= (area of cross—section) x length.
i
2
=r Xai

=>
(Shape of cross-section is circle and length is height)
~. Volume of cylinder= mr7h cu units.
wv
where r~=radius of cylinder h = height of cylinder.
Take a rectangular piece of paper whose breadth is equal to the height of the cylinder, and join two
breadths of the rectangular sheet of paper, you get a hollow circular cylinder, with open ends.
It is clear that the area of paper is equal to the area of curved surface of cylinder. The length of the
paper is the circumference of the base and breadth is the height of the cylinder.
Length of paper = 277.
Breadth of paper = h.
Area of paper =/xh =2arxh.
.. Area of the curved surface of acylinder = (Perimeter of the base) x height
=2mrxh sq. units.
Total surface area of the cylinder = Area of two ends + Area of curved surface.

- (2nr? +2nrh) Sq. units.

Hollow Cylinder. Let R and r be the external and internal radii of a hollow cylinder and / be the
height.
Then R-r= Thickness of cylinder.
Area of cross-section = n(R? = r?)

External curved surface area = 22Rh.

Cylinder a

Internal curved surface area = 2nrh

Volume of hollow cylinder = Area of cross-section x height.

= n(Riay )h.
Total surface area = external curved surface area + internal surface area + area
of two ends.
= 2nRh+2nrh+n(R? —r?).
=2n| Rh+rh+(R’ -”*)|

Cross —- section

Illustrative Example
Example 1. A cylinder has radius = 7 cm and height 10 cm. Find
(7) Curved surface area (ii) Total surface area (iii) Volume.
Solution. Given r= 7 cm, h= 10 cm.
(i) Curved surface area = 2mrh

= 2x22 x7%10 om’

= 440 cm’.
(ii) Total surface area = 2nr? +2mrh.
=2nr(r+h)

= 2x22 x7(7+10) cm’

=2x 22% 7x17 cm’?

= 748 cm’.
(iii) Volume =nr'h
= 2 <7%7%10 em’

= 1540 cm’.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
538

its height is 12 cm. Find its volume.

Example 2. The area of the base ofacylinder is 36.75 cm/and
Solution. Given area of base = 36.75 cm
> nr? =36.75 cm
and height is = 12 cm.

Volume of cylinder = nrh

= 36.7512 cm’
= 441 cm’.
Example 3. The circumference of the base of a cylinder is 25.45 cm and its height is 15 cm. Find (i)
the curved surface area (ii) the volume of cylinder.
[Link] circumference of base = 25.45 cm.
= 2nr = 25.45 cm
height = 15 cm.
(i) Curved surface area= 2nrh
=25.45x 15 cm’
= 381.75 cm’
(ii) Circumference = 25.45 cm.
= 2nr =25.45 cm
S LATE IT
=> Smarsoe:
>) cm.

=> r=4.05 cm.

Volume of cylinder = nr°h

= 2 4.05 x 4.05% 15cm?

= 773.26 cm’.
Example 4. Find the radius of the cylinder if the area of its curved surface is 352cm’ and its height 16 cm.
Solution. Given curved surface area = 352 cm’

I} 2nrh = 352cm’.
and height (h) = 16cm. -
Curved surface area = 352 cm?

= 2nrh = 352 cm?

sy Ree
2x22 %16
— r=3.5cm
Radius of cylinder = 3.5 cm.

Example 5. A garden roller is 70 cm in di : : :

coveliniies 8 In diameter and 100 cm in width. What area does it cover in 15
Cylinder ae

Solution. Given Diameter of roller = 70 cm

Width (height) = 100 cm
No. of revolutions = 15
Curved area of roller = 2nrh

— Same TO 2
2 x aX 5 x 100 cm

= 22,000 cm’
In | revolution it covers 22,000 cm’.
~. In 15 revolutions it covers= 22,000 x 15 cm?

= 330000 cm’
=33 m *
Example 6. The diameter of a roller is 140 cm and 84 cm long. It takes 350 complete revolutions to
level a playground, determine the cost of levelling at the rate of 50 paise per square metre.
Solution. Given diameter of roller = 140 cm.
Height = 84 cm.
No. of revolutions = 350.
Curved area of roller = 2mrh.

=222 x 70x84 em’

= 36960 cm
Area covered in | revolution = 36960 cm*
Area covered in 350 revolutions = 36960 x 350 cm*
= 1293.6 m*
Cost of levelling for | m =Re 0.50
Cost of levelling 1293.6 m? =Rs. 1293.6 x 0.50
= Rs. 646.80.

Example 7. 12 cylindrical pillars of a building have to be cleaned. If the diameter o each ot is 42 cm and
the height of each pillar is 5 m, what will be the cost of cleaning these at the rate of 50 paise per m’.
Solution. Given diameter of pillar = 42 cm.
my
=
Radius om=21 ee
em = 799 m.

Height = 5m
Curved area of pillar = 21rh
22° *21 2
=2x—
2 Kaa 5
7=x—x m

=6.6 m
2
Total area of 12 pillars = 12 x 6.6 m’ = 79.2 m
Cost of cleaning for | m =Re. 0.50.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
540

Cost of cleaning for 79.2 m’ =Rs. 79.2 x 0.50

= Rs. 39.60.
d one above the other to form a
Example 8. Forty two equal circular discs, each 5 mm thick, are place
disc.
right circular cylinder of volume 1056 cm’. Find the radius of each
Solution. Given thickness of each disc = 5 mm.
No. of discs = 42
Volume = 1056 cm’
Total height of discs = 42 x 5mm
=210 mm
=21 cm.
Let r be the radius of each disc.
Volume = 1056 cm’

=> tr’h =1056cm°

me OS6x 7 2
= mo2x21
=> r =16cm’
=> r=4cm.
Radius of each disc = 4 cm.

Example 9. Two solid cylinders with radii 5 cm and 10 cm and lengths 7 cm and 5 cm respectively are
melted and recast into a cylindrical disc of thickness 3 cm. Calculate its radius.
[Link] radius of 1st cylinder r, = 5 cm
Height h, =7 cm
Radius of 2nd cylinder r, = 10 cm
Height h, =S5cm
‘1otal volume of both cylinders = mr, h,+ nr, h,
=1(25x7+100x 5)cm*

= 675m cm’
According to the given condition,
Volume of cylindrical disc = 675n cm’

— mrh =675 cm’

—s pote 6757 cm
m™x3 cm
=> r =225 cm’
=> r=15Scm.
.. Radius of disc = 15 cm.

| Example 10. A copper solid cylinder of radius 14 cm and height 10

cm is melted and recast into
cylindrical wire of diameter 4 mm. Find the length of copper wire.
 linde
Cylinder 541
Solution. Given radius of cylinder = 14 cm
Height = 10 cm
Volume of cylinder = nr*h

=nmx 14x 14x 10 cm’

This volume of cylinder is same as the volume of copper wire of diameter 4 mm.

Radius = +mm =2 mm = 0.2 cm.

Volume of wire =n x 14x 14x 10 cm?

=> mx 0.2x0.2x 14xh=nx

14x 10cm’
Ss p = 2%x14x14x10
mx 0.2x0.2
= cm
h = 49000
=> h=490m
.. Length of wire = 490 m.

Example 11. The radius of the base of a right circular cylinder is doubled and the height is halved.
What is the ratio of the volume of the new cylinder to that of the original cylinder.
Solution.
Let the radius of original cylinder =r
and height =/A
Then radius of new cylinder = 2 r

and height =3

Volume of original cylinder (V,) =nrh.

Volume ofnew cylinder (V,) = n(2r) @

2
=2nr*h
. Ratio between new cylinder to that of original.
=> Kas be =2nr7h : arch.
= Veo a aaek.

Example 12. A 20 m deep well with diameter 10 m is dug up and the earth from digging is spread
evenly to form a platform 22 m x 15 m. Determine the height of the platform.
Solution. Given diameter of well = 10m

Radius = ” =5m

Height = 21m
2
Volume of earth taken out = mr'h

= 2 x5x5%21 m°

=22x25x3m
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
542

Volume of the platform = Volume of earth taken out

-> Ixbxh =22x25x3m°
> 22 mx15mxh =22x25x3m
i 2 22xOS «63
ina — 22x15
=> h=5m
.. Height of platform = 5 m.

Example 13. How many cylindrical glasses of diameter 6 cm and height 14 cm can be filled from a
cylindrical vessel of diameter 12 cm and height 70 cm full of milk ?
Solution. Given diameter of cylindrical glass = 6 cm

Radius = ;=3 cm

Height = 14 cm.
Volume of | cylindrical glass = mr*h
=nx3’xl4cm°
=mx9x14 cm’
Diameter of cylindrical vessel = 12 cm,

Radius = ve= 6cm.

Height = 70 cm.
Volume of cylindrical vessel = 1R’h.
=mx6 x70 cm.
=x 36x70 cm’.
No. of cylindrical glasses = Vol of cylindrical vessel
Vol of 1 cylindrical glass
- nmx 36x70 cm°
mx9x14cem*
= 20.
No. of glasses = 20.
Example 14. Two cylindrical jars contain the same amount of milk. If
their radii are in the ratio 3 : 5
find the ratio of their height. .
[Link] ratio of radii of two cylinders = 3 : 5,
Let the radius of two cylinders be 3 x and 5 x.
Let their height be /, and A,
Then Volume of Ist cylinder = n(3x)°h, = n9x°h,

Volume of 2nd cylinder = n(Sx)° h, = m25x°h,

But given volume oftwo cylinders are equal.
Cylind
‘ylinder 64a

m9x°h, = 025x7h,
= A 25
e 9
. ' atio of their height is yD te, = 25°: <9
Example 15. fhe sum of the radius and the height of a cylinder is 21 cm and the total
surface area of
the cylinder is 660 cm’. Find the height and the volume of the cylinder.
Solution. Let r and h be the radius height of cylinder.
Then, given r+h=21 cm.
Total surface area = 660 cm’

= 2nr>+2nrh = 660 cm?

=" 2nr(r+h) =660 cm’*

= 2urx21cm =660cm’ -:

=~ 20 _ 660
-= 1 cm 2

_ 660x7
ag ~ 22x2x21
= r=5cm

h =(21-5)=16 cm.
Volume of cylinder = rh.

= 2 x5x5x16 cm’

_ 8800 3

= 1257.14 cm’.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. What length of solid cylinder 2 cm in diameter must be taken to cast into a hollow cylin-
der of external diameter 12 cm, 0.25 cm thick, 15 cm long.
[Link] diameter of solid cylinder = 2 cm
zs Radius = 1 cm
External diameter of hollow cylinder (R) = 12 cm

Radius = e =6cm.

Thickness = 0.25 cm.

Length = 15 cm.
Internal radius(r) = R — thickness
= (6 — 0.25) cm
= 5.75 cm
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
544

Volume of hollow cylinder = n(R ark: \n

- n|6°-(5.75)° |x15 cm’

= n(6+5.75)(6—5.75) x 15 cm
=m x0.25x11.75x15 cm’
But Volume of solid cylinder = Volume of hollow cylinder
=> wr?h, =x 0.25x 11.7515 em’
pyer
= 2X 0.25 x 11.75 Oe
x 15 cm:
=> mxilcmxicm

= h, = 44.0625 cm.

. Height of solid cylinder = 44.0625 cm.

Question 2. A cylindrical bucket 28 cm in diameter and 72 cm high is full of water. The water is emp-
tied into a rectangular tank 66 cm long and 28 cm wide. Find the height of the water level in the tank.
Solution. Given diameter of cylindrical bucket = 28 cm

Radius = = =14 cm

Height = 72 cm
Volume of water in cylindrical bucket = ar7h

= 52x14 14x72 om’

= 22 x 28x72 cm’.
This volume of water is emptied into rectangular tank whose / = 66 cm and } = 28 cm.
Let ‘h’ be the height of rectangular tank.
Then Vol. of water in tank =22 x28x72 cm’

=> Ixbxh =22x28x72 cm

wg h _ 22x28x72
66x 28
—. h =24 cm.
.. Height of water level in tank = 24 cm.

Question 3. A cylindrical tube open at both ends is made of metal. The internal diameter of the tube is
11.2 cm and its length is 21 cm. The metal everywhere is 0.4 cm. Calculate the volume of the metal to 1
place of decimal. (a 22)
= |.
Solution. Given internal diameter of the tube = 11.2 cm.

Internal radius (r) = “ =5.6cm

Thickness = 0.4 cm
Length (height) = 21 cm.
Cylinder
545

External radius (R) =r + thickness

= (5.6 + 0.4) cm = 6 cm
Volume of hollow cylinder = n(R? -r )h

= 2 (6 5.67) x21 cm’

: = (6~-5.6)(6+5.6) x21 cm?

= 2 x0.4x11, 6x21 cm’
= 306.24 cm’
Volume of metal = 306.2 cm’. (Correct to | place of decimal).

Question 4. A cylinder has a diameter of 20 cm. The area of curved surface is 1000 cm’. Find (i) the
height of the cylinder correct to one decimal place. (i/) the volume of cylinder correct to one decimal place.
(m = 3.14)
[Link] diameter of a cylinder = 20 cm.

Radius = 20 =10 cm
Da
Curved area =1000 cm?

(/) Curved area = 1000 cm

= 2nrh =1000 cm?
_ 1000x7
a h =F eRaOoe
= = 15.9 cm.

(ji) Volume of cylinder = rh.

= 3.14x10x10x15.9 cm
= 4992.6 cm’.

Question 5. The cross section of railway tunnel is a rectangle 6 m broad and 8 m

height surmounted by a semi circle as shown in figure. The tunnel is 35 m long. Find
the cost of plastering the internal surface of the tunnel (excluding the floor) at the C
(Take = 22)22
rate of Rs. 2.25 per m’.

Solution. Given length of rectangle = 8 m 8m

Breadth = 6m
Length of tunnel = 35 m
Area to be plastered = (AD + BC) length oftunnel
(excluding Floor)+ 1/2 circumference x length of tunnel.
<—6m—38
= (8 +8)35 m?+3-xx 2 «6 mx35m
= 560 m> +330 m
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
546

= 890 m*
Cost of plastering | n= Rs. 2:25.
Cost of plastering 890m =Rs. 890 x 2.25.
= Rs 2002.50.
7 cm long and 5 mm in diameter. A full
Question 6. The barrel of a fountain pen, cylindrical in shape is
average. How many words use up a bottle
barrel of ink in the pen will be used up when writing 310 words on an
op)
[Taket= 2).
of ink containing one fifth of litre? (Answer correct to the nearest 100 words).

Solution Given diameter of cylindrical pen = 5 mm

Radius = 2= 2.5 mm=0.25 em
Height = 7 cm.
1 litre = 1000 cm’
ee _ 1000 _ 3
5 litre = arc 200 cm

Volume of ink in the barrel = nr’h

z 22x(0,25)° x7 om’.
= 22x(0.25)° cm’
“. 22.x(0.25)* cm’ ink is used to write 310 words.
cm ink is used to write x025x025
39 words

= 45090.9 words.
= 45100 words. (Correct to the nearest 100 words)
Question 7. (i) How many cubic meters of earth must be dug out to make a well 20 m deep and 2m in
diameter? {Taket= 2)
7
(ii) If the inner curved surface of the well in part (i) above is to be plastered at the rate of Rs. 5 per m’,
find the cost of plastering. {Takeae 2)
Solution. Given height of well = 20 m
Diameter = 2 m.
Radius = | m.
(i) .. Volume of earth to be dug out = 2r7h

= 2<1mx1mx20m

7
ae 62>
eem
Cylinder
547

(i) Curved surface area of well = 2nrh

= 2x22 x1mx20 m.

Cost of plastering |1m* = Rs. 5.

Cost of plastering em’ = Rs. 580de

= Rs. 628.57.
Question 8. An electrical geyser is cylindrical in shape, having a diameter of 35 cm and height 1.2
m.
Neglecting the thickness of its walls, calculate
(4) its outer lateral surface area.

(zi) its capacity in litres. (Take x = 22)

Solution. Given diameter of geyser = 35 cm.

Radius = 2 = 17.5 cm

Height = 1.2 m= 120 cm.

(7) Outer lateral surface area = 2mrh.

=2x22x17.5x 120 cm?

= 13,200 cm?
(ii) If capacity =tr'h

= 2 «17.5x17.5x120 cm?
= 1,15,500 cm
1000 cm® = 1 litre.
3 LbS,500
...
B15, 300. cm =—T000 litres:

= 115.5 litres.

Question 9. The area of the curved surface of a cylinder is 4400 cm’ and the circumference of its base
is 110 cm, find
(i) the height of the cylinder.

(ii) the volume of the cylinder. [Taken= 22)

Solution. Given curved surface = 4400 cm’

Circumference = 110 cm

=> 2nr = 110 cm.

3) Curved surface = 4400 cm’

= 2nrh = 4400 cm’

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
548

4400
i Gree cm
=

4400
=> h= 110 cm = 40 cm

-. Height of cylinder = 40 cm
(ii) Circumference = 110 cm.
= 2nr = 110 cm.
Ao a
=> r= 7x22 cm = 17.5 cm

Volume of cylinder = nrh

ae
=x 17.5x17.5x 40 cm’

= 38500 cm’.
Question 10. Find the area of curved surface and total surface area of a cylinder of height 12 cm and
radius 7 cm.
Solution. Given Radius = 7 cm
Height = 12 cm.
(i) Curved surface area = 2mrh.

=2x22x7x12 cm?
= 528 cm’
(ii) Total surface area =2nar° +2arh
=2nr(r+ h)

= 2x22 x 7(7+12) em’

=2x22x19 cm’
= 836 cm’.
Question 11. Water flows along a pipe of radius 0.6 cm at 8 cm per second. This pipe is draining
ic on a tank which holds 1000 litres of water when full. How long would it take to completely emptv
the tank?
Solution. Given’ __ radius of pipe = 0.6 cm.
Height = 8 cm.
1 litre = 1000 cm’
1090 litres = 1000 x 1000 cm’
Volume of water flows in 1 second = nr*h

= 320.6x0.6x8 om?
= 9.051 cm’.
”. This pipe drains out 9.051 cm’ in 1 sec.
 549
Cylinder

1000 xx 1000 cm? 1000x1

i in _ ee 051 ees. ec.
000
cm

_ 1000x1000 5.
~ 9.051x3600
= 30.69 hrs (approx.)

Question 12. A metal pipe has a bore (internal diameter) of 5 cm. The pipe is 2 mm thick all round.
Find the weight in kilogram of 2 meters of the pipe if 1 cm’ of the metal weighs 7.7 gm.
Solution. Given Internal diameter = 5 cm.

Internal radius (r) = 3= 2.5 cm

Thickness = 2 mm = 0.2 cm.

External radius (R) = r + thickness.
= (2.5 + 0.2) cm
=2.7cm
Height = 2m = 200 cm

Volume of the metal = n(R? -r \h

n 22((2.7) _(2.5) x 200 cm’

== x 0.2 x 5.2 x 200em?
A a“ ene

Weight of lem? =7.7 gm.

a cm _ coe 4576 7.7 gm
Weight of
= 5033.6 gm
= 5.034 kg.
cm. Leave your
13. Find the total surface area of solid cylinder of radius 5-cm and height 10
Question
answer in term of 7.
Solution. Given Radius = 5 cm
Height = 10 cm

Total surface area = 2nr>+2nrh -

=2nr(r+ h)

=2n x 5(5+10) cm?

cm’
=nx10x15
= 1507 cm’.
=
per sec (ms _).
through a cylindrical pipe of internal diameter 7 cm at 5m
Question 14. Water flows
Calculate
 550 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

(i) the volume in litres of water discharged by the pipe in one minute
(ii) The time, in minute, the pipe would take to fill an empty rectangular tank 4 mx 3 mx2.31 m.
[Take x = eeeg
Solution. Given Diameter of pipe = 7 cm.

Radius = 5= 3.5 cm.

Length (height) = 5 m = 500 cm.

(7) Volume of water flows through pipe in one second
2
=r h

- 22 3.5x3.5% 500 cm’

= 19250 cm’
“. Volume of water discharged in 1 minute
= 19250 x 60 cm’
_ 19250 60°).
= Saran litres

= 1155 litres
(ii) Rectangular tank has /= 4m, 6=3 mand h=2.31m
.. Volume of water that can fill this tank
= 400 cm x 300 cm x 231 cm.

= 27720000 cm°
_ 27720000
litres
1000
= 27720 litres.
The pipe can empty 1155 litres in 1 minute

To empty 27720 litres in = ae minutes

= 24 minutes.
Question 15. A cylindrical water tank of diameter
1.4 m and height 2.1 m is being fed by a pipe of
dia meter 3.5 cm through which water flows at the rate of 2
m/s. Calculate in minutes the time it takes to fill
the tank.
[TakeTt = 2)
-
Solution. Given Diameter of cylindrica
l tank = 1.4m

Radius = "t =0.7m

Height = 2.1 m
Volume of water in tank = tr°
h

=>22 x0.7x0.7x2.1m? -
Cylind
“oma 551
522 weDbelh 24
eae
y-7-7-ameal|
1000
Diameter of pipe = 3.5 cm.
: 7 7
Rad
adius =—Peary,
=—— m.

Length of water flows in 1 sec = 2 m.

Volume of water flows in 1 sec = ar°h

ete ptae 7 3
Son aaeaag~
ef
200 x 200
: “eh
In 1 se c water
t pipe can fill
fill the tank = ———_
700x200 ™3

ee ed m> of water can fill in 1 sec

200 x 200 :
DEE OVR ET ~ _ 22x21x7.. 200x200
~ “in00" m ofwater can fill in =e 1080S i a sec

= 1680 sec
= 168GOs = .
+ eeer minutes = 28 minutes.

Question 16. Earth taken out on digging tank of diameter 17.5 m is spread all round the tank uniform-
ly to a width of 4 m, to form an embankment of height 2 m. Calculate the depth of the circular tank correct
to 2 decimal places. (The depth of the tank is uniform every where).
Solution.
Given diameter of circular tank = 17.5 m
, eer 235)
Radius (r) Taree tg

Let the volume of earth dug out be V and ‘d’ be the depth of
the tank dug out.
Volume of earth dug out = nr°h

Internal radius (r) of embankment = 7m

External radius (R) = (33+4) m= at m.

4 4
Height of embankment = 2 m.
Volume of earth used in forming embankment
= mR? sy \n
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
552

for embankment.
Volume of earth dug out = Volume of earth used
35.) se-+{(%) 35)2
Siesl2ee (2 x2m
3
(33) dm

35x35 4 -(51-38)( 543) x2

4x4 RI tay gee
35x35 _ 4, 86
4x4 q SNe
_ 86x2x4x4 _
— dis he oas =2.246 m.

=) d =2.25 m. (Correct to 2 decimal places).

Question 17. A closed rectangular box 40 cm long, 30 cm wide and 25 cm deep had the same volume
as that of a cylindrical tin of radius 17.5 cm. Calculate the height of the cylindrical tin correct to 1
decimal place. (Take x = 3.142).
Solution. Given rectangular box has / = 40 cm, b = 30 cm, A = 25 cm.
Radius of cylinder = 17.5 cm.
According to the question:
Volume of cylinder = Volume of cuboid.
nr’H =Ibh
3.142 x 17.5x17.5 Hem’ =40x30x 25 cm*

H =a irsxt7s ™
AT =31.17 cm.
iow
aU H =31.2 cm. (Correct to 1 decimal place).

i Question 18, Water flows through a cylindrical pipe of internal diameter 7 cm at 36 km/hr. Calculate the
time in minute it would take to fill a cylindrical tank, the radius of whose base is 35 cm and height 1 m.
Solution. Given Internal diameter of pipe = 7 cm.

Radius =i cm

Water flows at 36 km/hr.

Length = 36 x 1000 x 100 cm/hr
Volume of water that flows in 60 min. = nr’h

= nx 2x2 x 36 x 1000x100 cm?

= mx 49 x 9000 x100 cm’
Radius of cylindrical tank = 35 cm, height = 1 m= 100 cm.
Volume of water that fills the tank = 2r7h

=x35x 35x 100 cm?

Time taken to fill 2 x 49 x 9000 x 100 cm?

= 60 minutes
Cylinder
553

Time taken to fill x 35x 35x 100 cm?

= EX35%35x100x60
™ x 49 x 9000 x 100
minutes
mae minute
6 .

Question 19. The total surface area of a hollow metal cylinder, open at both ends, of external
radius 8
cm and height 10 cm is 338 cm’. Taking r to be inner radius, write down an equation in r and
use it to
State the thickness of the metal in the cylinder.
Solution.
Given _ total surface area of a hollow cylinder = 338 cm’,
External radius (R) = 8 cm
Height = 10 cm
To take internal radius = r.
Total surface area of a hollows cylinder = 3382 cm?.
2n( Rh+rh+R? =#7) = 338n

2n(8x 10+r x 10+8?-r?) =338n

80+10r+64-r? =169
r’?-10r+25 =0
r? —S5r—5r+25 =0
r(r—5)-5(r-5) =0
(r-5) =0
r-5 =0
eB
tay
2
Peet y=) cil
Thickness = R-r
=(8-5)cm
=3 cm.

Exercises
1. Find the curved surface of cylinder whose radius is 6 cm and height 7 cm.
_ Find the volume of a cylinder of radius 3.5 cm and height 20 cm.
cm’ and curved
_ Find the radius of the base and the height of a cylinder, given its volume is 1100
surface area is 440 cm’.
The water is emptied into a
A rectangular tank 40 cm x 33 cm x 18.75 cm is full of water.
in the cylindrical tank.
cylindrical tank of diameter 30 cm. F ind the height of water
iron is 5 mm thick. Find the volume of 40 cm
_ The internal diameter of an iron pipe is 7 cm an d
length of the pipe.
at both ends, if the length is 12 cm and
Find the total surface area of a hollow cylinder open
is 2 cm.
internal diameter is 4 cm and thickness
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
554
cross
a solid metal cuboid of length 20 cm and ‘
_ Accylinder of maximum volume is cut ou t from
of the metal wasted. (Take x _=G22
section a square side 14 cm. Find the volume

t of 9 cm. A metal cube of edge 8 cm is

. A glass cy linder with radius 10 cm has water to a heigh der.
immersed in it completely. Calculate the height by which
the water will rise in the cylin
m deep and 2 mb ase radius? What
How much earth will be excavated from a circular well 17.5 2
be the cost of plastering its inner curved surface at the rate of Rs 1.60 perm.
will
of water. The water is
_ A cylindrical bucket 28 cm in diameter and 72 cm in height is full
tank.
emptied into a rectangular tank 66 cm x 28 cm. Find the height of water level in the
cylinder of
_ A rectangular block of iron 6 cm x 5.5 cm x 3 cm is melted and made into a solid
height 3.5 cm. Find the curved surface area of cylinder.
_ Two cylinders have their radii in the ratio 4 : 5 and their heights in the ratio 5 : 6. Find the ratio
of their volumes.
_ Water flows through a cylindrical pipe of internal radius 3.5 cm at 5m per sec. Calculate the
volume of water discharged by the pipe in one minute in litres.
_ Water flows into a tank 150 m long and 110 m broad through a pipe whose internal diameter is
2 dm at a speed of 15 km/hr. In what time will-the water be 3 m deep?
. Find the ratio between curved surface area of a cylinder to its volume given that its height and
radius are 10 cm and 7 cm respectively.
. With a rectangular sheet of aluminium foil of 88cm long and 15cm wide, a cylinder is made out,
by rolling it along its length. find the volume of the cylinder.
. A cylindrical road roller of metal is 1.4m long. Its inner diameter is 63cm and the thickness of
the metal shell is 7cm, rolled into a road roller. Find the weight of the roller if l1cm® of the
metal weighs 3.2gm.
18. Two cylindrical vessels are filled with milk. The radius of one vessel is 14cm and height 22cm.
The radius and height of the other vessel are 9cm and 21cm respectively. Find the radius of the
cylindrical vessel of height 35cm, which will just contain the milk of the two given vessels.
19. A well with inner diameter 7m and 17m deep is dug. Earth taken out of it has been spread all
around it to a width of 2.5m to form an embankment. Find the height of the embankment,
20. The cross-section of a railway tunnel is a rectangle 7m broad, 9m high, surmounted by a semi
circle. The tunnel is 42m long. Find the cost of plastering the internal surface of the tunnel
(excluding the floor) at the rate of Rs.3.15 per sq. m.
ai; The height of a right circular cylinder is 7.2cm. If four times the sum of the areas of its two
circular faces is three times the area of its curved surface, find the radius of its base.
22. The total surface area of a hollow metal cylinder open at both ends of internal radius 6.5cm and
height 12cm is 449.5 cm*. Taking R as the external radius, write down an equation in R and
use it to find the thickness of the metal in the cylinder.
233 A cylindrical cistern whose diameter is 7.7cm is partly filled with water. If a cube block
with
edge 4.4cm is wholly immersed in the water, how much will the water level rise?
24. Water flows through a cylindrical pipe of internal diameter 10cm at 12km/h
r. Calculate the
time in seconds it would take to fill a cylindrical tank, whose height
is 1.5m and radius of the
base is 42cm. Give your answer correct to the nearest integer.
Cylinder
555
25. A a. tin has a square base with side 9cm and height 14cm. Another tin is cylindric
al with
radius of its base 6cm and height 14cm. which of the two contains more powder? How much
is
the difference in their capacities?
26. Water flows through a circular pipe whose internal dimeter is 2cm at the rate of Smetres per
second into a cylindrical tank whose base radius is 55cm. By how much will the level of water
rise in 20 minutes.
27. Water flows through a cylindrical pipe of internal diameter 10cm at 14m per second. Calculate :
(#) the volume of water in litres discharged by the pipe in one minute.
(ii) the time in minutes, the pipe would take to fill an empty tank 6m x 5.5m x 2m.
28. The diameter of a roller 150cm long is 77cm. If it takes 420 complete revolutions to level a play—
ground, determine the cost of levelling at the rate of 55 paise per sq. m.
29. A road rolled is cylindrical in shape. Its circular end has a diameter 2.8m and its width 8m. It is
used to level a ground measuring 110m x 80m. Find the minimum number of complete revolu-
tions that the rolled must make in order to cover the entire ground once.
30. A 21m deep well with diameter 10m is dug up and the earth from the digging is spared evenly
to form a platform 22m x 12m. Determine the height of the platform.

Answers
1. 264 cm’ 2. 770 cm’ 3.r=Scmh=l4cm. 4. 35cm
5. 471.43 cm’ 6. 528 cm° 7. 840 cm? 8. 1.6cm
9. 220 m’, Rs. 352 10. 24cm 11. 66 cm’ 12. 8:15
13. 1155 litres 14. 105 hrs 15.2% 16. 9240 cm?
17. 327.712 Kg 18. 13.11 cm 19. 8.77m 20. Rs.3836.70
21. 5.4cm 22. [Link]. 23. 1.83 cm 24. 32 secs

25. cylindrical tin contains more powder ; 450 cm? —_26. 198.35 cm
27. (i) 6600 litres (ii) 10 mintues 28. Rs.838.53 29. 125
30. 6.25 m
 Chapter 26

Cone
———E— i ——____ ee

Draw a circle and cut out a sector of the circle. A right circular cone is formed when radii are brought
together.
The radius of the sector is called the slant height of the cone. The Centre
vertex of the cone is the centre of the circle.

are

The circumference of the base of the cone is equal to the length of arc of the
sector. Curved area of the cone is equal to the area of the sector.

Also, if a right angled triangle is revolved about one of the sides containin g the
right angle as axis, the
solid thus formed is a right circular cone. ae
In the figure, ABC is a right angled triangle. If the right angled triangl
e ABC revolves about the side
AB = h, which is kept fixed, the hypotenuse AC = / describes the
curved surface of the cone. The point A is
called the vertex, AB represents the vertical height of the cone
and AC the slant height. The circle deseribed
by the radius BC = r is the base of the cone.
Cone
557

In right angled triangle ABC, using Pythagoras theorem,

Paher
> l=Vh+r
Volume of acone = ¥(area of the base) x height.

i an j
=—mnr A cu. units.
; t
Surface area of acone = +(perimeter of the base) x slant height.

=3
= ax 2ur xi C
aaa i
" =nrl sq. units.
Total surface area of cone = curved surface area + area of the base.

=nrl+nr’ = nr(/+r)Sq. units.

Example. Find the curved area of a circular cone whose height is 6 cm and slant height is 10 cm.
Solution. Given height (A) = 6 cm.
Slant height (/) = 10 cm.
Posh +r
=> 100 =36+r

=> r’ =64
> r =8cm.
Curved area of cone = mr/

= xgcm x10 cm.

= 251.43 m?.

Frustum of a Cone
If.a plane cuts a cone parallel to its base and
the upper cone is removed, the remaining P TS Q
portion is called the frustum of the cone.

Volume of frustum POCB = Volume of cone ABC — Volume of cone APQ.

= 5m H- tar cu. units.

Curved surface area of the frustum = Curved surface area of cone ABC
— Curved surface area of cone APO
 ss X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Cla
558
= nRL—nrl sq. units
height of cone APQ):
(where L = slant height of cone ABC and /=slant
area of frustunr + area of both ends
Whole surface area of the frustum = curved surface
=nRL-nrl+nR +nr° sq. units

illustrative Examples
cm and height = 12 cm.
Example 1. Find the whole surface area of a cone whose radius = 5
Solution. Given r = 5 cm, h= 12 cm.

ne l=vr’ +h

> =13 cm
L=V5° +127 =VJ169
Whole surface area of cone = 1r/ + nr
= nr(1+r)

- 2 x 5(13-+5) em?
= 2 x 5x18 om”
= 282.86 cm’
Example 2. Find the volume of a cone whose radius = 4 cm and height = 21 cm.
Solution. Given r= 4 cm, h=21 cm.

Volume of cone = eh

= 5x 2x 4x4 x21 cm’

= 352 cm’.

Example 3. The area of the base ofacone is 38.5 cm’ and height is 15.6 cm. Find the volume of the
cone.
Solution. Given Area of base = 38.5 cm”

> nr’ =38.5 cm?

Height = 15.6 cm

Volume of cone = anh

=3% 38.5 Seen:

= 200.2 cm’.
Example 4. Find the height of the cone whose radius is 4 cm and volume 40ncm°
Solution. Given r=4cm.
Volume = 407 cm’*
Volume of cone = 40x com>:
Cone
559

— inrth = 40n cm’

a p = 3x40
Tu
5 ee 3x 40n
umx4x4
=> = 7.5 cm.

Example 5. The curved surface area of a cone of radius 5.6 cm is 158.4 cm2. What is {‘1e
slant height
of the cone?
Solution. Given r=5.6cm

Curved area = 158.4 cm?

=> trl = 158.4 cm’

e i 158.4 on
Tr ,

=—
2 ERAT
L-face cm =9 cm.

Example 6. If the radius of the base of a circular cone is halved. Keeping the height same, what is the
ratio of the volume of the reduced cone to that of the original cone?
Solution. Cone 1. Let the radius of the cone | be r cm, and height = / cm
Cone 2. Radius of cone = 7/2 cm and height = 4 cm
(Reduced Cone)

7
ef OL ie ae
=a uh: 2
gurh

: Be! Sra:
cea
=> Vive Ve = itd,

Example 7. The circumference of the base of a tent is 17.6 m. The slant height is 3.5 m. Find the area
of the canvas used for the tent.
Solution. Given circumference of base = 17.6 m.
> 2nr = 17.6m

and 1 =3.5 m.
Circumference of base = 17.6 m
—~, 2nr = 17.6 m.
17.6
= w= a =8.8m

Area of canvas required = Curved area of the cone.

Area of canvas = mri.
 ss X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Cla
560

=8.8x3.5m
= 30.8 m’.
three times its diameter and its volume is 547
Example 8. The vertical height ofa right circular cone is
cm’. Find its height.
Solution. Let the diameter of cone be ‘d’.
=> d =2r.
Then height ‘h’ = 3d.
=> h =6r.

Given volume of cone = 541 cm’:

= snrh =54ncm

= 57° (6r) =54ncm*

= ry =27cm
= r =3 cm.
height = 6r = 6 x 3 cm= 18 cm.
Example 9. A circys tent is in the shape of a cylinder surmounted by a cone.
The diameter of the cylindrical portion is 16 m and its height is 10 m. If the
‘vertex of the cone is 16 m above the ground, find the area of canvas used to

make the tent. (Take<= 22)

Solution. Given diameter of cylinder = 16 m.

Radius of cylinder and cone = * = § m.

Height of cylinder = 10m.

Height of cone =16 m- 10 m=6m.

Slant height of cone = VR +r?

= 1 =V6 +8 =10cm
Area of canvas required = curved area of cylinder + curved area of cone.
= 2nrh+nrl
= ar(2h+/)
= 2x8(2x10+10) m?
22 68x30 m?

= 754.3 m’
.. Area of canvas used to make the tent = 754.3 m’,

Example 10. The circular ends of a bucket are of diameters 40 cm

and 12 cm and the height of the
bucket is 21 cm, Find the capacity of the bucket in litres.
[Taket= 2)
7 J:
Cone
561

Solution. Let ABCD be the bucket. It is a frustum of the cone with

vertex O.
Let OM = x cm.
As OMC and OLB are similar.

BL _ OL
CM OM
20 _ 21+x
6 x
20x = 126+ 6x
14x = 126
Y
Yuu x=9cm.
Height of cone AOB = (21 + 9) cm = 30 cm.
Height of cone COD = 9 cm
Volume of the bucket = Volume of cone AOB — Volume of cone COD. \|

+n(20)° x 30-5 2(6) <9 |cm? mi

|amas
de

= +x 22(12,000-324) cm?
ch ee5 x 11676cm
= a

= 12232 cm’
oa £2222 >.
Capacity in litres = 1000 litres.

= 12.232 litres.

Example 11. A right circular cone of height 40 cm and base radius 15 cm is casted into smaller cones
of equal sizes with base radius 5 cm and height 4 cm. Find how many cones are made.
Solution. Given height of big cone = 40 cm
Radius = 15 cm
He zht of small cone = 4 cm,
Radius= 5 cm
Volume of big cone
No. of cones = —————————_——
Volume of | small cone

lLx 15x15x40
cm?
No. of cones = ;
tee tera cm

= 90.
-. No. of cones = 90.
a right
Example 12. A solid cylinder of brass 12 cm high and 6 cm in radius is melted and recasted into
circular cone of diameter 16 cm. Find the height of the cone.
Solution. Radius of cylinder = 6 cm
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
562

Let ‘h’ be the height of the cone.

Volume of cone = Volume of the cylinder.

— amr h = 1R?H

=> En x8X8 xh =mx6x6x12

an h _ mx6x6x12 ona

5X 8x8

=> cm.
h =20.25
”. Height of cone = 20.25 cm.
Example 13. A rectangular vessel is 30 cm x 22 cm x 10 cm and is full of water. The water is poured
into a conical vessel of base radius 15 cm. If the vessel is completely filled, find the height of the vessel.
Solution. Given rectangular vessel = 30 cm x 22 cm x 10 cm.
Radius of conical vessel = 15 cm.
Volume of water in rectangular vessel = 30 cm x 22 cm x 10 cm
= 30x22 x10 cm’
Volume of conical vessel = Volume of water in rect. vessel
l
= 3 x15x15x hom’ = 30x 22x10
cm

x — 30x22
x10 cm’
yx 15x15 em?

= 30x 22x10x3x7
h = ae
ooA
= h =28 cm.
.. Height of conical vessel = 28 cm.
Example 14. The radius and the height of a right circular cone are in the ratio 5 : 12. If its volume is
314 m_, find the radius and slant height. (Take m = 3.14).
Solution. Given ratio of the radius and height of a cone is 5: 12.
Volume = 314 m°
Let the radius and height be 5 x m and 12 x m.
Volume of cone = 314 m

= farh =314 m’
=> 5(5x) (12x) m’ =314m’

¥ Api &3 ;
~-3.14x5x5x12™
Cone
563

y x =]
y x=1
Radius
of cone = 5x =5xl=5m
Height
of cone = 12x =12x1=12m

Slant height = VA? +7°

= V12?+5° = /169 =13 m.
Example 15. Water flows at the rate of 10 cm/s from a cylindrical pipe 8 mm in diameter. How long
would it take to fill a conical vessel whose diameter is at the surface is 18 cm and depth 16 cm?
Solution. Given diameter of a cylindrical pipe = 8 mm.

Radius = ;=4 mm=0.4 cm

Water flows at the rate of 10 cm/sec.

Length of cylinder = 10 cm.
Volume of water flows in | sec = 2 x 0.4x0:4x10 cm*
Diameter of conical vessel = 18 cm.

Radius = 8 = 9 cm, height = 16 cm.

; Latta
Volume of conical vessel = 3 h.

= £2x9x9X16 cm’

: Volume of conical vessel

;. i
Time essel = —_________—__-..
taken to fill the conical ves Wal of water awsie ieee

37 X9X9X16

Sed. 4510. ca
= 270 sec.

—=a
Baamins 2 4 ye mins.
a

Suggested Questions
Question 1. (a) A rectangular water tank of base 7m x 6m contains water up to a depth of 5 m. How
many cubic meter of water are there in tank?
(b) If the water in the tank (qa) is transferred to a cylindrical tank of radius 3.5 m, how high will the
water level be in this tank? (Leave your answer as a fraction).
level is
(c) A conical solid of base radius 2.8 m is put into the tank referred in (b) above and the water
raised by 0.16 m. Calculate the height of the conical solid.
Solution.

(a) Volume of water in rectangular tank = 7 mx6 mx5 m= 210 m’.

(6) Volume of water transferred to cylinder = 210 m?
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class Xx
564

Radius of cylinder = 3.5 m.

-. Volume of cylinder = 210 m°
an nr’h=210m
pai
i ~ 92x 3.5x 3.5
=> p= ese mn.

(c) Water level in cylinder raised = 0.16 m.

Increase in volume of water in cylinder = 1 x3.5 x3.5 x0.16 m
Volume of solid cone = Volume of increase in cylinder

BR 5mx2.8 <2.8 xhm 29x35 x35 ON

p _ ©x3.5x3.5x 0.16 m te
e Se
3X 2.8x2.8 m 2

= h raJaa
m=75 cm.

.. Height of cone =75 cm.

Question 2. Find out whether the following statement is true or false :

The volume of a cone is one half of the volume of a cylinder of the same radius and same height.
Solution. Let the radius of cone and cylinder be r cm.
and height of cone and cylinder be / cm.
Then volume of cylinder = nr7h

and volume of cone = Snr7h

Volume of cone = ;Volume of cylinder

Volume of cone + 5 the volume of cylinder

.. The given statement is false.

Question 3. From a solid cylinder whose height is 8 cm and radius 6 cm, a conical cavity of the height
8 cm and of base radius 6 cm is hollowed out. Find the volume of the remaining solid correct
to 4
significant figures. (x = 3.1416)
Also find the total surface area of the remaining solid.
Solution. Given radius of solid cylinder = 6 cm.
height = 8 cm.
A cone of radius = 6 cm and Height 8 cm is hollowed out.
Volume of cylinder = nr7h

=™x6x6x8 cm
Cone
565

Volume of cone hollowed out = sar = an x6x 6x8 cm’.

<7
xy Remaining solid = volume of cylinder — volume of cone
a
=™x6x6x8 cm ~ 40x 6x6x8 em’.

= £0 x6x6x8 cm’ =192n cm’

= 192 x 3.1416 cm?

= 603.1872 cm*
= 603. 2m? (Correct to 4 significant figure)
Total surface area of the remaining solid
= Area of top + curved area of cylinder a
+ curved area of cone.

=nr +2nrh+nrl, [i=Vi? +?)

=ar(r+2h+/), /=V8 +6 /=10cm.

=m x 6(6+2x8+10) cm’
= 192m cm’.
= 603.1872 cm’.
= 603.2 cm’ (Correct to 4 significant figures).

Question 4. A girl fills a cylindrical bucket 32 cm in height and 18 cm in radius with sand. She empties the
bucket on the ground and makes a conical heaps of the sand. If the height of the conical heap is 24 cm, find
(i) the radius and
(ii) the slant height of the heap.
Give your answer correct to one place of decimal.
Solution. Given __ height of cylinder = 32 cm.
Radius = 18 cm
Height = 24 cm.
Volume of cylinder = nrh.
=mx18x18x32 cm’.

(1) Volume of cone = Volume of cylinder.

=> anh =m x18x18x32 cm’.

2 _ m™x18x18x32
cm
> a-~mx24cm —
3

=> r =18x18x2x2 cm’

\ r =36cm.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class Xx
566

/= es:
(ii) Slant height
1 = 24? +36?
1 = 576 +1296
1 = J1872 -
1 = 43.27 cm
/= 43.3 cm. (Correct to one decimal place).
17 cm and radius is 8 cm.
Question 5. Find the volume of the cone given that its slant height is
Solution. Given radius = 8 cm.
Slant height / = 17 cm
Po =h4r
=> hWo=l-r
=> jo ape 2728? Ses om

mrh

x
9) x8 8x15 cm°
Wwil—
Wl—

= 1005.71 cm’.
Question 6. Calculate the curved surface area of a cone whose perpendicular height is 4.8 cm and
radius of whose base is 3.6 cm. Leave your answer in term of 7.
Solution. Given radius = 3.6 cm
Height = 4.8 cm.

l=Vh +r?
= (4.8) +(3.6) =6 cm
Curved surface area of the cone = arl = 1x 3.6x6 cm?

= 21.6" cm’.

Question 7. A canvas tent is in the shape of a cylinder surmounted by a

conical roof. The common diameter of the cone and cylinder is 14m. The height
of the cylindrical part is 8m and the height of the conical roof is 4m. Find the
area of the canvas used to make the tent. Give your answer in m? correct to one

decimal place. [Take t= 22)

7
Solution. Given diameter of base of cylinder and cone = 14 m. an
Radius of base of cylinder and cone = 2 7 cm.
Height of cylinder = 8 m 8m
Height of cone = 4 m. |
Slant height of cone / = Vh? +r? a
Cone
567

= b=V447? =J65.
1 = 8.06m.
Area of canvas used to make the tent = curved area of cylind
er + curved area of cone
= 2nhr + nrl
= tr(2h+/)
= 27(2x8+8.06) m’
= 22(24.06) m’
= 529.3 m’
.. Area of canvas used = 529.3 m’.
Question 8. The volume of a cone is the same as that of the cylinder whose height is 9 cm and diameter 40
cm. Find the radius of the base of the cone if its height is 108 cm.
Solution. Given diameter of cylinder = 40 cm

Radius = * = 206m

Height =9 cm
Height of cone = 108 cm
Volume of cone = Volume of cylinder.

= $nrh =aR
= 5r?108 oh = x20 2009 cnt’
2 _ 20x20x9x3 2
= ee. oer
a r> =100 cm’.
=> r = 10cm.
~. Radius of cone = 10 cm.

Question 9. A hollow metallic cylindrical tube has an internal radius of 3 cm and height 21 cm. The
thickness of the metal of the tube is 1/2 cm. The tube is melted and cast into a right circular cone of height
i of the cone correct to one decimal
i the radius
7 cm. Find pl
decimal place. Taken = 22|

Solution. Given internal radius of hollow cylindrical tube (r) = 3 cm.

Thickness = som,

Height = 21 cm.
External radius (R) =r + thickness.

=(3+3 Jem

= 3.5 cm.
Height of cone =7 cm.
568 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Volume of cone = Volume of hollow cylinder.

= sar h =n(R?-r’)H

= Sar 7 cm = n|(3.5) -3"| x21 cm*

Be pee X05
*21S
i,
2 2
a r, =29.25 cm.
=> r, =5.408 cm.
=> r, =5.4 cm. (Correct to one decimal place)
~. Radius of cone = 5.4 cm.

Question 10. Two right circular cones x and y are made, x having three times the radius of y and y
having half the volume ofx. Find the ratio of height of x and y.
Solution. Cone x Cone y
Let radius = 3 r radius = r.
height = h, height = h,

volume = V volume = aV

rk 2 t ] 1502
V= 3 7(3r) h, a =377 h,

V
= h, = 2 h, = +
3mr 2nr
LO= a x
Mean OV
5 Maes
Big 229
“. Ratio of height h, : h, =2:9.
Question 11. A solid cone of height 12 cm and base radius 6 cm
has the top 4 cm removed as shown in the figure. Find the whole surface
of the remaining solid.
Solution. As OAB and OCD are similar.

AB _ OB _OA
CD OD ee
“sy AB _ OB
GD” OD
> Aes.
&° PB
= AB=2 cm.

~ 2
InAODC. OC=VCD’+DO° (By Pythagoras theorem)
OC = ¥36+144 =/180 =6./5 cm.
Cone
569

OB
_ OA
OD. -OC
OA
12 6s
OA =2V5cm.
Whole surface area of remaining solid = Surface area of cone POC — Surface area of cone QOA
+ Area of circle PC + Area of cire!e OA.
=nRL—nrl+nR° +nr°.

= (6x 6./5—2 x2V5-+36+4) em’

= n(32V5 + 40) cm?

= 3.142(32 x2.236+40) cm?

= 3.142 111.552 cm’.
= 350.50 cm’.
Question 12. The total surface area of a right circular cone of slant height 13 cm is 907 cm’. Calculate (i)
its radius in cm, (ii) its volume in cm’. Give your answer in terms of 7.
Solution. Given total surface area of cone = 907 cm’.
Slant height (/)= 13 cm.

—_~ —S
~~, Total surface area = 902 cm’.
nrl+nr’ =90n
mrx13+nr =90n
I3r+r =90
r +13r-90=0
(r +18)(r—5)=0
vV
UY
UY r+18=0,r-—5=0
p= or5. .
r=Scm (neglect negative)

Since javier?
}? ys +r’

bh Bey C- aa

hp? =13°-5 =144

h= 12cm
2
- Volume of cone = trh

nx5° x12 cm’ = 1007 cm’.

whose perpendicular height is 4.8 cm and the

Question 13. Calculate the curved surface area of acone
in terms of 7.
radius of whose is 3.6 cm. Leave your answer
570 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Solution. Given radius = 3.6 cm,

Height = 4.8 cm

Slant height / = ve +r?

= ¥4.8° +3.6 =6cm.

Curved area of the cone = tr/
=n x 3.6x6cm
= 21.61 cm’.

Question 14. A metallic cylinder has radius 3 cm and height 5 cm. It is made of a metal A. To reduce
its weight, a conical hole is drilled in the cylinder as shown and it is completely filled with a lighter metal
B. The conical hole has a radius of 3/2 cm and its depth is 8/9 cm. Calculate the ratio of the volume of the
metal A to the volume of the metal B in the solid.
Solution. Given radius of cylinder (R) = 3 cm
Height (H) = 5 cm.
Cylinder is made of metal A.
Volume of metal A =2R°H.

=nx3’x5cm
= 45n cm*

Radius of cone (r) = Sem

Height (h) = : cm

Cone is made of metal B

Volume of metal B = iar h

lf S) gee
3 (5) : 3) a
= ar cm*
3
“. Ratio of volume of — metal A ; metal B
5 se 8 Sn
=> 135 : Zn:
Question 15. An open cylindrical vessel of internal diameter 7 cm
and height 8 cm stands on
horizontal table. Inside this is placed a solid metallic right circular
cone, the diameter of whose base is 7/2
cm and height 8 cm. Find the volume of water required to fill the vessel.
If the cone is replaced by another
cone, whose height is 1+ cm and the radius is 2 cm, find the drop
in water level.
Solution. Given diameter of cylinder = 7 cm.
. a
Radius ius = —5

Height = 8 cm.
Cone
571

Diameter of cone = Fem,

Radius = com

Height = 8 cm.

Volume of cylinder = 4mR?H

iy 7 See Ieee Soe cm:

, ee Sa
= 308 cm’.
Volume of cone = Le
3

. Volume of water required to fill the cylindrical vessel = (308 - 252) cm°

= 2825
cm’,
Ist cone is replaced by IInd cone whose radius = 2 cm.

Height = 12om.

Volume of IInd cone = bith.

3

= 5x2 x2x2xF om’,

po eee
ae =73 om

Difference in volume of two cones = Difference in volume in water.

_(552_71)
-(253 75) em 3

= 185 cm’.

Drop in water level in the cylinder (h) = eolume.

185%7
~ i oee
_oy
55x7x2x2
10
570m = 0.48 cm.
572
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

ream CODE pene toymnenley

Question 16. The figure shows the cross-section of an ice-c
radius of the
consisting of a cone surmounted by a hemispher. The
outer
hemisphere is 3. 5 cm and the height of the cone is 10.5 cm. The
= 0.5
shell ABCDEF is shaded and is not filled with ice-cream. AE = DC
cm, AB ||EF and BC ||FD. Calculate :
(i) the volume of the ice-cream in the cone (the unshaded portion
including the hemisphere) in cm’.
(ii) the volume of the outer shell (the shaded portion ) in cm’.
Give your answers correct to the nearest cm’.
Solution. Given :
Radius of hemisphere LC(R) = 3.5 cm
Height of the cone BL(H) = 10.5 cm
AE = DC = 0.5 cm, AB || EF and BC ||DF.
“. Radius of inner cone LD(r) = 3 cm
Let the height of the inner cone FL be A cm.
In A’ LDF and LCB,
ZDLF = ZCLB =90°
ZLDF = ZLCB
(corresponding As, BC ||FD and LC is thetransversal)
: ALDF ~ ALCB(A.A)
LD
LC
_ LF
TB

So aes
=> h=9cm
(i) Volume of ice cream = volume of inner cone + volume of hemisphere

= smh +5mR?

= 3x23? x94 5x22 x (3,5)°

= 84.857 + 89.833
= 174.69 cm?
; = 175 cm? (nearest to cm?)
(ii) Volume of outer shell (shaded region)
= volume of cone ABC — volume of cone EFD
odes.
= 5 TR H-z1
Lae h

=eee)
3% G.5)*(10.5)-3 x22 3? x9
Cone
573

= 134.75 — 84.857
= 49.893 cm°
= 50 cm” (nearest to cm’)

Exercises
. Find the curved area of a cone of radius 3 cm and height 4 cm.
. Find the total surface area of a cone of radius 5 cm, height 12 cm.
. Find the volume of a cone of radius 24 cm and height 18 cm.
. Area of the base of cone is 400 cm? and height is 15 cm. Find the volume of the cone.
U . A conical tent requires 770 m’ of canvas. If the slant height is 17.5 m, find the
—
&
WN
vertical height
of tent.
6. A metallic cone of base radius 7 cm and height 12 cm. Find
(i) the volume
(ii) the weight if 1 cm° weighs 8 gm.
7. How many square meters of canvas are required for a conical circus tent whose height is 35 m
and radius of base is 84 m?
8. The radius and height of a metal cylinder 3 cm and 4 cm has a conical cavity of radius 3 cm and
height 4 cm hollowed out. Calculate
(i) the volume
(ii) the surface area of the solid.
9. A conical vessel whose internal radius is 10 cm and height 48 cm is full of water. If this water is
poured into a cylindrical vessel of radius 20 cm, find the height of water in the cylindrical
vessel. ,
10. Find the volume of the largest right circular cone that can be cut out of a cube whose edge is 9 cm.
11. The height of solid cylinder is 15 cm and diameter 7 cm. Two equal conical holes of radius 3 cm
and height 4 cm are cut off. Find the volume and the surface area of the remaining solid.
12. A cylinder of radius 14 cm contains water. A conical solid of radius 3.5 cm and height 12 cm is
dropped into it. Find the increase in water level.
13. Sugar is packed in a paper packet which is in the shape of an inverted cone ofvertical height 12 cm.
The weight of sugar in the packet is 0.55 kg. Find the area of the paper given if 1 cc of sugar weighs
1.75 gms.
14. A rectangular vessel is 20 cm x 16 cm x 11 cm and is full of water. This water is poured into a
conical vessel of base radius 10 cm. If the vessel is completely filled, find the height of the
vessel.
15. Aconical reservoir is 7 m in diameter. Water is poured into it at the rate of 220 litres per minute. Find
the height of water level in the reservoir after one hour.
16. Into a conical tent of radius 10.5 m and vertical height 4.5m, how many full bags of wheat can be
emptied if space required for the wheat in each bag is 2.75 m’. |
17. A sector of a circle of radius 3.6 cm has an angle of 150°. It is rolled up so that the two bounding
radii are joined together to form a cone. Find
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class xX
574

(i) the radius of the cone

(ii) the total surface area of the cone, and
(iii) the volume of the cone.
that of the other. The slant height
18. There are two cones. The curved surface area of one is 3 times
of the latter is 4 times that of the former. Find the ratio of their radii.
vely. Find the cost
19. The slant height and diameter of a conical tomb are 34 m and 32 m respecti
m?.
of constructing it at 15 P m? and also cost of painting its curved surface at Rs.12 per 1000
20. A bucket made up of tin sheet of height 30 cm its upper and lower ends of radius 36cm and 12 cm
respectively. Find
(i) the capacity of the bucket in litres
(ii) the cost of the sheet used if the cost of tin sheet is Rs.2.50 per 100 cm’.
21. The height of a cone is 27cm. A small cone is cut off at the top by a plane parallel to the base. If
its volume is + of the volume of the given cone, at what height above the base is the section made?
22. A metallic cylindrical tube has an internal radius 5 cm and height 20cm. The thickness of the
metal of the tube is lcm. The tube is melted and cast into a solid right circular cone of height
14.7 cm. Find the radius of the cone correct to one decimal place.
23. Water folws at the rate of 30cm/sec from a cylindrical pipe 15 mm in diameter. How long
would it take to fill a conical vessel whose diameter at the surface is 40 cm and depth 54 cm.
Give your answer in minutes.
24. A cylinder of radius 5 cm contains water. A conical solid of radius 2.5 cm and height 15 cm is
dropped into it. Find the increase in water level.

25. The height of a conical convas tent is 40 m and it encloseds a m? of ground. find how much
convas will be required?
26. A vertical height of conical tent is 60 cm and diameter of the base is 49 cm. How many dolls
can it accomodate if each doll is to be allowed 1715 cm’ of space.

27. The radius and height of a right circular volume are in the ratio 8 : 15. It its volume is 20 om’,
find its slant height and the radius.
1
28 .How many metres of cloth l7m ; : ‘
wide will be required to make a conical tent whose radius 21m
and slant height 30 m.
29. The diameter of two cones are equal. If their slant heights are in the ratio 7 : 5, find the ratio of
their curved surface area.
30. A rectangular tank of base 8m x 7m contains water up to a depth of 5m. If this water is
trans-
ideei a conical vessel of base radius 3.5cm, how high will be the water level be in the
conical
vesse

Answers
1. 47.14
47. cm F 2. 282.86 cm ; 3. 10861.71 cm?
4. 6285.71 cm? 5 10.5m 6. (i) 616 cm” (ii) 4.928 kg
Cone 575

. 24024 sq.m . (i) 75.43 cm? (ii) 150.86 cm? —s-9, 4cm
. 190.93 cm? . 502.07 cm’, 444.71 cm? 12. 0.25 cm
. 204.29 cm’ . 33.6 cm 15. 103 cm (approx.).
. 189 . @) 14cm (ii) 24.04 cm? (iii) 7.71 cm’
.12:1 . Rs.1206.86, Rs.20.52
. (d) 58.83 litres (ii) Rs.156.21 . 35cm 22. 6.7 cm

: 214 minutes _1.25cem 25. 4714.29 m?

. 22 dolls . 34cm, 16cm 28. 1584 m
oy . 21.82 m
 Chapter 27

Sphere

If a semi — circle is revolved about its diameter, which is kept fixed, the solid A
thus generated is a sphere. In the figure AOB is the diameter. The sphere shown is
generated by one complete revolution of the semi-circle AXB about the diameter
AOB. The centre and radius of the semi-circle are the centre and radius of the
sphere.
If r is the radius of the sphere and S is the surface area of the sphere then, the
surface area of the sphere (S) = 4nr°.
B
If V is the volume of the sphere then, (V) = tr

Hemi-sphere
_ When the sphere is cut by a plane through its centre into two equal parts, each
part is called the hemi-sphere.
Let r be the radius of the sphere, i.e. of the hemisphere, then

(i) Curved surface area = t x 4nr?

=2nr’.
(ii) Total surface area = curved surface area + area of circular base.

=2nr’ +nr? =3nr’.

(iii) Volume of the hemisphere = ¥ +r 2 4

Spherical Shell
The solid enclosed between two concentric sphere S is called a spherical
shell.
Let R be the radius of outer sphere and r the radius of inner sphere. Then
(i) The thickness of shell = R—r.

(ii) Volume of spherical shell = 4n(R° - r),

Sphere re

Hemispherical Shell
The solid enclosed between two concentric hemisphere S is called a
hemispherical shell.
Let R and r be the radii of outer and inner hemispheres. Then
(2) The thickness of shell = R—-r.
>

(ii) Area of base = n(R? -r° \3

(ii) External curved area = 2nR’.

(iv) Internal curved area = 2nr°.
(v) Total surface area = External surface area + Internal surface area + Area of base.

=2nR° +2nr° + n(R? api)

=n(3R? +r’).
(vi) Volume of hemispherical shell = a(R -r’),
WIN

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. If the radius of a sphere is 3.5 cm, find (4) its surface area (i/) its volume.
Solution. Given radius = 3.5 cm.
(#) Surface area = Anr?
ee
PAK eat“5 a?em 2

= 154 cm’.

(ii) Volume = Snr’.

= 176.67 cm’.

Example 2. The surface area of a sphere is 2464 cm’ .-Find its radius and volume.
Solution. Given Surface area = 2464 cm’.
25 4nr> =2464 cm’
2 _2464x7 2
ad eis 4x22 a
as r =196 cm
= r=14cm.

Volume of sphere = aor

= 4x2 x14 «14x14 om’

= 11,498.67 cm’.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X :
578
ter 14 cm and a thickness of 5 mm. Find
Example 3. A hollow copper ball has an external diame
(i) the outer surface area of the ball.
x = 3. 14)
(ii) the weight of the ball if 1 cm’ of copper weighs 7.6 gm. (Take
Solution. Given External diameter of hollow copper ball = 14 cm.
External radius (R) = ut=7 cm
Thickness = 5mm =0.5 cm.
Internal radius = (7 — 0.5) = 6.5 cm.

(i) The outer surface area = AnR’

=4x3.14x7x7 com
= 615.44 cm’
(ii) Volume of the hollow ball = 4n(R - r’).

+4 x3.14|73 _(6.5) 3
= a,
3 3.14
x68.375 cm.
The weight of 1cm’ = 7.6 gm.

-. Weight of £3.14 x 68.375em’ = 5x3.14 x 68.375x 7.6 em

= 2175.60 gm.
= 2.176 Kg.
Example 4. The diameter of a sphere is 21 cm. Find the cost of polishing the outer surface of the
sphere if 1 cm’ costs Rs. 1.20.
Solution. Given Diameter = 21 cm.

Radius = Stem

Surface area of sphere = 4nr7

a2~
=4 x (Sy Bis 2) 2
- x 5} x SS
5} cm

= 1386 cm?
The cost of polishing 1 cm’ = Rs. 1.20.
The cost of polishing 1368 cm’ = Rs. 1368 x 1.20
= Rs. 1663.20.
xample 5. A solid met i i i
nee of atts 3 cm. aii eae of eee “ coe i se tog 2 oo
Solution. Given Radius of cylinder = 6 cm |
Height = 8 cm
Radius of sphere = 3 cm
Sphere a

No. of spheres = Volume of cylinder

Volume of1 sphere

nR°H
4 3
7 Ur
2
No. of spheres = _1™xX6x6x8 cm’
3 @X3x3x3 cm’

“. No. of spheres = 8.

Example 6. A hollow sphere of internal and external diameters 6 cm and 10 cm respectively is melt-ed
into a cone of base diameter 8 cm. Find the height of the cone.
Solution. Given internal and external diameters of sphere = 6 cm and 10 cm.
Internal radius (7) = 3 cm
External radius (R) = 5 cm
Diameter of cone = 8 cm

Radius = :=4 cm.

Volume of cone = Volume of hollow sphere

l 4
=> 3mh =x(R-r)

=> 4n(4)h cm’ = 4n(5 =") cm°

= 4n(4)°h cm’ = +198 cm”

_ 4x98
~ 4x4 psa
h =24.5 cm.
”. Height of cone = 24.5 cm.

Example 7. A sphere has the same curved surface as the curved surface of a cone of height 36 cm and
base radius 15 cm. Find the radius of sphere.
Solution. Given radius of cone = 15 cm.
Height = 36 cm.
Let R be the radius of sphere.

Slant height of cone / = Vh’ +r°

{ =136 As
= 39 cm.

Give Surface of sphere = Curved surface of cone.

=> 4nR’ =nrl

a AnR’ =2x15x39 cm’.

580 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

—\ R » =_ 5854
= RS 26 — 12.09 om.
”. Radius of sphere = 12.09 cm.

Example 8. A spherical ball of lead 4 cm in diameter is melted and recast into 3 spherical balls. The —
diameter of two of these balls are | cm and 0.5 cm respectively. What is the diameter of the third spherical
ball.
Solution. Given spherical ball of lead (original) has diameter = 4 cm
Radius (R) =2 cm

Radius of first ball (r.) ~ 4 cm

Radius of second ball (r,) = fem

Let the radius of third ball be r, cm.

Volume of original ball = Sum of volumes of 3 balls.
=> V We vO,

4. So ees 4 3 ee
= 3 TR =3™ +3, +3,

= R° =r +r +r,

= pre 78] : al ; 3
5 +(4) 7%
=. ] l 3
8 gSB+ ee
ea th:

=> 3 ae
5 ea
=> yi eee
64

= )p! 251003.
; 64

ae log r, = 3+[log
503 10g64]
Y oy g9 ox I +(2.7016 - 1.8062]
ad log r, = 3 x 0.8954
=> log Pr, 22985

=e r, = Anti log (0.2985)

=e r, = 1.988 cm.
.. Diameter ofthird ball = 2 x 1.988 cm = 3.976
cm.
Sphera 58]

Example 9. In what ratio are the volumes of a cylinder,

a cone and a sphere if each has the same
radius and same height?

Given radius of cylinder = radius of cone = radius of sphere.

Height of cylinder = At of cone.
Let ‘7’ be the radius and ‘h’ the height, then
Volume of cylinder : Volumeofcone : Volume of sphere.
2 : 2 . G3
=> tr h 3 tr h 3m

— h
l 4
3h 3 ia

—— ZF 2
3° a3 r
=> S : 1 vs
“. Ratio is 3: 1:2.
Example 10. A semi-spherical bowl of internal diameter 36 cm contains a liquid. This liquid is to be
filled into cylindrical shape bottles of radius 3 cm and height 6 cm. How many bottles are required to
empty the bowl?
Solution. Given internal diameter of hemispherical bowl = 36 cm.

Radius (R) = » =18 cm.

Radius of cylindrical bottle (r) = 3 cm.
Height = 6 cm.
Volume of hemi spherical bow!
No. of bottles = “Volume of! cylindrical bottle

5x Sak
No. of bottles =
mrh
_ 2xmx18x18x18 cm’?
mx3x3x3x6cm’
= 72.

+. No. of bottles required to empty the bowl = 72.

 -—

A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

582

Suggested Questions
e (ii) its surface area.
Question 1. If the radius of asphere is 7 cm, find (i) its volum
Solution. Given radius of sphere (r) = 7 cm.

(i) Volume of a sphere = 3mr.

Bn 22 7 ee cm’
a 7
= 1437.33 cm’.
(ii) Surface area of a sphere = 4nr’.

= 4x22 x77 cm’?

-616 cm’.

Question 2. A buoy is made in the form of a hemisphere surmounted by a right cone whose circular
base coincides with the plane surface of the hemisphere. The radius of the base of the cone is 3.5 m and its
volume is two-third of the hemisphere. Calculate the height of the cone and the surface area of the buoy,
correct to two places of decimals. (Taket= 22)

Solution. Given Radius of cone = 3.5 m.

Also, Volume of cone = - Volume of hemisphere.

Radius of semi sphere = 3.5 m.

Volume of hemisphere = 4x ae

Volume of hemisphere = <n(3.5) cm’. . Lote alls

N—_ Sao
But Volume of cone = $ Volume of hemisphere.

=>
l 212 3
aoe h = 3]3x(35) |em’

mre 43] (3.5) 2 hem 2 == Se

2
rhe 3 *(3.5) 3 cm 3

=> i an
= 3 3.5 cm.

h= 4.67 cm.
Height of cone = 4.67 cm.

TT
Slant height of cone (/) = Vp? ae

= core
> \o
Sphere sas

= 35
Surface area of buoy = Surface area of cone + surface area of hemisphere.
= nrl+2nr?
= nr(/+2r)
22 35
arr
- 6 +2%3.5) om’

Drie~"Sell apa ae
es SG
= 141.166 cm*
= 141.17 cm’. (Correct to two places of decimals).

Question 3. Find the volume and curved surface of the sphere if diameter = 14 cm. {Taket= 22)
Solution. Given Diameter = 14 cm.

Radius = 14 <9 gb

Volume of sphere = =1r°

Ww

=F x2 xIK7x7 cm?
Ww

= 1437.33 cm’
Curved surface of a sphere = 4nr”
=4x22x7%7 cm?

= 616 cm’.

Question 4 Marbles of diameter 1.4 cm are dropped into a beaker containing some water and are fully
submerged. The diameter of the beaker is 7 cm. Find how many marbles have been dropped in it if the
{Taket= 2)22
water rises by 5.6 cm.

Solution. Given diameter of marble ( sphere ) = 1.4 cm.

Radius (r) = 4 = 0.7m.
Diameter of beaker (cylinder) = 7 cm.

Radius (R) == cm.

Level of water raised in beaker (h) = :6 cm.

Volume of water raised in beaker
No. of marbles dropped in beaker = Volume of! marble
584 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

% axix3 x 5.6 cm

4 x0.7 0.7 0.7 om’

_ EX7x7x56x3x
100
~ ex4x4x7x7x7
= 150 marbles
-. No. of marbles dropped in beaker = 150.
Question 5. A vessel is in the form of an inverted cone. Its height is 8 cm and the radius of its top
which is open is 5 cm. It is filled with water up to the rim. When lead shots, each of which is a sphere of
radius 0.5 cm, are dropped into the vessel, one — fourth of the water flows out. Find the number of lead

shots dropped into the vessel. (Take x = -

_ ze

Solution. Given the radius of conical vessel (R) = 5 cm

Height = 8 cm
Radius of (sphere) lead shot(r) = 0.5 cm
Volume of water flows out when lead shots were dropped

= 4 volume of cone.

‘. Volume of lead shots dropped = ; volume of cone.

1 volume of cone
No. of lead shots =
Volume of] lead shot
|a
4%3tRH
No. of lead shots =
nr
3
3xnx5x5x8cm
~ 4x4x3xmx0.5x0.5x0.5
cm?
= 100.
. No. of lead shots dropped into vessel = 100.
Question 6. A metallic disc, in the shape of a right circular cylinder, is of height 2.5 mm and base
radius 12 cm. Metallic disc is melted and made into a sphere. Calculate the radius of
the sphere.
Solution. Given radius of metallic disc in the shape of cylinder (R) = 12 cm.

Height (H) = 2.5 mm = 10

25 cm = 4 cm.

Volume of sphere = Volume of cylinder.

=> <n? = tr?H

=> 3m =x 12x 12x 2om’

—) p>? = Rx12x12x3 3
4x4xn
Sphere cus

=~ r =3' cm
= r=3cm.
.. Radius of sphere = 3 cm.
Question 7. The radius of the base of a cone and the radius of a sphere are
the same each being 8 cm.
Given . that the volume of these two solids are same, calculate slant hei ght of
the cone correct to one place
of decimal.
Solution. Given radius of cone = radius of sphere
= 8 cm.
Also volume of cone = volume of sphere.

=> inr*h = 4p?

= h=4r.
= h =4x8cm=32
cm.

Slant height of cone / = Vh* +Pe

= ,/(32)° +8? .
= 41024+64.

= 1088.
= 32.98 cm.
= 33.0 cm. (Correct to one place of decimal)

Question 8. A cylindrical bucket, whose base has a radius of 15 cm, is filled with water upto a height
of 20 cm. A heavy iron spherical ball of radius 10 cm is dropped to submerge completely in water in the
bucket. Find the increase in the level of water.
Solution. Given radius of cylindrical bucket (R) = 15 cm.
Height of water (H) = 20 cm.
Increase in volume of water in cylinder = volume of sphere.

= nR?H = Sar’
=> mx15x15x Hom? = <n x 10%10x10 em’

_ 4xnx10x10x10
=> 3xnmx15x15
=> H =5.93 cm.

-. Increase in the level of water = 5.93 cm.

Question 9. The radius of a sphere is 9 cm. It is melted and drawn into a wire of diameter 2 mm. Find
the length of wire in metres.
Solution. Given _ radius of sphere (R) = 9 cm
Diameter of wire = 2 mm

Radius of wire (r) = 1 mm = vacm

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
586

Volume of wire = Volume of sphere.

= nth =< nR°

3
2

n+] hem? = Fnx9x9x9 om’

=>

jp AX Rx9x9X9x 10x10 Oo
=
3x
= h = 97200 cm.
S22
= h = 00. m=972 m

iis Length of wire = 972 m.

Question 10. A hollow sphere of internal and external diameters 4 cm and 8 cm respectively is melted
into a cone of base diameter 8 cm. Find the height of the cone.
Solution. Given internal and external diameters of a hollow sphere = 4 cm and 8 cm.
Diameter of cone = 8 cm.
Internal radius of hollow sphere (r) = 2 cm.
External radius of hollow sphere (R) = 4 cm.
Radius of cone (r,)= 4cm.
Volume of cone = Volume of hollow sphere.
Lwrg 4 3 3
> 3m =Sn(R =4 ).

x 3| 7(4) 2 hem 2
= 4Sn(43 2 3 )em 3

xs l (4)°h 2 4 3
3 cm = 3 756 cm

— 4xnmx56x3
h = SSS
3x4x4xn7 ai
=> h =14cm.
. Height of cone = 14 cm.

Question 11. A hollow copper ball has an external diameter of 12 cm and a thickness of 0.1 cm. Find (i) the
outer surface area of the ball (ii) the weight of the ball if 1 cm’ of copper weighs 8.8 gm. (Take m = 3.14).
Solution. Given External diameter of hollow copper ball = 12 cm.

External radius (R) = ue=6cm.

Thickness = 0.1 cm.

Internal radius (r) = (6 — 0.1) cm = 5.9 cm.
(i) the outer surface area of ball = 4nR?

=4x3.14x6x6 cm?
= 452.16 cm’,
Sphere
587

(i?) Volume ofhollow ball = Fn(R ey

3 :x3. 14|6° ~(5.9)"] cm’.
Volume ofhollow ball = $x 3.14 10.621 cm’.

Weight of |cm* = 8.8 gm.

. Weight of $x3.14 x 10.621 em’ = £3.14 10.621x8.8 em.

= 391.306 gm.
*. Weight of the ball = 391.306 gm.
Question 12. A solid metal sphere is cut through its centre into 2 equal parts. If the diameter of the
sphere is 33 cm, find the total surface area of each part correct to two decimal places. (Taket= 2)

Solution. Given Diameter of a sphere = 33 cm.

Radius -1 cm.

Sphere is cut into 2 parts in the centre.

Each part is a hemisphere.
Total surface area of a hemisphere = [Link] area + area of base.
=2nr?+nr°
2
— 554s

= 28.875 cm
= 28.88 cm’. (Correct to twp decimal places)

Question 13. What is the least number of solid metallic sphere of 6 cm in diameter that should be
melted and recast to form a solid metal cylinder whose height is 45 cm and diameter 4 cm.
Solution. Given Diameter of solid sphere = 6 cm

Radius (7) = $=3cm

Diameter of solid cylinder =4 cm.

Radius (R) = 5= 2 em

Height (H) = 4 cm.

_ Volume of cylinder
No. of solid spheres ~ Volume of! sphere

nR’H
Snr
=z
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
588

_ 3xmx2x2x45 cm =%
~ 4xmx3x3x3 em’
-. No. of solid spheres = 5.
r of uniform thickness. If the
Question 14. A solid sphere radius 6 cm is melted into a hollow cylinde
cm, find the uniform thickness of
external radius of the base of the cylinder is 4 cm and if its height is 79
cylinder.
Solution. Given Radius of sphere (7,) = 6 cm.
External radius of hollow cylinder (R) = 4 cm.
Height (H) = 79 cm.
Let the internal radius of hollow cylinder be r cm.
Volume of hollow cylinder = Volume of sphere

= n(R? -r?)H = in ra

= n(4? —r?) x79 cm = 4n(6) cm’

a _p? _4xmx6x6x6 2
( y 3xmx79 age
es ae - 288) 2
r (16 79} om

= 2 _ 96S 2
r 79 12.354 cm

= r =3.515 cm.

Thickness = R—r =(4-3.515) cm

= 0.485 cm.

; Question 15 8 metallic sphere each of radius 2 mm are melted and cast into a single sphere. Calculate the
radius of the new sphere.
Solution. Radius of sphere = 2 mm
| No. of spheres = 8.
Let R be the radius of new sphere
Volume of new sphere = Volume of 8 spheres

= Sn R 28x tnx? mm’

3
=> R =8x8 mm
= R’ =4° mm
—_ R=4mm.

. Radius of new sphere = 4 mm.

Question 16. The given diagram shows a hemis phere of radius
i 5 cm surmounted by a right ci
cone of base radius 5 cm. Find the volume of the solid if the height of the cone
is 7 cm. Gite pete a
corr ect to two places of decimal. [Taket= 22|
Sphere
589

Solution. Given radius of hemisphere = 5 cm

Radius of cone = 5 cm
Height = 7 cm
Volume of given solid = Volume of cone + Volume of hemisphere

ee h+enr
3

wil—
Wile
Wl

= 445.238 cm’
= 445.24 cm’. (Correct to two places of decimal )

Question 17. An iron sphere of diameter 12 cm is dropped into a cylindrical can of diameter 24 cm
containing water. Find the rise in the level of water when the sphere is completely immersed.
Solution. Given the diameter of a sphere = 12 cm
Radius of sphere (r) = 6 cm
Diameter of cylinder = 24 cm

Radius (R)= 3 =12 cm

Increase in volume of water in cylinder = Volume of sphere

= n Rh =n’

=> n(12) Ah cm’ = 4n(6) cm’

_ 4x mx 6x6x6
Be se 3x12xl2xn
=> h =2 cm.

”. Rise in water level in cylinder =2 cm.

Question 18. What is the least number of solid metallic spheres, each 6 cm in diameter that should be
melted to cast a solid metallic cylinder whose height is 53 cm and diameter 6 cm? Also find the total
surface area of cylinder.
Solution. Given diameter of sphere = 6 cm
Radius (r) = 3 cm
Diameter of solid cylinder = 6 cm
Radius (R) = 3 cm
Height (H) = 53 cm
Volume of cylinder
No. of spheres = \7oiofl
imspheere
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
590

2
= =“ H _ mx3x3x53 _ 53 _ 4395
No of spheres
: yWee Te 4
er Ben aKaee

Least number of spheres = 14.

Total surface area of cylinder = 2nRH + 2nR’
= 2nR(H +R)
= 2x42 x 3(53+3) cm’
=2x22.x3x56 cm’

= 1056 cm’.
<——_ 6. Sem —————>
Question 19. The given figure represents a solid
consisting of a cylinder surmounted by a cone at one
end, a hemisphere at the other end. Given that com-
mon radius = 3.5cm, the height of the cylinder = 6.5cm
and the total height = 12.8cm. Calculate the volume of
solid, correct to nearest integer. i
!
i

“She ee se ee

Solution. Given radius of hemisphere = radius of cylinder = radius of cone =3.5 cm.
Height of cylinder h, = 6.5 cm.
Total height =12.8 cm
Height of cone h, = (12.8-6.5- 3.5)cm.

=2.8 m= 3 cm

Volume of solid = Volume of hemisphere + Volume of cylinder + Vol. of cone

OE
=3ur +mr 2 h+3mrh,
1

=$xr7(2 7 +3h, +h)

wiydtylv
7" 7 «FF
tise.
2xF 3B
tee
lt)om

TT aos one
6 ~ 10
= 376.02 cm?
=i 376 cm’.3 (Correct to nearer integer)
Question 20. A solid rectangular block of metal 49 cm
by 44 cm by 18 cm is melted and formed into
a solid sphere. Calculate the radius of sphere.
( Takerid =-_-_ 22.)
ie? i
Sphere
591

Solution. Given rectangular block =49 cm x 44 cm x 18 cm

Let r be the radius of sphere.
Volume of sphere = Volume of rectangular block

= amr = 49x 44x18

cm’

3 49x 44x 18x3x7 3

=> 8
$ 4x22 a
=> r =49x7x9x3
cm
=> r =3x7 cm
— r =21 cm.
.. Radius of sphere = 21 cm.
Question 21. A solid metal cylinder of radius 14 cm and height 21 cm is melted down and recast into
spheres of radius 3.5 cm. Calculate the number of spheres that can be made. (Taket= 22)

Solution. Given _ radius of cylinder (R) = 14 cm.

Height (H) = 21 cm.
Radius of sphere (r) = 3.5 cm.
Volume of cylinder
Number of spheres = Volume of! sphere

_mR’H _™x14x14x21 cm’

4 3 4 3 3
aur 3 x (3.5) cm

14x14x21x3x 1000
Number of spheres = 4x 35x 35x35

=72
”. No. of spheres = 72.
Question 22. A cylindrical can of internal diameter 21 cm contains water. A solid sphere whose diameter is
10.5 cm is lowered into the cylindrical can. The sphere is completely immersed in water. Calculate the rise in the
water level, assuming that no water over flows.
Solution. Given _ internal diameter of cylindrical can = 21 cm
Radius (R) = a cm

Diameter of sphere = 10.5 cm.

10.5; uae 2k
Radius (r) =
ee a
Let ‘h’ be the height of water risen in cylinder.
Volume of water risen in cylinder = Volume of sphere.
2 4 3
Hs om
= tR*h ==mr
3
21)
n(21)hem
nema ot 3
= 44(21) cm
>
~
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
592

h =—x
A? XQ cm.
a 3 4°

. h = Lom
a h =1.75 cm

.. Rise in water level = 1.75 cm.

as a sphere of
Question 23. A cylinder whose height is equal to its diameter has the same volume
radius 4 cm. Calculate the radius of the base of the cylinder correct to one decimal place.
Solution. Given _ radius of sphere (R) = 4 cm
Height of cylinder = Its diameter
=> h =2r.
Volume of cylinder = Volume of sphere
= wih =<?
= nr’ (2r) = <n(4)° cm*

=> 20° =Snx4x4x4 om’

a 3 _4xnx4x4x4 3
s ce
= r> =42.67 cm’
=> r =¥42.67 cm.
Taking log on both sides, logr = Flog42.67
logr = ;x 1.6301.

logr =0.5434.
r = Anti log (0.5434).
r = 3.494 cm.
.. Radius of cylinder = 3.5 cm. (Correct to one decimal place).
Question 24, A cylindrical can whose base is horizontal and of radius 3.5 cm contains
; sufficient
water so that when a sphere is placed in th
just fits into the can, calculate e can, the water just covers the sphere. Given that the sphere
@ the total surface area of the can in contact with water when the sphere is
in it;
(ii) the depth of water in the can beforethe sphere was put into the can
22
Take 7 to be > , :
and give your answer as proper fractions.
Solution. Given radius of the cylindrical can = 3.5 cm
(‘) Radius of sphere = 3.5 cm (sphere just fits into can)
Height of the water = 7 cm (that is the diameter of of the sphere
, as water just covers the sphere)
Sphere
593
Total surface
area of can = nr? +2nrh
22
= = (3.5) +2x osx (3.5)(7) cm?
22/7)
= 2 (7) +2x 2x15 70m?

192>-cm ,

(ii) Volume of water in the can before the sphere was put in = Volum
e of water in the can with
sphere — volume of sphere
=> 2h = mh — Snr

.. Volume of water in the can before the sphere was put in = 25 cm.

Exercises
1, Find the surface area and volume of sphere of radius 1.75 cm.
2. Find the total area of a hemisphere of radius 14 cm.
3. How many lead balls each of radius 1 cm can be made from a sphere of radius 2 cm.
4. The diameter of a sphere is 18 cm. It is melted and drawn into a wire of diameter 0.8 cm. Find
the length of wire in metres.
5. A hollow sphere of internal and external diameter 4 cm and 8 cm respectively is melted into a
cone of diameter 8 cm. Find the height of the cone.
6. How many balls of radius 0.5 cm can be made out of a metal which is in the form of a cone of
radius 7 cm and height 16 cm when melted and recast.
7. How many litres of water will a hemispherical tank hold, whose diameter is 4.2 m.
8. A hemispherical bowl of radius 3 cm is full of water and is emptied into a cylindrical glass
having radius 2 cm, both measurements being internal. Find the depth of water in glass.
9, A sphere of radius 3 cm is dropped into a cylindrical vessel partly filled with water. The radius
of the vessel is 6 cm. If the sphere is submerged completely, by how much will the surface of the
water be raised.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
594

diame ter. It has a hemispherical lid. Calculate the

10. A cylindrical boiler 2 m high is 3.5 m in .
the lid.
volume of interior including the part covered by
al and external diameters 12 cm and 24 cm
11. A hollow spherical shell made of copper has intern
shell.
respectively. How many cm of copper are there in the
20 cm are melted into a single solid
12. Three metallic spheres of diameters 12 cm, 16 cm and
sphere. Find the radius of the new sphere.
whole surfaces.
13. A solid sphere and hemisphere have the same radii. Determine the ratio of their
the sphere.
14. Ifthe surface area of a sphere is equal to its volume, what is the diameter of
height
15. A cone and a hemisphere have equal bases and equal volumes. Find the ratio between
and radius.
16. A metallic sphere of radius 3 cm is melted and drawn into thin wire of radius Imm. Find the
length of the wire.
17. A cylindrical jar of radius 14 cm containswater. Iron sphere of radius 3.5 cm are immersed in
the water. How many spheres are necessary to raise the level of water by 3.5 cm.
18. A cylindrical tum of radius 18 cm contains water to a depth of 15 cm. A spherical iron ball is
dropped into the tub and thus the level of water is raised by 3 cm. What is the radius of the
ball?
19. The outer diameter of a spherical shell is 12 cm and the inner diameter is 8 cm. Find the volume
of the metal.
20. A hollow sphere of external and internal diameters 9 cm and 7 cm respectively is melted into a
cone of base radius 7.2 cm. Find the height of the cone.
21. A solid is composed of a cylinder with hemispherical ends. If the wholle length of the solid is
54cm and a diameter of the ends is 18cm, find the cost of polishing the surface at the rate of
14P percm.
22. A cone, a hemisphere and a cylinder stand on equal bases and have the same height, the height
being equal to the radius of the circular base. Find the ratio of their whole surfaces.
aes: A hemisphere or radius 3.5 cm is surmounted by a right circular cone of base 3.5 cm. Find the
volume of the solid if the height of the cone is 13 cm.
24. 27 metallic spheres each of radius 3 cm are melted and cast into a single sphere. Calculate the
radius of the new sphere.
25. A solid sphere of radius 8 cm is melted into a hollow cylinder of uniform thickness. If the
external radius of the cylinder is 5 cm and its height is 48 cm, find the thickness of the cylinder.
26. A vessel is in the form of an inverted cone. Its height is 11 cm and the radius of its top which is
open is 2.5 cm. It is filled with water up to the rim. When lead shots, each of which is a sphere
of radius 0.25 cm are dropped into the vessel, = of the water flows out. Find the number of lead
shots dropped into the vessel.
zi, A solid rectangular block of metal 77 cm x 28 cm x 55cm is melted and formed
into a solid
sphere. Calculate the radius of the sphere.
28. A —buoy is made in the form of a hemi sphere, surmounted
by a right cone whose circular base
coincides with the plance surface of the hemisphere. The radius of the base of the cone
is 4.2 cm
Sphere 595

; em ;
and its volume is 7 of the hemisphere. Calculate the height of the cone and the surface area of
the buoy.
29. A solid cone of radius 6 cm and height 21 cm is melted and made into 2 spheres of different
sizes. The radius of the first sphere is 4 cm, find the radius of the second sphere.

Answers
1. 38.5 cm’, 22.46 cm’ = 1848 cm? 3; 8
. 60.75 m. . 14cm . 1568.
. 19404 litres . 45cm . lem

. 30.48 m . 6336 cm” . 12cm

. 43 . 6 units a y ae
. 36m Ae 2 . 9cm

. 636.95 cm? . 3.72 cm . Rs. 427.68

. (V2+1):3:4 . 256.67 cm? . 9cm
1.717 cm . 440 . 14cm

6.3cm, 126.324 cm’ . Som

 Unit 7
agate ors
ni: cueiet ord - Statistics
toa ¢ - ct) Obl»
hs ate ie a

ga Chapter 28

Graphical Representation of Data

One of the most convincing and appealing ways in which statistical results may be represented is
through diagrams and graphs. There are many ways in which statistical data may be displayed pictorially
such as the histogram, the ogive curve etc. We shall now discuss these one by one.

Histogram
A histogram consists of a set of adjacent rectangles.
Procedure to draw a histogram:
1. Represent the class interval along the x—axis on a suitable scale.
2. Represent the frequencies along the y—axis on a suitable scale.
3. Construct rectangles with class-intervals as bases and the corresponding frequencies as heights.
Note. If the frequency distribution is discontinuous, change it to continuous by following a process
explained later under example 3 and then construct the histogram.

illustrative Examples
Example 1. Draw a histogram to repre- y
sent the following data: Scale: x-axis
12 lcm =Rs.i0
Weekly wages in Rs. | No. of Workers y-axis
ae Icm= 2 Worker

-
Mie
ot eee
@

>o 6
iia
Solution. S *
Note. The scale chosen for both the =
axes need not be the same. We can have 2
different scales for the two axes.

0 OSG "s3g0. a6 20° “60° x

Wages in Rs.
Graphical Representation of Data
597
y
Example 2. Draw a histogram for the 12 Scale: x-axis
following data. lcm =Rs.50
Y-axis
Daily Earnings in Rs. |No. of Shops 10 Icm= 2 Shops
Ls a
_ =.
= a
= |
of
No.
Shops

Solution. 2
Note. Since the scale on x axis starts
at 150, a break (kink or zig-zag curve) is
drawn near the origin to tell that the graph O I50 200 250 300 350 400 450 %
is drawn to scale beginning at 150 and not Daily earnings in Rs.
at the origin itself.
Scale: X- axis
y .

Example 3. Draw a histogram for the 12

following. Icm=Syrs
y-axis
Age of Workers |[Link] Workers 10) lcm =2Workers
in yrs

of
workers
No.

fe) 95 14.5 195 245 29:5 345 395 x

Age of workers in yrs

continuous
Solution. The given frequency distribution is discontinuous, we have to convert it into
frequency distribution.
limit of previous class
lower limit of one class— upper Te
Adjustment fact 45—--+-> +. ee
15-14_1 = 0.5
Zz 2
add the adjustment factor 0.5 to all the
Subtract adjustment factor 0.5 from all the lower limits and
upper limits.
+ Given date can be written as follows:
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
598

Classes before adjustment Classes after adjustment

ees 35 — 39
=
— 39.5
34.5

Note. Since the scale on x—axis starts at 9.5, a break is shown near the origin on x—axis to indicate that
the graph is drawn to scale beginning at 9.5.
Example 4. Draw a histogram for the y Scale: NS eae ee
following data. 20 y- axis

Class Marks 16
icm= 4f

) ee ae ee eee
moeese8s l e
3 2
:
2 8
oc

os ae ie |Sa Ce a
Solution. In this question, class marks 4
are given. First we have to find class-interval.
For this, find the difference between the
4 70
values of any two consecutive class marks, 0 10 20 30 0 di ey oF
Le. 25-15=10 and divide by 2 ive. Class — interva
10/2 =5. Subtract 5 from each class mark to get the lower limit and add 5 to each class mark to get the upper
limit. Thus, the given data can be written as :

15

Cumulative Frequency Curve or an Ogive Curve

An ogive is a (continuous) cumulative frequency curve.
Procedure :
(i) Prepare the cumulative frequency table.
(ii) Mark the actual upper class limits along the x—axis
(vit) Mark Cumulative frequency against the respective upper class limits
along the y—axis.
 Graphical Representation of Data
599
(7v) Plot points. (upper limits, correspondin
g cumulative frequency).
(v) Join these points by a free hand smooth
curve.
To complete the ogive, plot the point representi
ng the limit of the first class. The curve so obtai
the required ogive. ned is

Example 5. Draw an ogive for the fol- Scale:x-axis_

lowing frequency distribution. y oem = lOyrs
100
Age (in yrs) 1cm=20 Patier
(60,100)
Lo 2 oan
ee ee me hes
2S O
Se a
30— 40 a
St a> ae
ete | > 40 °
a
Nm O

o> \0° 2053e 40; 50" oea.%

Solution. Prepare cumulative frequency table: Age in yrs

ee a 12
Se an i ae es
ee Cee
: a 22
ee 28 a
ee. Se. SE oe
Take Age in yrs in x—axis and cumulative frequency on y-axis.
Plot points (10,12), (20,30), (30,40), (40,50), (40,62), (50,90), (60,100).
Join these points by free hand.

Suggested Questions
Question 1. Given below are the marks obtained by 40 students in an examination:
2S 457 23 30 ae 45 O1,) Eo 35
402.05- 12 - 48° 49s. 30. 24 325 29
319 326+ 25 = 22 Zia, 127, 13 402+ 44
Ole 455 095 494 Tomes. 32 39: 25- 03
Taking class—interval 1-10, | 1-20, .... 41-50, make a frequency table for the above distribution and
draw a histogram to represent it.
Solution. For frequency distribution table, we have to make 3 columns :
(i) Class-intervals (ii) Tally marks (iii) Frequency.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
600

Class before adjustment Classes after adjustment

Reis ea 05— 105 cee

205-303
30.5 — 40.5
eC seal
40.5 — 50.5

Scale: x-axis
Icm =10 Units
(classes)
y-axis
Icm= 2 frequency

ro)

Frequency

© "05 105 20:5 305 405505. 3

Classes
Question 2. Each of the 25 students in a ciass was given a home assi
gnment comprising 1U questions
in mathematics. The data given below shows the number of question
s solved and submitted by individual
student on the next day.
4 0 5 6 0 9 3 2 3 4 6 4 5
2 7 5 2 2 3 5
0 7 l 6 3
Taking class-interval on 0-2, 3-5, etc. make a frequency tabl
e for the above distribution. Draw an
ogive curve to repr esent the given data.
Solution, For the frequency table, we have to make 3
colurnns:
(i) Class—interval (ii) Tally marks (iii) Frequency.
Graphical Representation of Data
ar x 601
Tally marks Cumulative Making the classes

UT ae oe ee
continuous

For ogive: Take class-interval on x-axis and

cumulative frequency on y-axis. Plot points (2.5, 8),
(5.5, 19), (8.5, 24), (11.5, 25). Join these points by a Y (11.5,24) Seale!
free hand. 24 i ey = 3 Units
y-axis
20 lem= 4f.

frequency
Cumulative

0 25 55 85 IS
Class -Interval
|
Question 3. Draw a histogram showing marks
obtained by the students of a school in a
mathematics paper carrying 100 marks.
Solution.
[90— 0
Marks [0—10[10—20]20— 30]30— 40[0— 3050—c0[60— 7o[70—80R0—90|,
suds] @ [3 | ots foto, ofsets 3
»4 Scale: x-axis
60 Icm=10 Marks
y-axis
lcm =10 Students

Students

O Weeomrow 40. 50 60 7O 80 90 100%

 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
602

Question 4. 100 pupils in a schoo!

have heights tabulated below:
Scale: x-axis
{cm=lOcm in Ht
% (180.5,100) y-axis
121 — 130 100 icm =20Students
aT ee eae ra (170.5, 92)
141 — 150 > (160.5, 78)
ist — 1 S 60
tag a } es ®

mee [oo
Draw an ogive for the above data. PgO- (3205 1%)
Solution. Here classes are not conti- 0
nuous. To make classes continuous, take 1205 1305 ares “ge ihe 705 1805 *¥
adjustment factor = 0.5.

adjustment adjustment frequency

eaiian | noses | 16 a
16)— 170 160.5
— 170.5 )
171 = 180 170.5
— 180.5 ce DR See Bi
Plot the points (130.5, 12), (140.5, 28), (150.5, 58), (160.5, 78), (170.5, 92), (180.5, 100). Join these
points by a free hand.
 Chapter 29

Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode

When any data is collected for analysis we find certain numbers which represents the characteristic of
the data, about which the data appears to be concentrated. Such numbers are called the measures of central
tendency.
There are three measures of central tendency.
(7) Mean (ii) Median (iii) Mode.

Mean (Arithmetic Mean)

(ij) Mean of ungrouped data :

Mean of ungrouped data is obtained by adding all the observations and dividing the sum by the
total number of observations.
Suppose the observations are : x,,x,,X,,...,X,,-
x, +X, +X, +....+%X
Then Mean = Ht 2x
n n

Where the Greek letter > (sigma) means “summation of ”.

Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the mean of 5, 11, 8, 14, 10, 6.
5+11+8+14+10+6 _54_9
Solution. Mean = 6 6

Example 2. The marks of 10 students of a class are 46, 51, 62, 70, 35, x, 50, 83, 65, 52. If the average marks
s 55, find x.

Solution. Mean = 2s

55 — 46:+51+62 +70+35+ x+50+83+ 65452

- 10
_ 514+x
=> ar, SS

— 550=514+x
y x= 36.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
604

a test are 20; 15, 11, 17, 21,24 AG ae Find

Example 3. The marks obtained by 8 students in
(i) the mean of their marks.
increased by 4.
(ii) the mean of their marks when the marks of each student are
Solution.

(i) Mean = a

204+154+114+174+214+244+10+14
Mean =~ 2 tn ek ee Pee

132 = 16.5.
=———
8
(ii) Marks of each student are increased by 4.
.. Increased Marks = 8 x 4 =32
“. Total marks = 132 +32 = 164
No. of students = 8

“. New Mean = 164 =A ie

8
(ii) Mean of a grouped data.
(a) If x,,x,,x,,...,x, are the values of variables and /,,f,,f,,..,f, are the corresponding frequen-
cies then

Mein eet fe ey ee
ie eaeaif

Mean
3
ean = ——.
sy,

This method of finding mean is called the airect method.

Example 4.
Daily wages in Rs. x
No. of workers f
Daily wages of 36 workers in a factory are given above. Calculate their average daily wages.
Solution.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
605

432
M ean = 36

Mean = 12
.. Their daily wages = Rs. 12.
(6) In some problems, where the number of observations and frequencies are large then the
calculations became tedious. In order to overcome this difficulty, there is an alternative method,
called the short-cut method or deviation method. This method enable one to work with small
numbers and so makes the calculation easy.
Steps :
1. Choose an assumed mean A from the values of x.
2. Find d = x— A for each value of x, where d stands for the deviation of x from A.
3. Find the product of fd.
‘d
The formula of Mean is : Mean = A+ Lf

Example 5. The following table gives the basic salaries of persons employed in a factory. Calculate |
the mean basic salary.

[Salaryin Rs. [| 120 | 140 | 150] 170 |190

|210
Pia Hee st
Solution. Let us take assumed mean A = 170.

Mean = A+
=
>vffd 90
~ 170+ —=
= 170+ 15

= 171.5

(Mean of the grouped data when the frequency distribution is given in the form of classes:)
(1) Direct method
(2) Short—cut method or Deviation method.
(3) Step deviation method.

1. Direct method
Steps :
1. Find the mid value of each class interval (x)
(Lower limit+ upper limit)
= Mid value
2
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
60 6
nding frequency (fx).
2. Multiply each mid value by the correspo
3. Find their sum (> fe).
4. Divide this sum by total of all frequencies.
fe
Formula: Mean = ar

distribution:
Example 6. Find the arithmetic mean for the following
| 20—-30 | 30—40 | 40—50
Class—interval| 0—10 | 10 —20
erinney Bi
Solution.
(i) Direct method

Mean Ep Ded
pi
eds =
Mean =a a 24.64.

2. Short—cut method or deviation method

Steps :

1. Find the mid—value of each class (x) i.e. louie SS eee ;

2
2. Choose an assumed mean A from the values of x.
3. Find d = x— A for each value of x, where d stands for the deviation of x from A.
4. Find the product fd.
5. Find the sum of fd and

The formula of Mean : Mean = A+ Lf

ee
Example 7. Find the arithmetic mean for the following distribution:

Frequency
Solution.
(ii) Short — cut method or Deviation method
Let the assumed mean A = 65
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
607

Mean = 65+ 20 = 65+1. 25= 66:95.

3. Step — deviation method
The short — cut method of finding the mean can be simplified further by dividing the deviation by the
width of the class interval.
Steps:
lower limit + upper limit
1. Find the mid — value of each class (x) i.e. 5

2. Choose an assumed mean A from the values of x.

3. Find d’ =2—4,
4. Find the product fd’ .
5. Find the sum of fd’ and f.

The formula of mean: Mean = A+ PELuter

Wee

sea 8. Find the mean for the following data.

150
— 160] 160
— 170 =
| 6 | 13
[Frequency
Solution.
(iii) Step—deviation method :
Let the assumed mean, A = 175
Here width of class—interval, i = 10.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
608

Mean = A+
> fd x1
bY
—|
175+ x10

= 174.8
Mean = 174.8.

Median
Median is the middle — most value of the variables arranged in ascending or descending order.
Median of a distribution is the value of a variable which divides it into two equal parts.
For ungrouped data:
Steps :
1. Arrange the variables in ascending or descending order.
2. Then value of the middle item is the required median.
Let n be the number of items.
th

If n is odd, the value of (2¢4) item. is the meridian.

th th
If n is even, find the values of (2) and (+ ! items. The average of these two values gives the
median.

Example 9. Find the median of the following numbers: 5, 0, 8, 6, 7, 11, 4, 9, 2.

Solution. Arranging given numbers in ascending order, we get 0, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11.
Here number of observations n = 9, which is odd.
th

Median = (2¢4) observation

th

= (2+4) = 5” observation

=6
Median = 6.

Example 10. Find the median ofthe following numbers: 1, 4, 6, 5, 2, 3, 8, 3, 7, 0,

8, 9.
Solution. Arranging given numbers in ascending order, we get :
0, 1, 2, 353,44; 5/6) 75 Bea9
Here number of observations n = 12, which is even.
th
th
(4 observation + (a 1 observat
ion
Median = ee
2 eee
th e ‘ th
- 6 observation + 7’ observation
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
609

=a ord tale 4.5

Median = 4.5.
For grouped data with frequency distribution:
Steps :
1. Arrange the distribution in ascending or descending order.
2. Calculate the cumulative frequencies.

3. Find x. where N = sum of all frequencies.

4. Find the cumulative frequency which contains x

5. Find the corresponding value of x. The value of x is the median.

Example 11. Calculate the median for the following distribution:

Solution.

Weight in kg x No. of girls Frequency Cumulative frequency

7.20 ae eS es
SS a ee
a le
Ce. [a Se es
a 8S ee ee
Se a ee
a oe
per all bara ‘rionebay fail
Here N=) f =53.

= = 2 = 26.5 is contained in the cumulative frequency value 29.

The value of weight (x) corresponding to this is 24.

Median = 24.
form of classes :
Median for grouped data when the frequency distribution is given in the
Median can be determined from ogive.
Steps :
1. Construct cumulative frequency table.
2. Draw ogive for the given data.
ies.
3. Find x , where N = sum of all frequenc
N peat
: > along the y—axis.
a poin t repr esen ting freq uenc y equa l to
4. Locate
5. At this point, draw a line parallel to the x — axis, meeting the ogive at the point, say A.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
610
ng it in ‘WM say.
6. From point A draw a line perpendicular to the x — axis meeti
The value at the point M is the required median.

Quartiles

A median divides a distribution into four equal points.

A quartile divides a distribution into four equal parts.
Lower Quartile. When the lower half before the median is divided into two equal parts, the value of
the dividing variate is called the lower quartile and is denoted by Q..

To locate the values of Q,, find the value of a , where N = sum of all frequencies.

Upper quartile. When the upper half after the median is divided into two equal parts, the value of the
dividing variate is called the upper quartile and is denoted by Q,. (Q, being the median).

.. Q, can be located by finding the value of x

Inter quartile range = Q, — Q,

Q, a Q,
Semi quartile range = silie a

Example 12. The marks of 60 students in a test were recorded as follows:

Find (i) median (ii) lower quartile (iii) upper quartile (iv) inter quartile range. X-OXxis
Solution. Icm=!10M
y Scalety_ayis
60 lem =10Stt
3 (50,60)
550
ak a Pes
Se Mesias.
0 i
|
ee.
Plot the points (10, 5), (20, 13), (30, 34), (40, §
54) and (50, 60). Join these points by free hand 3
drawing. =
(i) For the median we find * = ° = 30. 3
Draw a horizontal line at cumulative
frequency = 30 (i.e, point A), meeting
the ogive at L. Through L draw a vertical line to meet the x
axis at P. The abscissa of P represents 28
'. The required median = 28 marks.
|
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
611

(i) To find the lower quartile (0, ),we find M2

60 = 15
-t +4
Draw a horizontal line at cumulative frequency = 15 (i.e.
point B), meeting the ogive at M.
Through M draw a vertical line to meet the x-axis at Q. The
abscissa of Q represents 21.
. The required lower quartile (0) = 21.

(ii) Similarly, to find the upper quartile (0, iFwe find 2%

ress
3N _ 3x60 _
45.
4 q >
Draw a horizontal line at cumulative frequency = 45 (i.e. point C), meeting the ogive at V. Through N,
draw a vertical line to meet the x axis at R. The abscissa of the point R represents 35.
.. The required upper quartile (Q,) = 35.
(iv) Inter quartile range = Q,-Q,

= 35-21=14.

Mode
Mode is defined as the value which occurs most frequently.
It is the most repeated variate in an ungrouped data. It is the most occurring frequency in a distribution.

1. For ungrouped data

Example 13. Find the Mode ofthe following data: 5, 6, 1, 0, 2, 1, 1, 4.
Solution. In the given data | is repeated more number of time, than any other number.
Mode = 1.

2. For grouped frequency distribution

Example 14. Find Mode for the following frequency distribution.

[[Link] [0 | 1]? |
[[Link]
matches] 3 [|4 |5_
Solution. \n the given distribution the variate 3 has the maximum frequency, i.e. 7.
Mode = 3.

s
3. For grouped continuous frequency distribution with classe
from the histogram.
In a continuous distribution with classes, the mode can be determined
Steps :
1. Draw histogram for the given data.
maximum frequency, draw two lines dia-
2. Inside the highest rectangle, which represents the
gles, one on each side of the rectangle.
gonally from the upper corners of the two adjacent rectan
in step 2, draw a vertical line to
3. Through the point of intersection of the two straight lines drawn
meet the x—axis.
red value of mode.
The point where this line meets the x-axis is the requi
612 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Solution. Scale: x-axis

icm= 10 Units
1. Draw histogram for the given data. -axis
2. In the highest rectangle, draw two icm=4freq-
straight lines, AB and CD from
corners of highest rectangle to the
corners of rectangles on either side of
the highest rectangle.
Let P be the intersection of AB and CD.
3. Through P draw a vertical line to
meet x-axis at Q.
The point Q on x—axis represents 33.
”. The required mode = 33.

Classes

Suggested Questions
Question 1. In a school examination it is decided that exactly half the pupils will pass. Name the
_ Measure of central tendency that is used.
Solution. Median. Since median of a distribution is the value of a variable which divides it into two
<qual parts.
Question 2. Find the median and mode for the set of numbers : 2, 2, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6, 8, 9.
Solution. 2, 2, 3, 5, 5, 5, 6, 8, 9.
Here n = 9, which is odd.
th

*. Median -(2t1) observation

= 5th observation
= 5.
*. Median = 5.
Mode = 5. (5 is repeated more number of times)

Question 3. Find the mean, median and mode of the following mark bt
:
class test marked out of 10 marks : 0, 0, 2, 2, 3, 3,3, 4,5, [Link] 67 8 RS eee
Solution.

Mean = 2% -0+0+24243+343444+5+5+5+5+6+6+748 i_SEES

64
n
16 is
 Calculation of Mean, Median and
Mode
613
For median :
Here no. of observations n = 16, which
is even.

“. Median =
(2)
+("
5
+1)"
observation

* 3” observation +9” observation

2
— ets 4.5
“lye

Median = 4.5
Mode = 5S. (5S is repeated more number of times)

Question 4. Calculate the mean mark of the distribution.

[Class [|0—10 [10--20] 20— 30]30— 40|050)

SRR Fo Ray
Solution. Direct method :

Question 5. In a public collection towards the erection of a memorial 1000 people contributed sums of
money varying from Re. | to Rs. 103 (in units of Re. 1). The following table gives the frequency distri-
bution of contribution:
Contribution No. of people Contribution No. of people
(in Rs) (in Rs)
1— 10 30 51-60 180
60 61-70 140
11 —20
80 71-80 70
21 —30
176 81-90 40
31 —40
200 91-100 30
41 — 50
Usising a sul‘table scale, ; draw on graph paper an ogive (cumulative frequency graph) and use it to ans-
wer the following : as
|
Estimate the median.
iling c
e w only thos e who cont ribu ted Rs 45 or more to attend the unve
a i agre d
ii) Iffit is to allo
would attend?
fi mony, what percentage
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class y,4
614

Solution.
Cumulative frequency

Plot points (10, 30), (20, 90), (30, 170), (40, 340), (50, 540), (60, 720), (70, 860), (80, 930), (90, 970), (100,
1000). Join these points by free hand drawing. pete ee
Icm= Rs 10
y-axis
(80,930) (100,1000) lcm = 200 Peoples
(90,970)
(60,720)
| | | | | | i | |

Cu.f
(No.
of
People) (20,90)
(10,30)

Draw a horizontal line at cu.f = 500 i.e. point A, meeting the ogive at L. Through ZL draw a ver-
tical line to meet the x-axis at P. The abscissa of P represents 49.
.. Required median = 49.
(ii) The point Q on x-axis represents Rs. 45. Through Q draw a verical line to meet the ogive at
M.
Through M draw a horizontal line to meet the y—axis at B. The ordinate of the point B represents
440 people.
. No. of people who contributed Rs 45 or more to attend the unveiling ceremony.
= Total No. of people —No. of people who contributed < Rs 45.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
615

= 1000 - 440 = 560.

.. Percentage who attend the ceremony = 360, 100
= 56%.
1000
Question 6. A boy scored the following marks in various
class tests during a term, each test being
marked out of20 : 15, 17, 16, 7, 10, 12, 14, 16, 19, 12, 16.
(4) What are his modal marks?
(i?) What are his median marks?
(iii) What are his mean marks?
Solution.
(#) Arranging the given data in ascending order:
7, 10, 12, 12, 14, 15, 16, 16, 16, 17, 19
Mode = 16 (16 is repeated more number of times than other values)
(ii) Here m= 11, which is odd.
th

“. Median= (224) observation.

= 6 th observation
=15
”. Median= 15.
(itt) HE -- mE eieetae
12+16+15+16+16+16+
162 16% 17+19
154
=—=14
11
Mean = 14

Question 7. The frequency distribution of marks obtained by 40 students of a class is as under. Calcu-
late the Arithmetic mean.

Solution. Short—cut method or Deviation method:

Let us take assumed mean A = 28.

Mean = 23.4.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
616

pages [osm

— 3 ee
2 | ae
EE NS
ee oe
a
> f =100 | >) fe=1010

Mea > _ 1010

eye Oe

= 10.1
Mean = 10.1 kg.

Question 9. The mean of the numbers 6, y, 7, x, 14 is 8. Express y in terms of x.

Sax
Solution. Mean = =

6+y+7+x4+14
8 = —
5
= 40 =27+x+y
= y =13-x.

Question 10. Caiculate Arithmetic mean, correct to one decimal place, for the following frequency distri
bution of marks obtained in an Arithmetic test :

Marks | 0—10 [10—20]20—30]

30—#0|40—50)
No. of students [2 Tt Se ee
Solution.

Step-—deviation method:
Let us take assumed mean A = 25, and i= 10

aS
i <
SS
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
617
20-30

40-—S0

Mean = A+ fa xi
f
ie= 25+ 13
4D * 10

= 25+3.1 = 28.1
Mean = 28.1.
Question 11. Find the mode of the following distribution by drawing
a histogram.

[Frequeney | 15 |20—40 |40—60 |0 —80

6 | 18 | 10 1
Solution.
1. Draw a histogram for the
given data. Scale x~ axis:
C lcm =10 Units
2. In the highest rectangle Pah
draw two lines AB and CD —s''6 eMareed-
from the corners of highest o
rectangle to the corners of © 12
rectangles on either side of s
the highest rectangle. Let P rs 8
be the intersection point of
ABand CD.
3. Through P draw a vertical ys

line to meet x axis at M. The

point M on x axis rep-resents 0
52: lO 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Classes
.. The required mode = 52.
Question 12. The following is a set of marks obtained by 100 pupils in an examination (with maximum
marks 100):

[
41-50
[Marksgroup|1-10[11—20[21-30]31-40
given data and
Using a suitable scale on square paper, draw a cumulative frequency curve to represent the
(Q, )
use it to estimate the following: (1) the median (i) the lower quartile (0, )(iit) the upper quartile
adjustment factor
Solution. Classes are not continuous. We have to make classes continuous by taking
= 0.5.
Marks group Cumulative frequency
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
618

Plot the points (10.5, 4), (20.5, 10), (30.5, 17),

(40.5, 33), (50.5, 58), (60.5, 79), (70.5, 91), (80.5,
96), (90.5, 99), (100.5, 100). Join these points by
freehand drawing. ST Easiest
(i) For median we find *

N _ 100 _ SO.
Here ee

Draw a horizontal line at cumulative

frequency = 50 at point A, meeting the
ogive at L. Through L draw a ver-tical
line to meet the x-axis at P. The
abscissa of P represents 48.
.. The required median = 48. ie)
0-5 105 205305 405505 60-5 70:5 80:5 905 100
(ii) To find the lower quartile Q, , we find *
N _ 00
eT eae
Draw horizontal line at cumulative
frequency = 25 i.e. point B, meeting the ogive at M. Through M draw a vertical line to meet the x
—axis at Q. The abscissa of Q represents 35.5.
'. The required lower quartile (0, )= 35.5.

(ii) To find the upper quartile Q,, we find x

3N _ 100x3_
Jat
4 4
Draw a horizontal line at cumulative frequency = 75, at point C meeting the ogive at N. Through
N, draw a vertical line to meet the x-axis at R. The abscissa of the point R represents 58.
.. The required upper quartile (¢,) =58.
Question 13. A marks man, firing at a target, can score from 0 to 6 points in each
shot. After firing 15
shots, his scores were as follows.

i as BG se Se
[Noor snot 27 0] 3 eee
(i) State his modal and median scores.
(ii) Calculate his mean score.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
619
Solution.
Score x

(1) Modal score = 5, this has maximum number of frequency.

(ii) Here n= }° f =15, which is odd.

th

*. Median = (se!) observation .

.. Median = 8th observation.

= 4.
.. Median score = 4.

(ii?) Mean = DFA ¢,

([Link] | 1] 2] GB] 4] 4 |
([Link] | 5] 8 |B] 2] 7
Calculate the mean number of matches per box.
Solution. Let us take assumed mean A = 43.

ik,a
43

we 45 ee ee
ee 5
Pied, oon) |

Mean = A+
Lf
vs

23
= 43+ 50

= 43 + 0.46
= 43.46.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
620
g frequency
correct to one decimal place for the followin
Question 15. Calculate the Arithmetic mean,
nts in a mathematics examination.
distribution showing marks obtained by 75 stude
3040 |
30-40 | 40-50 | 50-60 | 60-70 | 70-80 80-90 | 90-100

55416
=55+—2 x10
= 155) + 2a 157.13
Mean = 57.1. (Correct to one decimal place)

Question 16. Draw an ogive for the following frequency distribution. Estimate the median from your
graph:

Solution. Here classes are not continuous. In order to make, the classes continuous, we take the adjust-
ment factor = 0.5.

PI Bah 9
Classes after Frequency Cumulative

[00103
21-30 20.5-30.5 ow
saa y
31-40
41-50
30,5405
40:5~50.5)
2
a ree 34
51-60 50.5-60.5 7
61-70 60.5—70.5 ane a

Plot the points (10.5, 2), (20.5, 7), (30.5, 14), (40.5, 26), (50.5, 34), (60.5, 41), (70.5, 45). Join these points by
free hand drawing.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
621

For median we find S ;

H N Se
fA 28S
ere 5 5 22:5.

Draw a horizontal line at cu. f= 225, X-axis

i.e. at point 4, meeting ogive at 1. Through < Stole: joule eee
icm=10 frequencies
L draw a vertical line to meet the x axis at
;
P. The abscissa of P represents 38. > 40
(60.5,41) (70Wb.
.5, 45)
Median = 38. oe
or oS
3 10
O5 105 205 305405 505 605 705 x
Classes

Question 17. A player makes the following scores in 8 matches: 47, 41, 50, 39, 45, 48, 42, 48. Find his
median score.
Solution. Arranging the given data in ascending order 39, 41, 42, 45, 47, 48, 48, 50.
Here n = 8, which is even.

( )”observation + (s+ 1)” observation

Median = =

_ 4thobservation
+ 5th observation
.
_— 45+47 _ae
-. Median score = 46.

Question 18. The distribution of heights of 50 children (measured to the nearest cm) was as under:
Height] 10 | 15 | 18 | 120 | 121 ] 125 |
[[Link]] 6 [8 [4 [ts Pa 3
Calculate the mean height for this distribution correct to one place of decimal!
Solution. Let us take assumed mean A = 120.

No. of students
mie
|
Sar ae
a
Bee 125-3
oie
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
622

-199
= 120+ 50

= 120 -2.18
= 117.82
Mean height = 117.8 cm. (Correct one decimal place).

Question 19. Draw an ogive for the following data:

[Class |1-100 ]
rrreauemey [03 | 25 35a) 60 ollie 45 omae meeenpen
Estimate the median from your graph.
Solution. Here classes are not continuous. We make classes continuous by taking adjustment factor = 0.5.
Classes after
adjustment

0
201 — 300
301 — 400 0 | 300.5 — 400.5

500.5 — 600.5
[601 —700 | 600.5 — 700.5|
ae See
Plot the points (100.5,23), (200.5,48), (300.5,83), (4005,143), (500.5,188), (600.5,227), (7005,252),
(800.5,268). Join these points by free hand drawing.

For median we find N ; Scale: x-axis

Pe Z Y lem =100 Units
si Ms en 2
| Sau eiats freq
‘ (800.5, 268)
Drawa ho,.zontal line at cu. f =
134 i.e. at point A, meeting ogive at L. a
Through L draw a vertical line to meet 2
the x axis at P. The abscissa of P :
represents 385. =
*. Median = 385. “

0'5 100°5 200°5 300°5 400:5 500-5 600-5 700.5 8005 x

Classes
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
623
Question 20. The daily wages of 30 employees in an establish-me
nt are distributed as follows:
Daily wages (in Rs) | O—10 |
No. of employees Poa
Estimate the modal daily wages for his distribution by a graphical method.
(You ma y only consider the
classes 10-20, 20-30, 30-40)
Y Scale: x-axis
Solution icm=Rs.10

i. Draw a histogram. 10 A C y~OXis

2. u. the highest rectangle draw two lines 10's Eoilea ee
A&k and CD from the corners of the
highest rectangle to the comers of
rectangles on either side of the highest o
rectangle. Let P be the intersection point
of AB and CD.
3. Through P draw a vertical line to meet x employees
of
No.
axis at M. The point M/ on x axis is 22.5.
*. The required modal daily wages = 22.5.

O 10 20 30 40 50
Daily wages (in Rs.)

Question 21. Calculate the Arithmetic mean of 5.7, 6.6, 7.2, 9.3, 6.2.

Solution. Mean =
DX _ [Link]+9.346.2 _ 35.0 = 7.0
n 5 5
Mean = 7.

Question 22. For the following data calculate the Arithmetic mean
Popeye ee
qu
| 12
[Fre [ 6en cy
| 3 [| 2 |1
Solution.

Xf =FS

k 60
Mean = cs = 74

=2.5

+. Arithmetic mean = 2.5.

 X
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class
624
s his findings.
23.- A trade r takes a samp le of 50 eggs and weighs them. The following table give
Question
90—94 | 95—99 | 100—104
igaaes
fexvedfa
e mean weight to the nearest gm.
Calculatthe
Solution.
Let us take assumed mean A= 97, i = 5,
pees A CA fd
Wt. of eggs in gms
i
) 82
N

abi
wo}
oo oO}
0|© \O]}
oONin
|

ws)
N
=| p=

= aA $ M4 ~—
| NnoO & \| | ~—

= 97 - 0.7 = 96.3
».. Mean weight = 96 gm (Correct to nearest gm).

Question 24. Find the mean and median of the following distribution:

[Number [5 [10 [1S |2p ae a

ener eco: ee
Solution.
Let us take assumed mean A = 20.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
625

Bes —10
=20+—)

= 20-0.5= 19.5
Mean =19.5
Here n = 20, which is even.
ih
(2°)" observation + (205 1)” observation
Median = Sabena \2.) ODREEVE hae

ei 10th observation + 1 1th observation

2
_ 20+20 |
i teat 20.

Question 25. Using the data given below construct the cumulative frequency table and draw the ogive.
From the ogive determine (i) the median (ii) the inter quartile range.

[Marks 70-80

Solution.
ae, he
Cumulative frequency
3
11
23
a
47
2)
58

Plot points (10, 3), (20, 11), (30,

23), (40, 37), (50, 47), (60, 53), (70, 58),
(80, 60). Join these points by free hand aR its
Scale:
(80,60) y-axis
drawing. 60 lem =|0 Freq.

(i) Here N = 60. ae

e N neg hs Pra ek Tee oe re
For median we find ci 2 40

Here N = 60 = 30 5
es
2 z 350
Draw a horizontal line at cu. f. = 3
30, i.e. at point A meeting the
ogive at L. Through L draw a of 8 4 Pe
Marke
vertical line to meet the x axis at
P. The point P represents 35.
. Median = 35.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
626

. N ina =
(ii) To find lower quartile Q,, we find 7 a

The point Q represents Q, = 23. 3

_ 3x60
.
To find the upper quartile Q,, we find x 2N KOT = 45:

The point Rrepresents Q, =48

Inter quartile range = Q, -Q,
= 48 — 23.3
= 24.7.

Question 26. Calculate the mean and median of the following set of numbers
i; 9. £0;°8: 24: 4,359; 3, oy ae

‘ DX 1494104+84+24+4444349414+54+64244
Se
Solution. Mean = Se

Mean Ger
= 14 = 4.86.

Arranging the given data in ascending order,

ly 4; 2,275, 4, 4, 4,5, CS 9,10
Here n = 14, which is even.
h h
(2)" observation +(% +1)" observation
Median
edian =—— 5

be 7th observation + 8th observation

2
Phas
= 4

Question 27. If 3, 8, 10, x, 14, 16, 18, 20 are in ascending order and their median is 13. Calculate the
numerical value of x.
Solution. 35,8, 10, x, 14; 16, 18, 20.
Here n = 8, which is even.
(2 ieobservation + (2 + 1)” observation
Median = —
2
13 = observation
4th +Sth observation
2
= =13x2=x+14
= x.
= 12.
Question 28. 100 pupils in a school have height as tabulated below:
Htinem, 121—130 | 131—140 | 141—150 | 151—160 | 161—170 | 171—180
[Link] |_12_ 16 ||30] 29 ane
Draw the ogive for the above data and from it determine the median. (Use graph paper)
Solution. Here classes are not continuous.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
627
:
We make classes continuous with adjustmys.
factor = 0.5,
Ht. in cm. Ht. —
adjustmen)
120.5-130.5
30st
140.5-150.5 lang .
150.5-160.5 | 20
iso esas | eae 92

+ —2 —
Fo
eee To
Plot the points (130.5, 12), (140.5,
28), (150.5, 58), (160.5, 78), (170.5,
92), (180.5, 100). Join these points by vA
free hand drawing. (180.5,100) S€0le? xt em
100
=O")
rs
Icm=20 9h
For median we find x . 2 Bu
6
N _ 100 _ Z
Ss 60 RS EO
Here 50.
2 — = 40
Draw a horizontal line at cu. f. = 50,
3 20
at point A, meeting ogive at L. Through L
draw a vertical line to meet the x axis at ) 1205 130°5 140°5 504 604 170-5 180'5
P. The point at P represents on x axis Ht in cm
147.5.
”. Median = 147.5.

Question 29. Calculate Mean, Median and Mode of the following distribution:

Lo Ee oe
eee| |
12
13

15

7
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
628

=15-0.04 = 14.96
Here N = >.f =25 which is odd.
th

Median = (24) observation

= 13th observation = 15
Median = 15. Mode = 15. (Because it has max. frequencies)

Question 30. Draw ogive for the following distribution:

600-700 |700-800 |800-900 |900-—1000) 1000-1 100} 1 100- 1200} 1200-1300
Rs
[Link] | 40 [ 68 [ 86 | 120 | | se189
| 0826
aptsoc
Hence determine (i) the median income (ii) the number of employees whose income exceeds Rs. 1180
(iii) the lower and upper quartiles (iv) the inter quartile range.
Solution. |

oe nr RE IB
CS ee se
a a ee Ee
[20 314
SMCS ae ST ON aad
ae 470
EM
1200-1300 26

Plot points (700, 40), (800, 108),

(900, 194), (1000, 314), (1100, 404),
(1200, 444), (1300, 470). Join these
points by free hand drawing.
Scale: X- oxis_ lOORs
; N
(i) For median we find > y- axis
lem =100 employees
a a ee een 1300,
Here + = $79 - 35. Draw $400 Aa
a horizontal line at cu. f. = ba
235, i.e. at point A meeting é A CNS Ve
the ogive at L. Through L Hy
draw a vertical line LP g 100
meeting x—axis at P. The 0
point P represents Rs 935. $00 700 800 900 1000 100 1200 1300
Income in Rs.
x
.. Median = Rs, 935.
(ii) Let the point S, represents
Rs 1180. Through S, draw a vertical line to meet the ogive at E. Through E draw a horizontal line
to meet the y-axis at D. The point D represents 436 employees.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
629

.. The number of employees whose income exceeds Rs 1180

= Total No. of employees — No. of employees whose income < Rs 1180.
= 470 — 436 = 34.

(iii) To find lower quartile Q,, we find *.

N _ 470 =
ea 117.5. Draw a horizontal line at cu. f. = 117.5 ice. at point B to meet the ogive at M.

Through M draw a vertical line MQ, meeting the x—axis at Q. The point P represents Rs. 810.
‘. Q, = Rs. 810.

To find upper quartile Q,, we find 2x = 2x40 = 352.5 proceed as in the case of Q,, the point
R represents Q, = Rs. 1040.
‘. Inter quartile range = Q, —- Q,
= Rs. 1040 — Rs. 810 = Rs 230.

Question 31. Calculate the mean, median and mode of the following distribution:
No. of goals cs 0-2 ; ; ;

Solution.

y value 19.
ye 15 is contained in the cumulative frequenc
2
The value of x corresponding to this is 3.
Median = 3
y)
(Since this variate has maximum frequenc
Mode = 4
= 4.
Mean = 2.77, Median = 3, Mode
:
of the distribution given below
Question 32. Calculat e the mean

me| ae ae
ee
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
630

a
019

21
= 24.5+ 7 x 10= 2454-525

= 29.75.

(i) Here N = »:f-=AQ~: x = 2 = 20 is contained in the cumulative frequency value 22.

The class corresponding to this is 20-29.

. Median class = 20-29
(ii) The class 20—29 has maximum frequency.
“. Modal class = 20-29.

Question 33. Calculate the median and mode of the following set of numbers
9:0; 2, 0,2; 5s S50ts Le oy 25 ts
Solution. Arranging the given data in ascending order, we get
O51: 2,. 25 3) ty Sey ie Me, Oy
Here n= 12, which is even.

12\" 5 ; erg
. 9 observation+ 7 +1 observation
Median =
2
_ 6th+7Tth _44+5 _
a Sak
Mode
= 5.

It is the most repeated score.

Question 34. Find the mean of the following frequency distribution.

No. of 7
0-4
students

Solution.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mod
e
631
Let us take assumed mean A
= 54.5 and i= 10.

= 54.5+
24 x10
70
= 54:5 —3:428
Soeur.

Question 35. Draw an ogive for the following frequency distribution. Use your ogive to estimate (i)
the median (i/) the number of students who obtained more than 75% marks. (use squared paper to solve
this question).

No. of
[0-9 [i0— 19]20—25 : 22 26
a0 ¥9[50-99
4 3
students

No. of students f

22

[Fp Se (a a
89.5-99.5
632 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X

Plot the points (9.5, 5), (19.5, 14), (29.5, 30), (39.5, 52), (49.5, 78), (59.5, 96), (69.5, 107), (79.5, 113),
(89.5, 117), (99.5, 120). Join these points by free hand drawing.
(i) For median, here N = 120

N _ 120 _
Bet
Draw a horizontal line at cu. f. = 60 i.e. point A meeting ogive at £. Through L draw LP vertical
line meeting x—axis. The point P represents 43.
*. Median = 43 marks.
(ii) Let O represents 75 marks. Through Q draw a vertical line to meet ogive at M. Through M draw
horizontal line MB to meet y—axis at B. The point B represents 110 students.

Scale: x-axis
¥ Icm=lOlWarks
120 (89.5,117) y-axis
Icm= 20Students
(99.5,120)
(79.5,113)

80

60 — — — —— —

(Students)
freq.
Cu.

O
05 95 I95 29:5 395 49:55 59:5 69:5 79°5 89:5 99°5 X
( Marks)

. No. of students who obtained more than

75% marks
= Total Number — Mo. of students who obtained < 75%.
= 120 — 110 = 10 students
. 10 students obtained more than 75%
marks.
Question 36. Find the mean and mode of the numbe
rs 3, 5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 0, 2.2.3
Solution. Arranging the given data in ascending
order, we get
0, 1, 2, 2,2,3, [Link]
Here n = 10, which is even
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
633
|1 th ; 10 th
5 observation, 5 +1] observation
Median =
2

= 2+ Ot) servation = a3 = 95

Mode = 2, *.° It is the most repeated score.

Question 37. Weights of 50 eggs were recorded as given below:

eo
Calculate their mean weight to the nearest gm.
Solution. Let us take assumed mean A = 97, i= 5.
Weight in gm Mid value x No. of eggsf

TEE mies
i |
= akon 5 oo
=]
55-89
90 - 94
20
95 - 99
100— 104

|
oa
Mean = A+
D fa’ x
DS
m=e 97+ GE
50 a

= 97 —- 3.2 =93.8
= 94 gm (to the nearest gm.)
3, 3 and P have mean
Question 38. The mean of 1, 7, 5, 3, 4 and 4 is m. The numbers 3, 2, 4, 2,
m-—|and median q. Find p and q.
Solution. Given mean of 1, 7, 5, 3, 4, 4 is m.

= = See S43+4+4
f ay0.)ead
ae

A m=4

Mean of 3, 2, 4, 2, 3, 3 and p is m-1.

=>
gi
ws
r ip
38957
 A Textbook ofMathematics for Class X
634

17+
= 4-1=— E
= DA a ES
= p=4.
Arranging the numbers in ascending order, we get as follows :
25 25 ay 3) Oe
Here n = 7, which is odd
7 | th

-. Median q -(41) observation

= 4th observation = 3

G3:

Question 39. A study ofthe yield of 150 tomato plants resulted in the following record:

Calculate the number of tomatoes per plant.

Solution.

[Nevofswaents
|40-49 |
|50-59 |60-69
| 7 | mf 2 | «@| 7 | #7
Draw the cumulative frequency table.
— 4)
~

- sia’ the ogive and use it to find (7) the median and (ii) the number of students
who score more than
JD /o Marks.

Solution, Given classes are discontinuous. Make the classes continuous by taking adjustme
nt factor = 0.5.
Marks % Classes after No. of students
adjustment frequency
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
635

79.5-89.5

Plot points (19.5, 7), (29.5, 18), (39.5, 38), (49.5, 84), (59.5, 141), (69.5, 178), (79.5, 193), and (89.5,
200). Join these points by free hand drawing.

(i) To find median calculate *. Here N-=) f=200.

_ : NSe
_ 200 100.

Draw a horizontal line at cu. f. =100 i.e. at point A, meeting ogive at L. Through L draw a verti-
cal line LP meeting x—axis at P. The point P represents 52.5.
*. Median = 52.5%.

Scale: x-axis
(89.5, 200) lem=10 Marks
=
dg rr e ee de
:
E-
(79.5195
w”
S
6
— — ie -lC

co
=

>)
|=
—

E
oO
9.
0 “95 195 295 395 495 595 695 795895
Marks
line to meet ogive at M@. Through M draw
(ii) Let QO represents 35%. Through Q draw a vertical
B represents 28 students.
horizontal line MB to meet y—axis at B. The point
marks
- No. of students who scored more than 35%
scored < 35%
= Total No. of students — No. of students who
— 28 = 172.
= 200
5.
an ofthe numbers 2, 1, 0, 3, 1, 2, 3, 4, 3,
Question 41. Calculate the mean and medi
Solution.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
636

X 2414+04+34+1424+34+4+3+4+5
Means
an Lin eee
n

24
=—=2.4
10 a
Arranging the given data in ascending order,
0,-1,-1,2,2;3;33;455
Here n = 10, which is even.
th th

te observation+ nee observation

Median = 5

>= PEO
3 =a
9243 Dak

Question 42. The following table gives the marks scored by students in an examination.

[Marks | 0-5 |5-10|10-15 15-20|20-25|25-30|30-35|35-40

Noofstudents | 3 [7] 5] ™ | 6] se] s | 2
Calculate the mean mark, correct to two decimal places.
Solution. Let us take assumed mean A = 17.5, i= S.

Mean By al" xi
Lt
17
= 17.5+—
Veg?

= 17.5 + 1.06= 18.56

Mean = 18.56.

Question 43. IQ of 50 students was recorded as follows:

WQscore | 80-90 | 90-100 110-

Draw a histogram for the above data and estimate the mode.
_
aes
Solution.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
637

Scale:x-axis
A Cc !cm=lOScore
y-axis
= Icm=4Students
@ 12
ae)
=
rs
ye
°o

34

o "80° 90 100 110 120 130 140%

1. Draw the histogram. IQ Score
2. In the highest rectangle draw two lines AB and CD from the corners of highest to the corners of
the rectangles on either side of the highest rectangle. Let P be the intersection point of AB and
CD.
3. Through P draw a vertical line to meet x—axis at M. The point M on x-axis represents 107.
~. The required mode = 107.
Question 44. Calculate mean, median and mode of the numbers:
a Pee a50, Es t2
Solution.

M ge SS 43+3+14+142.
OD aee $996 eee ee 21
n 8 8
= 2.625
Mean = 2.625
Arranging the data in ascending order: 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 6.
Here n = 8, which Is even.
h
/ " : { .
| 10 | observation:| 10 +1] observation
E 2} | 2 }
Median = 3 5

_ 4th+5th _2+3_»5.5
Z 2
Mode =[Link] it is the most repeated score.
of 50 workers of a factory:
Question 45. The following table gives the daily wages
Wages (in Rs) 75-30 | 30-35 | 35-40 | 40-45 | 45-50
= ae a a workers are
of the factory. If the daily wages of all the
Calculate the mean daily wage of a worker
daily wage ofa worker.
increased by Rs. 8, what will be the new mean
1 = 2f.
Solution. Let us take assumed mean A = 42.5,
 Z A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
638

t
isee
pia|naes
Yee a as aera
ea a
est Ts a oe
ses

Bors,
Bee 00
tg XS

= Rs. 45.50
Daily wages of all workers are increased by Rs. 8.
New mean = Rs. 45.50 + 8 = Rs. 53.50.
Question 46. Marks scored by 400 students in an examination are as follows:

Marks | 0-10 |10-20 |20-30 |30-40 |40-50 |50-60 |60-70 |70-80 |80-90
No. of 20 22 40 ee) 75 58 28 12
students

Draw the ogive and from it determine:

(i) the median mark and
(ii) the pass marks if 80% of the students pass the examination.
Solution.
Marks cu. f.

10-20
20-30
30-40

Plot the points (10, 10), (20, 30), (30, 52) (40, 92), (S50, 147), (60, 222),
;
b] ; ’ , b] ’ , b] (70, 302
’ ’ > ’ b] ’ 80,
588), (100, 400). Join these points by free hand drawing.
360 ’ 9 ]

é cans
 Calculation of Mean, Median and Mod
e
639

(i) For median i = — = 200

Draw a horizontal line at cu. f. = 200,
i.e. at point A, meeting the ogive at L. Throu
vertical line LP gh L draw a
meeting x- axis at P. The point P represents 57.
‘’. Median mark = 57.
y Scale : x-axis
lcm =10 Marks
(100, 400) y-axis
Icm = 50Students
(90, 388)
(80, 360)
(70, 302)

Students)
(No.
freq.
Cu.
of

(10,10)
: (20, 30) |4 ‘ ;
0 iO. 20 930 40 50 606670).80:.90,100 x
Marks
(ii) No. of pass students = x x 400 = 320

‘. No. of students failed = Total — No. of pass students

= 400 —320 = 80.
Let B represents 80 students. Through B draw a horizontal line to meet ogive at M. Through M
draw a vertical line MQ to meet x-axis at Q. The point Q represents 35 marks.
‘. Pass marks = 35.

Question 47.

Wages in 50
Rs./Day :
Number of 2
workers
rupee.
(i) Calculate the mean wage, correct to the nearest
be the new mean wage ?
(ii) If the number of workers in each category is doubled, what would
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
640

Solution.
Wages in Rs./days

SX
(i) Mean PR
a f 50).

Mean = Rs. 85 (Correct to nearest rupee).

(ii) If the number of workers are doubled
Df =2x50=100
and =) fx =2x 4240.
New Mean = — 84.8.

New Mean = Rs.85. (Correct to nearest rupee)

New Mean is also same.

Question 48, Attempt this question on graph paper.

Age (yts) 15-25 |25-35 |35-45 |45-55 | 55-65 | 65-75
No. of casualties 13 24 7
due to accidents
(i) Construct the ‘less than’ cumulative frequency curve for the above data, using 2 cm = 10 years
on one axis and 2 cm = 10 casualties on the other.
(ii) From your graph determine (1) the median and (2) the upper quartile.
Solution.

No. of casualties due to

accidents
Graphical Representation of Data
641

Scale :
X-axis 2cm = 10 years
y-axis 2cm = 10 casualties
90

(75, 83)
80
(65, 76)

70
(55, 68)
62.25
60

50

Cum.f
(No.
casualties)
of
40

30

Median = 44
Upper quantile = 52
20

10

35 45 65 if)
15 25
Age in years
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
642

For median : ok, wes

For upper quartile :

-
Question 49. The given histogram shows the marks obtain
in the
ed by some candidates in an examination. Using the data
diagram, calculate the mean mark.
Solution.

OTS 20 25 30°35 40 -*

1680
Meanean = ——
7) = 23.33

Question 50. Use graph paper for this question. The followin g table shows the weights
i i
sample of 100 potatoes taken from a large consignment. aoe

(i) Calculate the cumulative frequencies.

(ii) Draw the cumulative frequencycurve and from it determine the median weight
of the potatoes
 Calculation of Mean, Median and
Mode
643
Solution.

Cumulative frequency

X- axis :1em =10 gmp;

“tH y-axis: 1om=10f

ooH ie saya; f3tazb tes

HEE EE pent ett eet a me
jetszsn pesce fapessecss

> JS ae
100 50.
For median weight : iat

From graph : Draw a horizontal line at cuf = 50, i.e., point A meeting ogive at L. Through L draw
LP vertical line meeting x-axis. The point P represents 92.
Median weight = 92 gm.
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
644
matches
cont ents of 100 matc h boxe s were checked to determine the number of
Question 51. The
they contained.

ae Cee mean number of matches per box ;

(i) Calculate, correct to one decimal place, the
to be added to the total contents of the 100
(ii) Determine how many extra matches would have
boxes the mean upto exactly 39 matches.
Solution.
()

Mean = <i = 38.13 = 338.1 (Correct to one decimal place)

(ii) Given ‘Mean = 39, No. of boxes’*= 100

Total No. of matches = 39 x 100 = 3900
No. of extra matches to added = 3900 — 3813 = 87
.. 87 matches to be added.

Question 52. Attempt this question on a graphpaper. The table shows the distribution of marks
gained by a group of 400 students in one examination :

Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 10 marks and 1 cm to represent 50 students, plot these values and
draw a smooth curves through the points. estimate from the graph (i) the median mark (ii) the quartile
marks.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
645

Solution.

No. of students (Cumulative /)

7
(‘) For median mark : Lf en 200
From graph : Draw a horizontal line at cu.f. = 200, i.e., point A meeting ogive at ZL. Through L
draw LP vertical line meeting x-axis. The point P represents 62.
median mark = 62

sa

Tt a fee Heit:
a on est rH
;ae
aa HTEEHEEEE aitae
; aae |
tees HH

r7of
iH80} |
ee ne
HHH HEE eet RPE Hiei
 A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
646

(ii) For lower quartile (Q,) : 4 nl

B meeting ogive at M. Through M
From graph : Draw a horizontal line at cuf. = 100, i.¢., point
49.
draw MQ vertical line meeting x-axis. The point Q represents
Lower quartile mark (Q,) = 49
. ce ee 3x 400 _
For upper quartile (Q,) : 4 eer | aera
h V
From graph : Draw a horizontal line at cu.f = 300, i.e., point C meeting ogive at V. Throug
draw NR vertical line meeting x-axis. The point R represents 73.
Upper quartile mark (Q,) = 73.

Exercises
1. Find mean, median and mode for the following: 4, 0, 3, 2, 1, 3, 2, 4, 4, 5.
2. The mean of the numbers 5, 1, 6, 0, 4, 8, x, 2 is 4. Find the value of x.
3. The marks obtained by 10 students in a test are 6, 5, 0, 4, 3, 2, 1, 1, 7, 4. Find
(i) the mean of their marks.
(ii) the mean of their marks when the marks of each student are increased by 3.
4. Calculate mean, median and mode for the following :

ee a ee ee Ea eS A AS eS
5. Calculate mean, median and mode for the following :
Mary | 20 | 2S |
[Link] students | 6 | 8 | 10 | is [1 [ 4
6. Caiculate the value of P for the following distribution whose mean is 14.

Cia Ta DO Ee RL
AErequncy fod [S| ee PT a
7. The frequency distribution of marks obtained by 50 students of a class is given below. Calculate
the Arithmetic mean.

[Marks [10-20 [20-30 [0-40 | «0-50 |50-60 |o0-70

[Noofsudens | s | 1 | 2 | 6
8. Find the mean for the following distribution.

[err 600-700 | 700-800 | s00-900 | 900-10

15
é

9. Find the mean for the following distribution;

Classes 70-75 | 75-80
Frequency [3 |6a ae
Find (i) the median class (ii) modal class.
Calculation of Mean, Median and Mode
647
10. Draw an ogive for the following distributi
on:
Meaitly income al 500-1000 |1000-1500] 1500-2000]2000-250012500~3000

MERC ET NR ak A ge
Find
(i) the median income
(ii) No. of employees whose income exceeds Rs. 2200. 7
11. Draw an ogive for the following distribution :

Marks
| 0-20 [|20-40 | 40-60
[Link]
[ 10 [25 | a2 [ 3 | 3 |
9]ind

(i) the median;

(ii) the lower and upper quartiles;
(iii) the inter quartile range.
12. Draw an ogive for the following distribution :
130-135 150-155
Neofsudeats | 5 | «6 | 6 | a | ss | 2
Find
(i) the median
(ii) No. of students between (142-152) cm.
13. Find the mode of the following distribution by drawing histogram.

[Classes | 10-15 | 15-20 | 20-25 | 25-30 | 30-35_|

eee ey 6 ee ee
14. Draw a histogram for the following distribution:
:
3|9
| ude
Neaofs | 8|
nts er
Hence find the modal weight.

Answers
1. 2.8, 3,4 r"6 3. (3.3 (i) 63
5. 32.69, 35, 35 Le]
4. T7422, 22
8. 745.56 9. 65.48, (i) 60-65, (ii) 60-65
7... 338
11. (i) 49 (ii) 34, 64 (iii) 30 12. (i) 143 (ii) 33
10. (i) Rs. 1574 (ii) 66
13: 25 14. 43.
 vey Ruy

.
®
mP
 LOGRATHIMS

0000 | 0043 0086 0128 0170 0212 4

0212 0253 0294 0334 0374 4
0414 0492 0569 (607 4
0607 0645 0682 0719 4
0755
0792 0864 0899 0934 (969 4
0969 1004 1038 1072 1106 3
1139 1173) 1206 =—-1239 1271 = 1303
3
1303 1335 1367 1430 3
1461 1553 1614 1644 1673 1732 3 oo
6
1761 1847 1903 193] 1959 2014 3 ~ 22
2041 2122 | 2148 2175 2201 2227 2279 3
2304 2380 |2405 2430 2455 2480) 2529 2
2555 2625 | 2648 2672 2695 2718 2765 2
2788 2856 | 287 2900 2923 2945 2989 2 wa
fh
wo =
NY
NY“coc
—_—_Fe

3010 3075 3118 3139 3160 3201 2

3222 3284 | 3304 3324 3345 3365 3404 2
3424 3483 | 3502 3522 3541 3560 3598 ye
we—3617 3674 SPP
ww 3729 3747 3784 2
lv
WV
Ww
Nw
tw 802 3856 3892 3909 3927 3962 2 NW
——-—|—- a>
~
QA
hn

3979 4031 4065 4082 4099 4133 2 So

nM
oo 4150 4200 4232 4249 4265 4298 2
tv—
Mw
Ww 4314 4362 4393 4409 4425 4456 2 es
Ww
4472 4518 4548 4564 4579. 4609 2, So5
4624 4669 4698 4713 4728 4757 |
4771 4814 4843 4857 487| 4900
4914 4955 4983 4997 5011 5038
5051 5119 5132 5145 $172 GN
OS.
AON
GS
GN
ALIGN
Ge
68)
es
57 Se
1Saete No

S185 5250 . 5263 5276 $302 10

SES 5378 5391 5403 5428 PS)
SO)
Mp)
SO
RD
S|
ee
OR
PS
a
nd (Nn
CN i) tN
to

35 5441 5502 5514 5527 5551 10

36 5563 5623 5635 5647 5670
5682 5740 5752 $763 5786 Ann

5798 5855 5866 $877 5899 css

S91 5966 5977 5988 6010 =

SsSea

6021 6075 6085 6096 6117 xe

“50.
-censGe.
a0).
60).
|.
<))
S)
SS
SS
~FS ~a

6128 6170 6180 6191 6201 6222

6232 6274 6284 6294 6304 6325

6335 6365 | 6375 6385 6395 6405 6425
6435 6464 6484 6493 6503 6522 KN
WN
NY
NY
NNNwawwwws
Hh
SFA
Sf
NDNae
UHNH
ff
Ww
LE
AUN

6532 6561 |6571 6580 6590 6599 6618

46 6628 |6637 6646 6656 |6665 6675 6684 6693 6712

6721 |6730 6739 6749 |6758 6767 6776 6785 6803

6857 6866 6875 6893
6812 | 6821 6830 6839 | 6848
698 | OS
Oo
ananrAaao
6902 |GIL 6920 6928 6946 6955 6964 NY
NM
NY
KY Ww
we
WweS£
=>
SB
SS
SS
HL
+
+
&KL
A nS
50
160
(Ge
36)
Co”
Cor
“2
~))
~JI-
~~
49
 LOGARITHMS

7 8 9

7024 7033 7042 7050 7059 7067 ae

6990 6998 7007 7016
7110 7118 7126 7135 7143 7152 6 6 7
7076 7084 7093 7101
7185 7193 7202 7210 7218 7226 7235 GOR
.7160 7168 TAT.
7259 7267 7275 7284 7292 7300 7308 7316 6 i T9
7243 7251
7340 7348 7356 7364 7372 7380 7388 7396 6. 62%
.7324 7a32
7412 7419 7427 7435 7443 7451 7459 7466 7474 6 6 7
7404
7482 7490 7497 7505 7513 7520 7528 7536 7543 7551 6 6
1259 7566 7574 7582 7589 7597 7604 7612 7619 1627 6 6
.7634 7642 7649 7657 7664 7672 7679 7686 7694 7701 6 6
.7709 7716 7723 7731 7738 7745 7752 7760 7767 7774 5 6
.7782 7789 7796 7803 7810 7818 7825 7832 7839 7846 5 6
.7853 7860 7868 7875 7882 7889 7896 7903 7910 7917 5 6
1924 7931 7938 7945 7952 7959 7966 7973 7980 7987 5 6
.1993 8000 8007 8014 8021 8028 8035 8041 8048 8055 5 6
8062 8069 8075 8082 8089 8096 8102 8109 8116 8122 . &
..8129 8136 8142 8149 8156 8162 8169 8176 8182 8189 5 6
8195 8202 8209 8215 8222 8228 8235 8241 8248 8254 5. *
8261 8267 8274 8280 8287 8293 8299 8306 8312 8319 : > Wnn ~s
DAW
NAN

8325 8331 8338 8344 8351 8357 8363 8370 8376 8382 aS os
8388 8395 8401 8407 8414 8420 8426 8432 8439 8445 ag 1S
8451 8457 8463 8470 8476 8482 8488 8494 8500 8506 ‘ 5 is
8513 8519 83525 8531 8537 8543 8549 8555 8561 8567 , ee ae
8573 8579 8585 859] 8597 8603 8609 8615 8621 8627 ee a
8633 8639 8645 8651 8657 8663 8669 8675 8681 8686 SS
8692 8698 8704 8710 8716 8722 8727 8733 8739 8745 ee
ee
ee
ee
| NY
WwW
WY
WwW
WD
WW
WWW
W
NNN
NNN 455 6
8751 8756 8762 8768 8774 8779 8785 8791 8797 8802 ee
8808 8814 8820 8825 8831 8837 8842 8848 8854 8859 ai Sa
8865 887] 8876 8882 8887 8893 8899 $904 8910 8915 arte tS
8921 8927 8932 8938 8943 8949 8954 8960 8965 897] ee 8
8976 8982 8987 8993 8998 9004 9009 9015 9020 9025 A
HL
HR
SH
SL
LS
ff
f&
www
ww ££ fray.
fF
£&
HL
LHL
HLL
LAP
SH
NAN
ANNA
HUMNYMANAYN
HP
fH
HH
wwWwwLH
6 7S
9031 9036 9042 9047 9053 9058 9063 9069 9074 9079 4 4 §
9085 9090 9096 910} 9106 9112 9117 9122 9128 9133 acta es
9138 9143 9149 9154 9159 9165 9170 9T75 9180 9186 te aie
O19] 9196 92()| 9206 9212 9217 9222 9227 9232 9238 4 e185
9243 9248 9253 9258 9263 9269 9274 9279 9284 9289 NH
NMNNNN
NY
WN
WY
WN
NNN
NNNN
NNNNN
NNNNN
N
NNN Ww
w
www ad
Wd
tod i Sr
9299
9294 9304 9309 9315 9320 9325 9330 9335 9340 Ce ee
9345 9350) inh: 9360 9365 9370 9375 9380 9385 9390 ee) 4. Sr 48
9395 9400 94()5 9410) 9415 9420 9425 9430 9435 9440 ws
ww
Ww 25a is
9445 945() 9455 9460 9465 9469 9474 9479 9484 9489 <M a
9494 9499 9504 9509 9513 9518 9523 9528 9533 9538 WL
WN
NNN
NY
NNNN
NNNNN
WN
NN 3.4 he
9542 9547 Dai 9557 9562 9566 9571 9576 9581 9586 ae ee
I590 9595 S600 9605 9614
9609 9619 9624 9628 9633 Wy
ww
wy Sere ia
9638 9643 9647 9652 9657 9601 9666 9671 9675 9680 3, a4
9685 9689 9694 9699 9703 9708 9713 9717 9722 9727 3.4 54
973) 9736 974) 9745 9750) 9754 9759 9763 9768 9773 et OP
ee
ee
meee
meee
| is
dm
|
RD
ee
aeNY
WN
NNNWNW
NY
NONI WW
lod
od foo
9777 9782 9786 979 | 9795 9800 9805 9809 9814 9818
0823 4 4
9827 9&32 9836 984) 9845 D850) 9854 9859
9872
9863 Scam
D868 9877 O88 | D886 9890) 9894 9899 99()3 9908
Sum
99}2 99|7 Q9) | 9926 9930) 9934 9939 9943 9948 9952 4
9956 9969 9983
996] 9965 9974 9978 9987 999] 9996 WN
NM
NY
NN WN
NN
NON NY
NI
&
NY
NY w
WwW
Ww
WwW os 4
 ANTILOGARITHMS

5 9
ADD
00 1000 1002 L005 1007 1009 1012 1014 1016 1019 1021
1 1023 1026 1028 1030 1033 1035 1040
a]
1038 1042 1045
02 1047 1050 10352 1054 10357 1059 1062 1064 1067 1069
03 1072 1074 1076 1079 1081 1084 1086 1089 109] 1094
04 1096 1099 1102 1104 1107 1109 1112 l114 117 1119 I Ny
=SS
eS
0S 1122 1125 i127 1130 1132 1140
Mm
Nm
NM
NW
bo ty
Ww
IV
bo

1135 1138 1143 1146

06 1148 11sI 1153 1156 1159 1161 1164 1167 1169 1172
07 L175 1178 1180 1183 1186 1189 119] 1194 1197 1199
08 1202 1205 1208 1211 1213 1216 1219 1222 1225 1227
1230 1233 1236 1239 1242 1245 1247 1250 1253 1256 wR
we
WN
NH
NY
1259 1262 1265 1268 127) 1274 1276 1279 1282 1285
1288 1291 1294 1297 1300 1303 1306 1309 1312 1315
1318 1321 1324 1327 1330 1334 1337 1340 1343 1346
1349 1352 1355 1358 1361 1365 1368 1371 1374 1377
1380 1384 1387 1390 1393 1396 1400 1403 1406 1409 eeeNUN
WN
NY
NN
KY Gs
Ga
US
Go
G2
Gd,
WD
ld
wd

1413 1416 1419 1422 1426 1429 1432 1435 1439 1442
1445 1449 1452 1455 1459 1462 1466 1469 1472 1476
1479 1483 1486 1489 1493 1496 1500 1503 1507 1510
1514 1317 1521 13524 1528 1531 1538 1538 1542 1545
1549 1552 1556 1560 1563 1567 1570 1574 1578 1581 tes
Wes
DiGi
BS
Of
Ce
“Rho
6h
NL
BS
Se

1585 1589 1592 1596 1600 1603 1607 161] 1614 1618
1622 1626 1629 1633 1637 1641 1644 1648 1652 1656
1660 1663 1667 1671 1675 1679 1683 1687 1690 1694
1698 1702 1706 1710 1714 1718 1722 1726 1730 1734
1738 1742 1746 1750 1754 1758 1762 1766 1770 1774 NY
NNN
NN
NN
NNN
— WwW
Ww
Wd
IW
vs bw
nN
Ww
Ww
WwoWwWWh

1778 1782 1786 1791 1795 1799 1803 1807 1811 1816
1820 1824 1828 1832 1837 1841 1845 1849 1854 1858
1862 1866 1871 1875 1879 1884 1888 1892 1897 1901
1905 1910 1914 1919 1923 1928 1932 1936 1941 1945 Go
Os
GW
Ww

1950 1954 1959 1963 1968 1972 1977 1982 1986 199] NY
KN
=|
=|
NY
NNN
NN
—
|
|
—

1995 2000 2004 2009 2014 2018 2023 2028 2032 2037
2042 2046 2051 2056 2061 2065 2070 2075 2080 2084 Ww
Ww
Ww
bo
W

2089 2094 2099 2104 2109 2113 2118 2123 2128 2133 SS
Cee
We
eee
(OR
Se
>
aWG
a
A
7
BT

2138 2143 2148 2153 2158 2163 2168 2173 2178 2183 ‘"

2188 2193 2198 2203 2208 2213 2218 2223 2228 2234 NM
NM.
WM
NM
Ww
NN NW
ssw
WWwWw
NK
NY
NNN
NNN
NY
NN
NNN
W
LV a”

2239 2244 2249 2254 2259 2265 2270 2275 2280 2286
2291 2296 2301 2307 2312 2317 2323 2328 2333 2339 642
£4
S65
+
2W

2344 2350 2355 2360 2366 2371 251 2382 2388 2393

2399 2404 2410 2415 2421 2427 2432 2438 2443 2449

2455 2460 2466 2472 2477 2483 2789 2495 2500 2506 NY
LY
KN
NY
NN
NN

2512 2518 2523 2529 2535 2541 2547 2553 2559 2564

2570 2576 2582 2588 2594 2600 2606 2612 2618 2624 ee
Nm
|oj
aN
tan

2630 2636 2642 2649 2655 2661 2667 2673 2679 2685 a”

2692 2698 2704 2710 2716 1723 2729 2735 2742 2748

2754 2761 2767 2773 2780 2786 2793 2799 2805 2812 NY
NYO WwBew
WwW
Ww
wow 64
52
64
64
62
+
6
24
W

2818 2825 2831 2838 2844 2851 2858 2864 2871 2877 w ££
WW
fh
42
64
>
4
W

2884 2891 2897 2904 2911 2917 2924 2931 2938 2944

2958 2965 2972 2979 2985 2992 2999 3006 3013 Ww

2951
3027 3034 3041 3048 3055 3062 3069 3076 3083 6
3020
3097 3105 3112 3119 3126 3133 3141 3148 BSD NNYN
NY
NYNN
NY
NY
WL
NW
NN
NN >
—
w
WwW
Ww 2
+ 6
3090
———— ANTILOGARITHMS

eS
3199 3221
3273 3296
3350 3373
3428 3451
3508 3532 ©OS
ee
en,

3589 3614
3673 3698
3758 3784
3846 3855 3873 HLA
HS
SF
DB
HL
SB
Sb
&

3936 3963 sw

4027 4055
412] 4150 4)
LPan

4217 ° 4246 n

4315 4: 4345
4416 4446 NV
WN
NN
NNN
NNN
NN
WY
NY
eee
— Ww
wwe
NY
NV
YM
NN
wwnn
www OM”
oo
On
oR
a-ak”
io
ia-

4519 4550
4624 4656
4732 4764
4842 4875 NH
mo
oO
Owe
SYD
OO
oO
NN

4955 4989 Ve)

5070 $108 |
5188 5224 |
5309 $ 5346 l
5433 5470 l
5559 53 5598 | weNYN
WY
WY
WN
NN
NINN SF
HL
SL
FHS
££
&
Hh
FH
HWW
WW
Nnnnn
W oo
o
©

5662 5 5689 5728

5794 5821 258: 5861
5929 5957 $998
6067 6095 6138
6209 6237 625 6281 ee
6310 39 6353 6383 6: 6427 t~
6457 6501 | 65 6531 68 6577 -Sa-
ow
Now
--
>
2a
a
ks
oo
-
ee
i ~~

6607 6653 6683 6730 nant

Hh
££
Sf
FL
SL
SS
WwW
WW
+ Oo a

6761 6808 3. 6839 as 6887

6918 50 6966 6998 7047 Oo
Co
7079 7129 5 7161 7211
7244 7295 7328 : 7379 Sew
iWw
w
7413 | 743( 7464 7499 7551 nm
Ann i
7586 ; 7638 : 7674 1421 mn” =
7762 7816 7852 7907 NS om
a” SFO
50
HAN
UMD
A
DDD
DDD
NNN OSS p=
OmOemeaeememOon

7943 7998 8035 80s4 | 8091

8128 8185 8222 8279
8318 | 8: : 8375 | 7395 8414 84: 8472
8511 | 85: 551 8570 | 8590 8610 86: 8670
8710 | 873
_Id
50-8770 |8790 8810 8872 NO
NIN
NN
NNN
NN
N— Soe
© h2
8913 : : 8974 | 8995 9016 9078
9120 3 9183 | 9204 9226 9290
9333 Se 9397 | 9419 944] 9506 w
we
we
9550 : : 9616 | 9638 9661 : 9727 +2
S&
&®
SF
WwW
Ww
BS
HWW
ww
&
WwW
w2
> ow
9772 : 9840 | 9863 9886 9954 NM
NN
NNNws °°
ee
>ii -2l-
-0al-
-Mal-
-MaN-
-N-
oN
Mn
Se
a
eh
os
>
=
>
-iaWolo
eh
 E_ESTT"'~:'=*e OO
NATURAL SINES

ES
Ce ee
06 | ris —-0°9
0070 0087 0105 0122 014
0244 0262 ~=—0279_:| 0297 =A -. ; : * :
0419 0436 0454 | 0471 0488 ~—0506 6: 8 it fe
0593 0610 0628 | 0645 0663 0680 ec ime ame hae
0767 0785 0802 | 0819 0837 0854

A,
a7 O° 1 me

1208 = 1305-1323 | 1340 = 13571374

Eee Faso
eee
256 9-11
im
1461 1478 1495 | 1513 1530 1547 3°6 9 1
1633, 1650 = -:1668 | 1685 1702 1719 P26 - 9 At oe
eres: |tor etme an
2 |e ets5 2062
ace Weoo ek)
% > ae
oe
2th 2130 | 2147 2164 = =2181 | 2198. 9915 3933 a6 9 1h he
2284 2300 | 2317 2334 2351 | 2368 2385 2402 6.38 item
2453 2470 | 2487 2504 =2521 | 2538 «©2554 ~—s2571 eee es
2656 2672 +2689: | 2706 «2723 ~=—«:2740 ee 8. ils
2790 2807 | 2823 2840 2857 | 2874 - 2890 2907 5-6 8 itm
2990 3007 3024 | 3040 3057 3074 a6 8 li
3156 “Vak7s «3190 | 3206 Beas2a 3930 ap 6 8 Tie
3322 “Sasg «3355: | Gayl esag7 © 3404 oe She
3486 3502 3518 | 3535 3551 3567 seas Stl
3649 3665 = 3681_:| 3697 3714 =:3730 sae5. 8. ieee
3811 3827 3843 | 3859 3875 3891 Seas 81
3971 3987 4003 | 4019 4035 4051 es 8
4131 4147 4163 | 4179 4195 4210 gos 4 oe
4289 4305 4321 | 4337 4352 4368 S25 Stk oe
4446 4462 4478 | 4493 4509 4524 a6 Tee
4602 4617 4633 | 4648 4664 4679 Me a meee =
4756 4772 4787 | 4802 4818 4833 a0 58° YOu
4909 4924 4939 | 4955 4970 4985 as 8 10 ae
5030 5045 | 5060 5075 5090 | 5105 5120 5135 he 5 8. 10 as
5180 5195 | 5210 5225 5240 | 5255 5270 5284 oo 7 A eae
5329 5344 | 5358 5373 5388 | 5402 5417 5432 255 7 a0 me
5476 5490 | 5505 5519 5534 | 5548 5563 5577 i> 7 “Oe
5650 5664 5678 | 5693 5707 5721 i ai Mai Be)
5764 5779 | 5793 5807 5821 | 5835 5850 5864 Bes 7 9. Ae
5906 5920 | 5934 5948 5962 | 5976 5990 6004 a Bam a |=:
6046 6060 | 6074 6088 6101 | 6115S 6129 6143 ras “OS
6211 6225 6239 | 6252 6266 6280 les Mia Bae
6347 6361 6374 | 6388 6401 6414 cao 7 9 Se
6481 6494 6508 | 6521 6534 6547 a 4-7 9.
6613 6626 6639 | 6652 6665 6678 Ae 2 Be Rs
6743 6756 6769 | 6782 6794 6807 7 Ee |
6871 6884 6896 | 6909 6921 6934 Bad 6: 290
6997 7009 7022 | 7034 7046 7059 eta 6 2k MG
7120 7133 7145 | 7157 7169 7181 pea 6 8G
7242 7254 7266 | 7278 7290 7302 fork +6. ETS
7361 7373 7385 |. 7396 7408 7420 OF ee Be |
7478 7490 7501 | 7513 7524 7536 35 e4 6.8 RO
7593 7604 7615 | 7627 7638 7649 he Pe ey Bae)
 NATURAL SINES

ee
7694 7705 7716 7727 7738 7749 7760 s

7672 7683
50 ().7660
7804 7815 7826 7837 7848 7859 7869 ‘A

0.7771 7782 7793

7912 7923 7934 7944 7955 7965 7976
(0.7880 7891 79()2
8018 8028 8039 8049 8059 8070 8086
().7986 7997 8007
8121 8131 8141 8151 8161 8171 8181
(0.8090 8100 Siti
8221 8231 8241 8251 8261 8271 8281
(0.8192 8202 8211
8339 8348 8358 8368 8377 "a

().8290 8300 8310 8320 8329

8406 8415 8425 8434 8443 8453 8462 8471
—
ne
Aa
| ().8387 8396
8490 8499 8508 8517 8526 8536 8545 8554 8563
Fax ().8480
8643
a
tm
8607 8616 8625 8634 8652 NNNNY
NY
WN
NNN
—
().8572 8581 8590 8599

8669 8678 8686 8695 8704 8712 8721 8729 8738

().8660
0.8746 8755 8763 8771 8780 8788 8796 8805 8813 8821

0.8829 8838 8846 8854 8862 8870) 8878 8886 8894 8902

0.8910 8918 8926 8934 8942 8949 8957 8965 8973 8980

0.8988 8996 9003 9011 9018 9026 9033 9041 9048 9056 deel
Sage
ali
ed
Na
GR
GN
GND
a
ar
Gt

0.9063 9070 9078 9085 9092 9100 9107 9114 9121 9128 ” rer
Cr
CS
Ue
6G
"Oe
ree
OS
Sa
yeaa
ey
eR

0.9135 9143 9150 9187 9164 9171 9178 9184 9191 9198

().9205 9212 9219 9225 9232 9239 9245 9252 9259 9265

().9272 9278 9285 9291 9298 9304 9311 9317 9323 9330

(0.9336 9342 9348 9354 9361 9367 9373 9379 9385 9391 iba
GS
sts
IND:
abo
WoekOanhO
oe
eee
a
ed
ai
eF,
Ca
ao
aoe
Gl
id
el

().9397 94()3 9409 9415 9421 9426 9432 9438 9444 9449
().9455 946) 9466 9472 9478 9483 9489 9494 9500 9505
0.9511 9516 9521 9527 9532 9537 9542 9548 9553 9558
0.9563 95608 9573 9578 9583 9588 9593 9598 9603 9608
0.9613 9617 9622 9627 9632 9636 9641 9646 9650 9655 ee
ee
—_—_
—_——
—s
eee
—— |Pe?
A
&
S
S|
Ss
a
&
ww
Ww
GW
ws
UW
Ww

0.9659 9664 9668 9673 9677 9681 9686 9690) 9694 9699 1)
iAa
&
Ww”
>
low

(0.9703 9707 9711 9715 9720 9724 9728 9732 9736 9740
().9744 9748 9751 9755 9759 9763 9767 9770 9774 9778 ?

0.9781 9785 9789 9792 9796 9799 9803 9806 9810 9813
0 9816 9820 9823 9826 9829 9833 9836 9839 9842 9845 ee
ee —_—
ON
INI
mw
NY
NY
N—— NN
NN
NNN &
WN
a
&
Ww
Ww
bs
WwW
Ww
bs
Nm lw

().9848 9851 9854 9857 9860 9863 9866 9869 9871 9874 0
0.9877 9880 9882 9885 9888 9890 9893 9895 9898 9900
0.9903 99()S 99()7 9910 9912 9914 9917 9919 9921 9923
(0.9925 9928 993() 9932 9934 9936 9938 9940 9942 9943
(9945 9947 9949 995| 9952 9954 9956 9957 9959 9960 om ae
om
—_—
ht
—_——_——_——NM
ly
iY
iM
NM

().9962 9963 9965 9966 9968 9969 9971 9972 9973 9974
(19976 9977 997% 9979 9980) 9981 9982 9983 yoR4 998S
() 99&6 9987 9QO8S 9989 999() 999() 999| 9992 9993 9993
88 () 9994 9995 9995 9996 9996 9997 9997 9997 Q99R 9998
89 () 9998 9999 9999 9999 9999 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
 NATURAL COSINES

6' 12’ 18’ 24’ 30’ 36' 42' 48 f 54’ ie yrs ot 4' S!

0°.1 0°.2 0°.3 0°.4 §60°.5 0°6 ty MM 8 -» 22:9 SUBTRACT*

1,000 1.000 1,000 | 1,000 1.000 9999 9999 9999
1 | 0.9998 | 9998 9997 9997 9996 | 9996 9995 9995
2 | 0.9994 | 9993 9991 9990 9990 | 9989 9988 9987
3 | 0.9986 | 9985 9982 9981 9980 | 9979 9978 9977
4 | 0.9976 | 9974 9971 9969 9968 | 9966 9965 9963
5 |0.9962 | 9960 9959 9957 | 9956 9954 9952 | 9951 9949 9947
6 |0.9945 | 9943 9942 9940 | 9938 9936 9934 | 9932 9930 9928
7 | 0.9925 | 9923 9917 9914 9912 | 9910 9907 9905
8 | 0.9903 | 9900 9893 9890 9888 | 9885 9882 9880
9 |0.9877 | 9874 9871 9869 | 9866 9863 9860 | 9857 9854 9851 oS
So
&
© es
ee
a

10| 0.9848 | 9845 9842 9839 | 9836 9833 9826 9823 9820
11] 0.9816} 9813 9810 9806 | 9803 9799 9796 | 9792 9789 9785
12] 0.9781 | 9778 9774 9770 | 9767 9763 9759 | 9755 9751 9748
13} 0.9744 | 9740 9728 9724 9720 | 9715 9711 9707
14] 0.9703 | 9699 9686 9681 9673 9668 9664 ee)
ee
ee er
a

15| 0.9659 | 9655 9650 9646 | 9641 9636 9627 9622 9617
16| 0.9613 | 9608 9593 9588 9583 | 9578 9573 9568
17| 0.9563 | 9558 9542 9537 9527 9521 9516
-

18] 0.9511 | 9505 9489 9483 9472 9466 9461

19| 0.9455 | 9449 9432 9426 9415 9409 9403
20 | 0.9397 | 9391 9373 9367 9354 9348 9342
21} 0.9336 | 9330 9311 9304 9291 9285 9278
22| 0.9272 | 9265 9245 9239 9225 9219 9212
23| 0.9205 | 9198 9178 9171 9157 9150 9143
24| 0.9135 | 9128 9107 9100 9085 9078 9070
25| 0.9063 | 9056 9033 9026 9018 | 9011 9003 8996
26| 0.8988 | 8980 8973 8965 | 8957 8949 8942 | 8934 8926 8918
27| 0.8910 | 8902 8894 8886 | 8878 8870 8862 | 8854 8846 8838
28| 0.8829 | 8821 8813 8805 | 8796 8788 8780 | 8771 8763 8755
29| 0.8746 | 8738 8729 8721 | 8712 8704 8686 8678 8669

30 |0.8660 | 8652 8625 8616 8599 8590 8581

31] 0.8572 | 8563 8554 8545 | 8536 8526 8517 | 8508 8499 8490

321 0.8480 | 8471 8462 8453 | 8443 8434 8425 | 8415 8406 8396

33 |0.8387 | 8377 8368 8358 | 8348 8339 8329 | 8320 8310 8300

341 0.8290 | 8281 8271 8261 | 8251 8241 8231 | 8221 8211 8202

0.8192 | 8181 8151 8141 8131 | 8121 8111 8100 Www

WWwWhe
mo
WN
NY
NN
NN
NNN
ww
WWW
N

| 8080 8070 8059 | 8049 8039 8028 | 8018 8007 7997

361 0.8090
| 7976 7965 7955 | 7944 7934 7923 | 7912 7902 7891
37| 0.7986
| 7869 7859 7848 | 7837 7826 7815 | 7804 7793 7782
38 |0.7880
7749 7738 | 7727 7716 7705 | 7694 7683 7672
39| 0.7771 | 7760
7615 7604 7593 | 7581 7570 7559 ©0006
MOON
OHO
Oo
WW
ADA
Be
0
NN
NNN
WWW
YY
YN
UN
NY

40 | 0.7660 | 7649
7513 | 7501 7490 7478 | 7466 7455 7443
41| 0.7547 | 7536 7524
7396 | 7385 7373 7361 | 7349 7337 7325
421 0.7431 | 7420 7408
7278 | 7266 7254 7242 7230 7218 7206
43| 0.7314 | 7302 7290
7157 | 7145 - 7133 7120 7108 7096 7083
44| 0.7193} 7181 7169
7009 6997 | 6984 6972 6959
0.7071 | 7059 7046 7034 | 7022
6921 6909 | 6896 6884 6871 | 6858 6845 6833
46| 0.6947 | 6934 6717
6794 6782 | 6769 6756 6743 | 6730 6704
47| 6.6820 | 6807 6587
6665 6652 | 6639 6626 6613 | 6600 6574
48 |0.6691 | 6678 6455 6441
6508 6494 6468 YN
NN
NNN
NNN
— 62
64
42
842
8
W
2
4
+
> AAABAARDB
BAA
NMrIA
Aan
ANA
SH
PHL
FS
S&S
HS
WNY
NY
WN
&
WWW
WW
SW
NN
A
An SB
AA COmMOoMOomON
oO
NMVMrG|DA
nA
&
FW
ADA
NN
WN
WWW
WW
AA
NAAN
O|
ooo
NNN
—

> -) 0.6561 | 6547

 NATURAL COSINES

0’ 42’ 48’ 54’ Bea ea S|

0°.7 0°.8 0°.9 SUBTRACT”
0°.0
6374 6361 6347 6334 6320 6307 ~ So N
().6428 6414 6401
6266 6239 6225 6211 6198 6184 6170 Fe)
0.6293 6280
6129 6101 6088 6074 6060 6046 6032
0.6157 6143
599() 5962 5948 5934 5920 5906 5892
0.6018 6004

(0.5878 5864 3850 5821 3807 5793 $779 5764 5750

0.5736 5721 $707 5678 5664 5650 $635 5621 5606

(0.5592 $577 5563 5534 5519 5505 5490 5476 5461 ‘”

(0.5446 5432 5417 5388 5373 5358 5344 5329 5314

().5299 5284 3270 5240 5225 5210 5195 5180 5165
0.5150 S165 $120 5090 5075 5060 5045 5030 SO1S ee
“i
‘Sy
‘”
|es
7

0.5000 4985 4970) 4939 4924 4909 4894 4879 4863 ‘A

0.4848 48353 4818 4787 4772 4756 474) 4726 4710 ‘A

0.4695 4679 4664 4633 4617 4602 4586_ 4571 4555 NY

NY
Ww
NY
LK
NWN
wee
NN
NN A)

0.4540 4524 4509 4478 4462 4446 4431 4415 4399 3.5 I 13
(0.4384 4368 4352 4321 4305 4289 4274 4258 4242 3 A Ww

(0.4226 4210 4195 4163 4147 413) 4115 4099 4083 3% Ts

0.4067 40S] 4035 4003 3987 3971 3955 3939 3923 3° 1 43
(). 3907 389] 3875 3843 3827 3811 3795 3778 3762 3 95 Il 13
0.3746 3730) 3714 368) 3665 3649 3633 3616 3600 3.45 11 13
().3584 3567 Say) 3518 3502 3486 3469 3453 3437 cae: gies
0.3420 3404 3387 3355 3338 3322 3305 3289 S272 3 5 itt
().3256 “3209 3223 3206 3190 3173 3156 3140 3123 3107 70% 11 14
(1.3090 3074 3040 3024 3007 2990 2974 2957 2940 3 ee ll 14
().2924 2907 2874 2857 2840) 2823 2807 2790 2773 3 Oe 11 14
().2756 2740 2706 ‘2689 2672 2656 2639 2622 2605 3 °° 11 14
().2588 2571 2538 2521 2504 2487 2470 2453 2436
0.2419 24()2 2368 235) 2334 2317 2300 2284 2267 i
i
i
~ |e
!

().2250 2233 2198 2181 2164 2147 2130 2113 2096

().2079 2062 2028 2011 1994 1977 1959 1942 1925
0.1908 1891 1857 1840 1822 1805 1788 1771 1754 sos
iw

0.1736 1719 1685 1668 1650 1633 1616 1599 1582

0.1564 1547 1513 1495 1478 1461 1444 1426 1409
0.1392 1374 1340 1323 1305 1288 1271 1253 1236
0.1219 1201 1167 1149 1132 1115 1097 1080 1063 WwW
Ww
ww
0.1045 1028 (993 (976 0958 0941 0924 0906 O889
().0872 O854 O&819 O802 0785 0767 0750 0732 O71S
0.0698 0680 0663 0645 0628 0610 (593 0576 OSS8 03541 vy)
ws
() 0523 OS06 0488 0471 0454 0436 0419 0401 0384 0366 tow
(1.0349 0314 (297 ()279 (262 0244 ()227 0209 0192
0.0175 0140 (122 O1OS 0087 0070 QOS2 0035 OOL7 ew
ws
 NATURAL TANGENTS

24' 30’ 36’ 42’ 48’ 54’ 3 soe?

0°.4 0°.5 0°6 ne7 0°.8 0°.9
0052 0070 0087 0105 0122 0140
0227
0157 9” tiieda
0244 0262 0279 0297 0314 0332 9 11 14
0402 0419 0437 0454 0472 0489 0507 9 {ottae
0577 0594 0612 0629 0647 0664 0682 9: (94s
0752
WwW
Ww
W
0769 0787 0805 0822 0840 0857 @)) [ota
0928 0945 0963 0981 0998 1016 1033 9g? forr de
1104 1122 1139 1157 1175 1192 1210 9. Geis
1281 1299 1317 1334 1352 1370 1388 9 {oes
1459 1477 1495 1512 1530 1548 1566 9 12-45
1638 1655 1673 1691 1709 1727 1745 9 {oAae
1817 1835 1853 1871 1890 1908 1926 9 12 15
1998 2016 2035 2053 2071 2089 2107 9° 124s
2180 2199 2217 2235 2254 2272 2290 Ww
Ww
WwW
WwW
WwWwWwe 9 12 15
2364 2382 2401 2419 2438 2456 2475 9° 126
2549 2568 2586 2605 2623 2642 266) 9° 4F8T6
15 2736 2754 2773 2792 2811 2830 2849 9 13 16
2924 2943 2962 2981 3000 3019 3038 9° 135g
3115 3134 3153 S172 3191 3211 3230 10 13 16
3307 3327 3346 3365 3385 3404 3424 10 13 16
3502 3522 3541 3561 3581 3600 3629 10 13 17
3699 3719 Seb, 3759 3779 3799 3819 10° 13
3899 3919 3939 3959 3979 4000 4020 10 139%
4101 4122 4142 4163 4183 4204 4224 10 13 17
4307 4327 4348 4369 4390 4411 443] 10 14 17
4515 4536 4557 4578 4599 4621 4642 lt 14> de
4727 4748 4770 4791 4813 4834 4856 11 1418
4942 4964 4986 5008 5029 5051 5073 1) 3508
5161 5184 5206 5228 5250 5272 5295 It 15 08
5384 5407 5430 5452 5475 5498 5520 ll 15 19
5612 5635 5658 5681 5704 5727 5750 12 15 19
4
5844 5887 5890 5914 5938 5961 5985 12 16 20
6080 6104 6128 6152 6176 6200 6224 12 16 20
6322 6346 6371 6395 6420 6445 6469 12.17 21
6560 6594 6619 6644 6669 6694 6720 if Ata
6822 6847 6873 6899 6924 6950 6976 19 17
35 7080 7107 7133 7159 7186 7212 7239 13. Woe
7346 7373 7400 7427 7454 7481 7508 14 18 23
7618 7646 7673 7701 7729 7757 7785 14 19 23
7898 7926 7954 7983 8012 8040 8069 Fk
fF
Sf 14 19 23
nAnnanrntt
Hh
HPP
HHP
WD
HH
PW
WW
W
WW
W

8185 8214 8243 8273 8302 8332 8361 15. 49 ae

8481 8511 8541 8571 8601 8632 8662 15 20 25
8785 8816 8847 8878 8910 8941 8972 16 21 26
9099 9131 9163 9195 9228 9260 9293 nm
nA
wn 16 21 27
9424 9457 9490 9523 9556 9590 9623 17 22 -2R
9759 9793 9827 9861 9896 9930 9965 18 23 30
0105 0141 0176 0212 0247 0283 0319 18 24 30
0464 0501 0538 0575 0612 0649 0686 18 25 31
0837 0875 0913 0951 0990 1028 1067 19 25 32
1224 1263 1303 1343 1383 1423 1463 10. 27-33
1667 1750 1792 1833 1875 21-27 38
1626 1708 GB
BD
NYXNADDA
 NATURAL TANGENTS

18’ 24’ 30’ 36’ 42’ 48’ 54’

x 6’ 12’
0°.2. 0°.3-| 0°.4 0°.5 0°6 OT. WS. Ce
er 0°.1
; 200 205 209 23 207 2
222 226 2 30 3
i 244 248 253 257 262 266 271 275 poe. 3
r | ne
285 289 294 299 303 308 313 317 322 rise 4
52 | 1.280 |
BR 1427 Aa 3p2 337 342 347 351 356 361 366 371 2 pe 4
54 | 1.376 | 381 387 392 397 402 407 412 418 423 4
1.428 | 433 439 444 450 455 460 466 47 477 2428 5
55 |
56 | 1.483 | 488 494 499 505 511 517 522 $28 534 Poed 5
57 | 1.540 | 546 552 558 564 570 576 582 588 594 Pion 5
58 | 1.600 | 607 613 619 625 632 638 645 65! 658 Fue 5
59 | 1.664 | 671 678 684 691 698 704 711 718 725 2..3 6
60 | 1.732 | 739 746 753 760 767 775 782 . 789 797 by. 254 6
61 | 1.804 | 811 819 827 834 842 849 857 865 873 be 32-4 7
62 | 1.881 | 889 897 905 913 921 929 937 946 954 ke Sn 7
63 | 1.963 | 971 980 988 1.997 2.006 014 023 032 041 ie Boo 7
64 | 2.050 | 059 069 078 087 097 106 116 125 135 ea 8
65 | 2.145 154 164 174 184 194 204 215 225 236 a Bg 8
66 | 2.246 | 257 267 278 289 300 311 322 333 344 Ao Seah 9
67 | 2.356 | 367 379 391 402 414 426 438 450 463 2: Road 10
68 | 2.475 | 488 500 513 526 539 552 565 578 $92 © Ee Hien 11
69 | 2.605 | 619 633 646 660 675 689 703 718 733 a; ial 12
70 | 2.747 | 762 778 793 808 824 840 856 872 888 a See 13
71 | 2.904 | 921 937 954 971 2.989 3.006 | 024 042 060 2: Sept 14
72 | 3.078 | 096 115 133 152 3. Be08 16
152 172 191 211 230 251 Sa Fer 17
Hod Gory hy 29h 312 333 354 Pee 17
354 376 398 420 442 465 A. Forde 18
741) 3.487 | 511 534 558 582 606 630 4 8 12 20
630 655 681 706 4. Sy 33 22
TS4 BABIN FSS 785 812 839 4 9 13
= 839 867 895 923 952 981 5 i0
76 | 4.011 | 041 07) 102 134 165 5 10
165 198 230 264 297 6 Il
77 | 4.331 | 366 402 437 474 S11 548 6. 122
548 586 625 665 7
78 | 4.705 | 745 787 829 872 915 959 7
4.959 | 5005 050 097 8
79 | 5.145 193 242 292 343 8
343 396 449 503 558 614 9
80 | 5.67 5.73 $79). 5.85 5.9] 5.98 6.04 6.1) 6.17 6.24 |
81] 631 6.39 646 6.54 6.61 6.69 6.77 6.85 6.94 7.03 |
82] 7.12 7.21 7.30 7.40 749 760 7.70 7.81 7.92 8.03 2
83 | 8.14 8.26 839 8.51 8.64 8.78 8.92 906 92) 9.36 2
84] 9.5] 968 984 10.02 | 10.20 10.39 10.58 3
10.58 | 10.78 10.99 11.20 4
85] 11.43 | 1166 11.91 12.16 | 12.43 12.71 13.00 | 13.30 13.62 13.95
86 | 14.30 | 1467 15.06 15.46 | 15.89 16.35 16.83 | 17.34 17.89 18.46
87 | 19.1 19.7 =.20.4 21.2 220 229: 3389 243 *260.. 373
88 | 28.6 30.1 318. . 337 35.8 382 409 | 441 47.7 §2.1
89 | 573 | 63.7 71.6 818 | 95.5 1146 143.2 | 1910 2865 $930
[Link] M's (Bifurcated)
High Schoo] Library
Bangalore ~ 560 049,
A Textbook of Mathematics for Class X
Revised and Enlarged Edition
SHANTHA ASWATHANARAYANA

This textbook of mathematics for class X (ICSE syllabus) has been written
in accordance with the new syllabus prescribed by the Council for Indian
School Certificate Examinations, New Delhi. Written by a highly
experienced and versatile teacher who has taught Mathematics at various
high schools at Calcutta, Delhi and Bangalore, this book is an indispensable
textbook for students and ideal reference book for teachers.
The uniqueness of the book lies in the fact that the presentation|of the
topics is in simple language, easy to learn, with diagrams and illustrative
examplesto help the students grasp the concepts clearly. The suggested
questions with solutions, and the exercises at the end of each chapter, will
help students understand all aspects of the topic and face the examination
confidently. Both students and teachers will find this book an ndepeeeT
aid both inside and outside the classroom. :

SHANTHA ASWATHANARAYANA, is currently teaching Mathematics at the

Baldwin Women’s Methodist College, Bangalore. She is an M. Se. in.
Mathematics from the University of Mysore, and [Link]. from the Calcutta
University.
She has over 18 years’ experience of teaching Mathematics at the High
School stage. She has taught at St. Agnes Convent and St. Thomas Girls’
High School, Calcutta, and at Mater Dei School and Loreto Convent, Delhi.

Nee
ISBN 81-259-0062-4 Rs. 135

VIKAS PUBLISHING HOUSE PVT LTD

576, Masjid Road, Jangpura, New Delhi-110014
Phones: 4314605, 4315313, 4315570
Email: chawlap@giasiO) [Link] -f
[Link]